at. eA "iv: PROCEEDINGS OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA VOLUME LV 1903 | ny - S - - | v PHILADELPHIA : —~n | 4 THE AGADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENGES LOGAN SQUARE 1903-1904 / 17 7 L / Yow hee Keen NS) cc Tar ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, Fesruary 5, 1904. I hereby certify that printed copies of the ProcrEeprinas for 1903 have been mailed as follows: BAO eR eel Deere Ares Open e Ant Mg Aras, Ree see eal mailed April 10, 1908. Barts ae alee tt ad 2 oR Cie a Bea dk oe << May 7, 1903. oe EL ik ote YE Nee i eer eeN Be “May 16, 1903. AIG hr eet nh hs, Nok cose ee “May 22, 1903. TG POS Eo earns Nate eee eee «June 4, 1903. AD UES) it > Pea: carlos ate ee Perit PR NOE AS oo June 30, 1903. TAS (a8 haga. oat ong da TR SS oe suly: 8, 1903. SMART Gach oe ere aie eR ais ic ety Saks eR eco “July 10, 1903. eG A O(a etna eee eer, OI ees. ee ee US G 18, 1903. BP NS TSE icra PE ie Riedel a ie nr mre atic aot eS “September 4, 1903. SIN eee ete sec eee oos has war cases See «September 29, 1903. SD ml rire tee Oe acy eae ee ee ERT Pha «October 6, 1903. EEO 20 —GAU eerste a roc Ree eee c caeee t,o ae ee ‘November 10, 1903. Bad (Sale Cee saree a ae foes eee, in 08 oe «November 25, 1903. Fig (OC. 7 a tere oe Re RO ee a oe “December 4, 1903. tg SAU IT ec Se ce ee ROE, ed is SOR on “December 16, 1903. AEDS ciee cele ee twats haves is sien 8. nr “January 15, 1904. ce Henry A. Pitssry, Se.D., February 1, 1904. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION: HeNrRY SKINNER, M.D., Puitip P. Catvert, Ph.D., WITMER STONE, Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D., The President, SamuEL G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio. Epitor: Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D. CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. ANDERSON, Maicotm P., and JosrpH GRINNELL. Birds of the Siskiyou Mountains, California: a Problem in Distribu- GODS... ee teal smear ad Tee ee Ol Banks, Natuan. A List of Arachnida from Hayti, with De- scriptions of New Species (Plate XV), Biueram, Huco. Inclusions in Quartz, Brown, Artuur Erwin. The Variations of Butaien in the Pacific Subregion, Texas Reptiles and Their Faunal eettnnes Catvert, P. P., Ph.D. Ganglia of Odonata, Casry, THOMAS a Notes on the Conrad Collection of V eens Fossils, with Descriptions of New Species, CHAMBERLAIN, RaupH V. Myriopods from Beulah, New Mess, New Lithobii from California and Oregon, CHAPMAN, Henry C., M.D. On a Collection of Pehrougids COCKERELL, T.. D. u Bees of the Genus Nomada from Califor- 1G... le Ss acre ce ara North American Bees of the Genus Nomads, Variations in the Snail-Genus Ashmunella, Conkuin, Epwin G., Ph.D. The Cause of Inverse Syne CRAWLEY, Howarp. List of Polyeystid Gregarines of the United States (Plates I, I, I/D), Nosema geophili, sp. n., a My xosporidian Par cite a Gen ne lus, The Polyey Paci rarines of tee U nated Sates (P ie XXX ) EIGENMANN, Caru H., and CLarENcE Hamitton KENNEDY. On a Collection of Fishes from Paraguay, with a Synopsis of the American Genera of Cichlids, Firipr, ADELE M. Supplementary Notes on an Ant, Experiments with Ants Induced to Swim, —-\ ii Fow er, Henry W. Descriptions of Several Fishes from Zanzi- bar Island, Two of which are New (Plates ie VAI, Vit), . Life Colors of Pcecilia i vantoen sad eenerion ore a I = Heros from Mexico, Description of a New Gurnard a om Rigas! a Notes on the Colors of some other Florida Fishes, Notes on a Few Fishes from the Mosquito Coast of eeenn Descriptions of New, Little Known and Typical Atherinide (Plates XLI- XLIV eee New and Little Known Mugilide nad ‘Sphy aide (Plates XLV-XLVI), : ; Sahu Description of a New Lantern F an FRAZER, PerRsIFoR, D. és-Se. History of the Can bphenn ited from a Petrographic Point of View (Abstract), HarsHBERGER, JOHN W. The Mutation of Hibiscus moscheutos, The Form and Structure of the Mycodomatia of Myrica cerifera (Plates XVI, XVII), KEELry, Frank J. Preparation of Diatoms, . Inclusions in Quartz, Monks, SaraH P. Regeneration hi ine: Body ve a Seerah, | Montcomery, Tuomas H., Jr., Ph.D. Studies of the Habits of Spiders, parent those of the Mating Period (Plates IV, V), On the Morphology of the Reiren Family lone ilaniidee (Plates XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI), . a, Supplementary Notes on Sas of the Ses in cosa, Pardosa, Pirata and Dolomedes from the Northeastern United States (Plate XXIX), Moore, J. Percy. Polychzta from the Coastal Slope fe fepan and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea (Plates XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, X XVII), Descriptions of Two New Species of Polychzta froin Ww one Hole, Massachusetts (Plate XL),. . - : Some Pelagic Polycheta New to the Wood’s Hole Fane (Plate LY), . so oe ee. Pitspry, Henry A., D.Se. Mollusca of Western Arkansas ime adjacent States, with a Revision of Paravitrea (Plates Ke PT). Additions to the Japanese 1 dell Sra F auna, fi: VIII (Plate XIV), he ie » aa 193 Piuspry, Henry A., D.Sc. A New Japanese Pleurotomaria (Plate XXID, A New American Genus of Ariotad ee GPIRis XXV IID), Mexican Land and Freshwater Mollusks (Plates XLVII- LIV), A New Hawaiian Limnza, ; Renn, James A. G. A Eaton of ihe ( Phanteraes ice nus Homeceogamia, : Studies in American For paige Studies in Old World Mantide (C Jeehoutora), ras Reun, JAMES A. G., and T. D. A. CockrreLL. A New Genus af Stenopelmatinz (Orthoptera) from Mexico, SKINNER, Henry, M.D. A New Species of Nyctalemon (P tafe LEE), . : STONE, WITMER. Mieollection ak emacs sal Barber eon Arkansas, Indian Territory and Western Texas, . . Racial Variation in Plants and Animals, with Special Refer- ence to the Violets of a he and Vicinity (Plates XXXI-XXXIX), . 2.) We Riek reams ae STONE, WiTmMeER, and James A. G. RES, On the Terrestrial Vertebrates of Portions of Southern New Mexico and Western Texas, : TRUE, FREDERICK W. A Note on tite Garumon Bottle- need cae poise of the North Atlantic, re truncatus (Mon- tagu), VanaTra, E.G. A st i Shells ‘Collected in W estern Florida and Horn Island, Mississippi, . .- Waeeter, Witt1aM Morton. A Revision of the North Arte can Ants of the Genus Leptothorax Mayr (Plate XII), ili 656 16 - tome Ag " eat a Y Ae é + 7 m4 7 a AN A , Bis. abies lhe. Acts Cares Palka hie ay: : oligl Bt wate iL Wale: | aa 7 a ; i : a = F) ¢ eA OCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. JANUARY 6. Mr. ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-one persons present. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: On Liprary.—Dr. C. N. Peirce, Thomas A. Robinson, Henry C. Chapman, M.D., Charles Schaeffer, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr. On PuBLIcATIONS.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Witmer Stone, and Edward J. Nolan, M.D. On INSTRUCTION AND LectuRES.—Benjamin Smith Lyman, Thomas H. Montgomery, Ph.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Charles Morris, and Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D. On Finance.—lIsaac J. Wistar, William Sellers, John Cadwalader, Edwin 8. Dixon, and the Treasurer. Counciu’s CoMMITTEE oN By-Laws.—Isaac J. Wistar, Theodore D. Rand, Arthur Erwin Brown, and Thomas H. Fenton, M.D. The President is, ex-officio, a member of all Standing Committees. Mr. George Vaux, Jr., was appointed the Solicitor of the Academy. 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., JANUARY 13. Mr. ARTHUR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twelve persons present. The death of Bushrod W. James, M.D., a member, was announced. JANUARY 20. Mr. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Sixteen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: “Myriapoda from Beulah, N. M.,” by Ralph V. Chamberlain. “List of the Polycestid Gregarines of the United States,” by Howard Crawley. Preparation of Diatoms.—MR. Frank J. KEE Lry called attention to a method recently employed in studying the structure of diatoms, which is supplementary to those previously described by him :— Mounting broken valves on edge so as to obtain a sectional view, and mounting in a manner that permitted of successively immersing the forms in media of varying refraction indices. The present method consists in depositing on the diatoms a thin film of silver, using the solution ordinarily employed for silvering mirrors, which, if dropped on the cover-glass containing the diatoms, will silver the latter toa considerable extent before any appreciable quantity of the metal is deposited on the glass. The finer the irregularities on the sur- face the heavier will be the deposit of silver, and the best results are obtained on gatherings containing broken and corroded forms, sepa- rated plates, etc., the structure of which becomes quite apparent. Thus conclusions can be drawn as to the correct nature of a complete and pérfect valve which will be more accurate than when it is itself examined, particularly if the markings are fine, when they become filled with silver. Under favorable conditions, after mounting in balsam and examining by transmitted light, valves or portions of them may be found having the appearance of plates of perforated metal, and while the results so far have principally been corroborative of those obtained by previous methods, some features not distinguishable under ordinary conditions are rendered apparent, among which may be mentioned a ring of pro- cesses near the margin of the valve of Coscinodiscus subtilis, which extends toward the interior of the frustule. The character of the raphe is particularly well displayed in Navicula and its allies, as well as the small channels in the central and terminal nodules, which doubtless have some function in connection with the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 protoplasmic currents causing the motion of diatoms. In Navicula rhomboides it becomes apparent that the raphe is single as in other species of this genus, and that the double raphe, based on which this form has been placed in a separate genus, is an optical illusion. This process differs from that by which the late A. Y. Moore plated diatoms, as his were covered with a heavy layer of silver or gold and examined as opaque objects. It is rather a staining process, but like- wise differs from the methods of. Moore and others in this direction, which filled the cavities in the valves with opaque matter, while in this ease the silica itself is rendered opaque, or nearly so. As in all microscopical investigation, it is necessary to use judgment in interpreting appearances seen, as they will vary materially in the same species, depending on whether the entire structure is preserved. Isthmia affords an excellent example. Some valves may be found in which the coarse markings appear as holes in the blackened silica, showing that the secondary structure is entirely gone. Others will show the secondary structure in a similar manner as holes in a darkened plate, but still others will have the large oval markings entirely covered with a film of silver, indicating that there is a still finer and ordinarily invisible “tertiary structure’ or plate, which serves as a basis on which the silver is deposited. Exactly the same conditions may be noted on the external plate of Coscinodiscus asteromphalus, but there is never an indication that the eye-spots on the inner plate are anything but clear openings. JANUARY 27. The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. The following were elected members: James Spear, Henry A. Lang, and Edw. B. Meigs. William Morton Wheeler, of Austin, Tex., and Theodore Boveri, of Wiurzburg, were elected correspondents. The following were ordered to be printed : 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., BIRDS OF THE SISKIYOU MOUNTAINS, CALIFORNIA: A PROBLEM IN DISTRIBUTION. BY MALCOLM P. ANDERSON AND JOSEPH GRINNELL. The birds of the following list were taken or observed by Malcolm P. Anderson in the extreme northwestern part of California, between Sep- tember 6, 1901, and March 10, 1902. His field-notes form the basis of the present paper, while Joseph Grinnell is responsible for the critical remarks on specimens and distribution. The region explored occupies the northwestern corner of Siskiyou county, close to the Oregon boundary. Most of the observations per- tain to the region of Horse and Seiad creeks, which head in the Siskiyou range. Horse creek flows into the Klamath river from the north about four miles below the old mining camp called Oak Bar, and about nine miles above the mouth of Scott river. Seiad creek joins the Klamath near Seiad Post Office, which is eleven miles below Scott river, and therefore twenty miles from Horse creek. Although these two streams empty so far apart they head near together, there being but one ridge between the main branch of each. Oak Bar is at an approximate altitude of 2,800 feet, while the crest of the Siskiyou Mountains, some seventeen miles north of the Klamath river, is 7,000 feet in elevation. The highest points of the range in the neighborhood of Horse creek approach 8,000 feet. West of Seiad creek the country changes abruptly, becoming far rougher, with the peaks in some instances rising higher. Near the mouths of both Horse and Seiad creeks the canyons expand into valleys, which are occupied by a few farmer-miners. The valley of Seiad creek is much the larger and is known as Seiad Valley. After the first of November camp was made about ten miles up Horse creek, at a little farm called Grater’s ranch. The region under consideration is covered with an ‘open forest ex- tending from the Klamath up to within a few hundred feet of the summit of the range. Here the trees become scattering and in places give way to large stretches of chaparral, with here and there mead- ows in which grass grows waist high unless disturbed by cattle. The Life Zones represented in the region seem to be: Transition, which extends from the Klamath up to about the 6,000-foot contour line, and Canadian, which cans the range, with perhaps dilute Hudsonian in 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 places. The following trees identified will give a better idea of the con- ditions among which the birds were found: TREES OF THE TRANSITION ZONE. Pseudotsuga mucronata. Douglas Spruce. This is the most conspicuous tree of the region. On Horse creek it is found from the Klamath up to an altitude of 5,500 to 6,000 feet. Libocedrus decurrens. Incense Cedar. This was also a very common tree from the Klamath up to about 5,000 feet. Pinus lambertiana. Sugar Pine. This is the largest tree of the region, and is common along the sum- mits of White Cloud and Johnny O’Neil ridges from the Klamath up. It is most abundant and of greatest size in the basin of Salt creek about a mile from Grater’s. Not observed above 4,500 feet. Pinus ponderosa. Yellow Pine. Seen from the Klamath up to about 4,000 feet; frequently of large size. Pinus attenuata. Scrub Pine. This tree grows commonly in the upper part of Seiad Valley, and was Noticed along Seiad creek up to 4,000 feet. Quercus californicus. Black Oak. Though there are several species of oaks in the region, the only one that is very conspicuous is the California black oak. It is found from the Klamath to an elevation of about 4,000 feet. In several places it forms groves of considerable size to the exclusion of coniferous trees. Arbutus menziest. Madrone. Seen frequently among the oaks up to their limit. Alnus sp.? A species of alder grows along all the streams. Acer macrophyllum. Big Leaf Maple. Observed along streams, but limits not noted. TREES OF THE CANADIAN ZONE. Abies magnifica shastensis. Shasta Fir. This tree mixes with the following in the upper edge of Transition, and extends throughout the Canadian zone. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Abies concolor lowiana. A fir probably referable to this form is found in the lower portion of Canadian and higher Transition, where it occurs in company with the Douglas spruce. In the canyon of Horse creek it was seen down to an altitude of 3,100 feet. Pinus monticola. Mountain Pine. This tree is frequent in the Canadian zone, to which it seems restricted. HuDsONIAN ZONE. Tsuga mertensiana. Black Alpine Hemlock. Hemlocks grow in abundance near the head of the east fork of Horse creek and elsewhere along the range in cool places. During a tramp along the crest this tree was seen repeatedly. NOTES ON THE Birps OF THE REGION. Ardea herodias herodias. Great Blue Heron. On January 25 a great blue heron was seen on Seiad creek, about four miles above the mouth. Again, on March 2, two herons were observed on the Klamath river, between Oak Bar and Walker Post Office. Oreortyx pictus plumiferus. Mountain Partridge. On September 12 a small boy brought in two quail which had been shot near the house on Grater’s Ranch. Subsequently the species was detected only once: a flock of six or eight were seen in Seaid Valley on December 20. The two September birds were preserved, and in spite of extremely abraded plumage, are plainly referable to plumijerus, and not pictus, as one might expect. One of the specimens is adult and shows a few new feathers appearing on the scapulars, breast and sides, but there is no evidence of approach toward the brown-necked humid coast form. This is an interesting example of the westward extension of a Sierra Nevadan form. Bonasa umbellus sabinei. Oregon Ruffed Grouse. The people of the Siskiyou state that this bird is invariably seen on the ground or on fallen logs. The observations of the past winter go to confirm this, for all the grouse seen were upon the ground or flying near it, and in all cases were in groves of small Douglas spruce, such as grow near or in the canyon bottoms. There is another grouse known to the inhabitants of this region.. This bird is said to be found mainly in trees and is doubtless the sooty grouse (Dendragapus obscurus juligi- nosus). In the latter part of February and early in March, the drum- ming of what was thought to be this latter species was heard, but not even a glimpse was obtained of the performer. Four specimens of the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 Oregon ruffed grouse were preserved, and the species may be considered fairly common through the winter in this region. This bird has been found previously in California only in the redwood forests in the vicinity of Humboldt Bay, so that the present record extends its known range considerably to the eastward. Douglas, in the original description of his “Tetrao Sabini,” gives its range as “from Cape Mendocino” north, etc. But recent records, up to the present, indicate ordinarily a dense forest habitat. Buteo borealis calurus. Western Red-tailed Hawk. An immature male red-tail was shot on October 11 on the very sum- mit of the Siskiyou, where the Oregon trail crosses. Falco sparverius phalena. Western Sparrow Hawk. One was observed on March 2 between Oak Bar and Walker on the Kamath. Ceryle alcyon. Belted Kingfisher. A single individual was observed flying up Horse creek on January 16. Dryobates villosus harrisi. Harris Woodpecker. This bird is very common in the groves of black oak which are located here and there on the lower parts of the Siskiyou range. It is” also found in the coniferous forests, though in smaller numbers. From October 24 to February 15 fifteen specimens were taken. These are variously intermediate in coloration between hyloscopus and harrisi, but average nearest the latter. Five of the birds have all the white areas strongly suffused with smoke-gray or brown, nearly but not quite as deeply as in specimens from western Oregon and Washington. Four have all the areas practically pure white, while the other six are fairly intermediate between these two types. The whole fifteen present an uninterrupted series, from the whitest to the dingiest. The usual size of all the specimens, however, is that of harrisi; that is, decidedly larger than the white-breasted hyloscopus, which occupies nearly the whole of California in favorable localities outside of the extreme north- ern humid coast belt. Dryobates pubescens gairdneri. Gairdner Woodpecker. The Gairdner woodpecker is usually to be found in company with the flocks of mountain chickadees which frequent the black oak groves all winter. The oaks are their favorite working places, but they are also to be seen among the pines and spruces. The six specimens brought home are all quite near gairdneri. The smokiness of the lower surface is not so intense as in skins from western Oregon, but the size, especially of the feet, is decidedly that of the northwest coast form. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Gairdneri occurs in California only in the extreme northwestern corner of the State, the greater portion west of the Sierras being occupied by D. p. turati. (See Fisher, Condor, IV, May, 1902, 68.) Xenopicus albolarvatus. White-headed Woodpecker. Only three birds of this species were seen in the Siskiyou region. All were shot from sugar pines in the neighborhood of Salt creek. They were obtained on October 10, January 10 and February 19, respectively. These specimens are exactly like the small-billed Sierra Nevadan birds. The known range of the species is thus materially extended, and here seems to be its westernmost station. Sphyrapicus varius ruber. Red-breasted Sapsucker. This woodpecker was not infrequently seen along Horse and Seiad creeks, mostly in the spruce forest at about 3,200 feet elevation. While not the extreme manifestation of ruber, the four specimens secured, by their large size and dark coloration, easily belong under this head. The white markings of wings and tail are much more restricted than in the Sierra Nevadan daggetti. Sphyrapicus thyroideus. Williamson Sapsucker. A single individual was found on a ridge above camp on December 19. It was at work in a tall Douglas spruce, and continued tapping lightly until closely approached. This proved to be a female, and is darker colored than Sierran specimens compared with it. The head is browner, while the deeper yellow belly and extreme length of wing point toward a geographical variation perhaps parallel to S. v. ruber. Ceophleus pileatus abieticola. Northern Pileated Woodpecker. The pileated woodpecker is one of the most conspicuous birds of the region. Its loud screech-like call can be heard for many hundred yards across the canyons. Though often seen it is very wary and difficult of approach. Its favorite resorts seem to be the black oaks, but occa- sional birds are seen to alight in coniferous trees. One specimen had the stomach distended with large black ants, which it was gathering from an oak when shot. As shown by the following measurements (in millimeters), the four specimens procured belong to the large northern race. ‘There appear to be no significant differences between these and skins from the north Atlantic slope. Collector’s No. | Date. | Wing. Tail. Tarsus. | Bill from Nostril. 56 6 ]) Geto | 2387") as7 vl hee 41 OATS tat al 1713), mi ae26 179. | Ren 40 Q 141 | Dee. 19 225 175. |} ez | 36 Q 156 7 226 | 180 | 35 38 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 Melanerpes torquatus. Lewis Woodpecker. The first bird noticed on crossing the Klamath and entering Horse creek canyon was the Lewis woodpecker. The species was then, Sep- tember 6, abundant in oaks bordering the meadows near the mouth of the creek. On September 13, two specimens were shot from a spruce near Grater’s farmhouse. There were a number of others about at the time, but at the report of the gun they made off down the canyon, and nothing was afterward seen of the species anywhere in the region. It probably occurs only as a migrant. Colaptes cafer saturatior. Northwestern Flicker. Flickers were seen in the yellow pine forests on the ridge west of camp all through the fall and early part of winter, but they were so excessively shy that none were secured until January 20. They were always abundant near the mouth of Seiad creek, in some open meadows lined with oaks, and alders overgrown with wild grapevines. As com- pared with specimens from the vicinity of Monterey, the type locality of collaris, the three skins from the Siskiyou country show somewhat greater dimensions and also darker colors. This is especially noticeable on the back, which is a decidedly richer brown, the ground color being deep Prout brown. Sayornis saya. Say Phcebe. On September 16 a Say pheebe was shot from its perch on the barn at Grater’s place. This was the only bird noted, and so is probably repre- sented in the region only as a migrant. Cyanocitta stelleri carbonacea. Coast Jay. This was the only jay detected in the Siskiyou Mountains, and was by no means as conspicuous as jays often make themselves. Only occasionally was one heard scolding in some cluster of spruces, or dis- covered hopping quietly from limb to limb in a black oak. Eight skins were obtained during the winter, and all proved to be quite typical of the humid coast race carbonacea (see Fisher, Condor, IV, March, 1902, 41). But a female specimen taken at Walker Post Office, Siskiyou county, March 11, 1902, is very different, approximating C. s. jrontalis, though not as pale as the average of southern California birds. Walker’ is only about twenty miles due east of Seiad Valley, and about forty- five miles northwest of Mt. Shasta. If this specimen represents the resident race of its locality, it furnishes a very interesting example of the possible close invasion of two races toward each other from their original separate centres of differentiation (until the area of intergrada- tion may ultimately disappear). 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.. Corvus americanus hesperis. California Crow. On October 1 a large flock of crows were noted on a meadow near the mouth of Horse creek. Later in October a single individual was seen in a meadow at Grater’s. Numbers were observed along the Klamath near Oak Bar toward the middle of March (6th and 11th). Nucifraga columbiana. Clarke Nutcracker. Two individuals were observed on December 29 on the ridge between Horse and Salt creeks. Mr. Doney, a miner of more than ordinary in- telligence and veracity, stated that this bird is common on the highest parts of the Siskiyou all through the summer. This is another indica- tion of the presence of a Hudsonian zone on these mountains. Carpodacus purpureus californicus. California Purple Finch. A male specimen was secured on February 1 on the ridge between Horse and Salt creeks. The bird was at the top of a large oak singing loudly. We took the singing as a sign of spring coming, but we had severer weather after that than before. Astragalinus psaltria psaltria. Arkansas Goldfinch. Soon after reaching Grater’s ranch, September 7, these birds were common in a pasture near the house. But within a few days, and before specimens were secured, they took their departure. Junco hyemalis hyemalis. Slate-colored Junco. A single male specimen was shot on January 25 from a black oak in the dooryard at Grater’s. There were other juncos about at the time, but all seemed to be of the Oregon form. This skin measures, wing 78 mm., tail 71. The tips of the dorsal feathers are slightly brownish, but the bird agrees explicitly with selected north-Alaskan and Atlantic coast specimens. This makes about the twenty-second instance of the occurrence of this form in California. Junco hyemalis oreganus. Oregon Junco. \ Junco hyemalis thurberi. Sierra Junco. Juncos seemed to constitute the most common species throughout the Transition of the Siskiyou region. Not a day passed without num- ‘bers being seen. On and after December 4, when the first snow fell, they became very common about camp, where they worked continu- ally in the old garden. Out of sixteen skins brought home, six are at a glance recognizable as oreganus; they are just like Seattle and Sitka specimens. Four others are just as typically thurberi when compared with Mt. Wilson skins, while the remaining six are partly immature and are less precisely referable. It might be surmised that the Oregon 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 jJuncos are winter visitants, while the thurberi type is the resident form, but this is pure conjecture. Melospiza cinerea merrilli. Merrill Song Sparrow. Two specimens of this song sparrow were taken on October 30 and December 14 respectively, from a tangle of blackberry briers near camp. These are much paler than morphna and phea, with decidedly blackish streaks both on back and breast, thus approaching montana closely. It seems probable that it is this form that breeds in the region. Collector’s No. Wing. | Tail. © 130 66 70 2 70 65 71 Melospiza cinerea morphna. Rusty Song Sparrow. A bird of this race was taken on November 6 from the tangle of briers in which the Merrill song sparrows were found. Another was taken later from a band of sparrows in Seiad Valley. The first of these (No. 78) inclines in paleness of hind neck and back toward merrilli. The other is nearer phea in having a sooty streaking. But the large size in both cases places them rather in the morphna category. Collector’s No. Wing. Tail. 3 110 71 76 ae (ae, 69 ‘ei Passerella iliaca unalaschcensis. Shumagin Fox Sparrow. On October 9 two fox sparrows were taken from the same thicket mentioned in connection with the foregoing. These seem to be nearest unalaschcensis, though inclining toward meruloides in brownness of coloration. They are too small for inswaris. Making due allowance for wear, they are counterparts of summer specimens at hand from Prince William Sound, Alaska, which is about half-way between the metropolis of meruloides (Yakutat Bay) and that of wnalaschcensis (Aliaska Peninsula). Piranga ludoviciana. Western Tanager. A single specimen was shot from a sugar pine on White-Cloud ridge on September 12, evidently in migration. Vireo solitarius cassini. Cassin Vireo. The only specimen observed was secured September 12 from some alders bordering a small stream on White-Cloud ridge, doubtless in migration. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Vireo huttoni huttoni. Hutton Vireo. Hutton vireos were found frequenting that part of the Transition zone in which oaks are most numerous, but were also often seen feeding in spruces. They remained throughout the winter in uniform numbers. There scems to be absolutely no difference between the six Siski- you skins and a series from the Santa Cruz Mountains and vicinity of Monterey, the latter being the type locality of huttoni. Monterey is in the southern extremity of the humid coast Transition, and there has always seemed a doubt as to the existence of a race obscurus in the northern part of the same belt. S. N. Rhoads, in the Auk, Vol. x July, 1893, p. 238, clearly pointed out the untenability of obscurus, but no one seemed to pay any attention to his remarks. As to the exist- ence of a really distinct form on Vancouver Island (V. h. insularis Rhoads), we have as yet no specimens to indicate it. Looking at Anthony’s description of obscurus, we find that he used southern California birds in comparison with his Oregon ones. Some skins now at hand from Pasadena, in moderately worn spring plumage, are not so green dorsally and laterally as birds of the same season from the Santa Cruz district. This is evidently due to the greater rate of fading and abrasion in the arid southern climate, for the majority of specimens in fresh fall plumage are indistinguishable, and equivalent extremes are to be picked out of bothseries. Sixty speci- mens have been examined in this connection. Dendroica auduboni. Audubon Warbler. A male was shot from a small flock on the west side of White-Cloud ridge on September 12. After that none were seen. Cinclus mexicanus. American Dipper. Fairly common from the Klamath up Horse and Seiad creeks to an altitude of 5,000 feet. Five skins were preserved. Troglodytes hiemalis pacificus. Western Winter Wren. This proved to be a common bird of the Siskiyou region, where it was almost always to be found in the blackberry tangles along the smaller streams. Seventeen skins secured serve only to emphasize the geo- graphical uniformity of this race in its long north-and-south range. Certhia americana zelotes. Sierra Creeper. Creepers are comparatively numerous in the region of Horse creek. They were often seen busily searching about the bases of the Douglas spruce or hurriedly climbing spirally up the trunk of some pine or oak. The eleven specimens procured do not seem to differ in the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 least from Sierran birds. Nor do they look much different from Sitkan skins. However, we have no certified examples of occidentalis, which is a supposedly distinct form said to occupy the humid northwest coast belt. Sitta carolinensis aculeata. Slender-billed Nuthatch. This bird was seen everywhere from the Klamath river to the upper edge of Transition. It seems to lead the mixed flocks of Parus, Regulus, etc., with which it is nearly always seen. Seventeen specimens were obtained. Sitta canadensis. Red-breasted Nuthatch. The Canada nuthatch was far less conspicuous than the preceding species, though it was probably no less common. It also accompanied the mixed flocks of chickadees and kinglets to some extent, but seemed to prefer the coniferous trees to the oaks which the slender-billed nut- hatch so largely frequents. Previous to December 26 no individuals were seen. The specimen shot on that date was rather high up in Transition, and was, it seems probable, just descending from the Cana- dian zone. For the species was shortly afterward common. Parus gambeli. Mountain Chickadee. This chickadee was constantly present among both the oaks and coniferous trees throughout Transiton and up into lower Canadian. The fourteen specimens brought home have on an average smaller bills than a series from the mountains of southern California (just as with Xenopicus). This is the westernmost record for this species. Parus rufescens rufescens. Chestnut-sided Chickadee. This bird was almost always found in company with the mountain chickadee, forming mixed roving bands. The series of twenty-one specimens is uniform and quite like birds from Sitka and Oregon. It would be highly important to know whether this species and the last occur together in summer also, and breed in the same locality. Psaltriparus minimus. California Bush-tit. This was another very common bird in the black oak forests, but oceurred in the coniferous woods as well. It was not, however, observed above the limit of Pinus ponderosa. The ten specimens taken present no differences from corresponding plumages of birds from cen- tral and southern California. Nor are there any characters to dis- criminate the few specimens we have from Oregon and Washington from those from California. Judging from the specimens at hand, there is little or no evidence of a race calijornicus. There is considerable 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., variation in shade of back and pileum due to wear and fading, but the fresh fall birds all look alike. Regulus satrapa olivaceus. Western Golden-crowned Kinglet. This bird, when observed at all, was always in the flocks of chick- adees and nuthatches. Seven specimens, all males, were secured during the winter. Hylocichla guttata nana. Dwarf Hermit Thrush. On December 20 the only small thrush seen was shot from an alder in Seiad Valley. This specimen, on account of its small size and brown coloration, is easily referable to the northern humid coast form nana. Merula migratoria propinqua. Western Robin. Seen occasionally throughout the winter, almost always with the varied thrushes. It ranges from the Klamath river up to the limit of the black oak timber at least. Ixoreus nevius nevius- Varied Thrush. The varied thrush, although seen throughout the winter, was not common until January, when large flocks appeared on the meadows in Seiad Valley. (This valley is almost free from snow). When the snow left the meadow at Grater’s during February, numbers of these thrushes appeared there. At the same time they became common in the oak forests. Sixteen specimens were preserved. These average in characters close to the Sitkan form. Sialia mexicana occidentalis. Western Bluebird. A male bluebird was shot from a small flock on White-Cloud ridge, September 12. After this none were seen until February 9, when a bird appeared near camp. They soon after became common both in the vicinity of Grater’s and in Seiad Valley. SUMMARY. The foregoing list is a remarkable one as showing the association of a number of birds not usually found together. The Siskiyou Mountains are evidently on the narrow line of mergence between the humid coast fauna and the arid Sierran fauna. Representative species of the two areas are here found in about equal numbers, in winter at least, as shown by the following comparative table: 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 Humid Coast Fauna. Arid Sierran Fauna. Bonasa umbellus sabinei, Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus, Dryobates villosus harrisi, | Oreortyx pictus plumiferus, Dryobates pubescens gairdneri, Xenopicus albolarvatus, Sphyrapicus varius ruber, Sphyrapicus th yroideus, Colaptes cafer saturatior, Nucifraga columbiana, Cyanocitta stelleri carbonacea, Certhia americana zelotes, (Junco hyemalis oreganus,) Junco hyemalis thurberi, (Melospiza cinerea morphna,) Melospiza cinerea merrilli i, Parus rujfescens rufescens. Parus gambeli. In the case of species represented in both areas but by distinct sub- species, sometimes it is the humid form that is present and sometimes the arid form (in a few cases there are intermediates). For instance, we find the typical coast form of Cyanocitta, but the typical arid race of Oreortyx. And in the case of distinct species, as a result of eastward and westward invasion respectively, the ranges of the separate repre- sentatives here overlap; for example, “Parus rufescens and Parus gam- belt. We find that as a rule two faunz (of the same zone) are occupied each by a different subspecies of the same species, or a different species of the same genus; and that a single genus is seldom represented in one fauna by more than one species. (If it is, then it seems to have come through the invasion of one of the congeneric forms from an adjacent fauna, as with the two chickadees just mentioned.) This seems to mea strong argument in favor of the theory that isolation (either by long distance or intervention of barriers) has been an absolutely essential condition to the differentiation of species. A fauna is a certain assem- blage of animals occupying a given uniform area; but the propor- tionate composition in both species and individuals is constantly changing, as influenced by neighboring faune, as well as endemic factors. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., ON THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATES OF PORTIONS OF SOUTHERN NEW MEXICO AND WESTERN TEXAS. BY WITMER STONE AND JAMES A. G. REHN. In the spring and early summer of 1902, Mr. H. L. Viereck and the junior author spent about eleven weeks in the Sacramento Mountain region of south-central New Mexico. The expedition was undertaken in the interest of the Academy, under the direction of the Board of Cura- tors, and quite extensive collections of plants and insects as well as a fair representation of other groups were secured. The localities visited and represented by specimens in the collections are as follows: Ysleta, El Paso county, Tex. Elevation, 3,664 feet. A village along the Rio Grande a short distance below El Paso. April 2d to 4th was spent here, and collecting carried on in the cultivated strip between the river and sand hills (“‘bosque’’), and also in the latter very un- productive section. El Paso, Tex. Elevation, 3,713-4,000 feet. Collecting was pursued in the foothills of the Franklin Mountains to the north of the city. March 31st and April 4th to 6th were spent in this vicinity. Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., and vicinity. Elevation, 4,320 to 4,600 feet. This section was quite thoroughly examined, collecting be- ing carried on by both members from April 7 to May 24, and by Mr. Viereck during several days in the earlier part of June. Alamogordo is situated in the broad San Augustine plain, two miles from the foothills of the Sacramento range, to which latter almost daily trips were made. The characteristic vegetation of this desert plain is greasewood or creo- sote bush (Larrea) and mesquite (Prosopis), with scattered cactus (Opuntia) and Spanish bayonet (Yucca), the latter becoming more abundant toward the foothills. Dry Cafion, Otero county, N. M. Elevation about 4,600—5,000 feet. This cafion, being easiest of access from Alamogordo, was visited almost daily. The reptiles, insects and plants of this rather cireumscribed region were very thoroughly collected. Alamo Cafion, Otero county, N.M. Elevation about 5,000-5,300 feet. This cafion is considerably larger than the foregoing and contains a con- stant stream of pure water. It is located about seven miles southeast 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 of Alamogordo, and collections were made here April 11, 16, and on several other occasions by Mr. Viereck. Laluz Cafion, Otero county, N. M. Elevation at mouth about 5,000 feet. This cafion is about the size of Alamo Cajion, and contains a large stream of discolored alkaline water, locally known as the Laluz river. Laluz Cafion is located seven miles northeast of Alamogordo, and extends a great distance into the range, a portion of it being occu- pied by the railroad which reaches the upper slopes of the mountains. Several days were spent here collecting. Highrolls, Otero county, N. M. Elevation about 7,000 feet. This locality is about half-way up the Sacramento range. and was visited by Mr. Viereck early in June. Clouderoft, Otero county N. M. Elevation about 9,600 feet. Cloudcroft is located practically on the top of the Sacramentos, and collecting was carried on there by Mr. Viereck during the latter part of May and the early part of June. While the authors are not prepared to enter into a lengthy disserta- tion on the faunal relations of the localities visited, still the general con- clusions drawn from an examination of the material collected may | prove worthy of record. Leaving the Texas localities out of considera- tion, as but little vertebrate material was obtained there, we come first to the immediate vicinity of Alamogordo. This appears to be truly Lower Sonoran (or Middle Sonoran, as has been proposed’), the vege tation, the most characteristic species of which have been men- tioned before, as well as the reptiles, mammals, birds and insects, so far as studied, being characteristic of this zone. This fauna and flora seem to extend quite a distance up the bottoms and arroyos (torrent beds) of the cafions, while the slopes of the same and the foothills appear to pos- sess more distinctly Upper Sonoran types, such as the sotol (Dasyli- rion), candle-wood (Fouqueira) and junipers (Juniperus). The pinion (Pinus sp.) does not extend so ar down as the juniper, and makes its appearance only when Lower Sonoran types have totally disappeared from the arroyos. In Dr. C. Hart Merriam’s latest faunal map of the United States two tongues of the Lower Sonoran are shown to enter New Mexico from the south, one along the valley of the Rio Grande and the other along the Pecos. From a study of the present material, it would seem that another Lower Sonoran tongue branches off from the 1 The evidence on which this division was made does not appear sufficient. On almost equal grounds we might divide the Carolinian belt into at least two por- tions. 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Rio Grande tract and runs up between the Organ and the Sacramento ranges, comprising the San Augustine plain. i Highrolls is situated near the lower border of the Transition zone, and possesses few types in common with Alamogordo, but shares quite a number with Clouderoft. The latter locality is situated in heavy Canadian forests, throughout which are interspersed open glades. The fauna and flora of Glonderat are pure Canadian, and the surround- ing timberland is one of the most important sources of lumber in the southwest. Considerable material other than that collected by the expedition was examined in the preparation of this paper. In such cases full credit is given to the sources from which these specimens were obtained. We are, however, under especial obligations to Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., of the United States National Museum; Dr. J. A. Allen, of the American Museum of Natural History, New York, and Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agricul- ture, for the loan of specimens of mammals. While concurring in the identifications and statements contained in the following pages, the authors would have it understood that Mr. Rehn is responsible for the portion on mammals and Mr. Stone for the birds and reptiles. MAMMALS. Sciurus fremonti lychnuchus 2. subsp. Type: No. 11,105, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia. & Forks of Ruidoso, Lincoln county, N. M. August 18,1898. Collected by C. M. Barber. Related to S. 7. neomexicanus Allen, but differing in the larger size, more rufous coloration and in the much more elongate nasals. Distribution.—This form is at present represented only by material from the White Mountain region, but probably occurs also in the Cap- itan and Sacramento sections. Color.—Above dull ferruginous, strongest on the median section, the color clearer and most intense on the rump, where the usual faint black- ish vermiculations are almost absent. Sides above the lateral line pale rufescent with an ochraceous tinge; lateral line narrow, not very distinctly defined and with many ochraceous hairs intermingled. Head washed with blackish, the orbital ring clear white; ears externally ferruginous touched with blackish at the apex, which bears a scant pen- cil. Fore limbs clear rufescent above, the lateral fringe of the feet sil- very white. Hind limbs dull ferruginous, becoming rufescent on the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 19 upper surface of the feet. Tail above centrally rich ferruginous, most intense basally, lateral fringe with the basal portion of the hairs black, the apical section pale ochraceous, the black becoming more extensive toward the apex of the tail and forming an almost clear black bar about 20 mm. in length, the extreme tip being formed by the pale ochraceous tips of the hair. Lower surface of the tail pale grayish ochraceous, the successive black and ochraceous color divisions being marked as above : toward the apex of the tail a trace of the upper color is noticed suff using the grayish ochraceous portion. Under surface, including the lips, chin, throat, under surface of the limbs and feet, whitish, pure on the throat, mixed elsewhere with the tint of the pale mouse-colored under fur. Skull.—The skull of S. fremonti lychnuchus differs from that of S. jremonti neomexicanus in its more elongate form and slender and more attenuate nasals. The skull of lychnuchus is comparatively narrower than that of neomexicanus, and the zygomatic region appears com- pressed. The nasals average 1.7 mm. longer in lychnuchus than in neomexicanus, while they really average narrower in width by .2 mm. Measurements.— Flesh dimensions of the type: Total length, 350 ~ mm.; length of tail, 140; length of hind foot, 55. Average of three specimens (flesh measurements) : Total length, 335 (326-350) ; length of tail, 140; length of hind foot, 53.3 (51-55). Average of seven speci- mens of S. fremonti neomexicanus:” Total length, 321 (308-330) ; length of tail, 133 (127-145) ; length of hind foot, 48.5 (45-52). The type skull of lychnuchus measures as follows: Total length, 50 mm.; basilar length, 42; greatest zygomatic width, 29; length of nasals, 16; width of nasals, 8.2. The average of six skulls of the new form is: Total length, 49 (48-51) ; basilar length, 40.9 (40-42.2) ; greatest zygomatic width, 27.9 (27-29); length of nasals, 15.7 (15.5-16); width of nasals, 7.4 (7-8.2). Average of four skulls of neomexicanus:* Total length, 45.9 (43.5-47.3); length of nasals, 14.3 (13.7-15). The two skulls of topotypes of neomexicanus examined by us give the follow- ing measurements: Total length, 46.7 (46.547); basilar length, 39.7 (39-40.5); greatest zy gomatic width, 27.7 (27-28.5); length of nasals, 14; width of nasals, 7.6 (7.5-7.7). Specimens Examined.—Four skins from the type locality, Rio Rui- doso and Mescalero, all in the White Mountains. One of the skins and three additional skulls were from the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. 2 Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., X, p. 291. *Tbid. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Remarks.—While no specimens of neomexicanus in summer pelage are available, the great difference in color, aside from the larger size and distinctive cranial characters, lead to the opinion that a very distinct geographic form of the neomexicanus type is represented in this mate- rial. Two topotypes of the latter form from the collection of the Bio- logical Survey were examined in this connection, and also four speci- mens (including the type) of mogollonensis from the American Museum collection. No close relationship exists with the latter form, which is of a more grizzled and smoky coloration, as well as having the skull rather different in character. Eutamias cinereicollis canipes Bailey. 1902. Eutamias cinereicollis canipes Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, p. 117, June 2,1902. (Guadalupe Mts., El Paso county, Tex.) The material at hand shows that this form is well distributed over the higher portions of the White Mountains, while information from a reli- able source gives it as occurring at Cloudcroft. Material has been examined from the following localities: Forks of Ruidoso, Rio Ruidoso, Mescalero and Hale’s Ranch, Ruidoso. Compared with F. cinereicollis, (Allen) this form is readily differenti- ated by the diagnostic characters given by Bailey—the paler and duller ochraceous tints, the white tips to the hair on the upper surface of the tail, and by the grayer feet. One differential character which seems to have been overlooked in the original description is the absence of solid black in the lateral dorsal stripes. In all the specimens (7) examined these are mixed blackish and rusty, while in cinereicollis the centers at least are solid black. Eutamias quadrivittatus (Say). 1823. Sciurus quadrivittatus Say, Long’s Expedition to Rocky Mts., II, p.45. (At the exit of the Arkansas river from the foothills, Colorado.) One specimen from Canoncita, above Cleveland, Mora county, N. M., collected by Emerson Atkins, and submitted by Prof. Cockerell, is in- distinguishable from specimens from Boulder, Colo. Citellus spilosoma arens (Bailey). 1902. Spermophilus spilosoma arens Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, p. 118, June 2, 1902. (El Paso, Tex.) Three specimens of this form from the vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., are identical with a series from El Paso and Fort Han- cock, Tex. A young specimen from Mesilla, N. M., is clearly referable to this form. 1905. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 Citellus marginatus (Bailey). 1902. Spermophilus spilosoma marginatus Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, p. 118, June 2,1902. (Alpine, Brewster county, Tex.) Two specimens from Pecos, Tex., and vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., agree perfectly with the description of this form. The inference drawn from the occurrence of marginatus in communities with arens is that they represent distinct species, the coloration being typical as well as the proportions. The length of the hind feet appears to be an excellent diagnostic character. Citellus ‘mexicanus parvidens (Mearns). 1896. Spermophilus mexicanus parvidens Mearns, Preliminary Diagnoses of New Mammals from the Mexican Border of the United States, p. 1, March 25, 1896. (Fort Clark, Kinney county, Tex.) Three specimens of this form are included in the series examined, all being from Pecos, Tex. Two of the specimens are the property of the Academy, the other belonging to the American Museum. Compared with topotypes the Pecos specimens are seen to be identical, and are easily separated from Brownsville specimens, which latter appear to represent true mexicanus. Citellus grammurus (Say). 1823. S[ciurus] grammurus Say, Long’s Exped. Rocky Mts., II, p. 72. (Ar- kansas river, at its exit from the foothills, Colorado.) A specimen from Rio Ruidoso, Lincoln county, appears to represent the typical form. Citellus tridecemlineatus pallidus (Allen)? 1877. [Spermophilus tridecemlineatus] var. pallidus, Allen, Monogr. N. Amer. Rodentia, p. 872, August, 1877. (Plains of the lower Yellowstone river.) A specimen of the thirteen-lined spermophile from Agua Fria Park, Colfax county, N. M., collected by Emerson Atkins, was submitted by Prof. Cockerell. While by no means true pallidus, still it appears to be closer related to this than to any other form. The condition of the specimen is quite unsatisfactory for conclusive comparison. Cynomys arizonensis Mearns. 1890. Cynomys arizonensis Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, p. 305, February 21,1890. (Point of mountain, near Wilcox, Ariz.) An adult male of this species from the San Augustine plain (or Tula- rosa Valley), near Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., appears to be abso- lutely identical with the Arizona form. On comparison the skull is found to be identical with representatives of arizonensis from San Luis Springs, Mexican boundary, determined by Mearns. The length of head and body considerably exceeds the maximum given in the orig- inal description. This individual was from a small colony of about thirty holes. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Onychomys arcticeps Rhoads. 1898. Onychomys arcticeps Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 194, May 83,1898. (Clapham, Union county, N. M.) A series of eight specimens from the vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., appear to be much closer related to arcticeps than to tor- ridus arenicola Mearns from near El Paso, Tex. The ears are consid- erably blacker than in ¢. arenicola, and the facial markings are more distinct, while the tail is much shorter. Onychomys ruidose n. subsp. Type: No. 11,091, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia. &. Ruidoso, Lincoln county, N. M. September 19, 1898. Collected by C. M. Barber. Apparently related to O. melanophrys, but differing in its more red- dish coloration, darker head and ears, and in the narrower inter- pterygoid fossa. Distribution.—Specimens from Hale’s Ranch in the White Moun- tain region, have also been examined. Color.—Above dull ferruginous, becoming almost clear rufous on the rump; head and nape blackish-gray washed with ferruginous; ears blackish-gray beset with fine silvery-white hairs, which are most abun- dant toward the apex; chin pale grayish-pink. Under surface, includ- ing fore and hind limbs (except posterior surface of hind legs), dull white, the under fur plumbeous. Tail rather thinly haired. with the upper surface mixed brown and white. Skull—The skull of ruidose closely resembles that of melanophrys, but differs in the broader rostrum and nasals, the more truncate occipi- tal region, the narrower interpterygoid fossa and in the stouter and heavier condylar process of the mandible. Measurements. dimensions of type: Total length, 156 mm.; length of tail, 47; length of hind foot, 22. Remarks.—While closely related to the melanophrys group, ruidose@ is a very distinct species. Relationship exists with fuliginosus Merriam and torridus Coues, but the former is immediately separated by the slen- derer skull and weaker incisors, beside the narrower rostrum and nasals as well as the smaller auditory bulle. From torridus it is easily differ- entiated by the deeper coloration, the grayer head and the more indefi- nite lateral line, as well as the much greater size. Peromyscus texanus sonoriensis (Le Conte). 1853. Hesperomys sonoriensis Le Conte. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 413. (Santa Cruz, Sonora.) Three specimens from the vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 N. M., appear indistinguishable from specimens of sonoriensis collected by the Mexican Boundary Survey. Peromyscus truei (Shufeldt). 1885. Hesperomys true Shufeldt, Proc. U.S. National Museum, VIII, p. 407, September 14,1885. (Fort Wingate, N. M.) Six specimens from Hale’s Ranch, Ruidoso, Lincoln county, N. M., appear identical with a topotype from the collection of the U.S. Na- tional Museum. An apparently immature specimen from Las Vegas, collected by Emerson Atkins, and submitted by Prof. Cockerell, appears to be referable to this form. Peromyscus tornillo Mearns. 1896. Peromyscus tornillo Mearns, Preliminary Diagnoses of New Mammals from the Mexican Border of the United States, p. 3, March 25, 1896. (Near El Paso, Tex.) Specimens from Mesilla, Donna Ana county, and Clapham, Union county, N. M., are slightly darker than the type of tornillo, though appa- rently referable to the same form. Peromyscus rufinus (Merriam). 1890. Hesperomys leucopus rufinus Merriam, North American Fauna, No. 3, p. 65, September 11,1890. (San Francisco Mountain, Ariz.) Six specimens examined from Forks of Ruidoso, Lincoln county, and Mescalero, Otero county, N. M. Sigmodon hispidus berlandieri (Baird). 1855. Sigmodon berlandieri Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, p. 333. (Rio Nazas, Coahuila, Mex.) Two specimens examined from Mesilla, Donna Ana county, N. M., and Pecos, Reeves county, Tex. Neotoma micropus canescens Allen. 1891. Neotoma micropus canescens Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., I11, p. 285, June 30,1891. (North Beaver creek, Panhandle of Oklahoma.) A specimen from Pecos, Reeves county, Tex., differs considerably from a Brownsville, Tex., specimen, and agrees with a specimen from Fort Hancock, Tex., in the much paler coloration. Neotoma mexicana Baird. 1855. Neotoma mexicana Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila.. VII, p. 333. (Mountains near Chihuahua, Mex.) Seven specimens examined from the following localities: Ruidoso, Forks of Ruidoso and Hale’s Ranch, Lincoln county, and Mesealero, Otero county, N. M. Cratogeomys castanops (Baird). 1852. Pseudostoma castanops Baird, Rep. Stansbury’s Exped. Great Salt Lake, p. 313, June, 1852. (Near Las Animas, Colo.) Three specimens examined from Pecos, Reeves county, Tex. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Thomomys fulvus (Woodhouse). 1852. Geomys fulvus Woodhouse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, p. 201. (San Francisco Mountain, Ariz.) Specimens of this form have been examined from Hale’s Ranch, Lin- coln county, and Las Vegas, San Miguel county, N. M., the latter col- leeted by Emerson Atkins and submitted by. Prof. Cockerell. One specimen from the latter locality is uniform plumbeous, except the feet | and mouth, which are white. Thomomys fossor Allen. 1893. Thomomys fossor Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., V, p. 51, April 28 , 1893. (Florida, La Plata county, Colo.) One specimen of this species from Agua Fria Park, Colfax county, N. M., collected by Emerson Atkins, was submitted by Prof. Cockerell. It agrees with the type except for the more hirsute tail. Dipodomys merriami ambiguus (Merriam). 1890. Dipodomys ambiguus Merriam, North American Fauna, No. 4, p. 42, October 8, 1890. (El Paso, Tex.) A fine series of sixteen specimens of this form was collected in the vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., and a single specimen was also examined from Pecos, Reeves county, Tex. A considerable range of variation is presented in the series, some specimens appearing quite grayish in comparison to the usual pale buffy coloration. Dipodomys spectabilis Merriam. 1890. Dipodomys spectabilis Merriam, North American Fauna, No. 4, p. 46. October 8, 1890. (Dos Cabezos, Ariz.) A specimen of this form from vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., probably not quite mature, differs from topotypes from the Biological Survey collection in the slightly smaller size and more gray- ish coloration. Perodipus ordii (Woodhouse). 1853. Dipodomys ordii Woodhouse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, p. 235. (El Paso, Tex.) A specimen of this species was examined from Pecos, Reeves county, Tex. Perognathus flavus Baird. 1855. Perognathus flavus Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, p. 332. (El Paso, Tex.) Six specimens of this form from the vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., were examined. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 25 Perognathus penicillatus eremicus (Mearns). 1898. Perognathus (Chetodipus) eremicus Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat Hist., X, p: 300, August 31,1898. (Fort Hancock, Tex.) Two specimens of this race were collected in the vicinity of Alamo- gordo, Otero county, N. M. Perognathus hispidus paradoxus (Merriam). 1889. Perognathus paradoxus Merriam, North American Fauna, No. 1, p. 24. October 25, 1889. (Banner, Kan.) ; Two specimens of this form were examined, one from Mesilla, Donna Ana county, and the other from Rio Gallinas, Las Vegas, San Miguel county, N. M., collected by Emerson Atkins and submitted by Prof. Cockerell. > Perognathus intermedius Merriam. 1889. Perognathus intermedius Merriam, North American Fauna, No. 1, p. 18 October 25, 1889. (Mud Spring, Ariz.) The collection of the Academy contains a male from Mesilla, Donna Ana county, N. M. ? Lepus arizon2 minor Mearns. 1896. Lepus arizone minor Mearns, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 557, June 24,1896. (El Paso, Tex.) Two specimens from Pecos, Reeves county, Tex., are referable to this forny. Lepus texianus griseus Mearns. 1896. Lepus texianus griseus Mearns, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 562, June 24,1896. (Fort Hancock, Tex.) An immature specimen from the vicinity of Alamogordo, Otero county, N. M., appears to belong here, but it is not developed enough for positive identification. Putorius (Lutreola) vison (Schreber). 1778. Mustela vison Schreber, Siiugthiere, III, p. 463. (Eastern Canada.) A skin of a mink collected at Las Vegas, San Miguel county, N. M., by Marshall Robbins, was submitted by Prof. Cockerell. In the absence of the skull and strictly comparable material, the exact relationship to the various geographic races cannot be ascertained. Myotis evotis (H. Allen). 1864. Vespertilio evotis H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 48, June, 1864. (Monterey,-Cal.) Two specimens of this species have been examined, one from Sapello Cafion, Las Vegas range, San Miguel county, N. M., taken at an alti- tude of 10,000 feet; the other from Dry Cafion, Sacramento Moun- tains, Otero county, N. M. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Nyctinomus mexicanus (Saussure). 1860. M[olossus] mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e sér., XII, p. 283. (Plateau and higher mountains of Central Mexico,—Cofre de Perote (13,000 feet), Ameca and foot of Popocatepetl (8,500 feet) specified. The name mezicanus is used provisionally for the Nyctinomus of cen- tral and western Texas and southern New Mexico. Further study may show that it is not identical with the central Mexican form, but as far as can be judged by Saussure’s measurements, closer relationship exists with mexicanus than with cynocephalus. The latter form is a smaller animal, the average length of the forearm in five specimens from Tarpon Springs, Fla., being 40.1 mm., while five specimens from New Mexico and Texas average 42.7 mm. ‘True brasiliensis is, of course, a quite different animal. Specimens have been examined from Mesilla, Donna Ana county, N. M.; Pecos, Reeves county; Helotes, Bexar county, and San Diego, Duval county, Tex. BIRDS. The birds obtained number 122 specimens, representing thirty-one species, while ten others are added to the list which were seen but not secured. These latter are marked with an asterisk. Under each species are given Mr. Rehn’s field-notes relative to its distribution, abundance, etc. *Querquedula discors (Linn.). “One observed in alkali stream, Laluz Cafion, April 18.” *Callipepla squamata (Vig.). “Several observed near the mouth of Dry Cafion, May 2 and 9.’’ Zenaidura macroura (Linn.). “Observed frequently April 16 to May 19. In the open country it was most frequent about cultivated tracts, and in the cafions could almost always be looked for in the vicinity of water.” *Cathartes aura (Lirn.)? “Seen on four occasions, April 18-29.’ Dryobates scalaris bairdi (Malh.). “Found frequently in Dry Cafion. It was comparatively wild, and showed a decided preference for a peculiar species of cactus.” Chordeiles acutipennis texensis (Lawr.). - “Found several times in the Larrea belt, and was apparently nesting between the greasewood and mesquite bushes. All those seen were flushed from the ground, but careful search failed to reveal the eggs. May 2 to May 17.” 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 *Aeronautes melanoleucus (Baird). “Rather numerous in Dry Cafion. April 22 to May 20; usually noticed in the morning.” Trochilus alexandri Boure. and Muls. ‘Several times noticed in Dry Cafion, April 17 to May 19, and one female secured. A nest obtained was built upon a small bush growing horizontally from the perpendicular side of a small caiion, about ten feet from the bottom.” *Tyrannus verticalis Say? “Several birds apparently of this species were observed May 1 to 2, but were very wild and apparently migrants, as none were seen later.”’ Myiarchus cineracens (Lawr.). “Observed almost continuously, April 18 to May 17, everywhere in the cafions and sometimes in the Larrea as well. Its favorite perch was the top of a spidery cactus or the head of a yucca.” Sayornis saya (Bonap.). “ April 22 to May 19. Rather numerous in the cafions, near water.” *Corvus corax sinuatus (Wagl.). “Several observed each morning, April 12 to 17, and again May 15. Seen also at Ysleta, Tex., April 4.” Corvus cryptoleucus Couch. ‘“One shot April 25, a mile and a half north of Alamogordo. It was feeding on the carcass of a cow.” Icterus parisorum Bonap. “ April 17 to May 16. Fairly numerous near the arroyos about the mouth of the cafions and in the lower foothills, and very shy.” *Scolecophagus cyanocephalus (Wagl.). piag af ‘‘Several noticed in the town of Alamogordo, April 25 and May 22.” Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say). “Rather numerous through April, but not socommonin May. Most frequent near the spring in Dry Cafion, where they could be seen at _ almost any time drinking from the film of water that trickled down the side of the canon.” Astragalinus psaltria (Say). “Seen with the preceding, April 7 to May 17.”’ All the specimens are molting and, contrary to the custom in the Eastern A. tristis, the flight feathers are being renewed at the prenuptial molt. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst.). “Found both in the cafion and on the plain in the Larrea belt, always in small flocks, April 7 to April 29, and several on May 1.” Some of the males (one-year-old birds?) are in the prenuptial molt and are acquiring the black and white feathers of the crown. Other highly plumaged individuals, probably old birds, show no signs of molt. Spizella breweri Cass. “One secured April 15, and a number seen the next day in the Larrea.” Spizella atrigularis (Cab.). One secured in Dry Cafion, May 17. This capture extends the range of the species some distance eastward, the Hachita Mountains being the previous limit of its distribution, so far as I can find in the records. Amphispiza bilineata deserticola Ridgw. “ By far the most abundant and characteristic bird of the region, both on the plain and in the cafions. Observed continuously, April 7 to May 21. A nest with three eggs was found May 14, which was possibly a second clutch, as a fledgling was secured some days before.” Aimophila ruficeps scottii (Senn. ). “Seen several times ih the cafions, April 11 to May 17.” Pipilo fuscus mesoleucus (Baird). “Noticed only in the cafions and on the lower foothills, April 8 to 22 ”? Oreospiza chlorura (Aud.). “Associated with the preceding. April 8 to 29.”’ Calamospiza melanocorys Stejn. A number seen May 1 in the cafion. One male secured had nearly finished the molt, including the tertials, but not the rest of the flight feathers. Piranga hepatica Swains. A male obtained in the foothills, May 8. *Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). “Several observed May 19.” Hirundo erythrogastra Boda. “Observed several times, April 18, May 20 and 22.” *Tachycineta thalassina (Swains.). “ April 7 to May 20; usually seen toward evening.” *Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides (Swains.). “Observed at Ysleta, Tex., April 2, and at Alamogordo, May 22.” 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 Dendroica auduboni (Towns.). One secured April 18, Laluz Cafion. Helminthophila virginiz (Baird). One shot in Dry Cafion, April 29. Wilsonia pusilla pileolata (Pall.). Two obtained in Dry Canon, April 24 and 29. Mimus polyglottos leucopterus (Vig.). “Abundant about the mouth of the cafion, May 8-21.” Toxostoma crissalis Henry. “Very retiring in habits and always frequenting the mouth of the canon, April 7 to May 16.” Heleodytes brunneicapillus couesi Mearns. “ Noticed in the foothills in small flocks, April 9.” The specimen secured seems to be unquestionably this form, although two from Pecos in the Academy’s collection approach anthonyi some- what in the broadening of the marks on the back. Salpinctes obsoletus (Say). “Noticed continuously, April 7 to May 21, in the cafions only.” Thryomanes bewickii leucogaster (Baird). Two secured in Dry Cafion, April 25 and May 6. \ Catherpes mexicanus conspersus Ridgw. “Found in the deeper parts of the cafion, where the junipers begin and the greasewood stops, April 8 to May 17.” The wear on the plumage of the back of these birds causes a striking difference in their appearance. First the white borders to the spots are lost and then the spots themselves, leaving the back almost uniform and very different in appearance from the perfect postnuptial plumage. Auriparus flaviceps (Sundev.). “Noticed several times in the cafion, April 18 and May 9.”” A nest and set of eggs were secured. Polioptila cerulea obscura Ridgw. C ” ~ se oe “Found almost entirely in the cafion, April 24 to May 13. REPTILES. Sixteen species of reptiles were obtained, many of them represented by good series of specimens. These are about equally divided between forms which range over the central Lower Sonoran area of Texas and those which are characteristic of the desert region of Arizona to the 30 PRUCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., westward, the valleys of southern New Mexico being respectively the western and eastern limit of range of the two groups. Of the species which, according to Cope, range over the first plateau region of Texas (Lower Sonoran) may be mentioned : Sceloporus torquatus poinsetti, Holbrookia texana, 2Sceloporus consobrinus, Salvadora grahamie, Anota modesta, Crotalus adamanteus atrox, Phrynosoma cornutum, Crotalus confluentus. The species of the more western desert region are: Cnemidophorus tessellatus, Crotaphytes wislizenit, 2?Cnemidophorus gularis, Uta stansburyiana, Sceloporus clarku, Pityophis sayz bellona. Crotaphytes c. baileyz, Of course, the distribution of some of these species has not been worked out in sufficient detail to warrant positive statements as to their range, while a number of recorded localities are so obviously erroneous that we are forced to attribute them to confusion of labels, an accident which could easily happen in the early days of collecting. However, the geographic relationship of the species contained in the present col- lection would seem to be about as above. To add to the value of the following list we have added notes on the species contained in a valuable collection from Pecos, Tex., recently presented to the Academy by Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown. This region being very similar in its faunal relations to the vicinity of Alamogordo, the comparison of the faunz is of much interest. Crotaphytes collaris baileyi (Stejn.). Two specimenssecured in Dry Cafion, May 10and13. Dr.Stejneger has divided the old C. collaris into two very closely related forms, C. baileyi of the western deserts and true C. collaris of the eastern region (Texas). In Prof. Cope’s paper on the geographic position of Texas, he describes this species as ranging over what we now know as the Lower Sonoran area of that State, while according to Dr. Merriam C. bailey? in the west- ern deserts is an Upper Sonoran form. It would be interesting to know the exact zonal relationship of the specimens described by Prof. Cope from western Texas and New Mexico, where he states that both forms occur together and exhibit all stages of intergradation,so far as arrange- ment of scales is concerned (Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes of North America). Avseries of eleven specimens in Mr. A. E. Brown’s collection 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Sil! from Pecos represents both forms, so that at least C. baileyi must be regarded as a subspecies. Crotaphytes wislizenii B. and G. One obtained on the plain, May 6. This species is regarded by Dr. Merriam as typical of the Lower Sonoran, but also ranging a certain distance into the Upper Sonoran belt. It has been obtained in the vicinity of Pecos, Tex., but not farther east. Uta stansburyana B. and G. A large number secured in the country about Alamogordo show con- siderable variation in color, but the relationship of the species and its possible races is too involved for present consideration. Holbrookia texana Troschel. This species was common in Dry Cafion. It is a characteristic form of the Lower Sonoran of central Texas, and has been obtained by Prof. Cope as far west as Lake Valley, N. M., which seems to mark the west- ern limit of its range. Mr. Brown’s Pecos collection contains several of this species. Sceloporus torquatus poinsettii B. and G. One adult, May 10. This is a common species in central Texas, and has been recorded by Cope from southeastern Arizona. Even if the localities on these speci- mens are correct, it would seem to be decidedly an eastern species. Mr. Brown obtained one from the vicinity of Pecos, Tex. Sceloporus clarkii B. and G. One young individual secured near Alamogordo, May 24. This form is closely related to S. magister, but according to Dr. Stej- neger is restricted to southeastern Arizona (Upper Sonoran), while the latter is characteristic of the Lower Sonoran deserts north to Utah and Nevada. This specimen represents the farthest point east at which the species has been recorded, so far as I am aware, though Prof. Cockerell has sent one to the U. S. National Museum from Las Cruces, N. M. Four specimens are in Mr. Brown’s Pecos collection. Sceloporus consobriuus B. and G. This lizard was common in Dry Cafion as well as on the desert. It is apparently the form so identified by Cope, but probably not the one so named by Stejneger in the report on reptiles collected on the San Fran- cisco Mountain survey. One specimen from Highrolls, Sacramento Mountains, in the Transition belt, is doubtless referable to the latter. It is darker and more heavily built than those from the desert. The material in the Academy collection has not sufficiently accurate data as 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., to locality and altitude to properly work out this difficult group, so that the above identification must be taken as provisional. Found plenti- fully also at Pecos, Tex. Phrynosoma cornutum Harlan. Common on the plain all about Alamogordo; a typical species of the eastern Lower Sonoran region and extending well up the Rio Grande Valley in New Mexico. Phrynosoma douglasii hernandesi Girard. Obtained abundantly by Mr. Viereck in the Transition and Canadian belts of the Sacramento Mountains. Specimens were also secured for the Academy from Sapello Cafion. San Miguel county, N. M., in August, 1901, by Dr. Henry Skinner. Mr. Viereck brought home a live individual of this species and kept it in captivity for some time. It proved to be an adult female, and gave birth to thirteen young. He gives me the following information rela- tive to the operation: When first noticed four young had been born, a fifth appeared at 10.05 A.M., and after that one was deposited about every five minutes. The birth was effected by the female standing on her hind legs as high from the ground as possible. There first appeared a drop of clear fluid, followed by a bubble-like transparent membrane containing the young, which is then entirely discharged and dropped, the operation taking less than two minutes. If the young is perfect it will soon begin to wriggle, and will clear itself of the membrane in about five minutes from birth. The young are at first narrow and cylindrical, but as soon as they begin to inhale air they become broad and flat like the adult, and darken in color. They measured at birth 16 X 10 mm. Some were evidently born prematurely and showed no signs of life; they were doubled up and surrounded by a glutinous mass. Anota modesta (Girard). Very common on the plains about Alamogordo. This is another species of the Lower Sonoran of central Texas, and a number are in Mr. Brown’s collection from Pecos. Cnemidophorus gularis B. and G. Abundant in the cafions, but not found in tne desert regions about Alamogordo, where its place is taken by the following species. To the westward the relative distribution of the tworemains the same, C. gularis occupying the Upper Sonoran of Arizona east of Tueson, while C. tes- sellatus spreads over all the Lower Sonoran desert areas and, according to Dr. Merriam, pushes up some distance into the Upper Sonoran of the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 Death Valley region. The exact relationship and distribution of these two forms and the eastern C. sealineatus is a very difficult problem, though it would probably be much simplified by adequate material with exact data, such as that borne by the series before me. Many of the localities quoted by Prof. Cope in his Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes oj N. A. are so exceedingly vague and others so doubtful that they had better be ignored, at least until confirmed. After examining the mate- rial received by him from Texas, it would seem that C. sexlineatus extends over the Austro-riparian region of eastern Texas, departing but little from the normal type until we reach the border of the Lower Sonoran (first plateau) belt. Here we have a form closely resembling the C. gularis of Dry Cafion, which would seem to be the only form in central Texas. C. grahami Cope, of which I have examined speci- mens from the Staked Plains, seems to be most closely related to C. tessellatus; but if the central Texas form is C. gularis, we would have the faunal relation of the representatives of the two species exactly reversed as compared with the vicinity of Alamogordo, since the Staked Plains are Upper Sonoran, and central Texas Lower Sonoran. The Academy has both species from the vicinity of Pecos, but with- out details of distribution; and as both faunal belts occur there in close proximity, it is quite possible that their distribution is as sharply limited as at Alamogordo. Mr. Brown’s Pecos collection contains specimens of both tessellatus and gwlaris, as well as some identified as sealineatus. They are accompanied by no data as to relative habitats. Cnemidophorus tessellatus (Say). Abundant in the desert about Alamogordo. Pityophis sayi bellona B. and G. A number of specimens obtained, which are probably referable to the western desert race. They possess a broad rostral, but have usually a well-indicated black, subcaudal, longitudinal stripe. Salvadora grahamiz B. and G. One specimen obtained which belongs to the typical form. Several others were seen. Mr. Brown obtained one from Pecos, Texas. Crotalus adamanteus atrox B. and G. One specimen secured. Crotalus confiuentus Say. One specimen which agrees exactly with Prof. Cope’s type of C. pul- verulentus from Lake Valley, N. M., but the characters do not seem to have any significance further than indicating individual variation, 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The following additional species are contained in Mr. A. E. Brown’s collection from Pecos, Tex. Eumeces obsoletus B. and G., Zamenis tenvatus ornatus B.andG., Uta ornata B. and G.., Contia episcopa Kenn.., Rhinochilus lecontei B. and G., Glaucona dulcis B. and G.., Heterodon nasicus B. and G., = Tantilla nigriceps Kenn. Zamenis flagellum Shaw, BATRACHIANS. The only Batrachian obtained was Bufo punctatus B. and G. Two individuals from the spring in Dry Cafion. 1903.] _ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 MYRIOPODS FROM BEULAH, NEW MEXICO. BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN. The chilopods and diplopods noted and described in this paper com- pose a small collection kindly sent me for determination by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, to whom I wish here to express my thanks. All were col- lected at Beulah, N. M., which is at an elevation of about 8,000 feet above sea-level and within the Canadian zone. The forms prove to be largely peculiar, each being easily distinguished from any previously described species. The Geophilus is especially interesting. Lithobius glyptocephalus sp. nov. Diagnosis —Angles of the 9th, Lith and 13th dorsal plates produced; articles of antennz 20; ocelli 16-18 in three series ; prosternal teeth 6-6, 7-7; spines of first ess beneath 1, 3, 2, of penult 1, 3, 3, 2, of anal 1, 3; 3. 1; coxal pores 6, 7, 7, 7-6, 7, s. 8, transverse; length 20 mm. Description.—Body brown to light-brown, head and posterior dorsal _scuta darker, reddish-brown or chestnut; venter paler; legs colored similarly to body, but distal joints, especially the first tarsal, pur- plish; antennz chestnut proximally, the terminal portion light-brown; dorsal plates roughened, sparsely pilose, especially caudad; antennze moderately pilose with stiff hairs. Head subcordate, slightly wider than long (12: 11.5); a strong fur- row extending dorso-mesad on each side, each furrow dividing into two branches, the anterior of which curves forward to unite with its fellow of the opposite side just back of the frontal suture, the posterior branches uniting similarly in front of caudal margin of head. Ocelli in a narrow elongate patch which is widest behind; 16-18 in number, arranged in three series (1+7, 6, 4-1+-5, 5, 5); rather large and distinct. Antenne short, consisting of 20 articles of moderate length, the ulti- mate long and pointed at the end. Prosternal teeth 6-6, 7-7, uniform. Angles of the 9th, 11th and 13th dorsal plates produced; plates more or less distinctly depressed along the median longitudinal line; posterior margin of principal plates, except 7th, sinuate, posterior margin of 7th straight; principal plates strongly marginate laterally and posteriorly. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan; Spines of the first legs °° oe 5 of the penult eee the claw with Z ” the claw unarmed; last two coxee armed 20s laterally with a stout spine. Coxal pores 6, 7, 7, 6-6, 7, 8, 8, transversely elongate. Gonopods of female with the claw tripartite, the lateral lobes much reduced, almost minute; basal spines 2-2, stout, clavately thickened distally. Genital appendages of male short and wart-like, pilose. Length of body 20 mm.; width of 10th plate 2.6 mm.; length of antenne 8.1 mm.; of anal legs 8.2 mm. Remarks.—The description is based upon two adult specimens, a male and a female. This species seems to be nearest L. howei Boll., from which, however, it may easily be separated by the characters assigned in the diagnosis. Lithobius Beule sp. nov, Diagnosis.—Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced; head but little wider than long (10.5: 10); articles of antennze 21; ocelli 9-11, in two series; prosternal teeth 2-2; spines of first legs beneath 0, 2, 1, of penult 1, 3, 3, 1, the claw armed with a single spine; posterior cox unarmed beneath or laterally; coxal pores 2, 3, 3, 3, round; length one spine; of the anal (-°"-" 8 mm. Description.—Body, head and antennee brown, legs paler; polished ; dorsum uniformly sparsely pilose with short hairs, hairs of venter more scattered; head subglabrous; legs, prosternum and prehensorial feet sparsely pilose; antenne proximally with but few hairs or sub- glabrous, distally rather densely pilose; genital and anal segments clothed below with long hairs. Head cordiform, posterior border truncate; a little wider than long (10.5: 10); posterior lateral borders depressed; impressed on posterior portion with two longitudinal diverging sulci, each with a tendency to split into two lines anteriorly. Ocelli in a linear patch, 9-11 in number, arranged in two series (1+3, 5-144, 6). Antenne short, articles 21, mostly short, the ultimate long and cylin- drical. Prosternal teeth 2-2, pale, acute. Principal dorsal plates all margined laterally and caudally ; the lateral and posterior borders, especially in the anterior plates, depressed, the dorsum within border strongly arched, bisulcate » posterior borders of sre plates all straight, of principal ones gently sinuate, none pro- duced, 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. oY Spines of the first legs a " eee 3 of the penult re Pat the claw armed with a single spine; posterior coxee ynarmed beneath or laterally. Coxal pores round, 2, 3, 3, 3. Genital appendages of male small, wart-like. Length of body, 7-8 mm.; width of 10th dorsal plate, .76 mm.: length of antenn, 2.3 mm. Remarks.—The description is based upon two males, both of which have lost the anal legs. The general appearance is not unlike that of L. utahensis Chamb., from the mountains of Utah. Geophilus atopodon sp. noy. Diagnosis.—F rontal plate discrete, last ventral plate narrow; anal pores present, moderately large; pleural pores 10-16 adjacent to ven- tral and dorsal plates ; cox of prehensorial feet each armed with a stout tooth, the tooth of claw truncate at end; pairs of legs 49-51 (2), claw of anal legs long (2 ); length, 25 mm. Description.—Rather robust, very gradually attenuated cephalad, more abruptly caudad; color uniformly light-brown, the legs the same, the antennz lighter distally. Dorsal plates smooth, sparsely pilose; legs very sparsely pilose; last seven articles of antennz densely pilose with short hairs, the proximal ones more sparsely provided with long. hairs; prosternum and coxe of prehensorial feet finely punctate. Antenne short, the ultimate joint reduced distally, shorter than the two preceding taken together. Cephalic plate much longer than wide (2.5:1.9), anterior and pos- terior margins nearly straight, the sides curving, wider in front than behind. Frontal plate discrete, the suture V-shaped in the middle with the point directed backward. Cephalic plate back of suture im- pressed with a strong suture near each lateral margin and with one each side of the median line; a median sulcus extending cephalad in the V- shaped opening of the suture. Prebasal plate concealed. Basal plate as a whole more than twice wider than long (9:4), exposed portion wider than long in the ratio 9: 2.25. Claws of prehensorial feet when closed scarcely reaching the end of the first antennal article; claw armed at base with a moderately stout, truncate tooth; coxa armed with a stout tooth which is somewhat longer than that of the claw; prosternum wider than long (12: 10.5), less than twice the height of the coxa, unarmed. Dorsal scuta not suleate or with afew of the middle ones indis- tinctly bisuleate; anterior prescuta short, becoming long or very long in the posterior middle region, the last ones again short. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Jan., First anterior spiracle large, vertically oval, a few following of the same shape, others round, gradually decreasing in size from the first to the last. Anterior ventral plates with a median sulcus, some of the middle ones with a median oval area marked off laterally by semi-lunar depressions. Ventral pores numerous, in more anterior plates arranged in a median depressed area, in first middle plates in a longitudinal median band and in a narrower band cephalad of posterior margin, further back covering nearly the entire surface, although in some more or less absent from a median area while densely covering the plate elsewhere. First pair of legs shorter and much more slender than those succeed- ing, legs increasing in length from the first to the last. Anal legs with a long claw. Pleurz of last segment with 10-16 pores arranged mostly along the margin of the ventral plate or partly covered by the latter, a number (4-5) also adjacent or somewhat overlapped by the dorsal plate. Last ventral plate a little wider than long, about as wide as the one pre- ceding. Pairs of legs 49-51. Length, 25 mm.; greatest width,1.2 mm; length of antenne, 2 mm.; of anal legs, .9 mm. Remarks.—The types are two adult females. They are not very closely related to any other known species. Parajulus neomexicanus sp. nov. Diagnosis.—First dorsal plate smooth, its sides not at all striate; other segments strongly striate below. Repugnatorial pores small, free from the transverse suture. Last dorsal plate blunt behind, not extending beyond anal valves. Pre-anal scale convexly rounded in front and behind, the curved margins meeting at an acute angle laterally. Anal valves marginate, rugose. Male: Mandibular stipes strongly produced below; the greatly enlarged first pair of legs not at all bent or hamate at end, not tuberculate; copulatory feet ex- posed, the anterior plate set obliquely, very wide, clavately enlarged upward, and produced backward above base posteriorly, the inner border bent inward or backward, indented below top, concealing middle and posterior piece from the front and side. Description.—Slender, smooth and shining, glabrous. General color light-brown, transversely banded with dark-brown or blackish, a median dorsal line of same; a series of suboval light-colored spots along lower part of each side; toward. dorsum within dark band of each seg- ment a short row of light-colored, often confluent, blotches each crossed 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 by a network of fine dark lines; in each segment laterad of the dorsal line a short, light-colored transverse line; feet pale; first dorsal plate and vertex of head light-brown, covered with a network of fine dark- brown lines; a dark, blackish band between eyes, with within near middle two light lines diverging cephalad; a light spot mesad from the base of each antenna; clypeal region light-brown; antenne dark. Head at vertex with a shallow median sulcus. Antenne in length about equaling the width of the body; pilose, the terminal articles densely so; articleslong. Ocelli in a large triangular patch, about 50 in number, arranged in § series. First dorsal plate smooth, not at all striate; other segments strongly striate beneath, above with numerous longitudinal wavy lines; anterior segments more strongly striate than the posterior. Posterior angle of the last dorsal plate rounded, blunt, but little produced, not extending beyond anal valves. Pre-anal scale convexly rounded in front and behind, indented in the middle behind,.the two curved margins meet- ing at an acute angle on each side; with two long bristles, other- wise glabrous. Anal valves glabrous, marginate; the elevate margins crossed by a series of transverse sulci; valves elsewhere roughened by numerous longitudinal ruge. Repugnatorial pores small, not touching transverse suture. Legs rather short, not extending beyond sides of body, sparsely pilose, claw strong; last tarsal joint with a row of stout bristles (pulvilla tarsales) projecting outward on each side (<"). Male: Stipes of mandibles strongly produced below; first pair of legs greatly enlarged, reaching anterior margin of gnathochilarium, nearly straight, not bent or at all hamate at end, very sparsely pilose, not tuberculate; coxze of second pair of legs meeting within and produced forward into a narrow tongue-like process with a round or button- shaped appendage at end, at base of coxe a median pit which continues forward along process as a shallow furrow; copulatory appendages exposed; anterior plate set somewhat obliquely , very wide, clavately enlarged upward, the outer or posterior border much produced back- ward above base, concealing other pieces from front and side, inner border indented below top, bent inward or backward, plate pilose with numerous long hairs outward from bent border and along a line below and parallel with upper margin; middle piece (as also outer one) shorter than the anterior, subtriangular in caudal aspect, acutely pointed, with fine, rather distantly placed teeth along sides which are not strongly bent or rolled, inner basal portion produced forward, a hamate process 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., in front of each; outer or posterior piece narrowed above, its top rounded and a little bent, bearing a long bristle, at base also one or several long bristles. Segments 47-57. Length, 36 mm.; width, 1.9 mm. Remarks.—The specimens studied include three adults, two males and a female, and several immature individuals. The measurements given are from the largest individual, a male. Polydesmus sp. Several young individuals of a species of this genus are in the col- lection. They are of the stage possessing only twelve segments, and thus too young for determination. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 LIST OF THE POLYCYSTID GREGARINES OF THE UNITED STATES. BY HOWARD CRAWLEY. . i The polycystid gregarines of the United States have as yet been but very little studied, and the list here given, which I believe to be com- plete, contains but twenty-eight species. Of these, six are also found in Europe and were first described from there. It is to Prof. Leidy that we owe the better part of our knowledge of the American forms. Ten species were described by him in accounts published in the Proceedings of the Academy and in the T’ransactions of the American Philosophical Society from 1848-1889. In addition to these, four more species are described and figured by Leidy in manuscript notes now in posses- sion of the Academy, access to which I owe to the kindness of the Secretary, Dr. Nolan. Of the remaining eight forms, one was de- scribed by Porter, and seven were found by me in animals collected at Wyncote, Pa., and Raleigh, N. C., during the past year. The four forms described in Leidy’s manuscript, and the one by Por- ter, were not named. I have accordingly created new species for them which, with the seven that I discovered, makes twelve new species. Although the method of naming a gregarine after its host has been ob- jected to by Schneider, it appears to me the most advisable, and it has accordingly been followed. Considerable difficulty was experienced, however, in determining to which genera these new species belong. The generic characters of gregarines are mostly those of the cysts and spores, and I was particularly unfortunate in failing to obtain these stages. In several cases it has been possible to judge, even without these criteria, what the correct genus is, and such forms have been placed where they probably belong without question. Where, how- ever, there was considerable doubt, a question mark has been placed before the generic name. Il. The following is a list of the Arthropoda found to contain gregarines, the first column giving the number of individuals examined, the second the number parasitized : 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Juusand Parqulis._ 165 158 Polydesmus virgintensis._.......------------------ 32 26 Pours)... ee 2 2 Lysiopetalum lactarvum..........------------------ 16 6 Spirobolus sp... 1 Z tithbus [raps ee 15 4 Scolopocryptops sexspinosus..........----------- 6 3 Sciiigera jorceps.. + 3 Goplilis sp... ee 8 0 Hlater’ sp. 8 1 Cucujid larva:2...+..) 5 2 Discelas ovis. = eee 2 2 Harpalus caligiesis_ = 1 1 Dytiscus sp., larva if 1 It is headed with Julus and Parajulus. These two genera of Diplo- pods are distinguished by characters of the mouth-parts and anterior feet, but they are much alike and the smaller species of Parajulus are but little larger than those of Julus. No attempt was made to distin- guish between these two genera and much less between the various species, but such an attempt would have been of no especial utility, even if successful. They are to be found together, beneath logs, stones and leaves, and, as the list shows, they are almost invariably para- sitized, the gregarine being Stenophora juli. It is possible to obtain these Diplopods at any season of the year, and so far as my observa- tions go, the gregarines have no seasonal cycle, but all stages are met with at any time. Usually a given host contains a moderate number of gregarines, from twenty to forty, these ranging from the largest adults to the smallest intracellular stages. Frequently, however, only a very few parasites are found in a host, and in such cases they will be for the most part quite small. In none of the millipedes ex- amined have I come across the cysts, nor, to my knowledge, the free spores. In consideration of their gregarious habit, and their diet of rotten wood and vegetable fibre, it is easy to see why Julus and Parajulus are so persistently parasitized. _ It is also worthy of note that other animals having the same mode of life and generally found in the same places do not appear ever to contain gregarines. A case in point is that of the Isopoda, Oniscus and Porcellio. These are almost always found with Julus and Parajulus, and they doubtless frequently swallow the spores of Stenophora. The isopod intestine is, however, lined with chitin, and 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 the immunity is probably due to the inability of a gregarine sporozoite to get into the cells. The 32 specimens of Polydesmus examined were some from Wyncote and some from Raleigh, N. C. Polydesmus is infected by two greg- arines, Gregarina polydesmivirginiensis and Amphoroides jontarie. Of these, both were present in 14 hosts, G. polydesmivirginiensis alone in five and A. jontarie alone in seven. The Diplopods from one region were about as frequently parasitized as from the other, but G. polydes- mivirginiensis was present oftener and in larger numbers in the animals from Wyncote than in those from Raleigh, while the reverse was true in the case of A. fontarie. It is for this reason that the latter, although a frequent parasite of Polydesmus, has been named for Fontaria. Where two gregarines parasitize a given host, it is generally found that one occurs far more frequently than the other. The more frequent para- site is spoken of as the primary, the other as the secondary. Usually, also, the primary parasite of one host is the secondary of another. In Pennsylvania, where Polydesmus is common and Fontaria does not occur, the former, as stated above, is more often parasitized by G. poly- desmivirginiensis than by A. fontarie. In North Carolina, where Fon- taria is common, the more usual parasite of Polydesmus is A. jontarie. This gregarine, furthermore, was present in great numbers in the two individuals of Fontaria I was able to examine. It may therefore be concluded that G. polydesmivirginiensis is the primary of Polydesmus, while A. jontarie is the primary of Fontaria. In Polydesmus, G. polydesmivirginiensis was usually present in mod- erate numbers, from 20 to 50, although occasionally there were only a very few. On the other hand, A. fontarie ran to extremes. Some millipedes would show only two or three gregarines, while in other cases they were present by the hundreds. There were only a few, however, in the animals taken at Wyncote. Of sixteen specimens of Lysiopetalum lactarium, six were parasitized. Two gregarines occur, one a new species which I have named Gregarina calverti, the other apparently Stenophora juli. Both gregarines were present in two hosts, G. calverti alone in three and S. juli alone in one. Thus the former species was present five times and the latter three. @. calverti is therefore to be regarded as the primary parasite of Lysio- petalum. This millipede is found under stones in much dryer places than Julus, Parajulus or Polydesmus, and it is somewhat solitary in habit. It is thus easy to see why only a comparatively small percentage of them is parasitized. G. calverti occurred in moderate numbers in all 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan. cases, whereas S. juli was present in hundreds in one case and in only small numbers in the other two. Echinomera hispida, the primary parasite of Lithobius jorcipatus, was found only four times in thirteen hosts collected at Wyncote and Ral- eigh. In two of these cases, moreover, but a single gregarine was found. At Cambridge, Mass., where Lithobius is a much commoner animal, a larger percentage are parasitized and the gregarines are present in larger numbers. PI. II, fig. 23. Epimerite: Small; consists of a number of ribs projecting from a central knob. Protomerite: Nearly reniform, but with a conical projection in front, upon which rests the epimerite. Separated from the deutomerite by a sharp constriction. Deutomerite: Lanceolate; terminating bluntly. Epicyte: Thick. Sarcocyte: ?. Entocyte: ?. Nucleus: Not small; spherical, with a spherical karyosome. Dimensions: Length 540 microns. Host: Cratoparis lunatus,.a beetle of the family Curculionide. Eight gregarines, all attached to the wall of the host’s intestine, were present in the one individual examined. Locality: Swarthmore, Pa. Stephanophora locustecaroline Leidy. Gregarina locustecaroline Leidy (1853), p. 239, Pl. 11, figs. 35-38. Provisionally placed in the genus Stephanophora on account of the character of the epimerite. I have not yet encountered the species. Bothriopsis histrio Aimé Schn. PI. II, figs. 15-18. Bothriopsis histrio Schneider (1875), p. 596, Pl. 21, figs. 8-13. Bothriopsis histrio Léger (1892), p. 136, Pl. 13, figs. 1-3. This gregarine was described by Aimé Schneider in 1875. The diag- nosis then given is as follows: Epimerite wanting. Protomerite form- ing a large rounded mass, of which the anterior part may be either very convex or quite concave. Deutomerite oval. Septum projecting for- ward in such a fashion that it resembles the finger of a glove. Nucleus elliptical in outline, with several karyosomes. Epicyte with double contour, sarcocyte wanting and entocyte very finely granular. Animal highly polymorphic and movements very rapid. Hosts: Hydaticus cinereus (larva), Colymbetes juscus and Acilius sulcatus. Léger adds the information that the epimerite consists of a number of long filaments. I find what is apparently the same gregarine in the larva of Dytiscus sp., but four or five imagines were opened in vain. My observations, however, differ somewhat from Schneider’s, although they do not appear to warrant creating a new species. Fig. 15 shows the protomerite of this gregarine. As stated by Schnei- 5 From Leidy’s MSS. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 der, it is a large rounded mass; but whereas Schneider’s figures repre- sent it to be solid, I find that it contains, at least in some cases, a large cavity. Within this cavity was a fluid in which floated a few granules. This condition was the more usual, and free gregarines, as they moved about on the slide, presented a remarkable appearance with their enor- mous balloon-shaped protomerites. The appearance of other indi- viduals was, however, markedly different. Fig. 17 shows an attached animal. Here the protomerite was narrow and elongated, the narrow anterior end being, so far as I was able to see, embedded in the cells of the host. In this case there were no indications of a cavity within the protomerite. It is to be observed, in figs. 15, 17 and 18, that the septum dips back- ward. Inanumber of cases, however, the septum dipped forward, and such appears to have been the only condition seen by Schneider. In these gregarines, accordingly, the septum may dip in either direction, which indicates a high degree of flexibility and elasticity on the part of the sarcocyte, and this condition is also suggested by their superlative polymorphism. It is therefore possible to interpret the rather curious appearance shown in fig. 16. This was drawn from a progressing individual, to all - appearances wholly normal. In this animal, the protomerite lies embedded within the deutomerite. It may be suggested that this is derived from the condition shown in fig. 18 by a mere contraction of the most anterior part of the deutomerite, by which the protomerite is forced backward. Quite a number of animals presented this appear- ance. Fig. 18 is from a permanent mount, and probably represents the normal form of the protomerite when only a small quantity of fluid is present. It is noteworthy in that the protomerite is more densely granular than the deutomerite. The larger, more elongated specimens reached a length of 425 microns. There were about 25 gregarines in the beetle-larva, which was taken at Wyncote, Pa. Actinocephalus dujardini Aimé Schn. Actinocephalus dujardini Schneider (1875), p. 589, Pl. 16, figs. 9-20. I have seen this little gregarine several times in specimens of Litho- bius forcipatus. Hoplorhynchus actinotus Leidy. Pl. Ill, figs. 36, 37. Gregarina actinotus Leidy (1889), p. 10, 1 fig. Epimerite: Amphora-shaped. Differentiated in front into four 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., dichotomously branched lobes. Contents hyaline. Easily detached. In the small animals, making up nearly one-half the total length; in the adults, from one-fourth to one-fifth of the total length. Protomerite: In the young, knob-shaped, with the transverse and longitudinal diameters about equal. In the adults, hemispherical, with the transverse diameter twice as great as the longitudinal. Deutomerite: Conical, with a pointed posterior end. Usually ashoul- der at the septum. Subject to considerable alterations in shape, being at one time longer and narrower, at another shorter and broader. Epicyte: About 3 microns thick [in the larger individuals. Longi- tudinal striations could not be made out. Sarcocyte: ?. Entocyte: Absolutely opaque in the larger animals. Much more nearly transparent in the smaller. Nucleus: Only apparent as a light oval area, usually lying diagonally across the deutomerite. Dimensions: The largest sporont seen was 485 microns long by 105 microns broad. Leidy gives 600 microns for the length of a cephalont. Host: Scolopocryptops. Notrare. Infection usually moderate, from 15-30 parasites per host. Locality: Wyncote, Pa., Raleigh, N. C., and Wallingford, Pa. Apparently, in this gregarine, the septum tends to disappear. It is much more evident in some cephalonts than in others, and in one spo- ront seen no septum could be made out, and the entocyte of the proto- merite was not distinguishable from that of the deutomerite. Doliocystis rhyncobli sp. n. Porter (1897a), p. 8, Pl. 3, figs. 37-53. This form is described, but not named, by Porter, and the figures given are scarcely diagnostic enough to determine the correct genus. Its habitat, the intestine of the marine worm Rhyncobolus americanus Ver- rill, renders it probable, however, that the parasite belongs to the genus Doliocystis, and the specific name rhyncoboli may appropriately be used. Porter describes it as a tricystid, but says: ‘‘The conical base of the epimerite is continuous with the contents of the anterior portion of the protomerite, for there is an orifice through the cuticular wall of the pro- tomerite, and the base of the epimerite is composed of protoplasm very similar to that of the protomerite.” But such an intimate union between the protoplasmic parts of pro- tomerite and epimerite is not known to exist in gregarines. It may therefore be suggested that that part of the animal which Porter took to 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 be protomerite plus epimerite was in reality only the epimerite, and that the gregarine is truly a dicystid. The deutomerite is described as being composed of very loose and highly vacuolated protoplasm, and the nucleus as showing several kary- osomes. The animal is 700 microns long. ; The host is Rhyncobolus americanus Verrill. The parasite occurs in one worm in ten, and rarely more than eight were found in any one host. Porter makes the suggestion that gregarine locomotion “is probably caused by a very slight undulatory motion of the under side of the animal.” I regret having been unaware of this suggestion, which ac- cords with my own opinions, at the time I wrote my article on gregarine progression. BIBLIOGRAPHY. BtTscH I, O., 1881. Kleine Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gregarinen. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 35, pp. 384-409, Taf. 20 u. 21. FRANTzIus, Au., 1848. Einige nachtragliche Bemerkungen iib er Gregarinen Arch. Naturgesch., 14 Jahrg., Bd. 1, pp. 188-197, Taf. 7. Leipy, JosEPH, 1848-49. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., Vol. 4, p. 231 (verbal communication). Lerpy, Josepu, 1851. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., Vol. 5, pp. 208, 287. (verbal communications), Lerpy, JosEpH, 1853. On the Organization of the genus Gregarina of Dufour. Trans. Amer. Phil. Society, Vol. 10, N. S., pp. 233-241, Pls. 11, 12. Lewy, JosErn, 1856. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., Vol. 8, p. 47 (verbal com- munication). Lewy, JosepPH, 1881. The Parasites of the Termites. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., Vol. 8, Second Series, pp. 425-447, Pls. 51, 52. Lewy, JosrrH, 1889. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., 1889, pp. 9-11 (verbal communication). LicER, L., 1892. Recherches sur les grégarines. Tabl. Zoologiques, t. 3, pp. 1-182, 22 Pl. MaRsHALL, W. S., 1893. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gregarinen. Arch. Natur- gesch., Bd. 1, pp. 25-44, Taf. 20, 21. Porter, J. F., 1897. Trichonympha, and other Parasites of Termes flavipes. Bull. Museum Harvard, Vol. 31, pp. 45-68, 6 PI. PORTEE, J. F., 1897a. Two New Gregarinida. Jour. Morph., Vol. 14, pp. 1-20, Pls. 1-3. ScHNEIER, Aimé, 1875. Contributions a V’histoire des Grégarines des Inverté- brés de Paris et de Roscoff. Arch. Zool. expér., 4, pp. 493-604, 7 Pl. Scunewer, Aime, 1882. Seconde contribution 4 l'étude des Grégarines. Arch. Zool. expér., 10, pp. 423-450, Pl. 13. Srmsotp, Tu., 1839. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere. Ueber die zur Gattung Gregarina gehorigen Helminthen, Neueste Schriften der naturf. Ges. in Danzig., Bd. 3, Heft 2, pp. 56-71, Taf. 1-3. Sremn, Fr.,.1848. Ueber die Natur der Gregarinen. Miiller’s Archiv, pp. 182-223, Taf. 8. Wotters, M., 1891. Die Conjugation und Sporenbildung bei Gregarinen- Arch. fiir mikr. Anat., Bd. 37, pp. 99-138, 4 Taf. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Jan., EXPLANATION OF Puatess I, II anp III. Priate I, Fig. 1.—Gregarina harpali (p. 49). Adult. Fig. 2.—Gregarina harpali (p.49). Young. i Fig. 3.—Gregarina harpali (p. 49). Protomerite of a young animal. Fig. cee harpali (p. 49). Section of the protomerite of a young animal, Fig. 5.—Hirmocystis ovalis (p. 50). Sporont. Fig. 6.—Hirmocystis ovalis (p. 50). Cephalont. Fig. 7.—Gregarina disceli (p. 47). Adult. Fig. 8.—Gregarina disceli (p. 47). Young. Fig. 9.—Gregarina disceli (p. 47). Protomerite of an adult animal. Fig. 10.—Gregarina disceli (p.'47). Diagram showing the longitudinal axis of a contorted animal, A being the anterior and P the posterior end. Fig. 11.—Gregarina elatere (p. 46). Cephalont. Figs. 12-14.—A mphoroides jontarie (p. 53). Adults. Puate II, Figs. 15-18.—Bothriopsis histrio (p. 54). Fig. 19.—Gregarina calverti (p. 48). Adult. Fig. 20.—Gregarina calverti (p. 48). Protomerite of an adult. Fig. 21.—Gregarina calverti (p. 48). Young Fig. 22.—Stenophora spiroboli (p. 51). Adult. Fig. 23.—Asterophora cratoparis (p. 54). Cephalont. (Copied from Leidy’s MSS.) Fig. 24.—Gregarina passalicornuti (p. 45). Association. (Copied from Leidy’s MSS.) Fig. 25.—Gregarina polydesmivirginiensis (p. 45). Adult. (Copied from Leidy’s MSS.) Figs. 26-28. —Gregarina boletophagi (p. 47). (Copied from Leidy’s MSS.) Puate III, Figs. 29, 30.—Gregarina rylopini (p. 47). (Copied from Leidy’s ISS.) Figs. 31-33.—A sterophora philica (p. 53). (Copied from Leidy’s MSS). Figs. 34, 35.—Gregarina acheteabbreviate (p. 45). (Copied from Leidy’s MSS.) Figs. 36-37.—Hoplorynchus actinotus (p. 55). Cephalonts. (Copied from Leidy’s MMS.) Fig. Soe ae enee lucant (p. 50). Association. (Copied from Leidy’s MMS.) 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 STUDIES ON THE HABITS OF SPIDERS, PARTICULARLY THOSE OF THE MATING PERIOD. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR.,’ PH.D. It is remarkable how little the habits of spiders have been pursued, in consideration of the fact of their many peculiarities. Their webs and the making of them have received the most attention, and next to that their architecture of nests and burrows. A great literature has grown up about the subject of the “threads of the Virgin,” as to the use of spiders in medicine, and as to their supposed venomous bites. On the subject of generation, where the spiders are especially removed from other animals, for the most part only scattered and brief observations are to be found, and these mainly among the older observers. Menge, who saw and described more of the mating habits than any other naturalist before or since, took the pains to watch each of his specimens alive in a bottle before killing it, and this was the simple secret of his success. Most of the other recorded facts of mating, except the notable ones of de Lignac, Bertkau and the Peck- hams, were gleaned from chance observation in the field, which must be necessarily less full and precise. Let the arachnologist watch his spiders in the life before he kills them to describe their carcasses, and the facts of structure will have a richer and more inspiring in- fluence. ke And of further interest is the consideration that spiders were first classified according to a certain set of habits, namely, the architecture of their webs, and some of the groups thus early defined are still ree- tified by morphological characters. In them is to be found a good opportunity for examining the conservatism of habit, and for testing how much reliance in taxonomy may be placed upon similarities of habit—similarities that may persist through great changes of structure. The present study concerns mainly the processes of courtship and copulation, the remarkable filling of the palpi with sperm (for which the term ‘“‘sperm-induction” is here introduced), the process of cocoon- making, and the maternal care for the young. Other observations have also been included on moult, and in some cases on feeding habits. 1 Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Pennsyl- vania. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The genera studied and the families in which they are grouped are the following: Lycoside (Lycosa, Pardosa, Pirata, Ocyale), Agalenidze (Tegenaria, Agalena), Dictynide (Dictyna), Theridiide (Theridium, Teutana, Steatoda, Linyphia), Pholeidz (Pholeus), Epeiride (Epeira, Acrosoma), Thomiside (Xysticus), Philodromide (Philodromus) and Drassidz (Prosthesima, Thargalia, Drassus). The Attide were pur- posely omitted, since good work has been done upon them by the Peckhams. The method employed was to keep the smallest species in glass test- tubes, the others in glass boxes of various sizes. A considerable variety of the latter were made by using microscope slides and old photographic plates from which the films had been removed. Strong gummed linen was used for holding the parts together. A very con- venient glass cage for observing the mating of small Lycosids is to take a photographic plate 11 x § cm. as a base, three microscope slides (each measuring 7.5 x 2.5 em. or 7.5x 4 em.) as the walls, arranged together in a triangle with their narrow diameter vertical to the base, and the ends of two of the slides with just sufficient aperture be- tween them to allow the placing of another slide as a movable parti- tion; and finally two slides, each 7.5x 4 em., as covers. Where the edges of any two of the walls meet at an angle a strip of gummed linen is pasted on, also at the angle of each wall with the floor; and by gummed linen strips the glass covers are hinged to the upper edge of one of the walls. Thus one can make a tight and strong cage, with two compartments separated by a glass partition, and each compart- ment with its own hinged cover. Other cages were made rectangular without movable partitions; and for the larger species, and for those that make webs, large cages were made of photographic plates entirely. Such cages are readily and cheaply made, and more than a hundred of various sizes and forms were employed. Their advantages are obvious. The whole is of glass, the linen strips which hold them together can be made narrow and short and placed so as not to interfere with any observation. The floor being also of glass, one has simply to hold the cage over a mirror to see the spiders from underneath, and its surface retains in drop-form water introduced for drinking purposes. When the floor has become soiled with excrement or remains of food, the gummed linen that holds it to the walls may be torn off, the floor washed, then returned and gummed into position again. It is of great advantage to have the floor removable in the case of species which build a web in the upper part of the cage, for then it may be removed and cleaned without injury to the web. For species that cannot 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 easily climb the smooth glass walls, such as the heavier Epeirids, threads may be tied upon these walls to give them a foothold. To observe burrowing habits one should put earth in the cages. Small spiders may be used as food when insects are not obtainable, house flies at other times. All ground spiders need water frequently, and the species of Pirata quickly die from thirst. Attempts to feed the spiders with beef extract were unsuccessful. It is by no means sufficient, however, to simply place the spiders in their glass cages. Great patience in expectant watching is demanded, and no results can be gained unless long continuous periods can be given to this watching.. To observe the mating, the spiders should be collected in their natural mating season, and mature males intro- duced to females which have just become mature; and in the case of the Lycoside the collecting should commence in the early spring. Partition cages are most useful for the spiders which do not spin webs, as they obviate any handling; in the web-making species the male should be gently dropped from a test-tube upon the web of the female; in no case should the spiders be handled with forceps. Freshly caught specimens generally give the best results. The considerable number of deaths which resulted during the month of September were mainly on account of starvation, due to my absence at that time. This contribution is divided into three parts: Observations, Gen- eral Considerations, and a list of the literature bearing upon the sub- jects of courtship, mating, parthenogenesis, cocooning, sexual selec- tion, and care of eggs and young. The literature list it has been my aim to make as complete as possible. The species of Dictyna, Teutana, Steatoda, Linyphia, Xysticus, Drassus and Philodromus, Mr. Nathan Banks, Assistant in the Division of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, has kindly identified for me, and it gives me pleasure to express my thanks here for this service . Finally, I would dedicate the work to the one who cheered long vigils of observation with her sympathy. Lycosa stonei Montg. Pl. V, fig. 10. This small species is found abundantly in local woods in the spring and early portion of the summer, running upon the dead leaves on the ground. Later in the summer it becomes rarer, the females then hiding themselves under stones, and the males disappearing. The general coloration of the female is an admirable adaptation to the color of dead leaves; the male is smaller, mainly deep black in color, and the tibiz of his first pair of legsare covered with vertically implanted bristles, 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.; not so conspicuously, however, as the male of L. ocreata pulchra. It is very readily kept in captivity, when supplied with sufficient water. Individuals observed, males: No. 34, captured May 4, immature, killed May 10; No. 37, captured May 4, moult May 24, killed the same day by a 9; No. 151, captured May 26, killed by 2, June 16; No. 164, captured May 31, killed by 9 on the same day; No. 236, captured June 22, killed by parasite July 21; No. 238, captured June 22, died July 8; No. 240, captured June 22, died June 27; No. 284, captured July 2, died July 7. Individuals observed, females: No. 36, captured May 4, moult May 7, died in November; No. 51, captured May 6, killed May 11(then immature); No. 165, captured May 31, still living; No. 184, captured June 10, died October 4; No. 227, captured June 27, still living; No. 228, captured June 22, escaped July 20; No. 229, captured June 22, escaped August 11; No. 230, captured June 22, escaped late in September; No. 231, captured June 22, died October 18; No. 237, captured June 22, killed by parasite July 3 ; No. 239, captured June 22, killed by parasite August 26; No. 241, captured June 22, moult July 19, killed by parasite about September 8; No. 244, captured June 22, moult July 3, died August 16 (then not mature); No. 285, captured July 2, killed by parasite about September 1; No. 287, captured July 2, killed by parasite about September 30; No. 324, captured July 23, still living. Moult.—2 No. 244 moulted in about half an hour, hanging to the wall of her cage by her spinnerets; she fell out of the old skin, which was split horizontally along its whole length backward almost to the spinnerets. 6’ No. 37 took only a few minutes to complete his moult. Mating.—The following records were made on this process: (1) 2 No. 36. Several males were put in her cage before she had completed her final moult, on May 7, but there was no courtship. Then after similar results with males Nos. 34 and 37, the latter was introduced again on May 24, when she killed him. On May 27 c' No. 151 was introduced; courtship followed but no copulation. At 2.15 P.M. on May 28, the same male was put in and immediately started his courting motions. These consisted of the following movements: The male generally walks with his first pair of legs stretched before him, tapping the ground with them occasionally; this is evidently to feel the objects in front of him. When he had touched the female with them, he immediately recognized her sex, stood higher upon his legs, raised his first pair and flexed them backward at the femoro- tibial joint, then straightened them out in front of him again, repeating this several times, and at the same jerking his whole body backward and forward with the movement without changing the position on the ground of the other feet; there was no waving of the palpi. He left her, walked around the cage, returned and repeated the motions; they were then face to face, when she lowered her head to the ground, 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 flexed her legs closer to her sides and, so to speak, cowered before him. Then from in front he walked over her head, and embraced her tightly with his three anterior pairs of legs; his head was pointed toward her posterior end and just above the pedicel of her abdomen. In the copulation he would turn his cephalothorax first a little to one side of her body, then to the other, throwing both palpi over that side of hers to which he had turned. When his head was turned toward her right side, his right palpus would be stretched down along the right side of her abdomen and inserted in the epigynum; when toward her left side, the left palpus would be inserted. Thus to alternate the palpi he had each time to slightly change his position upon her, but the grip of his legs remained unchanged. Each palpus would be rubbed against her epigynum until inserted, then kept there until an invaginated swollen sac of the palpal organ had collapsed, a period not exceeding twenty seconds, when the palpus would be withdrawn and rubbed between his chelicera. The following palpal insertions were made, the abbreviations r and / being used for right and left palpus respectively, the first numbers giving the time extent, the second the number of insertions into the epigynum: r, 2.18-2.20, 3 or 4; 1, 2.20- 2.21, 5; 7, 2.21-2.284, 4; 1, 2.284-2.314, 7; r, 2.314-2.384, 6; 1, 2.38 2.00%, 15; r, 2.534-3.01, 9; 1, 3.01-3.11, 7; r,3.11-3.19, 6; 1, 3.19-3.26, 5; 7, 3.26-3.30, 3; 1, 3.30-3.364, 4; r, 3.361-3.38, 4; 1, 3.38-3.424, 3; T, 3.424-3.46, 3; 1, 3.46-3.504, 3; r, 3.50$-3.59, 4; 1, 3.59-4.04, 3; r, 4.04-4.07, 2; 1, 4.07-4.12, 2; r, 4.12-4.184, 3; 1, 4.184-4.234, 2; r, 4.234-4.26, 1; 1, 4.26-4.28, 1; r, 4.28-4.31, not inserted once. Then he rose and moved away and was taken from the cage; she remained motionless for several minutes afterward in the same attitude; her only movements during the copulation was to flex the side of her abdomen upward to meet the palpus applied. This copulation lasted 2 hours and 13 minutes. At 7.40 P.M. on the same day he was put in again, but she received him hostilely with upraised fore-legs. On May 29, when introduced, he courted again, but she was hostile, and this was repeated on May 31. (2) 2 No. 51 was immature, and was very aggressive to 0’ No. 41, whom she killed on the last occasion; he had made no courting move- ments. As other females of this species, when she is hostile to a male, with uplifted fore-legs she moves very slowly and stealthily toward, then makes a quick rush at the male. (3) 2 No. 165 killed on May 31 c' No. 164, after courtship. o' No. 151 was introduced on June 2, but though he courted at first, he soon ceased by reason of her aggressiveness. On June 3 the same male 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., was put in for more than an hour; he courted with interruptions, she would sometimes jump at, sometimes run from him. On June 5 the same male was introduced at 5.00 P.M. He immediately commenced his courting motions and came close to her, when she jumped at him; he turned away and walked around the cage, still courting, came back face to face with her; she lowered her outstretched fore-legs, bent her head to the ground, and he embraced her and commenced the copulation. The attitudes were as in the case of o' No. 151, 2 No. 36. The copulation lasted from 5.02 until 6.17 P.M., that is 1 hour and 15 minutes; the palpi were quite regularly alternated, the right used 12 times and the left 13 times. The male then rose and left her, and was removed; the female remained in the same position until 6.24. In the early part of the copulation the palpus was kept inserted for 4-5 seconds; in the latter part, for 20 seconds. (4) 2 No. 184 made her cocoon on June 29, and so was pregnant when I introduced No. 151 on June 12 and 13; both times she reacted hostilely to his courtship. (5) 2 No. 237 was parasitized. On June 22, 23 and 26, co’ No. 236 was introduced and courted each time, but she was hostile. In his courtship both legs of the first pair were not always moved in unison, but sometimes alternately. (6) 2 No. 239 was also parasitized. On June 22, 23 and 24, co’ No. 238 was placed in her cage and he courted, but she repulsed him each time. June 26 o' No. 236 (just after his courtship of 2 No. 237) courted her, but in vain, and this was the case with oc‘ No. 238 on July 1. (7) 2 No. 241, likewise parasitized. co No. 240 was introduced on several occasions, but though he courted there was no response. (8) 2 No. 244 was not mature, and males Nos. 267, 284 and 326 when introduced did not court. Thus there is quite a distinct courtship by the male of the mature female, even when she is pregnant. The courting motions are modi- fications of the cautious feeling motions; the stretching out of the first pair of legs enables the male to feel and so to guard himself. Even in his ardor, then, the instinct of caution toward a stronger individual is not lost. When the female stands high upon her legs and stretches out her fore-legs, it is the same attitude of guard but with offensive intent; a frightened female, when attacked by a stronger individual, does not make use of this attitude, but slinks away. The female shows her willingness to the male by depressing these fore-legs. The bristly tibize of the male are shown off by the courting movements of the male; 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 but other Lycosids without such armature make similar movements. That sight pays a considerable part in the mating of this, as of other Lycosids, is shown by the actions at a distance. But apparently the first recognition of sex is by touch. Sperm-induction.—c No. 151 coneluded his copulation with 2 No. 165 at 6.17 P.M., June 5. At 7 P.M.of the same day he cleaned him- self, then went to one corner of the cage and commenced to brush his spinnerets over the floor. He formed a roughly-made small sheet of web of triangular outline, one side of it on the floor, one on the wall of the cage, and the third (the longest) free in the air from the wall to the floor. With his chelicera he then tore away some of the silk on this free edge, making it smoother there, doing so from 7.10 to 7.25. Next he placed himself above the sheet as follows: The ventral surface of his cephalothorax upon the upper free edge of the sheeting so that his palpi hung down over this edge, his abdomen slightly elevated above and parallel to the sheet, the legs of his right side against the vertical glass wall, those of his left upon the floor. At 7.28 a small yellowish drop of sperm, its diameter not greater than that of one of his meta- tarsi, fell from his genital aperture on the superor surface of the sheet _ at about its middle point. He then reached his palpi downward and backward, below the sheet, and applied the concave portion of the palpal organ of each against that part of the sheet which carried the drop of sperm. Each palpus was thus rubbed against the lower surface of this drop several times, then withdrawn and slowly shaken in the air, while the other was similarly applied to the drop. This continued until 7.35, by which time all of the sperm had been taken into the palpal organs. He remained perfectly quiet in the same position up to 7.53, depositing no more sperm, and then walked about the cage. Cocooning.—The cocoon is a nearly globular bag, and the mode of making it was seen several times, of which these will serve as examples: (1) 2 No. 231 was observed on June 28, at 7.30 P.M., spinning a cir- cular disk of silk (“‘base”’ of the cocoon) on the floor, close to the edge of a nearly evaporated drop of water. This base’s diameter did not quite equal the length of her body. She was then brushing her spinnerets from side to side, and rotating her body at intervals. At first she made frequent pauses, but fewer as she proceeded, and gradually enlarged the diameter of the base until it quite equaled the length of her body. This continued until 8.15, when she changed the method of spinning, and started to build a silken wall upon the margin of the base; this she accomplished by elevating her spinnerets high in the air after each stroke, then applying them again close to the first point of 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., attachment of the threads, thus laying down looped threads. As she did so she rotated her body slowly, keeping the tips of her palpi pressed against the portion of the margin opposite the one to which she applied her spinnerets. So she formed a narrow marginal wall, low but quite visible to the naked eye, made entirely of looped threads. This was finished at 8.35. Then she stood so across the cocoon base that her palpi touched the wall in front and her spinnerets the wall behind, and oviposited upon the centre of the base. From her genital aperture fell a large drop of viscid fluid, its upper surface remaining adherent to her genitalia, and the yellowish ova dropped into it one by one. The oviposition lasted from 8.36 to 8.41, when she tore herself loose from the viscid drop and started to spin the cover of the cocoon. She spun over the egg mass uninterruptedly from 8.41 to 8.59, forming a dense covering and battening the silken wall down at the same time. From 8.59 to 9.01 she occupied herself with loosening the cocoon from the glass floor of the cage, doing so by seizing with her chelicera and pulling first one part of the edge of the base, then another, bracing her legs firmly against the ground, until she had completely loosened it. She then held it a moment attached to her spinnerets, then from 9.02 to 9.24 held it below her cephalothorax with her third pair of legs, revolv- ing it in this position with her palpi, and spun upon its surface with abdomen flexed vertically downward. Thus was formed a perfect globular cocoon, white in color. (2) 2 No. 228 was observed at the close of the cocooning, which was like that of the preceding case. (3) 2 No. 229 did not spin the base of her cocoon directly upon the floor of the cage, but upon a scaffolding of threads inclined at a slight angle to the floor and joined to the wall. From 11.03 to 11.17 A.M. she was occupied in spinning the marginal wall, from 11.18 to 11.22} in the oviposition, from 11.23 to 11.58 in making the covering (in the first part of which she elevated her spinnerets and did not brush them, thus preventing them from adhering to the viscid drop), from 11.58 to 12.024 in tearing the cocoon loose, and from 12.05 to 12.30 in spinning upon the cocoon while held beneath her body. These three were the only normal cocoon-makings observed. This species is peculiar In sometimes making the base of the cocoon without a preliminary scaffolding. All the other cases resulted disastrously, due either to the spinnerets of the mother becoming clogged with the viscid substance surrounding the eggs, or, in most of the cases, to her making the mistake, when tearing the cocoon loose from the floor, of tearing the cover from ~ 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 the base, thereby leaving the egz mass exposed. In all these cases the first part of the cocooning and the oviposition proceeded normally ; the mistake was in making the cover or in tearing the cocoon loose. And once a mistake in the progress was started none of these indi- viduals were able to rectify it, though one tried for a few moments to spin over the rent in the cocoon, and each in conclusion chewed up either the imperfect cocoon or the eggs; when the cover was torn off the eggs, the spider would very frequently chance to break some of the latter, and once she tasted their contents she would eat them. They would seem perplexed after a cover had separated from the base, would remain still a long while, would feel with the palpi first the cover and then the egg mass on the base; usually they would take the isolated cover beneath the body and spin upon it there, as they do with a normal cocoon, but did so irregularly. An isolated cocoon cover was never carried attached to the spinnerets more than a short time. One spider had made her cocoon perfect except for a break at one point between the cover and the base; this resulted in an elongated, irregu- larly conical cocoon, which she dropped from her spinnerets after a few days. Now the reason for such abnormal cocoons seems to be in a mistake made in tearing the cocoon loose; but there is still a reason back of this one, at least for some of the cases. It was my custom with these spiders, as with the other Lycosids, to put a drop of water upon the floor of their cages every day or two, for them to drink. Three of the miscarried cocoons whose making was observed, were commenced by spinning over the surface of this drop of water. The water in some way mingled with the silk of the cocoon, and at least contributed to -making it a failure. Why they should spin over the water I cannot say, except that perhaps the feeling to the touch of the surface of the water may simulate the feeling of a silken layer,and so awaken reflexes to spin at that place. In any case, all the Lycosids and one Philo- dromid, which chanced to lay the base of their cocoons upon a water surface, made a failure of these cocoons. But in no other species have I experienced such a high percentage of failures as in Lycosa stonet. The number of cocoons, and the dates, were as follows: 2 No. 36, June 6, a failure; 2 No. 165, June 25, a failure; 2 No. 184, June 29, a failure; 2 No. 227, June 27, July 16, both failures; 2 No. 228, June 25, July 14, the second one a failure; 2 No. 229, June 29, a perfect cocoon, but cut open too soon by the mother, so that the eggs rolled out; 2 No. 230, June 27, July 14, both failures; 2 No. 231, June 22, a perfect cocoon, but the mother destroyed it. 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Care of the Young.—The mother carries the cocoon attached to her spinnerets, bites it open around the equator to allow the young to escape, then carries the latter upon her body for a few days. Parasites.—One male and six females died from the effects of an endoparasitic dipterous larva. One spider contained two of these parasites, the others one each. After the parasite, whose bulk nearly equals that of the body of the spider, has eaten away most of the soft parts of the spider, it emerges through a hole it makes in the wall of the abdomen of the spider, and this emergence kills the host. It is strange that these spiders should live so long with such a huge parasite within them. A short time before the parasite escapes the spider acts in a peculiar manner, walking about spasmodically and often spinning aimlessly. The most remarkable case of this kind was the following: 2 No. 237 occupied July 3 in spinning a completely closed, oblong sack, with a ength of 30 mm. and a greatest depth of 20 mm. This silken sack was placed in the angle between two vertical walls and the roof of the cage, and its contours were rounded where not in contact with the glass. This completed around her, she remained in it until the evening, when the large parasite emerged. An indirect explanation may be that Ihe parasite irritated the nervous centres governing her spinning apparatus, she was thus instigated to spin, and it was merely a coin- cidence that she chanced to surround herself with a sack. Two of the parasitic larvee which emerged I kept until they perfected and developed into winged imagos. My friend, Mr. Charles W. John- son, identified them as Acrocerids. Lycosa ocreata pulchra Montg. Individuals observed, males: No. 91, captured May 18, killed by 2 No. 186, June 12; No. 110, captured May 19, killed May 31; No. 170, captured May 31, killed by 2 No. 171, June7. Individuals observed, females: No. 92, captured May 18, moult July 12. killed July 12; No. 111, captured May 19, killed May 31; No. 171, captured May 31, escaped June 13; No. 186, captured June 10, still living; No. 317, captured July 14 (then with a cocoon), died October 4. Moult.—On July 12 2 No. 92 was found on the floor of her cage, evidently dead; she was put in alcohol, but then moved vigorously, and the old skin on the dorsal side of her thorax separated off. Accord- ingly she was in the quiescent state of a beginning moult. The remark- able point of this moult was that on June 3 she had copulated—.e. a copulation had preceded the last moult. Mating.—The following cases were seen: (1) 2 No. 92. co No. 91 was placed with her for three hours on 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 the night of May 18, but there was no attempt at mating; this was repeated during two hours on the following night, as also on May 28 and May 31. At 8.10 P.M., June 3, the same male was again intro- duced. She moved about at intervals, he avoiding her, up to 9.12. Then I chanced to look at another cage for half a minute, and when I looked back found the pair in copula. The position was the one usual for this genus, he above her with his head pointed toward the posterior end of her abdomen and his three anterior pairs of legs holding her tightly; his first patella were just behind her fourth femora, his second patelle behind her third femora, his third patellee behind her second femora. Only one palpus was inserted at a time; when his right palpus was used his head was turned obliquely over the right side of her body; when his left was used, over the left side. The sequence of usage of the palpi, the time, extent, and the number of times each was inserted before the other was used, was as follows (using the abbreviations r and / for right and left palpus respectively) : r, 9.13-9.133, the number of times not noted; 1, 9.133-9.143, 3;r, 9.144-9.154, 3; 1, 9.153-9.17, 4; r, 9.17-9.19, 5; 1, 9.19-9.21, 4; r, 9.21- 9.234, 5; 1, 9.234—-9.26%, 6; r, 9.262-9.29, 5; 1, 9.29-9.33, 6; r, 9.33-9.37, 4; 1, 9.37-9.41, 5; r, 9.41-9.48, 2; 1, 9.48-9.47, 3; r, 9.47-9.50, 3; 1, 9.50-9.53, 2;r, 9.53-10.02, 4;1, 10.02-10.044, 2. He made each palpal insertion by reaching the palpus down and rubbing it against her epigynum, and while it was inserted a large sac evaginated from the side of the palpal organ; the palpus was kept inserted until this sac collapsed, a period of about 15 seconds in the earlier part of the copu- lation, and of 30-40 seconds in the latter part; then the palpus was withdrawn and rubbed against his mandibles. At the end of the copulation (which had lasted 52 minutes) the male rose and walked off, immediately proceeding to the act of sperm-induction. (2) 2 No. 111 was immature, and when co’ No. 110 was placed with her they avoided each other. (3) 2 No. 171. @& No. 170 was placed in her cage May 31, and again on June 1 and 3, but no mating followed. On June 7 the same male was introduced at 8.49 P.M. From then until 8.51 they were motion- less with their legs touching, when each backed off a little, he then in his characteristic attitude of defense, with his first pair of legs drawn up and back so that their patellee touched the top of his cepha- lothorax. At 8.52 he quivered these legs, she made a step toward him, then both remained still with uplifted fore-legs. At 8.54 she made another short step toward him, not aggressively, 7.e., without uplifted fore-legs, but he backed off a little as before. At 5.55 he 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., made a short jump upon her, and quickly got into copulatory attitude, she motionless in his embrace. Their position was as in the case of 2 No. 92.Xc' No. 91; the act lasted from 8.55 to 10.22 P.M., 1 hour and 27 minutes; the palpi were inserted alternately, the right 16 times and the left 15 times. Then he rose, she also started up quickly, chased and killed him within a few seconds, and ate him. (4) 2 No. 186 was pregnant when I introduced o' No. 91 on June 12, and she killed him. In all these cases there was no sign of a courtship on the part of the male; after touching the female, he would raise his fore-legs in defensive attitude, and if she was desirous she would approach him with lowered fore-legs, otherwise she would try to kill him. Now there is a notice- able secondary sexual difference: the tibiew of the first pair of legs of the male only are covered thickly with long, vertically implanted black bristles, making them look like miniature test-tube brushes. When the male stands before the female with these legs flexed, as he does, with the patelle close to the sides of his cephalothorax and his body crouched near the ground, the tibie are more horizontal than inclined upward. This, then, is not the best attitude to exhibit them to the female; they would be best shown off if they were directed vertically upward. On this account, this bristling of the tibie can hardly be regarded as a sexual ornament that is exhibited to charm the female. Further, it may be noted that this position of the first pair of legs is also assumed by the female when roughly handled or frightened; it is an attitude of defense of the species, not of sexual exhibition. These bristles are possessed only by the mature males. I could not determine that they serve any particular purpose, though certainly they give these legs a firmer hold upon the abdomen of the female during copulation. Sperm-induction.—S No. 91, immediately after his copulation with 2 No. 92 on June 3, moved to another corner of her cage and spun upon the floor from 10.11 to 10.15. Then as he was interrupted by her approach, I separated her by use of the sliding partition. He commenced spinning again at 10.19, at the angle of a wall and the floor, brushing his spinnerets to and fro upon the glass, on the floor and on the wall, all the time beating the tips of his palpi upon the overspun area. This continued up to 10.32, when a fine covering of silk, barely visible with a hand lens, covered that part of the floor. At_10.32 he elevated his abdomen slightly, still standing over the silken covering, and discharged a minute globule of sperm from his genital orifice upon the silk sheeting. This globule rolled to the ventral 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. (fe surface of his sternum, and he then applied the tips of his palpal organs alternately to this part of his sternum, and rubbed them against it; this was evidently the process of taking the sperm into his palpi, though I could not see the drop at this time. This continued from 10.32 to 10.37, then he ceased, and did not repeat the process up to 11.40, when I ended the observation. Cocooning.—This was seen only once. 2 No. 186, on June 21, at 11.35 P.M., was found spinning on the floor in a corner of the cage, slowly and with frequent pauses. She soon ceased, but began again at 1.30, and at 1.50 had made, upon a scaffolding of lines passing from the floor to the wall and inclined at an angle of 40°, a white, circular silken disk, the base of the cocoon. The diameter of this base was about equal to the length of her body. She continued to spin upon it up to 2.27, but slowly and with frequent rests. In the earlier portion of this time the spinnerets were brushed from side to side, before backward rather than from side to side, and she rotated her body but little. In the later portion she spun mainly upon the margin of the base, and formed there a barely perceptible wall of curled threads made by elevating her spinnerets after each stroke, and rotated her body while spinning. She stood with the tips of her palpi and her first and second pairs of feet upon the edge of the silken disk (base), her other feet upon the surrounding scaffolding. At 2.27 she stood quiet over the base with her head turned toward its highest edge, discharged a large drop of yellowish fluid of viscid consistency upon the centre of the cocoon base, and, while the upper surface of this drop still adhered to her epigynum, dropped the ova into it one by one. At 2.314 she started to break loose from this drop, but half a minute passed before she was able to do this, the surface of the drop adhered to her so firmly. At 2.32 she commenced spinning the cover to the egg mass with a brushing movement of the spinnerets, and, except for a pause from 2.35 to 2.374, this continued up to 2.57. Thus the egg mass (within its viscid drop) was flattened down and was evenly covered with silk. The time from 2.57 to 3.01 was occupied in biting loose the margin of the cocoon from the surrounding scaffolding. The cocoon at this stage was lenticular, and the margin of the base projected beyond the cover. At 3.02 she held it beneath her cepha- lothorax, holding it there with her third pair of legs and slowly revolving it with her palpi and chelicera; at the same time she spun upon it, holding her abdomen bent vertically downward. She then fastened it to her spinnerets and so carried it about, spun on it for a short time again at 3.26, then hung it definitely to her spinnerets and was not seen to spin upon it any more that day. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The peculiar part of the above cocooning, in comparison with other Lycosids, was its slowness, pauses occupying more time than the spinning itself. The number of cocoons, and the dates, were as follows for 2 No. 186: June 21, this one did not hatch, but was chewed up by the mother; July 13, this also did not hatch. Care oj the Young.—The cocoon is normally carried attached to the spinnerets until it hatches. 2 No. 317, who was captured with a cocoon, bit it nearly in two around the equator to allow the young to escape; the young took above four hours on July 15 in leaving the cut cocoon to get upon her body, and the first of them left her on the night of July 19. Lycosa scutulata Hentz. Individuals observed, males: Ne. 232, captured June 22, moulted July 11, killed by 2 No. 273, August 21; No. 233, captured June 22, moulted July 2 and 18, killed by 2 No. 271, August 25; No. 275, captured June 27, moulted July 14, killed by 2 No. 273, August 25. Individuals observed, females: No. 271, captured June 27, moulted July 1 and 20, still living; No. 273, captured June 27, moulted July 3, 14, 31, still living; No. 278, captured July 2, moulted July 3, died July 24 (then immature); No. 326, captured July 23, moulted July 24, still living. Moult.——2 No. 273 was found at the conclusion of the process at 10.30 P.M. The exuvia was upside down and attached by its feet to web-lines in the upper part of the cage; the spider was hanging attached to it by her spinnerets. She did not start moving until 10.42; at 10.57 she walked away from the old skin, and then remained quiet for half an hour more. The old skin breaks by a horizontal split, as in other spiders. Mating.—The following cases were seen: (1) 2 No. 273. After her penultimate but before her final moult, 3 No. 232 was introduced in her cage on July 15, 16 and 18. Though he was still immature he courted her on all these occa- sions; and he courted her at frequent intervals when they were not together in one cage, recognizing her at a distance of several inches through the glass of the cages. When courting he held his body. close to the ground, his last three pairs of legs stretched out nearly straight, but his first pair of legs were flexed at the femoro- patellar joint so that the femora were drawn back over his cephalo- thorax, the tibia and tarsus held nearly horizontally in the air. Then first, the palpi are swung outward and upward in alternation, each five or six times; second, one leg of the first pair is pushed forward and its foot tapped 6-10 times upon the floor in front of him, being 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 pushed forward a little after each tap, the abdomen twitching in time with the tapping of the foot; and, third, the leg is withdrawn and flexed over the cephalothorax again. This process occupies from 10 to 15 seconds, then there is a short pause, followed by a repetition of the act in which the opposite leg is pushed forward. This may be repeated several times without his moving from one spot, and not only when he is not facing the female, but also when he is at some distance from her. When he is facing her, and evidently seés her, while courting he advances toward her, taking a very short step forward during each act of courtship; sometimes he may advance as much as 2 or 3 millimeters at a time, sometimes again by still smaller steps, the rate increasing somewhat as he comes nearer to her. In case the female moves away in a course at right angles to his line of vision, he quickly turns around to keep her in view, but does not hasten his slow advance. I have also seen males when in their own cages, and out of all view of a female, commence to make these courting motions, even to continue them for some hours; but unless the female is in view, they do not advance while courting. This immature female, while being courted, plainly saw him, and would move away from him without his touching her; she made no determined hostile - rushes upon him, and he did not appear afraid of her. Sometimes she assumed an attitude of defense, the long axis of the body at an angle to the floor with the spinnerets touching the floor, and the first and second pairs of legs elevated and stretched out before her. On July 31 she completed her final moult, and on August 1 the same male was introduced at 9.20 P.M., and kept in until 10.30; he courted, but she avoided him. He was introduced again on August 21, at 10.33 A.M., saw her at 10.36, and immediately commenced courting; at 10.38 she turned to face him and touched him with her fore-legs, when he immediately climbed over her head, embraced her and com- menced the copulation. The attitude of the embrace was the same as in other Lycosids—the male above the female facing in the reverse direction, his head above the pedicel of her abdomen, grasping her with his three anterior pairs of legs; the female with legs outsprawled, and making only the movement of flexing the ventral surface of her abdomen upward on its long axis so as to bring her epigynum within reach of his palpal organ. The male lies rather obliquely across the female so as to extend his palpal organ downward to reach the epigynum; when he lies obliquely across her right side he employs his right palpal organ only, when across her left side his left palpal organ. During the time of each palpal insertion a large sac on the median 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., side of the palpal tarsus swelled up, and the palpus was not withdrawn until this sac had collapsed; when a palpal organ was withdrawn it was each time drawn through the chelicera before it was inserted again. The following figures give the details of the copulation, r and 1 being used for right and left palpus respectively, and the numbers giving the time duration: r, 10.392-10.41; 1, 10.41-10.414; 1, 10.414-10.42; r, 10.42-10.423; 1, 10.43-10.434; 1, 10.433-10.44; r, 10.443-10.442 ; 1, 10.45-10.454; r, 10.4534-10.46; 1, 10.464- 10/47: 7; 10. 471-10. 474; r, 10.474-10.484; r, 10.483-10.49; 1, 10.493- 10.49% ; r, 10.50-10.504; 1, 10.504-10.51; r, 10.512-10.512 ; 1, 10.52-10.521; r, 10.524-10.53; r, 10.534-10.54; 1, 10.544—-10.54¢; 1, 10.554-10.554; 1, 10.552-10.56; r, 10.562—10. 563; 1, 10.57-10.574; r, 10.575 10.573: 1, 10.573-10.582; r, 10.58-10.583; 1, 10.59-10.594; r, 10.5934 (2 seconds); r, 10.592-11.00; 1, 11.004 uy 002; r, 11.007 11.014; 1, 11.014-11.013; r, 11.02-11.024; 1, 11.024-11.03; r, 11.037- 11.032; 1, 11.032-11.04; r, 11.04,4,-11.042; 1, 11.04¢-11.05; r, 11.05;,- 11.054; 1, 11.053-11.06; r, 11.064-11:062; 1, 11.062-11.07; r, 11.07,- 11.074; 1, 11.072 “11.0725: r, 11.08-11.084; 1, 11.084-11.08%; r, 11.09- 11.094; 1, 11.094-11.09,9,; r, 11.10-11. 104: I, 11.102-11.11; r, 11.113 11.113; 1, 11.11$-11.12; r, 11.12,,-11.124; 1, 11.123-11. 129. r, 11.13- 11.134; 1, 11.134-11. 132007, 11.14-11.144; r, 11.144-11.143;1, 11.14,%,- 11.152; r, 11.154-11.153; 1, 11.16-11.164; r, 11.164-11. 162; rT, 11.1635 11.162; 1, 11.167-11.1745;2, 11.173 7-11 18h ee 11.184; r, 11.184-11.18%; 1, 11.19-11.194; r, 11.193-11.19%; r, 11.20,,— 11.205; 1, 11.201-11.202; r, 11.20$-11.21,, 51, 11.214-11.214; r, 11.217- 11.223,;1, 11.224-11.222; r, 11.23-11.23;4; 1, 11.234-11.232; r, 11.237— 11.245.- |, 11248-11945; ODS 1, 1195 9 eee 11.262-11.263; 1, 11. 262-11.271;r, 11.274 (10 seconds) ; r, 11.27$-11.28; 1, 11.284-11.282; r, 11.29-11. 291. 1, 11.294-11.294; r, 11.30-11.304; r 11.304-11.304; 1, ee 302-11.30;; 11.312 11.313; he then revolved upon her; 1, 11.323-11.324; r, 11.3833-11.3445r, 11.353-11.36; 1, 11.37-11.372; i 11.381- -11.382. Then he moved off her, when she jumped at killed and ate him. On August 25 co’ No. 275 was introduced, but she caught and ate him too. (2) 2 No. 271 completed her final moult on July 20, and on August 22 o' No. 233 was dropped upon the floor at 7.28 P.M., while she was upon the wall. He saw her at a distance of 75 mm., but she was placed so that she could not see him, so at 7.35 I pushed her to the floor. He courted and slowly approached her; she made an aggressive movement; he dodged her but continued courting. She approached and touched him, whereupon he immediately got into copulatory 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 position and commenced the coition. The postures and the mode of copulation were as in the preceding case; the right palpus was employed 84 times and the left 81 times. This copulation began at 7.98 and ended at 8.32%, when she struggled beneath him and he cautiously moved away from her, when I put him into another cage. On August 25 the same male was put with her again, at 2.42 P.M. He courted her steadily, though she made several jumps at him, and he even followed her up the wall still courting. At 4.05 I was obliged to leave, and returning at 4.28 found them in copulation, which continued up to 5.03, when she struggled and he left her. She did not attempt to kill him at first, and he followed her still courting; but about two hours afterward she killed and ate him. (3) 2No. 278 was not fully mature. oNo. 275 was placed with her for half an hour on July 16; they grappled, and after that re- mained quiet. On July he was introduced again and began courting at 5.02, as soon as he saw her, but she ran from him. (4) 2 No. 326 finished her final moult on July 24. co‘No. 275 was placed with her on July 25 and 26, but courted for only a short while each time. There was no courtship at all on July 30 and August 22. There is, accordingly, in this species a decided courtship; the male - differs from the female in his smaller size and in the black color of a portion of his fore-legs, and these legs (and the palpi also) are moved in a particular manner during the courtship. Observation shows that the male recognizes the female as such at a distance of at least six inches. The male’s approach to the female is very slow, a kind of creeping, not at all similar to the vehement approach of certain other Lycosids. The male will court immature females. The female, if eager, gives the signal of willingness to the male by touching him lightly with her first pair of legs, when he immediately embraces. In the observed cases, with one exception, the female killed the male at the end of the copulation. The peculiarity of the copulation is that the right and left palpi are inserted in the epigynum in almost strict alternation, that these insertions are very brief and numerous, and that the intervals between them are markedly short. One female copulated twice with the same male at an interval of three days. The time duration of the longest copulation watched was 59 minutes, of the next longest 55 minutes. Cocooning.— No. 271 made a cocoon in the second week of Septem- ber, carried it attached to her spinnerets (the normal way) and is still earrying it. QNo. 273 made her cocoon during the first week of September, but dropped it from her spinnerets about the 25th of that 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., month, and did not take it up again, although she frequently touched it; she had not bitten it open before dropping it. The cocoons are nearly globular, white or bluish; their architecture shows them to be composed of two portions, a base and a cover, as in other spiders. Webs.—All the males spin irregular sheet-like webs inclined at an angle of about 45° to the floor and the wall of the cage. One female also slowly built up an irregular horizontal web. The other species of Lycosa observed did not make such webs, but simply short lines to attach themselves to the vertical glass walls of the cages. Lycosa nidicola Emerton. Care of the Young.—Six females of this large species were kept; three of them were captured carrying cocoons, while one, after her final moult (which was like that of other Lycosids), formed the base of a cocoon upon a drop of water and oviposited upon it, but this cocoon was a failure. The large globular cocoon is carried dependent from the spinnerets until it hatches. The mother helps herself in supporting its weight, sometimes by resting it partially against the tarsi of her fourth pair of legs, sometimes standing with her abdomen and the third and fourth pairs of legs upon the wall of the cage, whereby the cocoon rests against the wall. She cuts open the cocoon to allow the escape of the young, then carries the young upon her for a considerable length of time, one female for 11 days, another for 13 days, another for 14 days —longer periods than were observed in other Lycosids. The number of young is also large; in the two cases where they were counted they were respectively 210 and 302 in number. The following notes may be of some interest: 2No. 212 was seen on June 23, at 2.00 P.M., holding her cocoon beneath her cephalothorax with her first and third pairs of legs and her palpi, and tearing its lining with her chelicera; she had then scraped away some of the superficial layer along an equatorial line, and at one or two points in this line her chelicera had penetrated to the interior. At 2.22 the first of the spiderlings crawled out through one of these holes, and as soon as the mother felt its motion she quickly fastened the cocoon to her spinnerets and waited patiently. But no more spiderlings emerging, she bit the cocoon again from 2.43 to 2.52, when she suspended it again to her spinnerets. At 3.34 the second and third spiderlings crawled out upon her body, and at 3.39 the fourth. The mother apparently divined that the young were not emerging rapidly enough, and bit the cocoon again from 3.48 to 3.55. At 3.59 the fifth spiderling climbed upon her, at 4.03 about eight more 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 spiderlings, and at 7.00 there were about twenty upon her. Next day at 9.00 A.M. more young were still emerging, and at 3.00 P.M. she dropped the cocoon (empty of young) from her spinnerets. The young massed together upon her abdomen and cephalothorax made her appear twice her natural size; she did not allow them to get upon her eyes, however, but brushed them away gently with her palpi. On July 2 the first of the spiderlings left her, running down her legs to the ground, and on July 4, when I killed her, only five were left upon her; these I endeavored to rear by keeping them in separate tubes, but all of them died within a few days. QNo. 211 was found on June 16, at 2.45 P.M., resting her cocoon (attached to her spinnerets) upon the floor; some of the young on emerging from the cocoon got upon the floor, but these quickly climbed up the legs of the mother. She dropped the cocoon next day, and examination showed that she had gnawed it along its whole cireum- ference, but at only certain points along the line of the abrasion had holes been made to the interior cavity. In this case, as in the pre- ceding, the young that had left the mother’s constructed a network of silken lines through the cage; possibly aeronautic lines, such as young Lycosids normally employ to carry them, with the help of the wind, away from the home of the mother. Lycosa punctulata Hentz. One female of this, locally rather rare, species was kept and observed from June 10 until her death on August 3. Cocooning.—On July 1 and 2 she was found spinning upon the floor of the cage. On July 3, at 11.00 A.M., I found she had quite a thick sheeting over the floor and for a little distance up the sides of the cage, covering an area of about 25x65 mm. At 1.33 P.M. on that day I found she had constructed an oval disk of white silk (cocoon base) with a diameter about equal to her body length; this base was placed upon the preliminary scaffolding in the corner, and inclined to the floor at a slight angle. From 1.33 to 1.46 she spun a silken wall upon the margin of this base, though when finished it was barely visible to the naked eye. She composed it of looped threads, made by uplifting her spinnerets high at each stroke. She then stood over the centre of the base, and from 1.47 to 1.50 there fell upon the center of the base from her genital aperture a clear drop of viscid fluid, into which fell in succession a number of pale yellowish ova; a second smaller drop from 1.51 to 1.52; and from 1.52 to 1.53 five small drops in succession, each enclosing one ovum. All the drops merged together upon the cocoon base, but the whole mass was small in proportion to 78 PRUCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., her volume, and evidently she had not deposited all the ova within her since her abdomen was still quite distended. At 1.534 she com- menced spinning the covering, with high strokes of the spinnerets laying down threads that were looped, since a second attachment of the spinnerets would be close to a first; but she placed very few of these over the egg mass, spinning mostly upon the margin of the cocoon base and even upon the foundation beyond it. She spun very slowly, occupied most of the time in pauses, and occasion- ally walked about the cage. At 2.23, when the egg was only imper- fectly covered with a thin silk layer, she loosened with her chelicera about a quarter of the edge of the base from its moorings. She rested, and at 2.27 seized the covering of the egg mass, pulled it, then rested, holding it in her jaws. From 2.35 to 2.37 she spun again upon the margin of the base, then turned about, seized the egg mass with her jaws, began to eat the eggs, and devoured them all by 3.10. Finally, with her chelicera she tore the base completely loose, and ate up that too. Though this cocooning was a miscarriage, due to faulty oviposition and to insufficient covering to the eggs, yet the method followed would indicate that this species normally cocoons like others of the genus. ; Lycosa lepida (Keys.). Individuals observed, males : No. 150, captured May 26, died early in Septem- ber ; No. 200, captured June 10, died August 15; No. 201, captured June 10, died July 26. Individuals observed, females: No. 183, captured June 10, died October 12; No. 193, captured June 18, moulted June 18, died October 18; No. 194, captured June 10, died July 5; No. 196, captured June 10, still living; No. 197, captured June 10, still living ; No. 203, captured June 10, with a cocoon, killed August 3 ; No. 214, captured June 10, with a cocoon, died in November; No. 268, cap- tured June 27, died October 2. Mowlt.—The old skin splits along the horizontal line as in other spiders. Mating.—c No. 150 was introduced to 2 2 Nos. 194, 268, 203, 193, 197; No. 200 to 22 Nos. 194, 197, 203, 268; No. 201 to 92 Nos. 196, 194. No copulation occurred in any case before or after cocoon- ing, and all the females except two were pregnant when captured. The following observations point to a simple courtship on the part of the male, who is more brightly colored and considerably smaller than the female: (1) 2 No. 194. Whenc’ No. 201 was placed with her for the second time, he got behind her and shook his fore-legs slowly in the air, these 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 legs held outstretched before him and elevated only slightly from the ground. This is an action of neither aggression nor fear; aggres- sion is evidenced by standing high upon the legs and stretching out the first pair of legs without shaking them; fear, by holding the body low, and flexing the first pair of legs at the tibial joint back over the cephalothorax. (2) 2 No. 196. & No. 201 was put in her cage at 4.47 P.M., June 12. At 6.00 P.M. they faced each other at a distance of about 50 mm.; his body was flat upon the ground, and at intervals he raised his fore-legs, which were stretched out on the floor before him, and shook them tremulously in the air. After several repetitions of this movement he approached her slowly and touched her, making a short step for- ward with each shaking of his legs, but she rebuffed him. Cocooning.—The following cases of normal cocooning were seen: (1) 2 No. 183 had been caught in a test-tube, and before she was removed to a cage she had made her cocoon there. At 1.10 P.M., when first noticed, she had already laid her eggs upon a silken cocoon base, the diameter of which about equalled the length of her body, and was then spinning the cover by brushing the spinnerets from side to side, at the same time rotating her body over it. From 1.21 to 1.23 she occupied herself with biting the margin of the lenticular cocoon loose from its scaffolding At 1.25 she held the cocoon beneath her cephalothorax, when she was placed in a larger bowl for better obser- vation. There she walked about with it attached to her spinnerets until 1.28, then held it beneath her cephalothorax again with the use of her third pair of legs, and while rotating it with her chelicera and palpi she spun upon it with the abdomen bent downward. ‘This continued until 1.55, when she attached the now round cocoon to her spinnerets. (2) 2 No. 196, on June 14, at 5.45 P.M., commenced spinning on the floor of the cage with many interruptions and uncertainly. At 6.55 she commenced again in a corner of the cage, brushing her spin- nerets over the floor and the wall, and turning her body sometimes from right to left and sometimes in the reverse direction. Gradually her spinning became more regular, with fewer pauses, and she con- structed a nearly circular sheet of close web elevated from the floor to the wall and with a central depression extending to the floor. Up to 7.37 she spun upon this foundation the base of the cocoon, a white, circular disk a little less in diameter than the length of her body, this base (like the supporting scaffolding) rising from the floor to the wall at an angle of 30°. Then from 7.37 to 7.54 she occupied herself SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jane, with making a marginal wall upon the base, and did this by lay- ing down looped threads (made by high strokes of the spinnerets) ; the maximum height of this wall about equaled the diameter of her abdomen, and it was not quite vertical, but inclined slightly toward the centre. She then stood over the base with her head toward its highest margin, and from 7.54 to 7.57 oviposited upon its centre; from her genital aperture fell first a large drop of clear, viscid sub- stance, then a smaller drop containing one ovum, then a large drop into which fell in rapid succession 17 ova; finally a slowly- exuding, thread-like stream of the viscid substance, contained in which were ova arranged one behind the other. All this fluid sub- stance was kept from overflowing the base by the marginal wall. Next, from 7.57 to 8.12, she spun a cover over the egg mass, plastering thread after thread upon it; the cover was of less diameter than the base. From 8.124 to 8.17 she bit loose the margin of the cocoon, and when a cut had been made pried up the edge with her palpi. The loosened cocoon was now of a lenticular shape, and she took it below her thorax (not holding it off the ground, it was too large for that), and revolved it in that position with her palpi, chelicera and third pair of legs; she spun vigorously upon it so that it soon assumed the definite globular form, and only a line around it marked the point of union of the cover to the base. The cocoon was at first white, but became bluish on contact with water. The other cocoons made resulted in failures, though the commence- ment in each of the two cases observed was normal. Thus & No. 196, in making her second cocoon, spun the circular base, built a marginal wall (of a height of 2 mm.) upon it, oviposited upon it from 8.17 to 8.20 (71 ova dropping in succession into one large drop of viscid substance), and spun the cover from 8.20 to 8.24. Then she changed the normal process, and for a minute stopped to loosen a portion of the cocoon from the ground, then spun upon the cover again from 8.27 to 8.34. She then took the cocoon beneath her body and began spinning upon it, but the covering had been made too thin; she was evi- dently puzzled by feeling the ova through it, and worked hesitatingly ; she hung the misshapen cocoon to her spinnerets, but before next morn- ing had devoured it and the enclosed ova. She had not been able to compensate for the initial mistake of spinning too thin a cover. 2 No. 268 started to spin upon a drop of water that I placed on the floor of the cage; I drained off the water and she ceased. Next day I put in another drop; she first spun over it, then oviposited on it, but the water caused the ova to disintegrate and she finished by eating them. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 The water evidently instigated her to the cocooning, yet in natural conditions these spiders do not appear at all aquatic, for I have found them on rather dry ground under stones and logs. The number of cocoons made, and the dates, were as follows: (1) 2 No. 183: June 11, hatched July 5. (2) 2 No. 193: July 25, a failure. (3) 2 No. 196: June 14, hatched July 10; July 2, a failure. Two cocoons. (4) 2 No. 197: June 12, dropped by the mother and did not hatch; July 13, dropped also after the mother had bitten it open’ prematurely ; August 10, dropped August 30. Three cocoons. (5) 2 No. 203 was caught with a cocoon that hatched July 1. (6) 2 No. 214 was caught with a cocoon that hatched July 5. (7) 2 No. 268: July 20, a failure. Care of the Young.—As in other species of the genus, the cocoon is carried by the mother attached to the spinnerets, and she bites it open to allow the young to emerge, when they get upon her body, and about a day afterward she drops the cocoon. Sometimes, as the above list of cases shows, the mother drops the cocoon before it hatches; in all such cases this appears to be due to the mother biting open the cocoon prematurely, and true to her instinct she drops the coeoon after opening it; when the cocoon is opened too early, the ova do not develop further. The mother is very tenacious of the cocoon. I have seized a cocoon, when attached to the mother, with forceps and shaken it, with the mother, violently in the air, without dislodging her hold upon it; there is, in the case of older cocoons, a very hard and thick thread attaching them to the spinnerets. One mother I watched when she was bending down to drink; about half of the young upon her climbed down to the water and drank of it also, but quickly returned to her when she commenced to move away. In changing this mother from one cage to another, a great mass of young was dislodged from her back and fell upon the floor. Some of these young ran about and would not return to the mother when they came in contact with her, but the remainder clung together in a mass upon the floor. ‘The mother seemed excited, yet when she touched the mass of young she would remain by it only a short extent of time, and did not aid the young to return to her. But next day all were upon her back again. Lycosa verisimilis Monts. Parasites.—The type specimen of the female of this species was kept alive some time, until she was killed by the escape of a large species of Mermis. Three days preceding she dropped the large globular co- 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., coon that she was carrying attached to her spinnerets, and 6 parasitic wingless hymenoptera emerged from two circular holes in the cocoon; they had killed all the young spiders that had been contained in it. Prof. William H. Ashmead, Assistant Curator in the U.S. National Museum, kindly identified this parasite as Pezomachus dimidiatus Cresson (an Ichneumonid).? Lycosa charonoides Montg. Care of the Young.—The type individual of this species was caught May 31 with a globular cocoon hung to her spinnerets; the cocoon was apparently newly made because it was light in color, and on the evening of the same day she held it below her and spun upon it in the manner characteristic of the genus. On June 15 I found the cocoon lying on the floor, with a hole made by the mother along about a third of the equator; within the cocoon were about 20 dead spiderlings, while a number of living ones were clustered upon her abdomen and one or two running upon the floor; the young left her back gradually, some remaining upon her until June 26. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton. Pl. V, figs. 8, 9. Individuals observed, males: No. 32, captured May 4, died next day; No. 35, captured May 4, killed May 15; No. 38, captured May 5, died May 29; No. 55, captured May 6, died May 15; No. 56, captured May 6, escaped May 12; No. 59, captured May 6, killed May 19; No. 60, captured May 6, escaped May 18; No. 62, captured May 6, killed May 11; No. 64, captured May 6, died (from thirst) June 5; No. 172, captured June 1, died June 11. Individuals observed, females: No. 33, captured May 4, died August 15; No. 54, captured May 6, died August 15; No. 57, captured May 6, still living; No. 58, captured May 6, died August 9; No. 61, captured May 6, died June 14; No. 63, captured May 6, died August 15; No. 65, captured May 6, died August 15; No. 152, captured May 26, died (from effects of parasitic Mermis) June 11; No. 177, captured June 1, escaped August 9. Mating. —This was studied by placing a male with a female only during the time of observation, keeping them separated at other times; a partition cage was used, or else the male was carefully dropped into the cage of the female. This is the most abundant local Lycosid, and by collecting vigorous individuals in the spring, when the males are very numerous, and selecting those females which are not gravid, the courtship may be readily observed. 2 Prof. Ashmead, in a personal communication, states that a considerable number of parasitic hymenoptera have been reared from the eggs and cocoons of spiders, and names the genera Beus, Acolus, Acolvides, Polysphincta, Epiurus, Pimpla. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 The advances are made by the male, and there is a distinct court- ship process, which a vigorous male may maintain for two or three hours at a time with few interruptions when the female is recalcitrant. In natural conditions a large number of individuals often occur together on a limited area of ground, such as a moist open spot in a meadow; here probably the male does not make so prolonged a court- ship, but on finding one female not eager or aggressive he probably seeks another. The males are somewhat smaller than the females and considerably weaker, but they are also quicker, so that they can generally escape from an aggressive female. There is a marked sexual color difference, the male being deep black and the female more brownish. Gravid females are always hostile to males, and once that such a female has made a determined rush at a male he usually ceases to court her, or when he recommences does so hesi- tatingly. The male recognizes a female as such immediately on touch; whether he recognizes her by sight alone I cannot tell. In courting a fleeing female the male appears to follow her mainly by sight, but even then he does not appear to find her by sight unless she is moving; often in his excited march for her he will run right past her without seeing her. But when one of his legs touches a part of her, he immedi- ately reacts by quickly moving back a short distance and, after a brief interval, commences his courting motions with great vigor. These motions he will also continue sometimes for a considerable period after the female has been removed from the cage. In a double cage with a transparent glass partition, a male in one compartment and a female in the other, I have not seen a male court a female, though he certainly sees her through the partition; probably, then, it is touch of a female that impels him to courting activity. The courtship motions are as follows: The male stands with his body well elevated above the ground (an attitude that a female takes only when she is aggressive) on his three posterior pairs of legs, his head higher than his abdomen, so that the long axis of his body describes an angle of 30°-40° with the surface of the ground. He waves his palp upward in the air (7.e., straightening them out before his head) and flexes them outward, from one to three times, then draws his body slightly backward and downward, rapidly waving in the air the out- stretched palpi and first pair of legs, and spasmodically shaking the whole body with the violence of the movement. The vehemence and to some extent the attitudes reminds one forcibly of a small terrier barking at a cat. The movement of the palpi exhibits most clearly their relatively huge, black terminal joints. When the male 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., is timid, or not very eager, he may wave only his palpi, and these slowly and alternately instead of together. The male repeats these motions several times, usually becoming more vehement each time, then moves a step nearer the female, repeats them again, moves nearer again, so that in a short time his outstretched shaking fore-legs come in contact with the female. A virgin female usually flees before him before accepting him, he eagerly following and repeating his motions, even when he is not facing her. A female who has been fertilized and is pregnant, first menaces him by slowly uplifting and straightening out her first pair of legs toward him; and if this does not suffice to make him desist, she jumps at him when he comes too close. In the latter case the male frequently escapes by leaping over the female. The male seems the very incarnation of violent passion, and his whole body shakes with it; only when the female is SO aggressive as to shake him, does he show distinct fear and cease his motions; and if a male has been so cowed by a female, and is imme- diately placed with another female, he will at first avoid the latter also, this being a good example of memory. The following data will show the length of time of such courtship, the male in each case having been removed from the female at the end of the period of observation, and it being understood that copu- lations were enacted only when stated. 2 No. 33. Putin oc No. 32 for nearly two hours on May 4, no court- ship. co’ No. 388 for an hour next day, no courtship. co‘ No. 38 in the evening of May 5, courtship for one hour. May 6, c No. 38, court- ship for half an hour in the morning, but none in the evening. co‘ No. 38, courtship of one hour on May 7. The same c would not court on the following day, though she walked over him twice (evidently an invitation to copulation) ; immediately afterward co’ No. 35 was put in and courted for half an hour, then repeated it at intervals. May 11, 3’ No. 35 was put in for the whole evening, but there was no courtship, although she displayed no hostility; nor would he court on May 12. On May 12 No. 64 courted with few interruptions from 1.40 to 3.00 P.M., and from 4.00 to 4.35. May 13 and 14’ No. 64 courted inter- mittently. May 15 he courted actively from 8.00 to 10.15 P.M., again on May 16 from 3.00 to 6.00 P.M., on May 17 from 7.20 to 10.00 P.M., on May 18 from 7.00 to 10.00 P.M., on May 19 from 2.00 to 4.00 P.M. and from 8.15 to 11.15 P.M., on May 24 for two hours in the morning, on May 25 two hours in the afternoon, May 28 for about an hour, May 31 for more than an hour. After that this female be- came still more aggressive, and made her cocoon on June 10; she had evidently been fertilized before her capture. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 Data could also be given, and I have them in full, for the other females kept, but this‘case is sufficient to show the persistence of the male in his courtship, and the preference of the female for particular males. The process of copulation was seen only twice, namely 2 No. 63 with oc" Nos. 62 and 173. May 8 I placed @ No. 63 in her cage at 5.00 P.M., and at 5.15 he commenced his courtship and continued it until 6.00, pursuing her about. About 6.05 they came face to face, and remained so motionless until 6.24. Then he slowly reached out his first pair of legs and touched her abdomen, when she depressed her body to the floor (otherwise in her usual attitude); he walked over her head from in front and took a position upon her so that his head was pointed in the reverse direction of hers, his chelicera immediately above the pedicel of her abdomen, while the pedicel of his was above her head. The female with her head almost touching the floor, abdomen slightly deflected upward, and legs flexed rather closely to the body; the male embracing her closely around the cephalothorax with his second and third pairs of legs, the feet of the other pairs rest- ing on the ground. This embrace was maintained and the female remained motionless through the whole process, from 6.25 to 6.34. The palpi were applied to the epigynum one at a time, as follows: The long axis of the male made a small angle with that of the female (both seen directly from above), so that his head region came to lie a little to one side of as well as above the pedicel of her abdomen. When his left side was thus turned toward the left side of her body, both his palpi were thrown over on that side of her also, but only the left palpus (the one closest to her) was applied; when his right side was inclined toward her right side, both his palpi were also placed on that side of her, but only the right one applied. When he used the right palpus she flexed her abdomen on its long axis so as to bring the right epigynal aperture more dorsal; when he used the left palpus, she would similarly flex the left side of her abdomen dorsad. One palpus would be applied to the epigynum several times in succession, after each application being withdrawn and worked with his chelicera; then the other palpus would be similarly used, after he had inclined his body toward her other side. The palpi were thus alternated sev- eral times. At 6.34 the female rose suddenly, assumed a_ hostile attitude, and the male ran off. On June 1 I introduced & No. 173 at 2.38 P.M. to the same female. He started immediately to court; she for a minute held her first pair of legs elevated in the air (attitude of guard and hostility), then de- 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., pressed them and also bent her head to the floor (copulation attitude), but he discontinued courtship, and she moved away. At 2.42 he courted again, and she again depressed her head to the ground (her fourth pair of legs stretched out behind her, her other legs flexed to her sides) at a distance of half an inch from him; he then faced her for two minutes without courting, but he recommenced his courting at 2.44, and at 2.45 walked upon and embraced her, in the attitude previously described. The left palpus was then applied to the epigynum 6 times from 2.45 to 2.46, then the right palpus (on the right side of her body) 18 times from 2.46 to 2.524. On each application the palpus was first rubbed against her epigynum, and when inserted a large clear sac, an evaginated portion of the palpus, swelled up and slowly (in 20 to 25 seconds) collapsed; after its collapse he withdrew the palpus and rubbed it against his chelicera for 2 or 3 seconds, then applied it again to the epigynum. At 2.524 the female rose quickly, shook him off, and stood in hostile attitude, repelling several further attempts to copulate. No oviposition intervened between these two acts of copulation. Cocooning.—This process was observed several times. In captivity it takes place at night, generally in the hours between 9.00 P.M. and midnight; though the earliest preliminary spinning frequently begins some 24 or more hours before. The following case is a good illustra- tion of the method as observed in glass cages without earth: 2 No. 54, on May 19, at 9.20 P.M., was first seen to be spinning, fastening threads (inclined at an angle of about 45°) from one vertical wall to the floor, and from the opposite vertical wall to the floor; at each wall was then a line of such parallel threads about a quarter of an inch long. This was a rather slow process, she taking often several seconds to attach each thread, and sometimes pausing to rest for a quarter of a minute. At 9.50 she started spinning the base of the cocoon on the scaffolding of lines placed against the right wall, not again returning to that on the left wall. The circular disk constitu- ting the ‘‘base”’ of the cocoon was made by spinning upon a circular area of the scaffolding, at about the middle level of the latter; it was made discoidal in form by the female pressing the tips of her palpi upon one edge of the area, spinning upon the opposite edge, then rotating her body on its middle point as an axis. This was first done very slowly, but at 9.59 she began spinning more regularly, brush- ing her spinnerets (without elevating them) back and forth over the area, at the same time rotating her body, so that gradually a well-marked white disk was laid down upon the scaffolding, its 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 diameter not quite equalling the length of her body; the scaffolding around the disk served as a support for her feet. The making of this base continued until 10.24. Then she stood above it with her head directed toward its upper end, and deposited upon the centre of the base from her genital aperture a large viscid drop of a transparent fluid; and into this drop, the upper surface of which still adhered to her body while its lower surface rested on the silken disk, there felt in succession about 13 large ova, easily seen by their yellow color within the viscid drop. This discharge of drop and ova did not exceed two minutes. Then at 10.26, before the upper surface of the drop had become fully loosened from her genital aperture, she com- menced rapidly spinning across the drop, brushing the spinnerets . from side to side and occasionally rotating the position of the body until she covered it with an evenly thick coating of white silk. This coating compressed the drop to the form of a flattened hemisphere; the supporting base being still flat, and quite a broad margin of it not covered by the upper covering of the cocoon. At 10.40 she com- menced to bite the cocoon loose from the scaffolding, taking about 4 minutes in the process; when completely loosened it had the form of a biconvex lens. She then seized and held it beneath her cephalo- thorax with her third pair of legs, which like a pair of axles were first applied to its rounded sides, and revolved it by pressing on its edge with her palpi. While doing so, she held her abdomen bent verti- cally downward, so as to bring the spinnerets against the edge (equator) of the cocoon, and by spinning cemented down the overlapping margin of the base of the cocoon to its cover; it will be recalled that the covering of the cocoon was of less diameter than the base. Gradually and slowly the cocoon was rotated in other directions also, still held below the cephalothorax above the floor, the extended spinnerets brushing back and forth across its surface. At 10.50 the cocoon was observed to have changed from a glistening white to a lead-blue color (its final color is dark blue or dark gray); this may be produced by a difference in the silk, or perhaps by a secretion from the mouth. At 11.12, when I ceased observations, she was still busy spinning upon the cocoon. It had now become much more nearly globular, the definitive shape, and trace of a line around its greatest diameter was all left to show that it had been formed of two halves cemented together. The first cocoon of 2 No. 57 was made on May 12. At 4.50 P.M. she was found working upon the discoidal base (there had been no trace of it less than an hour before), and continued until 5.06. Then 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., followed the oviposition, lasting not quite 2 minutes, in exactly the same manner as in the preceding case, except that 33 or 34 ova were discharged into the viscid drop. The ova sank one by one into this drop so as gradually to fill it and increase its size, but by virtue of its viscidity it still retained its globular form and surrounded them all.’ At 5.08 she started spinning the cover, finished it at 5.20, and in the time from 5.21 to 5.25 cut the cocoon loose from its scaffolding by tearing the surrounding threads with her chelicera. She then brought the cocoon below her cephalothorax and spun upon it; at 5.28 sus- pended it from her spinnerets and ran about, and at 5.34 spun upon it again. The fact that her cage had been kept in a dark drawer might account for the cocooning in the afternoon. For her second cocoon (finished July 3) she commenced the scaffolding on July 2. On July 3, at 9.50 P.M., I found her in process of finishing the circular base, and here I observed an action that I had probably overlooked in the case of the other cocoons; when the white discoidal base was clearly outlined upon the scaffolding she spun, upon its margin only, long curled threads, each made by attaching her spinnerets to one point of the margin, then elevating them and attaching them again close to the first point of attachment; thus she made a marginal wall, just sufficiently elevated to be seen with the naked eye. From 10.01 to 10.06 she worked upon this wall. Then the oviposition followed upon the centre of the base from 10.07 to 10.103. From then until 10.20 she started covering the egg mass with high upliftings of the spinnerets, thus laying down loops of threads, and from 10.20 to 10.24 with brushing movements of the spinnerets. From 10.24 to 10.264 she occupied herself in biting the cocoon loose. Then she held the cocoon below her and spun upon it until 11.07, when she attached it to her spinnerets. 2° No. 63 I found at 7.15 P.M., June 7, laying the covering upon the egg mass. She cut the cocoon loose at 7.23, at 7.24 walked about with it attached to her spinnerets, but at 7.26 held it below her again and spun upon it until 7.59. At 8.04 she attached it to her spinnerets again for a couple of minutes, then commenced to spin upon it again. 2 No. 61 was unsuccessful in her cocooning; at 10.30 P.M., May 11, I found her holding beneath her cephalothorax a misshapen object, bowl-shaped and of a bluish color, evidently a miscarried cocoon; she tried in vain for a long time to spin upon it, and finally dropped it. Thus the nearly globular cocoon is formed from two separate pieces. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 The number of cocoons, and the dates of their making, were as follows: (1) 2 No. 33: June 10 (did not hatch as it had not been cut). (2) 2 No. 54: May 19, hatched June 7;:a second cocoon hatched July 9. (3) 2 No. 57: May 12, hatched June 2; July 2, hatched July 19. (4) 2 No. 61: May 9, an abnormal cocoon. (5) 2 No. 63: June 7, she cut it open but the young never hatched, for she had probably opened it too soon; July 25, an irregularly shaped cocoon, which she destroyed by chewing on the same day. (6) 2 No. 65: May 9, hatched June 1; June 10 or 11, hatched July 1. (7) 2 No. 58: May 18, hatched June 7; July 12, a very small cocoon which she ate. (8) 2 No. 177: June 4, eaten by the mother; June 29, eaten by the mother. Thus none of my captives made more than two cocoons. Care of the Young.—The cocoons are carried suspended from the spinnerets, and generally kept well elevated above the ground, the spinnerets being firmly fastened to one ef the rounded sides. The mother bites open the cocoon to allow the escape of the young, and unless it is so opened the young cannot get out of it. This biting of the cocoon was observed in several individuals; sometimes it lasts through several days, for only a short time each day; in one case the mother started to cut the cocoon a full week before the young emerged; the following is a typical case: 2 No. 65 on May 30 was first observed cutting her cocoon. On May 31, at 9.10 P.M., she was cutting it again. The cocoon was held beneath her cephalothorax by the first and third pairs of legs and by the abdomen deflected down- ward, in such a position that the plane of its largest circumference (its equator) coincided with her median plane. With her chelicera she slowly tore away the thick outer covering along the line of the equator, her palpi aiding, and at the same time her legs slowly rotated the cocoon. This cutting is not a continuous process, but interrupted by frequent short rests as if she were noticing movements of the young. At 10.22 she suspended the cocoon from her spinnerets, and cut again from 10.35 to 10.39. The cut was now very deep, so that through it the spiderlings could be seen moving within the cocoon. Next morning several of the young had crawled out upon her body, and at midday she finally dropped the cocoon, although there were still young within it. Some mothers open their cocoons with a cut extend- 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., ing along almost the whole line of the equator, and once the young are upon her she pays no more attention to the discarded cocoon. It is interesting to note (and this is also the case in the other Lycosids examined by me, perhaps with the exception of Ocyale) that the cocoon is always cut open along the line where the cover had previously been cemented to the base of the cocoon; this equatorial line is always a little rougher than the remaining surface of the cocoon, and perhaps this roughness impels her to a further roughening. The young, on emerging from the cocoon, hang on to the body of the mother for some time before leaving her, and leave in succession, the more vigorous first. 9 No. 54 carried her young from June 7 to June 13; 2 No. 57 from June 2 to June 9; 2 No. 58 from June 7 to June 12; 2 No. 65 from June 1 to June 3. Thus in the observed cases the time varies from 2 to 7 days. Feeding.—As in other Lycosids this species kills the prey by grasping and biting it, and rarely accepts dead insects; and not only sucks the juices of the victim but chews it up. It also drinks water fre- quently. Parasites.—Two large individuals of a species of Mermis (Nematode) escaped from 2 No. 152. Pardosa scita Montg. This species is much less abundant than P. nigripalpis, but still fairly common on some dry, open grounds. It runs and leaps very rapidly, and is difficult to catch. I have made but few observations upon it. Moult.—As in other Lycosids. Mating.—Only once was the beginning of a courtship seen. The male touched the female, then waved his palpi in the air in the manner of P. nigripalpis, but for only a few seconds, and did not repeat the movement. Afterward whenever he approached her, she would wave her first pair of legs in the air and tap his with hers. Parasites.—A species of Mermis. Pirata liber Montg. This is the common local species of the genus, and frequents marshy ground. It dies very quickly from thirst and is with difficulty kept alive in confinement. A number of individuals were watched, but the following were the only observations worth recording. Mating.—A male placed in the cage of the female touched her, went off, then returning with his first pair of legs outstretched and in tremulous vibration he touched her with them, when she jumped 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 at him. This might have been a courting movement on the part of the male, or else a cautious reconnaissance. Cocooning.—On June 2, at 1.30 P.M., I found a female had spun a seaffolding of silk threads from the floor to the wall of the cage, and upon it a circular disk of white silk; the latter was evidently the base of the cocoon. I unfortunatelv placed a drop of water near her on the glass floor of the cage. She then left the cocoon base, spun upon the surface of the water drop, evidently mistaking it for the silken base, and ultimately oviposited upon it. Later she raised and held the egg mass beneath her cephalothorax, holding it there with her palpi, chelicera, third pair of legs, and with her abdomen bent verti- cally downward, and endeavored to spin upon it in that position. But there was only a thin covering of silk on only one surface of the egg mass, the cocoon came to grief, and she ultimately ate it up. The drop of water had disturbed the regular course of the cocooning. In the state of nature this species carries its round cocoon attached to the spinnerets. Ocyale undata (Hentz). PI. IV, fig. 1. Care for the Young.—This species, as Hentz and Emerton have described, constructs a web-nest for its young in the top of small plants. I kept several females in order to learn this habit more in detail, and the following notes relate to 2 No. 235, captured June 22. This spider was caught upon the ground in a wood, laboriously moving along with its large spherical cocoon. Then, and for the first evening after her capture, she held her cocoon beneath her body with the aid of her chelicera, palpi and with her abdomen pressed against it; but unlike other Lycosids, her spinnerets were not attached to it. That night she spun a network of lines in the cage, and next morning was hanging upside down, hanging to the web lines with the claws of her first and fourth pairs of legs, tightly embracing the cocoon with her other legs, her chelicera and her palpi, in the position shown by the sketch. Only once up to the time of hatching did she leave the cocoon hanging in the web, and then in order to clean herself; at all other times she continued to hold it tightly, and refused flies and beetles put in as food. She occasionally climbed about with the cocoon, spinning new lines in the cage, until quite a thick network was made; and on July 9 I found the cocoon, bitten open by the mother, hung high in the web, and numerous newly hatched spiderlings dis- tributed over the web. She spun so many new lines that she herself finally became enmeshed in them, and on July 18 I cleared them 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., away. On the early morning of July 22 she made a second cocoon, when there were no nest lines in the cage; on August 9 she fastened it to the roof of the cage, cut it open with her jaws so that the young emerged, and in the succeeding days built a web-nest around it. From these few observations we may conclude that the cocoon is made first, that the mother most carefully holds it until the time for hatching, when she cuts it open and then spins the web-nest around it. This method of holding the cocoon, and of guarding the young upon a nest instead of carrying upon her body, is shared by our local Dolomedes urinator Hentz, but is different from the usage of the other Lycosid genera. These web-nests are generally found on the top of plants along the sides of wooded streams, and have a decided resem- blance to the nests of Lepidopterous larve. Tegenaria derhami Scop. Individuals observed, males: No. 23, captured May 2, escaped May 22; No. 74, captured May 13, died (from starvation) June 5; No. 80, captured May 14, killed May 27; No. 178, captured June 5, died July 24; No. 218, captured June 19, died about September 1; No 221, captured June 19, died July 8; No. 252, cap- tured June 26, killed (by 2 No. 25) the same day. Individuals observed, females: No. 22, captured May 2, died May 21; No. 25, captured May 2, died August 4; No. 75, captured May 13, died August 19; No. 79, captured May 14, died September 1; No. 84, captured May 15, killed May 25; No. 117, captured May 24, died about September 10; No. 118, captured May 24, escaped June 5; No. 219, captured June 19, died in December; No. 220, captured June 19, died the first week of September. Moulting.—This was seen only once; the moulted skin was split in the horizontal plane as in other spiders. Mating.—The mode of observation was to put a male upon the web of the female, and the male was in most cases left with her and not removed, since removal would necessitate a breaking of the web. The male is of about the same size and strength as the female, and the two generally live peacefully together. Sometimes the male is the more aggressive and secures all the food placed in the cage, but more generally the female lords it a little over the male. The following are my main observations on the approach of the male and the mode of copulation: (1) On to the web of 2 No. 22 I placed & No. 23 on May 3, at 2.41 P.M. They touched each other a few times, then remained motion- less facing each other from 2.49 to 3.02. Then she moved toward him and followed him slowly, she finally touched him and he moved away. Then both remained immovable until 4.00, when I removed him. On May 3 I put him in again at 9.15 P.M.; he touched her, 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 she instantly turned and faced him, their fore-legs almost in contact. _ They remained in this position until 9.29, he tapping the web a few times with his palpi, while she shook the web vigorously with her left fore-leg for a couple of seconds. At 9.30 he rubbed his palpi vigor- ously with his fore-legs, then approached and copulated, this act lasting only 5 seconds. Their exact position in the act was not determined. I could only observe that he approached head on with one palpus outstretched, they mutually grasping each other with their first pair of legs, both in their usual position on the upper surface of the web. She then moved away. At 9.35 he walked over her without copulating. At 10.25 she approached and tapped him sev- eral times with her left fore-leg, and again at 11.02. I watched them continuously up to 12.27, then left him with her. Up to May 21, when she died (he securing most of the food given them), I watched them many times, saw him on some occasions approaching her with shaking palpi, but observed, no further copulation. (2) To 2 No. 25, after she had made 3 cocoons, I introduced co No. 225; she chased and killed him. (3) 2 No. 79 had made 3 cocoons, when d' No. 178 was introduced on June 19, at 9.15 P.M. He moved toward her very slowly, a step of a centimeter each time, slowly and cautiously tapping the web with his palpi; he took about 9 minutes to cross a distance of 2 inches, and then when he had almost reached her, she rushed at him and drove him away. At 9.35 he again approached cautiously, and at 9.50 rushed at her, but she repelled him. At 9.57 he advanced again, at 10.10 making a quick rush at her and almost succeeding in inserting an extended palpus in her epigynum, but she escaped from him. No copulation was seen up to 11.25. (4) Q No. 117 made her first cocoon on June 10. On June 19, at 9.40, o' No. 221 was placed on her web. At first she chased him about, then both became quiet. At 10.01 he quickly ran at her, and copu- lated with his right palpus from 10.02 to 10.03, for ten minutes after which she chased him about the cage. The copulatory position was the same as that of 2 No. 75 X co No. 218. (5) 2 No. 75, after making 2 cocoons, mated with 3 No. 218 on June 19. He was introduced at 9.08 P.M., and shortly after she chased him. At 10.00 he made a sudden move toward her and succeeded in copulation; he inserted his right palpus into her epigynum for 1 minute, his left for 15 seconds, his right again for a minute and a half. Position: the male braced himself firmly on all legs upon the web, and reached his palpus straight out before him and pressed it into the 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan, epigynum with considerable energy; the female faced him also on the upper surface of the web (just within the funnel), lying partly on one side with her legs drawn up, but not closely, to the sides of her body. During the act the male pushed the female backward by his force. When the palpus was inserted there was seen a large dilated sac evaginated from the palpal organ. The female then ran off, and the male proceeded to the process of sperm-induction. In these copulations the male accordingly first approaches slowly, the female also sometimes making advances on her part, and con- cludes with a rush at the female, and if he is quicker than she he suc- ceeds in inserting his palpus. The fact that females copulate after cocooning makes it appear probable that a copulation may precede the making of each cocoon. Sperm-induction.—o' No. 218 was watched during this act, which occurred immediately after his copulation with 2 No. 75 (concluded at 10.03 P.M.). He first spun across an area of nearly a square inch on the upper surface of the web, then limited himself to a small area just at the entrance of the tunnel of the web. Here, by very rapid brushing of the spinnerets from side to side, he constructed a deli- cate silk sheeting placed at an acute angle to the surface of the nearly horizontal web, the posterior and lateral edges of this sheeting attached to the web, but its anterior edge unattached and elevated like an arch. From side to side this sheeting was not quite so long as the length of his body, and half this distance from before backward. He then stood over it, so that the ventral surface of his abdomen almost touched the superior surface of the sheeting, his cephalothorax above the anterior (free) edge of it, and his spinnerets at its posterior edge. At 10.214 P.M. he moved his abdomen slightly forward, discharged from his genital aperture a minute drop of sperm upon the superior surface of the sheeting at its free edge, and from that moment until 10.28 he was engaged in taking this sperm into his palpal organs. This he did by pressing the ventral (posterior) surface of each palpal organ on the under surface of the sheeting, just at the point where the drop of sperm had been placed on its upper surface; one palpus he held thus, with occasional shaking, for 10 to 15 seconds, then the other, until the whole of the drop was inducted; and each palpus when not so busied he held in front of his cephalothorax and shook it in the air, as if to force the semen deeper into the organ. From 10.27 until 10.34, just after the completion of this process, he remained in the same posi- tion, but quietly and with no further discharge of semen upon the sheeting. Then he left the sheeting, worked his palpi a short while 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 with his chelicera, then remained quiet until 11.10 when I ceased the observations. The spirit is always willing to watch longer, but con- tinuous observation with a hand lens, and the necessity of keeping quiet in a cramped position for fear of startling the object, becomes trying to the flesh. A curious act which I observed c No. 23 to do I cannot explain, but it may possibly have some connection with the mating. On May 3 he was upon the web of 2 No. 22. At 9.50 P.M., after his copu- lation with her (described above), he commenced to tear a hole in the horizontal portion of her web, tearing with his palpi and putting the torn shreds in his jaws. He thus made an oblong rectangular hole of about the length of his body, and as he continued to tear the portion just in front of him, he swung his spinnerets over the posterior part of the hole, and so spun it over with very fine transverse lines. This act lasted until 10.04, and only about one-quarter of the hole in the web had been mended over. Though I watched him closely up to 12.27 A.M., he did not return to this hole. Cocooning.—This was observed several times, and was as follows: 2 No. 79 was observed at 8.00 A.M., June 19, spinning over a cir- cular area (of greater diameter than her own length) on the vertical — glass wall just above the edge of the web. She ceased until 8.09, owing to a jar to the cage, then commenced again. Very regularly and actively, without interruption, she spun up to 8.23, placing her feet at the periphery of the silken disk (‘‘base”’ of the cocoon), and revolving her body over it, turning sometimes from right to left and sometimes in the reverse direction, all the while beating the tips of her palpi upon the disk. During the earlier part of the process the outstretched spinnerets were brushed from side to side ; but in the latter part she lifted the abdomen high after each application, thus pulling out long threads which she fastened close to their first point of attach- ment, so that the inmost (most lately made) part of the disk was made of curled loops, and so was of very soft consistency. Thus the base of the cocoon, somewhat thickest in the centre, was formed. At 8.23 she stood quietly over this base, then oviposited upon it, the ovi- position lasting a little more than one minute. From her genital aperture exuded a large clear drop of viscid fluid and fell upon the centre of the base, its upper surface still connected with her genital aperture, and at the same time the yellowish ova fell into and were enveloped by this drop. Then she immediately began spinning the cover of the cocoon over the egg mass. From 8.242 to 8.35 she spun a loose covering of silken loops by elevating the spinnerets after each 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., application (just as in the making of the base), and from 8.35 to 8.44 she spun a denser covering by brushing the spinnerets from side to side. Finally she alternated the spinning upon the cocoon itself, with spinning attachment lines from it to web. 2 No. 25 made her first cocoon on the horizontal surface of her web, apparently not spinning a special base. 2 No. 75 made her second cocoon upon the surface of the web, and after spinning a discoidal base oviposited upon it at 7.41 A.M.; she occupied the time from 7.42 to 8.00 in spinning the cover. 2 No. 220 spun her cocoon in the same manner as did No. 79. One female, after making her cocoon at the angle of the wall and floor of the cage, spun over it several thin, concentric, arched lamelle of silk, evidently a protection. In a few cases the female attaches foreign particles, as the remains of insects, to the surface of the cocoons, but this was not done with the majority of the cocoons. The cocoons, even those of the same spider, are placed in most diverse positions, some horizontally and some vertically, some upon the web and some away from it. The number of cocoons made and the dates of construction were as follows: (1) 2No. 25: May 31 (hatched June 9); May 29; June 10 or 11 (hatched July 5); June 20 (hatched July 16); July 2 (did not hatch); July 9 (hatched July 31); July 21 (not all the eggs hatched) ; August 1 (hatched). A total of 8 cocoons made by an unusually small female. (2) QNo. 75: May 23 (hatched June 14); June 7 (destroyed by the mother); July 5 (hatched July 30); July 17 (hatched August 2). A total of 5 cocoons. (3) QNo. 79: May 24 (hatched June 19); June 7 (hatched July 5); June 19 (hatched July 12); June 29 (hatched July 19); July 7 (did not hatch); July 17 (hatched August 9); August 1 (hatched) ; August 21 (hatched). 8 aa 4 4 ENGNG er one ttc, 6 + 2) ee 3 3 EXORE WIDE ccetserer corse: 3 3 1 0 2 SERV TALI ee ee so: 0 0 EA ba ee + 0 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Compound set occur in all parapodia; colorless, the stem curved, its end enlarged very gradually to a maximum of twice the ordinary diam- eter, the thickened part with oblique axial striations and a finely den- ticulated convex margin; appendix a relatively slender blade, the greatest width 14 times the diameter of the stem and its length about 54 times the width (middle of 10th parapodium), terminal teeth prom- inent, well separated, moderately hooked, edge of blade finely serrate, guard prolonged beyond body of blade as a sharp spine about equalling in length the width of the blade. Capillary sete are also found as a fascicle in the dorso-posterior part of each neuropodium; they project two or three times as far as the compound sete, are colorless, straight or gently curved, the terminal half very finely acuminate and the surface feebly granulate. Paddle- shaped pectinate sets appear to be absent from the first parapodium, but occur on all the others in very limited number at the base of the bundle of capillary setze; the end is curved in half-round form, is rela- tively narrow, 3 to 4 times the diameter of the stem, with about twelve slender, straight points of even length and one delicate prolonged mar- ginal process. Both neuropodial and notopodial acicula are present in all of the parapodia; the latter are always 2 in number, very slender, tapering and with rather abruptly curved ends which terminate just opposite the apex of the angle between the notopodial cirrus and its branchia. The ordinary neuropodials are also 2 in number and enter the acicular lobe, beyond which their blunt, straight, or (posteriorly) bent ends project, most prominently posteriorly. The /-shaped, hooked acicula are first detected on somite XXI. A single one (rarely 2) passes ob- liquely through each neuropodium, appearing at the ventro-lateral angle. They are stout, pale yellow, rather strongly curved and hooked, the principal beak-shaped process looking forward and surmounted by an unequally bifid accessory process, the smaller division of which is sometimes minute or even absent; guard wide, slightly bilobed and striate. The color has been entirely lost except the brown spots at the bases of the notopodial sete. The cuticle is only shghtly iridescent, most so on the head. Sagami Bay, 3,700, 63 fms., type; Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms. ONUPHIDZ. Hyalinecia tubicola (Miller) Mgrn. What should perhaps be designated as a distinct variety of this spe- cies occurs throughout the entire region of Suruga Bay and Totomi Sea, in from 63 to 167 fathoms. 3,707, 3,715, 3,737, 3,740. ng i 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 Northia macrobranchiata McIntosh. This species was dredged by the “‘ Albatross” south of Yedo, Japan, on a bottom of green mud, in 345 fathoms. The species is evidently quite common and widely distributed throughout Sagami and Suruga Bays and the Totomi Sea in depths from 31 fathoms at station 3,703 to 749 fathoms at 3,696. A few specimens occur in the collections from each of the following additional stations, 3,704, 3,707, 3,715, and 3,740. At 3,696 a number of the peculiar tubes of this species were procured. It is surprising to find them covered at a depth of 749 fathoms with bits of wood, pine twigs and needles, leaves, straw, etc. The only entire specimen in the collection comes from station 3,704, and permits the description of the posterior end, hitherto unknown. The branchize continue to the 2d preanal somite, on which they still equal the foot in length, are quite thick, and bear the notopodial cirrus as a minute process, of not more than } their diameter, on the external side of their base. Anal cirri 2, very delicate and slender, equalling the length of the last 7 somites. ? Northia geophiliformis sp. nov. (Pl. XXV, figs. 57, 58, 59.) Upon a cursory examination this species presents a striking general resemblance to Geophilus or other slender Chilopod, a similarity which is enhanced by the regular alternation of reddish-brown and pale bands across the dorsum. The form is slender, elongated, slightly depressed and linear, but just perceptibly tapering from the anterior fourth posteriorly, the hinder body region becoming at the same time more rounded. None of the numerous specimens is complete, more or less of the caudal end being deficient in each case, but a separate caudal end of 44 somites was found. The type specimen has a length of 5.7 mm. for the anterior 109 somites and a maximum width between the tips of the anterior parapodia of 2 mm. Prostomium small, narrow, inconspicuous, scarcely more than a common meeting place for its conspicuous appendages, and closely united with the peristomium. No trace of eyes can be detected. Frontal tentacles prominent, rather slender, fully as long as prosto- mium, ovate-oblong in outline, but circular in section, attached by contiguous constricted bases and strongly divergent. Palpi also prom- inent, about twice the size of frontal tentacles and projecting almost horizontally outward from sides of dorsum of mouth. Dorsal append- ages of prostomium large and conspicuous with remarkably long annu- lated basal pieces, and, except the outer lateral, long, slender, whip- like styles, which are very fragile and usually detached or injured; 446 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, median tentacle distinctly smaller than inner laterals, its tip reaching only to VIII, while the inner laterals reach to XI, its base constantly only 3 that of inner laterals, of 6 narrow rings and terminal 4 not annu- lated, while that of the inner lateral has 9 rings and a terminal smooth portion; outer laterals in the same transverse line with inner laterals, occupying nearly the position in which eyes are ordinarily present, usually perfect, short, reaching, when reflexed, to IV only, remark- able for the great length of basal piece, which equals, or even exceeds the style, and consists of 11 annulations, decreasing in size and dis- tinctness toward the end; style short, relatively stout, undivided, but sometimes bearing a terminal filament. The buccal ring is probably compounded of the peristomium and the succeeding somite, the posterior bearing the tentacular cirri and the anterior the so-called palpi with which it is connected; longer than prostomium, ventral and lateral oral lobes prominent. Tentacular cirri slender and rather long, reaching to the tips of the frontal tenta- cles, bases with 2 or 3 obscure annuli but no distinct segments. First 4 setigerous somites sharply distinguished from the others by their length, which causes the parapodia to stand widely apart instead of being crowded, as well as by the length and slenderness of the cirri- form processes of the parapodia; first much the longest and anteriorly the widest, the succeeding three becoming successively shorter and the margins rounded, thus gradually approaching the typical form, which is short, wide and depressed, with dorsal and ventral surfaces nearly flat. Anal segment prominent and somewhat funnelform, with 2 pairs of crowded, long, slender caudal cirri, the more posterior equal to 13, the other to 10 terminal somites. First 4 parapodia arise at a low level from the anterior ends of their somites; except the first, which is directed slightly forward, they pro- ject almost straight laterad. Body of parapodia simple, relatively slender, and about equalling length of somite to which it is attached; bearing 3 long slender tapering cirri, the dorsal longest, the middle, which continues the neuropodium as a postsetal process, next, and the ventral shortest, the latter also attached nearest to base of parapo- dium ; both dorsal and ventral cirri slightly constricted at base, then a little swollen, then regularly tapering and slender. Fifth parapo- dium more dorsad, the base and neuropodium smaller, ventral cirrus reduced to a short, thick glandular lobe, its postsetal lobe shorter and little cirriform; it bears the first branchia. On succeeding somites the glandular area into which the ventral cirrus becomes converted 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 crowds the much reduced parapodium dorsad, until by XV it is directed upward and quite invisible from below, but a reverse change sets in by XXX, and, with the final disappearance of the glandular area, the parapodia again become quite lateral in the posterior half of the body. By XV also the postsetal lobe has become a small inconspi- cuous process, but the dorsal cirri, although somewhat reduced, re- main always prominent. Branchie prominent but simple, arising from a common base with the dorsal cirri, and when fully established appearing as the direct continu- ation of that base, of which the cirrus has more the aspect of a lateral branch; they are erect and long enough to just reach middle line of back when best developed. Sometimes they are foreshadowed by a bifurcation of the dorsal cirrus of the 4th parapodium, but normally appear abruptly on the 5th as a slender filament equalling the cirrus in length, but quickly increase to a considerably greater length, and con- tinue with no change except a slight decrease in size as far at least as the 110th setigerous somite. As the posterior 44 somites show no trace of branchiz it is evident that this species must reach a length quite remarkable for the genus. With the exception of the posterior hooked acicula, which are rela- tively stout and pale yellow, the set are delicate and colorless. Com- pound hooked sete are confined to the first 3 parapodia in all the speci- mens examined with reference to this point, and, with the exception of 2 or 3 slender pointed dorsal sete, are the only kind present in the first parapodium; end piece with 3 processes, the terminal one longest; guard prolonged into an acute tip which reaches far beyond the body of the seta. Slender, capillary sete are present in all the parapodia, but in small number in the first 3, while from the 4th to about the 10th they are the only kind occurring, and are somewhat larger, with more evident serrate wings. Parapodia of the middle region each bear a tuft of such sets projecting from the dorsum of the foot in a strongly dorso- lateral direction above the hooked uncina. Paddle-shaped sete are first detected on the 10th parapodium, on which 1 appears, while posteriorly 4 or 5 occur between the capillary setze and the hooked aciculum. They are very delicate and easily over- looked, with slender, somewhat curved stems and obliquely truncate, slightly curved terminal blades bearing about 16 delicate spines, and marked with as many converging striz. In addition to the ordinary acicula, each neuropodium, beginning at about the 10th or 12th, is provided with 2 pale yellow uncina with 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, longitudinally striated stem and bifid guarded tip, the promimal pro- cess being much the larger and the guard broad, closefitting and delicately striated. Color fairly well preserved; each segment of the anterior region marked with a posterior, broader, reddish-brown band, which spreads over the entire segment laterally, and an anterior whitish or pale yellow one; head generally reddish, with a median anterior dark area; dark pigment cells also in the cephalic appendages and branchie; other appendages, ventral surface and entire posterior region unpigmented ; cuticle with a brilliant greenish iridescense. Tube delicate, mucoid, covered with fine silt. North of Sendai Bay, 3,771,62fms. Type and numerous other speci- mens. Also Sagami Bay, 3,695, 175-191 fms.; 3,698, 153 fms. PARANORTHIA gen. nov. Intermediate between Northia and Rhamphobrachium. Two pairs of parapodia are prolonged and carried forward on the ventral side of the head as in Rhamphobrachium, but their setz are coarse acicula as in Northia, not capillary as in Rhamphobrachium. Paranorthia brevicornuta sp. nov. (Pl. XXV, figs. 52-56.) A small species represented by an incomplete specimen of 62 somites, having a length of 22 mm. and a maximum width between the tips of parapodia of 1.25 mm. Prostomium, as seen from above in the slightly bent up attitude of the specimen, nearly circular, but slightly and broadly emarginate behind, frontal surface smooth, regularly rounded. Eyes absent. Ten- tacles all in anterior half of prostomium, the paired in advance of the median, and the outer lateral well down on sides below level of frontal tentacles; basal pieces of median tentacles shorter than those of lateral, which are as long as 4 width of head; terminal pieces of median and inner lateral subequal, subulate, their length about 14 width of head; outer lateral shorter, equalling width of head, stouter and blunt. Frontal tentacles globoid, their constricted bases in contact on anterior margin of head. Palpi bean-shaped, length equal to style of outer lateral tentacle. Peristomium distinct, about 4 length of prostomium on the dorsum, longer ventrally, where, as well as laterally, it is crowded forward by the following somites and, with the prosto- mium, is bent somewhat dorsad. Tentacular cirri small, awl-shaped, about equalling peristomium in length. The first two pairs of parapodia are enlarged and bent forward be- neath the head as in Rhamphobrachium, but they are less produced, and the third pair is not similarly modified as in that'genus. The first 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 reaches the level of the anterior margin of the head, and the second as far as the base of the median tentacle, the total length of the second being somewhat greater. Each is subcylindrical, about 3 times as long as thick, truncate, with short presetal and postsetal lobes, the latter somewhat longer and deeper, and a small papilla-like lobe on the ventro-distal angle. Dorsal cirri arise from the middle of the dorsal surface by a slightly constricted base and then bend outward and extend stiffly nearly parallel to the neuropodium or even approach it and reach somewhat beyond its tip. Ventral cirri also arise by a constricted pigmented base, beyond which they have the form of a spruce cone and extend toward the middle ventral line, which they nearly reach owing to the approximation of the parapodia; the first arises nearly opposite to the dorsal cirrus, the second near the base of the foot. The third and all succeeding parapodia are lateral in position and gradually attain a higher plane; they are smaller and project straight outward. On the third the neuropodial cirrus is much shorter, broad oval in outline, and on succeeding parapodia becomes a mere opaque rounded lobe, which gradually becomes less and less prominent and disappears at about XXX. The tenth foot is typical. It consists of a short truncate neuro- podium with a small presetal lobe, a tapering bent notopodial cirrus of about twice its length, and the reduced neuropodial cirrus. The pos- terior parapodia are further reduced, but, owing to the very poor preservation of this region, cannot be accurately described. Branchie appear on somite X as a single thick filament rising from the dorsal side of the notopodial cirrus; the branchia is double the length of the cirrus in succeeding somites, becoming bifid on XXIII and thence backward rising erect as two equal divisions twice as long as the cirrus. The posterior end is much macerated, but on the last 12 or 15 somites the branchiz appear to consist of single filaments of undiminished length. On a very large number of parapodia the sete are destroyed, but enough remain to permit the description of their general character and distribution. The first two enlarged parapodia each bear 3 large sete or acicula, but unfortunately the tips of all have been broken off. Succeeding somites exhibit compound, capillary and paddle- shaped sete, all of which are colorless. Compound set of two forms, the first of which appears to be con- fined to a group of about half-a-dozen in the ventral part of the third parapodium; they have the end of the shaft rather abruptly enlarged 29 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, on both sides for a short distanee, margin of socket tipped by a rather long process, proximad to which are a few rather conspicuous teeth; blade relatively short and broad, strongly hooked and bifid at the end with a guard somewhat produced at the apex. In addition to these all of the anterior parapodia, from the third at least to the fifteenth, bear in the middle and ventral part of the neuropodium a number of compound setz without guards; these are more numerous anteriorly than posteriorly; the shafts have nearly the same form as the guarded setee, but the blades are straight or only slightly curved, rather broad proximally, but with slender mucronate tips and obliquely striated with one or both margins finely serrate; the blades vary greatly in length, those in the dorsal part of a bundle being more than twice as long as the most ventral ones in the anterior parapodia, while pos- teriorly only the short ones remain. No compound setz occur in the most posterior region, but Just where they cease cannot be accurately determined. Capillary sete are the most numerous and constant, occurring in all parapodia from the third caudad. They differ considerably in length, those dorsad of the aciculum being the Jongest and the stoutest as well, those ventrad, which replace the compound setz as they disappear, retain about the length of the latter. Toward the extreme posterior end they appear to diminish both in number and size. All are slender, tapering, very acutely pointed with a narrow smooth-edged wing, at the beginning of which a more or less pronounced bend occurs. Paddle-shaped sete are also found in the extreme dorsal part of some of the anterior somites, but their distribution has not been ascer- tained. They have very slender shafts, wide, suddenly expanded, asymmetrical, curved ends provided with about 20 very fine points of equal length. All of the acicula are very pale yellow. Besides the projecting acicula or sets, the first two parapodia exhibit several (perhaps about 10, though the number cannot-be certainly determined) long thread- like internal acicula of constant thickness arranged parallel to one an- other in a regular coil within the foot, those of the first being especially long and forming an additional snarl near the base of its ventral side. Notopodial acicula also appear, those of the first 2 feet being rather strong, straight and stiff and ending in the base of the cirri; in the remaining parapodia they are delicate fibres passing far into the cirri. The ordinary neuropodial acicula are 3 in number, the dorsalmost very stout, all straight and tapering, with the slightly protruding point blunt or slightly enlarged and sometimes a little curved. Guarded aci- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 cula have been detected in the ventral part of the neuropodium as far forward as the eleventh foot. Usually two occur, and they are slender, not exceeding the larger compound setz in diameter, nearly straight, slightly enlarged below the tip, which is bifid and provided with a broad guard. Suruga Bay, 3,713, 45 fms. Onuphus cirrobranchiata sp. noy. (Pl. XXYV, figs. 6-63.) A rather small species, the type of which consists of 59 setigerous somites, and measures 42 mm. long, with a width of body at somite X of 2.3 mm., and a maximum distance between the tips of the parapodia at the same place of 5.2 mm. Prostomium small, about semicircular from above, the length about equalling the peristomium at the sides. Eyes, 1 pair, reddish-brown, circular, entirely exposed; frontal tentacles prominent, rounded, length 4 length of prostomium, strongly divergent, directed forward, downward and outward. Tentacles with short articulated bases, which are little longer than thick and about equal frontal tentacles in size , each of 2-4 rings; styles slightly enlarged at base, long, slender, smooth, entirely non-articulate; median longest, reaching somite XIV, inner lateral XI, and outer lateral TV. Palpi short, thick, promi- nent, slightly bilobed, strongly divergent from ventral surface of head, and connected with ventral margins of lateral peristomial lobes by a pair of ridges. Peristomium (which probably consists of two coalesced somites, the first very small and anterior to peristomial cirri) longest laterally, there equalling the prostomium; cirri directly in line with eyes and far for- ward, slender, tapering, short, scarcely reaching anterior boundary of prostomium, and posteriorly to middle of somite III. Somite IIT (next to the peristomium) is nearly equal in length to the prostomium and peristomium combined or to somites IV and V, anterior margin much wider than posterior and projecting considerably beyond any other anterior somite. Remaining somites well defined, and of about equal size until the tapering posterior region is reached. Body rounded, very little depressed, most so in the middle region when distended with eggs, dorsum high and arched, venter flattened. Anus terminal, the anal somite truncate and slightly crenulate; caudal cirri very long and slender, equalling the last 16 or 17 somites. Enlarged first pair of parapodia very prominent, nearly equalling their somite in length, and projecting strongly forward by the sides of the head, and slightly outward and downward; form simple, postsetal lobe elongated, reaching slightly beyond tip of slender dorsal cirrus 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, which arises from middle of foot, ventral cirrus shorter, arising from base of foot and ending opposite root of dorsal cirrus. All other parapodia are much smaller, but the 2d and 3d project slightly forward, and are somewhat transitional in other respects also; dorsal cirri and postsetal lobes increase in length and become slender and tapering, reaching their maximum by XI or XII, when the latter is fully equal to the body of the foot, and the former is 3 times as long and capable of reaching the dorsal mid-line, though habitually carried outward and backward; beyond this region they decrease in length, the postsetal lobe retaining its slender form, but becoming of insignifi- cant size by the middle of the body, while the dorsal cirrus reaches as far as the tips of the sete. The ventral cirrus diminishes in size rapidly ; on the 2d and 3d it remains as a short thick cirrus, by the 4th it is a low dome-shaped opaque whitish lobe below, and distinctly separated from, the foot; posterior to XII it diminishes, and has practically dis- appeared by XVIII. The branchie are characteristic. They usually begin as a single filament, or occasionally two, on XIII or XIV, arising with the dorsal cirrus from a common base, and dorsad of the latter; this quickly becomes subdivided quite to the base, which shifts its position to the caudal side of the cirrus. The division into 2, 3 and 4 filaments takes place somewhat irregularly, but each filament attains practically its full length immediately; by XVIII or XX the typical number of 5 is reached, and continues, with occasional variations to 6, to about XXXV, when 4 again becomes the predominant number to about XLVIII, beyond which it further diminishes; somites LVI to LVIII bear only small but distinct branchial tubercles, and LIX, the last segment bearing parapodia, has none. Some variation in the number of filaments occurring on somites toward the ends of the series is notice- able. The filaments of which the branchize are composed are very delicate and, as their wrinkled condition indicates, very contractile; they are generally about 4 as long as the dorsal cirri, but probably equal or exceed these in life, are deeply cleft and arise in a cluster, though occasionally a more pectinate arrangement is indicated. Sete of four kinds, two being coarse uncini. Compound uncini confined to the first 4 parapodia, yellow, stout; appendix curved, bifid, the terminal process large and hooked, the accessory one much smaller, both included in the delicate double truncated guard. This is the only form of seta in the first foot, in which some of them become very large and, in one example, lose the articulation, though this is present in the type specimen; they become successively smaller on the 2d, 3d 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 and 4th parapodia, in which they lie just ventrad of the other sete and next to the postsetal lobe. Beginning with the 5th parapodium, simple uncini replace the com- pound ones just described, though they are only fully established sev- eral somites further caudad, and are usually two in number throughout the anterior branchial région, but may be 3, or even 4, toward the posterior end. They are yellow, stout, nearly straight or slightly bent back (this direction being opposite to the compound uncini), slightly swollen subterminally, the end bifid with two stout, ventrally directed processes, of which the proximal is the larger; guard ob- liquely fan-shaped and striated; stem rather coarsely striated, which is not the case with the compound uncini. Slender, pointed setz occur in all of the parapodia except the first, arranged in typical somites in two horizontal rows above and below the uncini, the dorsal one being larger. These are the only setz of sufficient length to reach beyond the postsetal lobe, and anteriorly even these do not. Stems much slenderer than the uncini, only the larger ones exhibiting any color, bent dorsad abruptly but slightly at about the middle of the exposed portion; a reverse but more gentle bend in the opposite direction, bringing the terminal part into a direc- tion parallel to the base, occurs in the set of the posterior half of the body; flange always on ventral side, widest at angle of seta, disappear- ing terminally, leaving an acute very brittle point; both stem and flange obliquely striated. On the 4th parapodium the flanged setz are smaller and fewer; on the 3d and 2d only the dorsal bundle occurs, reduced on the latter to 2 or 3 very small, acute, scarcely winged, color- less setee. Posteriorly also the winged portion becomes reduced in length. The 4th kind of seta is the most numerously represented but the least conspicuous of any; a single one appears in the dorsal bundle of the 2d parapodium, but in all succeeding parapodia a close bundle of many occurs between the postsetal process and the dorsal fascicle of flanged sete. They are of very unequal length, the longest being on the posterior side, but none equal 4 the length of the flanged set. They have slender stems terminated by a delicate funnel-shaped enlargement with a crenulated or toothed margin. Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms.; 3,704, 94 fms.; 3,707, 63-75 fms.; Suruga Bay, 3,738, 167 fms., type. 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, LUMBRICONEREID4. Lumbriconereis heteropoda v. Marenz. This species and L. bijurcata McIntosh are very closely allied, if not identical; some of the examples contained in the present collection are so nearly intermediate between the two that difficulty was found in referring them. As a whole the series is most closely connected with L. heteropoda, which is also the prior name. It is the most abundant and widely distributed species contained in the collections, occurring at all localities on the coast of Japan at which dredging was done, though in many cases represented by fragments only, and at depths from 36 to 190 fathoms. It was taken at the following stations: 3,695, 3,698, 3,703, 3,707, 3,714, 3,724, 3,735, 3,738, 3,739, 3,740 and 3,705. Lumbriconereis japonica v. Marenz. Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms.; Suruga Bay, 3,717, 100 fms.; 3,718, 65 fms.; 3,736, 480 fms. Laranda robusta sp. nov. (Pl. XXVI, figs. 64, 65.) This is evidently a species of large size. The incomplete type speci- men has a width of 6.5 mm., and a length of 165 mm. for the head and anterior 202 somites, and a smaller example of less than 4 the diameter of the type, consisting of upward of 400 somites, of which the posterior 100 or so have been recently regenerated, measures 210 mm. The prostomium has a peculiar flattened form, curved and hollowed below like the bowl of a spoon; the outline from above hes the form of a haycock with a broad base; in the larger specimens its length is less than the first 3 somites, in the smaller one considerably greater; in both it has a distinct dorsal longitudinal sulcus, and is slightly dove- tailed into the peristomium. No eyes visible. The peristomium and the next segment are nearly identical in form, the former differing only in its relation to the mouth and prostomium, and in the more strongly marked postoral grooves; both are very dis- tinctly marked, and are shorter than the first setigerous somite. The body is nearly circular in section throughout, the dorsum slightly more convex than the venter, with the parapodia somewhat below the middle lateral line, especially toward the posterior end. The diameter is remarkably uniform, with a slight increase toward the middle, and a sudden diminution in the last 7 or 8 mm. of the small specimen. All of the segments are very distinctly marked and of equal length for at least 2 of the length. No anal cirri are present. The parapodia are uniform in character throughout; in the middle of the body, where they reach the largest size they about equal the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 length of the somite, are stout, not tapered, obliquely truncate, and bear a single blunt, conical postsetal process which arises from the ventro-lateral angle and is directed outward and slightly caudad; a low welt passes around its base anteriorly. The setz are arranged in each foot in a simple curved rank between the postsetal process and the presetal welt. In the anterior parapodia only slender set occur, and are arranged in two somewhat divergent groups, of which the ventral includes 4 or 5, the dorsal 8-12. All are pale brown, long, slender, simple, sharp-pointed and wingless, with a gentle sigmoid curve. After about the first 20 somites the set of the dorsal bundle become stouter and of a deeper color. More posteriorly, in the type at X XVI on one side, XX VII on the other, a single stout aciculum appears with its end projecting at the ventral end of the series. It has much the form of a blunt pointed lead pencil and is of a deep brown color. The color is an iridescent purplish-brown with dark brown spots above the bases of the parapodia, which tend to spread toward the median line as incomplete narrow zones on each somite. Type, Suruga Bay, 3,709, 173 to 260 fms.; also Suruga Bay, 3,737, 3,738, 3,739, 65 to 167 fms. Notocirrus zonata sp.nov. (Pl. X XVI, figs. 66, 67.) A piece of the posterior end consisting of upward of 120 somites, and representing probably nearly 4 of the animal. It measures 65 mm. long and 3 mm. wide including the parapodia, but not the sete. The body is nearly circular and tapers toward the anus, which is guarded by a pair of short broad lateral lobes representing a pair of cirri or per- _ haps two pairs coalesced. The parapodia are described from the most anterior somite present; they are situated about twice as far from the dorsal as from the ventral middle line, are rather small and slender, with a prominent posterior ventral process, which is somewhat longer than the rest of the foot, and is directed caudad and laterad. Dorsal papilla small but prominent. Setze 5, 2 in dorsal, 3 in ventral bundle, colorless or nearly so, with deli- cate, tapering and winged tips, and sigmoid with the ends directed dor- sad; those of the ventral bundle shorter and only slightly bent; of the dorsal geniculate, the ventralmost, sometimes both of this bundle, strongly serrated at the winged knee. The color is very striking; the ground, including the parapodia, is pale yellow, the middle of each somite completely encircled by a rich orange-brown zone. Type only, Totomi Sea, 3,729, 34 fms. 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Ninoe palmata sp. noy. (Pl. XXVI, figs. 68-71.) Represented by 98 anterior somites, having a length of 34 mm. and a width of 2.5 mm. at somite XX. Prostomium of the form of a depressed convex cone with a rather acute apex, length 14 times the base and about thrice length of peristo- mium, dovetailed 4 into peristomium on dorsal side, delicate lateral grooves from palpi to apex. No eyes visible. Palpi large, free lobes at sides of mouth and dorsad of it. Peristomium longest at sides of head, to which and to the succeeding somite it is partly united laterally ; ventrally produced into 3 lobes bounding the mouth laterally and pos- teriorly. Somite II distinct, except where united with the peristomium ventro- laterally, length about # peristomium; it bears no parapodium. Suc- ceeding somites very distinct, outlines rounded and regular and of nearly equal length throughout. Body exactly circular, although the presence of the branchie give to it a somewhat depressed aspect. Parapodia appear on IT, short, about equal to length of somites from which they arise, the branchiate ones somewhat exceeding this, promi- nent, sloping slightly forward, outline nearly straight to the broadly rounded or truncate end, which is divided into presetal and postsetal lobes, the former somewhat the longer, the latter bearing the gills. The branchie are processes of the postsetal lobe, which even as far forward as V has developed a longer cirrus-like dorsal piece and a shorter and thicker ventral piece. On succeeding somites the former diverges more and more dorsad, and from the dorsal side of the ventral division successive short thick filaments arise, there being 2 branches on V,3 on VII, 4 on IX, which number continues, with occasional variations to 5, to XXVI or XXVII. When best developed the branchial filaments spread ventrad well below the sete; the dorsalmost cirrus-like one is about twice the length of the others and curves over the back; the next one or two are separated but the lowermost 2 or 3 remain connected and diverge like fingers in a palmate manner. All are much wrinkled and evidently contractile. The dorsalmost fila- ment disappears suddenly at about XXX, and the others gradually un- dergo reduction until finally only a minute papilla on the postsetal lobe remains. Sets of two types, both simple; bent lance-shaped ones and hooked, guarded ones which exhibit two modifications toward the two ends of the body. The lance-shaped set are pale yellow, colorless at the tip, and occur in two groups in anterior somites, the number being reduced more posteriorly by the gradual replacement of the middle ones by ' 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 hooked sete; they are most numerous in the dorsal group (5-6 dorsal and 2-3 ventral in the middle branchial region) and here persist the longest; the knife-edge flange delicately striated, widest at base, diminishing toward tip, and leaving a very acute point, flange directed dorsally in the ventral sete, ventral in the dorsal; shaft of sete bent more or less strongly at the base of the flange and on the margins of the bundle, the tips often recurved in the opposite direction. Pos- teriorly the lance setze become reduced to 2 or 3 in the dorsal bundle; darker, even black, in color, straighter, more slender and with a much reduced flange. The hooked sete of the anterior segments exhibit transitional charac- ters between the lance-shaped sete and the posterior hooked ones. Anteriorly they are pale yellow, posteriorly darker as they pass into the more typical hooks, stouter than adjacent lance-shaped sete, but of the same form until near the tip, when the shaft suddenly contracts, bends slightly backward and terminates in a short truncate hook, bearing about five short teeth of diminishing size; at the same place the flange forms a guard which includes the hook and conforms to its shape. Posteriorly the hooks become darker, longer, the tip stouter and more prominently hooked, the number of teeth 7 or 8, of which the most proximal is the largest, the blade absent except where it forms the hood-like guard, and the stem club-shaped. Skin strongly iridescent, but color all gone. Only the type known from station 3,767, Sendai Bay, 14-18 fms. GONIADIDA. Goniada (Leonnatus) foliacea sp. noy. (Pl. X XVI, figs. 75, 76.) The largest specimen measures 98 mm. long, 4 mm. between the tips of the sete in the anterior region, and 5.3 mm. at the beginning of the posterior region. The relatively stout body consists of 160 somites, in addition to perhaps 3 or 4 which have been lost at the caudal end. The posterior region, beginning at somite LXIII, is filled with sexual products in the larger individuals and, being very readily de- tached, may separate and swim independently at maturity. Head prominent but shorter than in most species, bluntly conical, slightly depressed, length twice width, composed of only four strongly marked rings, the basal one nearly equalling all the others in length, and the latter decreasing to the tip, furrows on ventral and dorsal surfaces alternating in position and joined by a pair of lateral zigzag grooves which terminate caudally in a small slit-like pit on each side of the peristomium, dorsal to the palpi. On the ventral surface of the 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, head is an elongated, narrow, triangular, depressed, translucent area reaching from the apex to the mouth, into which the annular grooves do not extend, thus cutting off on each side lateral portions of the rings, which appear as four pairs of low, thick, slightly projecting lobes to which the depressed form of the head is chiefly due. The 4 apical tentacles are present in but one example, and even in this are imperfect through maceration. Palpi (lateral lips), a pair of prominent rounded lobes, with largely free, thin, anterior margins at the sides of the mouth. Peristomium indistinctly separated from the base of the prostomium and the first foot-bearing somite; ventrally it forms a prominent median lip. In two of the small examples from Sta. 3,771 and one larger from Sta. 3,695, a minute cirrus is present just in line with the parapodia on the buccal ring, but cannot be detected in the type speci- men, which is the largest examined. It is possible that the buccal ring may consist of two somites in this genus. Except the first, all foot-bearing somites are distinct, and in the anterior region about 3 to 34 times as wide as long, increasing in size to about XLV, then remaining without material change to LXIII, be- tween which and LXII a weakening of the body walls occurs, caudad of which the width rapidly decreases for 4 or 5 somites, beyond which the body assumes a linear form, though the much increased length of the parapodia results in a greater total width and a more depressed aspect than anteriorly. About 100 somites constitute the posterior region; the type has 97, but 3 or 4 caudal somites are wanting. Some smaller specimens with the anal ring present lack caudal cirri, which have doubtless been lost. As typical of the anterior region the parapodium of somite XV may be described. This consists of a rather stout neuropodium having a length equal to 4 the width of the somite, and divided into a broad, foliaceous, ovate pyriform presetal lobe, the tip of which is divided by a deep cleft into two narrow tongue-like halves, and a somewhat slen- der lanceolate postsetal lobe, placed just opposite to the cleft in the presetal lobe, which it slightly exceeds in length. Ventral cirrus arises from basal half of neuropodium, rather thick and stout; its tip falls a little short of the setigerous lobes. Dorsal cirrus consists of a rather stout rounded stalk, with swollen base and somewhat flattened, foli- aceous, nearly orbicular or broadly ovate-lanceolate appendage, which bends abruptly dorsad. Toward the head the postsetal lobe becomes shorter than the pre- setal, and is absent in the first 3 parapodia; the presetal also becomes narrower, and finally loses the terminal bifurcation; the cirri approach 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 more closely and crowd the neuropodium, the foliaceous character of the dorsal cirrus disappearing. The first parapodium consists of a neuropodium without set, but bearing a long, slender, cirrus-like pre- setal lobe, and dorsal and ventral cirri, which differ from the typical ones only in their smaller size. Posteriorly, beginning at about somite XXXV, a small conical notopodium appears just ventrad and cephalad of the dorsal cirrus. This bears sete at once, and, in relation thereto, is divided into narrow presetal and postsetal lobes, of which the latter is more ventrad, features which become more evident as the notopo- dium increases in size toward the end of the anterior region. The first few parapodia of the posterior region are transitional in form, but quickly become more foliaceous and assume the characteristic structure which is typically developed on somite LXNXY. Here neuro- podium and notopodium are well separated by a wide interval, and each bears its appropriate cirrus. The former is essentially as in the anterior parapodia, but both lobes are much broader and more leaf-lke, the 2 divisions of the presetal more divergent, the dorsal considerably the larger and both longer than the postsetal lobe; ventral cirrus rela- tively shorter. Notopodium about one-half length of neuropodium, obtusely rounded, broadly attached, and not constricted at base; pre- setal and postsetal lobes not prominent, the latter more ventral, so that an oblique terminal notch appears in face views of the parapodium. Dorsal cirrus rises from the base of the notopodium, and is directed almost vertically dorsad; form similar to anterior cirri, but stalk shorter. More anteriorly each lobe of the notopodium bears a slender terminal papilla, that of the presetal being quite long and slender. Toward the posterior end the two divisions of the foot become still more widely separated, and both again more slender and less foliaceous, while the dorsal presetal lobe of the neuropodium becomes more prominent. The neuropodial sete are arranged in a single vertical fan-shaped row, which spreads very widely in the foliaceous swimming feet of the posterior or genital region, the number of sete corresponding closely with the width of the lobe. All are of the same form, compound, with very long stems, especially on the swimming feet, and slender, finely pointed, and very delicately fringed blades, which are longest in the middle of each bundle and diminish dorsally and ventrally. The figure does not show the full side view of the blade. Notopodial sete similarly arranged in a fan-shaped vertical series of correspondingly smaller spread; all simple, colorless, slightly bent and curved, and tapering to an extremely acute point; the surface marked 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, with fine granules arranged in oblique rows and appearing as somewhat irregular serrations at the edge. Jaws black or deep brown and opaque, forming a continuous but irregular ring just caudad of a circle of 18 obtuse lobes which lie at extreme the end of the fully protruded proboscis, and when retracted cover the jaws in somite XXIII. One principal jaw on each side and dorsad, the left one bearing two long hooked spines shaped like the venom fangs of serpents; the right one bearing in addition 2 or 3 smaller but similar spines on the medial side. In the dorsal interval between the principal jaws are 14 or 15 smaller accessory ones arranged in an irregular transverse band; they are of inconstant form but each bears a pair of, or even 3, hooked teeth on a rather stout base. The ventral distance between the principal jaws is more than twice the dorsal, and is occupied by a fairly even and continuous row of 28 to 30 small jaws of various sizes and forms, some being quite rudimentary. As a rule each bears a single claw-like hook directed, as are the others, caudad on an irregular orbicular base having a pair of anteriorly di- rected, divergent processes. No longitudinal series of accessory Jaws is present. A low muscular fold runs along the mid-dorsal line of the pharynx from its cephalic attachment to the predental lobes, but does not involve a complete folding of the pharyngeal walls as in Goniada dis- torta. The proboscis papille are all of one kind, elevated mammili- form, the enlarged somewhat pyramidal bases much crowded in the retracted organ and the teat-like summits pointed and slightly curved. They measure .014 mm. in height, and .009 mm. in diameter of base. Color a general gambose yellow, lighter in the furrows and on the contiguous surfaces of parapodia and in the head region, and modi- fied posteriorly by the presence of the eggs, which crowd the sides of the somites and the parapodia. The anterior region, exclusive of the head and a few somites, is very dark and opaque from the presence of an abundant purplish-brown pigment deposited in a narrow zone around each somite, which broadens above and below each parapodium, and affects the terminal parts of the cirri and, to a less degree, the setig- erous lobes. The anterior end is iridescent with greenish and bluish reflections. A curiously constant feature is a ventral series of minute but conspicuous black spots, situated in the median line of each inter- segmental furrow of the posterior region, at the beginning of which they appear abruptly. Sagami Bay, 3,695, 190 fms., type and one other specimen; North of Sendai Bay, 3,771, 62 fms., 4 specimens of smaller size. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 461 Goniada distorta sp. nov. This species is described from a single incomplete specimen eonsist- ing of 106 somites and having a length of 66 mm., and in the anterior region a width of body of 2 mm. and between the tips of the parapodia 2.8 mm., while posteriorly the same measurements are respectively 1.5 mm. and 3.7 mm. Body slender and nearly round throughout, increasing in diameter to somite LX, then diminishing and becoming linear posteriorly; rather wider dorsally than ventrally and somewhat tumid above the bases of the parapodia; posteriorly the great length of ane parapodia gives an appearance of depression. Head of the usual tapering, elongated form, consisting, besides the basal piece, which constitutes nearly 4 of its length, of 7 distinct annu- lations, diminishing in size and terminated by an 8th slightly wider one. The prostomium is circular, not flattened as in G. foliacea, and the furrows are continuous all around; there is no lateral groove, but a pit is present on each side at the posterior margin of the head. Only a single imperfect apical tentacle, of clavate form and having a length about equal to the apical ring, is present. Eyes absent. Peristomium not clearly distinguished from the succeeding somites. The partial protrusion of the pharynx greatly alters the appearance of the mouth, but the lateral lobes or palpi, and the lips appear not to differ from G. foliacea. The somites are distinct, but show no indication of sub- division into rings. The parapodia differ in many respects from those of G. jfoliacea. The anterior or uniramal ones are prominent and slender, have a length exceeding 4 the diameter of the body, and stand out abruptly from the middle of their somites. Neuropodium a compressed cylinder about as deep as long, bearing at the end one postsetal and two pre- setal cylindrical cirriform processes, of which the dorsal presetal is slightly the longest. Neuropodial cirrus, which also arises near the end, but on the ventral posterior face of the neuropodium is slightly longer, and at its base nearly twice the diameter of the setal lobes, and has a conical form. Notopodial cirrus separated by a narrow interval from the neuropodium; it is swollen basally and, near the middle of its dorsal surface, is provided with a shallow depression lined with tall columnar cells, beyond which it bends abruptly dorsad at an angle as though deformed, and terminates as a blunt cylindrical or conical piece not at all foliaceous. The typical foot of the anterior region just described is retained with little change as far forward as the 4th. The 3d parapodium has 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, only a trace of the dorsal presetal lobe, and the cirri are of larger size than in the typical foot. The 2d bears still larger cirri, united with the neuropodium, and the latter is still further reduced. The first postbuceal somite bears a fully formed trilobate setigerous parapodium like the second on the left side, and only a simple cirrus on the right side. Toward the posterior end of the anterior region the base of the neuro- podium increases, and the terminal lobes, especially the presetal, dimin- ish in length. The neuropodial cirrus at the same time increases until its tip reaches beyond any other part of the foot, while the ventral portion of the neuroyfodium which bears it becomes partly cut off by distinct anterior and posterior furrows. Meanwhile the notopodial cirrus has become relatively shorter and stouter and its terminal part ~ slightly flattened antero-posteriorly. All of these changes become progressively emphasized. Not till the 54th somite does the noto- podium appear as a slender process arising in common with the noto- podial cirrus, and reaching as far as the tip of the postsetal lobe, but not to the end of the neuropodial cirrus. After its abrupt appearance the notopodium becomes gradually shorter and more and more closely united with the cirrus. Although from its beginning supported by an aciculum the notopodium at first bears no sete, and even as far back as the 65th foot only a single one has been detected. Indeed, throughout the entire region notopodial sete are very few. No further important change occurs until somite LX XVI, when the body rather rapidly decreases in diameter and assumes the linear character of the posterior region, while the parapodia increase in length to 14 times the width of the body, a change due in part to the larger size of the neuropodium and notopodium, but still more to their eleva- tion upon a common base. Taking the 100th parapodium as a typical example the following description applies: Base of parapodium nearly as deep as body, swollen with spermatozoa in the example studied, as long or slightly longer than neuropodium, which is again longer as well as deeper than notopodium, each of which divisions is supported by a single rather stout, straight, tapering, yellow aciculum. Neuro- podium divided into two rather short (the dorsalmost the longer), pointed, presetal lobes, and a much broader, leaf-like, postsetal lobe, the somewhat shorter tip of which lies opposite the interval between the slightly divergent presetal lobes. Neuropodial cirrus elongated conical, arising from a distinct base about the middle of the ventral surface of the body of the neuropodium, its tip reaching to end of ven- tral presetal lobe, from which, however, it naturally diverges ventrad. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 Notopodium united with its cirrus for about ? of its length, only their ends free as short, pointed, triangular, nearly symmetrical, divergent lobes; postsetal lobe rudimentary; cirrus still retains sensory depres- sion but of much reduced size. The setz are of two kinds. Those of the neuropodia are arranged in a single fan-shaped group, larger in posterior than anterior somites, but always very much inferior in size to those of G. foliacea; all are colorless, compound, with very slender tapering delicately fringed ter- minal pieces, which are 3 or 4 times as long in posterior as in anterior somites. Notopodial setee are few in number; when most numerous in the posterior region forming a small fan-shaped fascicle; simple, colorless, shorter but stouter than neuropodials, slender, slightly curved, very finely pointed, and with the rather coarse granulations confined to the convex border. Pharynx very long, the jaws in its retracted state in somite XLII; the longitudinal muscular fold larger than in G. foliacea, with a corre- sponding groove on the ccelomic face of the pharynx, and reaching for the entire length of the proboscis; owing to a half turn of the pha- rynx its posterior end passes spirally around to the ventral side, with the large jaws. Papille of two forms; very numerous bluntly conical ones measuring only .003 mm. in height are arranged in close irregularly oblique rows over the greater part of the surface; somewhat larger ones with compressed bifid summits occur more sparingly and are confined to the muscular ridge. Both have the cuticle thickened and have a single sensory pore just behind the apex. Predental lobes 16 or 18, diminishing slightly in size from the dorsal to the ventral side. Jaws black, opaque, forming a complete ring; larger ones somewhat dorsad, symmetrical, each with four claw-like teeth, diminishing in size dorso- mediad. Accessory jaws in a nearly regular ring, but the alternate ones, owing to somewhat smaller size, stand a little anterior to the others; with the exception of a very few unifid and trifid ones, all are bifid, and of similar form, with the two teeth nearly equal and some- what divergent, the bases irregularly rounded or with a pair of rather short forwardly directed processes; 13 occur between the dorsal inter- space, and 18 or 19 ventrally, the latter distance being about twice the former, and the jaws consequently less crowded. The color is pale yellow, the cirri and other terminal parts of the pos- terior parapodia with some brownish-yellow pigment; anterior part of body very pale with a pinkish iridescence. A noteworthy feature is the occurrence in this species, as in G. fol7- acea, of ventral, intersegmental dark spots on the posterior region. 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, They begin abruptly at somite LX XVII but are less distinct than in that species. Suruga Bay, 3,739, 35-65 fms. GLYCERIDA. Glycera gesi Mgrn. Iam quite unable to distinguish between this species and G. decipiens v. Marenz., under which latter name it has already been recorded in Japanese waters from the Bay of Miya. The examples from the ‘‘ Albatross” dredgings are all of small size. In some the gills are very regularly developed, in others most irregularly and in still others they are altogether retracted. They come chiefly from moderate depths at the more northern stations. Suruga Bay, 3,715, 65 fms.; 3,723, 13-16 fms.; Sendai Bay and north ward, 3,767, 14-18 fms.; 3,768, 25-27 fms.; 3,771, 61 fms.; 3,775, 57 fms. Glycera tesselata Grube. This species is widely distributed in the Atlantic Ocean, but has not been hitherto recorded from Pacific waters. Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms. Glycera alba Oersted. Like G. gesi this species is represented, with one exception, by small examples only and the gills are frequently minute vesicles. The tubercle which appears on the parapodium just above the branchia in Malmegren’s, but not in Oersted’s, figures is absent in all of these speci- mens. Sagami Bay, 3,702, 31-41 fms.; Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63 75 fms.; Suruga Bay, 3,740, 65 fms.; North Japan, 3,767, 14-18 fms.; 3,775, 57 fms., the latter the only large example taken. Glycera robusta Ehlers. The anterior end of the single large example by which this species is represented is interesting from the regular occurrence of small colo- nies of dichotomously branching ciliates between the parapodia. These bear a most striking resembling to the “gills” of G. opisthobrancht v. Marenz. ; Suruga Bay, 3,718, 65 fms. ARICIIDZ. Aricia fimbriata sp. noy. (Pl. XXIV, figs. 31-35.) A specimen comprising the head and 83 setigerous somites, with a length of 60 mm. and a maximum diameter of 7 mm., is the type of 1$03.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 this species. Form as usual in the genus, depressed, flat dorsally, strongly convex ventrally, stout anteriorly, and tapering into a long slender fragile posterior region. This is evidently a species of con- siderable size, but is represented by 3 short anterior ends and a frag- ment of the posterior end. Head mammiform, as viewed from above, with a dome-shaped basal piece incomplete ventrally, being cut into by a low median ridge which is continued to the mouth from the regularly conical pointed terminal piece. Mouth ventral, a rather small slit-like or slightly quadrate opening, bounded posteriorly by the 2d setigerous somite, laterally by the lobe-like thickenings of the 1st setigerous somite, and anteriorly by the caudal end of the prostomial ridge; its | four angles are prolonged into chinks passing into the furrows bounding the Ist setigerous somite, which is incomplete ventrally, and between the oral lobes of which the second setigerous somite is produced as a wedge-shaped hinder lip. Parapodia biramous throughout, the first 16 relatively low, with very broad attachment on lateral faces of somites; both notopodia and neuropodia with broad, more or less pectinate postsetal lobes, the latter much the better developed; posterior to the 18th the parapodia are entirely dorsal, the fimbriated postsetal lobes are replaced by simple ones, and the neuropodium is rudimentary. The 10th parapodium, which is typical of the anterior region, exhibits the following characters: The two rami separated by a narrow cleft; the neuropodium more than twice as broad as the notopodium, strictly lateral, consisting of an extensive, sessile, setee-bearing area about 4 times as long transversely as longitudinally, an obscure presetal lobe, and a postsetal lobe which is provided at a short interval from the setz with a high fold bearing about 12-14 conical marginal processes, the dorsalmost of which are somewhat enlarged; notopodium generally similar, the setigerous area raised as a very low compressed ridge, the postsetal lobe narrower but higher, in correspondence with the longer sete, obliquely and broadly palmate, somewhat like a moose’s antlers, and bearing about 8 marginal processes which trend dorsally, toward which side they are larger and the last sometimes bifid. Anteriorly the changes in the parapodia consist in a gradual reduction in size of the entire foot, with a diminution of the neuropodial setigerous areas in vertical extent, and a decrease in number of the postsetal processes, until the neuro- podium bears but 3 or 4, and the notopodium usually a larger bifid one. Posteriorly the neuropodial setigerous area suffers in extent by a reduc- tion from the posterior and dorsal borders, the postsetal lobe gradually 30 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, shrinks from the ventral margin, from which a few of its papille become detached and appear quite isolated on the body walls of the posterior somites of this region and the following transitional region; but such papille are few and small, and appear only on the lateral portions of somites XVI to XXI or some of these; the dorsal margin of the notopodial postsetal lobe, with its papille, elongates until it appears as a main stem bearing the remaining papille on its lateral side. The 17th and 18th parapodia are transitional but resemble those of the posterior region more closely; they are, however, less dorsal and usually exhibit a few papille just ventrad of the parapodia. The 19th is quite typical of the posterior region, directed dorsad from the upper part of the sides of the somite, neuropodium narrow but prominent and erect, with a small leaf-like ovate presetal process having a strong basal constriction, a small conical recurved postsetal process, and, below the constriction, a minute conical neuropodial cirrus, apparently derived from the dorsalmost postsetal papilla; noto- podium broader and much more conspicuous, consisting of a setigerous tubercle and a greatly enlarged, pointed, ovate-lanceclate, postsetal process nearly equalling the gill in length, with a constricted somewhat flattened base, and an asymmetrical wing to the blade-like extension of its lateral margin. Changes in the parapodia toward the posterior end consist in slight alterations in proportion of parts; the entire foot becomes more elongated and narrow, the notopodial postsetal lobe even larger and more leaf-like, assuming the form of the branchie, ‘except that its base is always constricted, and the neuropodium more reduced in size. Branchiz of nearly full size begin abruptly on the 5th setigerous somite and continue as far as the material reaches toward the posterior end; strictly dorsal, separated by 4 the width of the back; anteriorly broadly, then narrowly lingulate, pointed, broadly attached, with a central axis containing 2 blood vessels connected by numerous trans- verse loops arranged in doubly pinnate fashion; branchiz of a pair united with each other and with the corresponding notopodia by deli- cate transverse integumental folds. Sete all more or less tapering and acutely pointed. Neuropodials arranged in a dense phalanx, very numerous, rather stout, of two kinds, with transitional forms; those of the anterior ranks shorter, densely fibrillated, olive colored, strongly curved in a more or less sinuous manner, the edge corresponding to the principal convexity distinetly serrated with delicate transverse ridges partly encircling the shaft; those of the posterior ranks much longer, more slender, less strongly 1903.] - NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 curved, the exposed part lighter in color and spirally canaliculated around a slender fibrous core which usually appears to be somewhat eccentric. Notopodial sete in a dense spreading tuft, longer than neuropodials especially toward the dorsal margin of the bundles, but similar in form to the second kind, the spiral canal of smaller calibre, and correspond- ing to an external spiral raised line, which latter alone persists toward the end. Sete of posterior region few in number (only about 6 or 8 in the neuropodium), similar in both rami, very long, slender, straight and stiff, longitudinally striated, the terminal half with a delicate marginal serrature which appears to be due to a series of about $ collars slightly .overlapping, and on one side separated from the shaft by a distinct space, thus foreshadowing the canaliculated form of seta. A few short delicate setz with bifid tips, the two divisions of which are fringed on their opposed faces with fine hairs, also occur in the neuro- podium. Anteriorly the neuropodial acicula are inconspicuous, but on the 13th to 16th parapodia inclusive they largely replace the ordinary setz and become very much enlarged with subterminal thickenings, pointed ends, and a deep brown color; they project as a row of 5-7 short spines, except the dorsalmost one, which in most cases has its entire spindle- shaped terminal half exposed. In the posterior region there are 3 neuropodial and one notopodial acicula, slender, acute, with the tip sculptured for a short distance, exactly as in the sete. Suruga Bay, 3,709, 173-260 fms.; 3,724, 20 fms.; North Japan, 3,/68, 25 fms.; 3,771, 61 fms. CIRRATULIDA. Cirratulus gibbosus sp. noy. (Pl. XXVI, fig. 72.) Form of preserved specimens stout anteriorly, flat below, strongly arched above; slender, pointed, and much depressed posteriorly. The type and largest specimen has 105 somites, is 832 mm. long, and 6.5 mm. wide at XXX, the widest part. Prostomium a short and broad lip about 3 times as wide as long, with a transverse row of 4 to 6 conspicuous, reddish-brown eyes on each side of a median interval of about 4 the width of the prostomium. Mouth small. Peristomium a prominent, swollen, gibbous ring, as long as the prostomium and elevated above the level, both of this and the succeeding somites. Next follows a neck-like region of 6 very short somites without sete or branchiw. The succeeding few somites 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, widen abruptly and these and all others are uniannulate. Anus minute, slightly dorsal. The branchiz begin as a tuft of 3 or 4 small ones on each side of VIII just above the parapodia; on IX a large tuft of upward of 15 arises from a transverse area which extends from the parapodia nearly to the middle line, while each of the succeeding somites back as far as the be- ginning of the posterior + bears a single pair which arises close to the posterior margin about midway between the parapodia and the dorsal mid-line, except anteriorly where the place of origin is lower and more irregular. Posteriorly the size of the branchiz varies; small and large ones alternate in a very irregular way. The parapodia consist of small, well-separated neuropodial and notopodial tubercles which begin with the sete on VIII. For about the first 12 or 13 somites only capillary sete are present in the noto- podial tubercles, beyond that they are mixed with blunt spines, while all of the neuropodial tubercles contain both spines and capillary sete. The number of both is always small, about 5 capillary in anterior notopodia, usually 2 of each in anterior neuropodia, 1 of each in pos- terior notopodia, and 1 capillary and 2 spines in posterior neuropodia. Capillary sete little elongated, but few of them exceeding the distance between the two setigerous tubercles, pale greenish, slightly obliquely striated and fringed on one margin, slender, tapering. Spines simple, slightly sigmoid, greenish yellow, translucent and unstriated; one of the notopodials usually somewhat enlarged. Sagami Bay, 3,703, 31 fms. Chetozone spinosa sp. nov. (Pl. XXVI, figs. 73, 74.) The type, a complete specimen of 112 somites, is 65 mm. long and 5 mm. in breadth at the end of the anterior 4. The head is very dis- tinetly separated from the body by a deep furrow behind the peristo- mium, broadly top-shaped as seen from above, bluntly pointed and about as broad as long. Prostomium nipple-shaped, separated from the peristomium by a furrow dorsally and laterally, but on the ventral side reaching back to mouth as a narrow pointed upper lip, behind which is a pair of palp-like lobes bounding the mouth at the sides. Peristo- mium much enlarged, considerably wider than the next somite and fully twice as long above as below; smooth, regularly rounded, with a faint transverse constriction above and laterally. No eyes and no visible sensory pits. Mouth ventral, with an anchor-shaped anterior extension between the palp-like lobes, bounded posteriorly by a smooth under lip. Body somewhat depressed anteriorly, more or less quadrate posteri- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 orly, tapering gradually from end of anterior 4 both ways; both dorsal and ventral surfaces smooth, the former depressed between the dorsal ends of the parapodia, by which it is sharply bounded, and than which it is narrower, the latter wider, not depressed and passing gradually at the sides into the parapodia. Somites rather long, uniannulate, and, with the exception of the first, very distinct and sharply marked by deep furrows; the first united broadly at the sides and by a narrow median dorsal tract to the peristomium, posteriorly rather indistinctly separated from thesucceeding somite; it bears an acheetous parapodium ; last 7 or 8 somites becoming rapidly smaller and the last 3 appar- ently achetous. Pygidium prominent, expanded, somewhat funnel- shaped, and looking obliquely upward; anus in its centre. Parapodia low but distinct, transverse lateral ridges equal to about 4 of body circumference; anteriorly they are wrinkled and entirely undivided, and pass without distinct boundaries into the ventral sur- face, but sharply limited dorsally where they rise above the level of the smooth area; farther back the dorsal delimitation becomes less and less distinct and the parapodium becomes somewhat differentiated into dorsal and ventral portions, which assume more divergert and prominent positions on the dorsal and ventral quadrants as the height of the body decreases. No branchie are in situ, but a few very long slender and much coiled filaments in the bottle probably belong to this worm, while very dis- tinct scars clearly indicate their disposition. Except about the last 10, each and every somite bears a pair of scars; anteriorly they are very conspicuous, and the first, which is between the dorsal end of the Ist parapodium and the prostomium and probably belongs to the latter, is much larger than the others. For about the next 17 somites the sears are at the extreme posterior margin of the somites and exactly on the level of the dorsal ends of the parapodia, but farther back, as the latter become less distinctly limited, the scars assume a_ progres- sively lower and then more anterior position, until in the posterior half of the body they are just behind the lowermost setz of the dorsal divi- sion, or nearly at the middle of the parapodium. The posterior scars become smaller but remain quite evident to the last. The sete present a striking contrast to those of C. abranchiata owing to the substitution in large part, for the delicate capillary sete of that species, of stiff, brittle, spinous setee which stand out in conspicuous whorls at the posterior end. In all parapodia the set are arranged in a single vertical rank of two groups, although anteriorly the interval between is so small that from the exterior they appear to be continuous. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, The notopodial group is the larger, and both consist of a fan-shaped groups of two kinds of sete intermixed, except in the last 20 or so somites where only one kind occurs. There are coarse, stiff bristles arranged at regular intervals, 8-10 in the dorsal, 6-8 in the ventral bun- dles, olive-green, densely striated and granulated internally, except toward the tip, curved, tapering rapidly to the attenuated outer 4, which is colorless and fringed along one margin with overlapping hairs or plates. Very slender hair-like sete are scattered among the coarse ones, and are 2 or 3 times as long as they, nearly colorless, with internal strie having a slight spiral turn, continuously tapering, slightly en- larged at base of exposed portion, and provided, except near the base, with very delicate half-round scales which are rather distant, usually alternate on the two sides and toward the tip become reduced to minute cilia-like processes. Posteriorly the coarse setee become much stouter, lose their delicate tips and form very prominent, slightly curved, blunt-pointed spines, while the capillary ones become smaller, and eventually disappear. Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms. Type only. Chetozone (?) abranchiata (Hansen). Under the name of Cirratulus abranchiatus Hansen described this species from much smaller specimens in which he found no trace of branchiz. Otherwise his specimens closely resemble those collected by the ‘ Albatross,” which are referred to Hansen’s species on the supposition that the types were imperfect. As this opinion may be erroneous a description is added. Form short and very stout and thick in the contracted specimens, tapering about equally to the two ends which are similarly bluntly pointed ; somewhat depressed with dorsal and ventral surfaces about equally convex and the parapodia forming a somewhat thickened marginal ridge. The type has 127 somites and is 38 mm. long by 8 mm. wide. The other specimen is larger. ’ Prostomium obtusely rounded, somewhat upturned, Jess than twice as broad as long; no eyes; mouth rather slit-like with lateral lips. Per- istomium a simple ring not especially enlarged, resembling the next 2 somites which are much shorter than the prostomium but more than twice the length of the succeeding somites. First 3 somites achzetous but not especially marked off from the succeeding ones, the increase in width being regular, though rapid; remaining somites short and uni- annulate, the last few indistinct. Anus minute, dorsal, above a small tubercle-like pygidium. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 Parapodia represented by small, simple neuropodial and notopodial tubercles united by a slight transverse ridge. But very few of the branchiz remain and the scars are so obscure that the arrangement at the anterior end cannot be determined with certainty; for the greater part of the anterior 3 of the body a pair springs from each somite just above the notopodial tubercles but toward the end of the branchial region the arrangement becomes somewhat irregular, the branchize usually occurring at intervals of 2 or 3 somites without change in position. The notopodial and neuropodial tubercles each bears a tuft of 15-20 very soft elongated slender capillary sete of a pale greenish color and homogeneous vitreous structure; many of them exhibit an indistinct flattened region of greater or less extent which appears more of the nature of an accidental crushing than a normal structure. These sete are exceedingly fine and long, very nearly equalling 4 the diameter even of the much contracted body, and appear to the naked eye as conspi- cuous tufts of very fine whitish hairs. At the posterior end they are somewhat shorter but not enlarged or otherwise different. Compared with the capillary sete of C. spinosa those of this species are less than % the diameter and fully 4 longer, much softer and under an equal magnification lack altogether the surface markings of that species. Suruga Bay, 3,726, 26 fms.; Sendai Bay, 3,767, 14-18 fms. TEREBELLIDA. Amphitrite bifurcata sp. noy. (Pl. X XVI, fig. 78.) The type is 70 mm. long and 7.8 mm. in maximum diameter, and consists of 59 somites. Prostomium a long prominent somewhat horse-shoe-shaped lip with- out complicating folds, but slightly rolled up and bent back against the bases of the tentacles, behind which there is a low transverse ridge. Noeyes. Tentacles long, longitudinally grooved, in a continuous row of about 22. Peristomium a short simple ring, with a slightly free ventral margin which covers the special lower lip, and no dorsal papille or compli- cating structures. Mouth large, with a wide lower lip besides the peris- tomium. The body, as usual in this genus, is somewhat enlarged anteriorly, more slender posteriorly, and throughout its length strongly arched above and flat or concave below. Segments not very distinctly indi- cated and, except for a few biannulate anterior ones, only obscurely annulated. Somites II, II, and IV with their anterior margins more 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, or less freely produced at the sides and the latter 2 partly coalesced ventrally; no dorsal papille. Ventral plates 10, on somites V to XIV, the first 9 narrow parallelograms, the last broadly elliptical and some- what separated from the others. Anus large, terminal, its margin faintly wrinkled. Branchiz 3 pairs, on II, III, and IV, much branched, the number of divisions about equal on all, but somewhat shorter posteriorly. They have very nearly the form of the branchie of A. johnstoni Mern., and consist of a more or less bent and twisted main stem from which the filaments arise at intervals and divide dichotomously once, twice, or, rarely, even 3 times, or a few remain simple; the basal branches are long and slender, but the length gradually decreases until the apical ones are very short. On the thoracic segments the parapodia are represented by rather broad ridges, the setigerous tubercle being merely a more prominent projection at its dorsal end slightly caudad of the line of the uncini. The second uncigerous torus is the longest, but the decrease in size is very slight to the last thoracic segment and is accompanied by a slight ventral shifting. The abdominal parapodia are rather large, fleshy and strongly bent, and bear a striking resemblance to the so-called false feet of a lepidopterous caterpillar, but posteriorly become more slender and sloping, and finally diminished in size; all are situated on the ventro-lateral angles of the body. Capillary setz occur on IV to XX inclusive, uncini from V to the pre-anal somite inclusive. The former have a narrow blade, nowhere exceeding 4 the diameter of the shaft, the blade fringed for about 4 its length, and a delicate smooth tip. The uncini are arranged in inter- locking double rows of about 170 (XX) on the thoracic somites from XI to XX; on all others in a simple series directed forward; on each parapodium of somite XXX there are 80. Their bases are short with the internal margin strongly convex, the anterior end rounded, the pos- terior pointed, and a prominent subrostral process; the rostrum long, very acute, and strongly hooked, the sinus narrow, vertex much ele- vated with a prominent crest of at least five transverse rows of spines, of which the first contains 5 or 6 large ones and the last 8 to 10 small ones. The abdominal uncini are much smaller, with relatively shorter bases, the neck narrower and the crest higher, with more numerous rows of spines. The uncini are nearly colorless, the capillary setze glistening yellow. North of Sendai Bay, 3,768, 25 fms., type and one other specimen with portions of a thick mud tube. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 Amphitrite cirrata Muller. North Japan, 3,771, 61 fms., numerous specimens of small size. Pista cristata (Muller) Mgrn. Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms.; North Japan, 3,771, 61 fms. The branchie exhibit the usual asymmetry. The papille above the setigerous processes are on the posterior end of VI and VII, not on VII and VIII, as they are said to be in European specimens. Scionella gen. noy. Sides of the first 4 somites bearing prominent wings; a single pair of branchie arising from a transverse dorsal fold; setze begin on IV. Scionella japonica sp. noy. (Pl. XXYVI, figs. 79, 80.) The type, which consists of 49 somites, a few of the posterior ones having been lost, measures 70 mm. long and 5.5 mm. in greatest diam- eter. Rather slender, and only very indistinetly divided into thoracic and abdominal regions. Prostomium a rather thick, prominent, trefoil-shaped fold, which projects stiffly out above and at the sides of the mouth, its margin somewhat rolled outward, a dorsal ridge behind the tentacles. No visible eyes. Tentacles at least 15 on each side, rather large, grooved longitudinally but in these specimens much contracted, broad and flat. Peristomium distinct all around, produced ventrally into a free margin, within which the rather large quadrate lower lip is visible, and which ends laterally in a pair of wing-like lateral lobes; dorsally very short, appearing as a mere ridge behind the tentacular ridge and bearing a dorsal pre-branchial tubercle on each side. The 2d, 3d and 4th somites have no ventral folds but bear still more prominent wing-like lateral lobes, which rise successively to a higher level and overlap from behind. Those of somite IV are united across the dorsum by a high transverse fold which slopes upward and forward above III and bears the gills on its free edge. The next 10 somites are well marked, triannulate dorsally and with distinct ventral plates which undergo no change in form except that the last has roughly the form of an equilateral triangle. Somewhat large and swollen postbranchial tubercles occur above the parapodia on all somites of this region as far as XIV. The whole region is somewhat depressed, smooth, and convex above, flattened below, with distinct longitudinal grooves above and below the parapodia. The next 10 or 12 somites are large and their boundaries indistinct, while the remaining ones are sharply defined, shorter, and distinctly subdivided into annuli. Throughout the greater part of the abdominal region the dorsum is arched and the 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, venter flat, with a neural groove, but near the caudal end the body is more depressed. The single pair of branchiew, which arise as indicated above from the 4th somite, are large and conspicuous and divided into numerous filaments, which are so crowded that they appear to arise together from a common point, but which really spring in a unilateral pinnate fashion from a spirally wound stem. The latter makes about 3 turns, but owing to the closeness of the filaments, the bases of which are in actual contact, the number is somewhat uncertain. In line with the branchie somites II and III both bear dorsal tubercles, which are especially prominent on III, on which, in both specimens, a second smaller tubercle occurs at the base of the larger one; these are prob- ably reduced gills, and, were it not for the exact correspondence of the two specimens, might be supposed to be regenerating. On somites VI, VII and VIII short but prominent processes are present between the setigerous and uncigerous tori, just behind the sete line. A small sense-organ may be found in a corresponding posi- tion in relation to most of the posterior parapodia. Sete begin on IV as a small tuft high up at the foot of the dorsal fold. On allremaining somites the parapodia are ventro-lateral, but as the uncigerous ridges are much longer on the anterior than the posterior thoracic somites, the slender sete are at first more elevated in position, and gradually sink as the uncigerous tori diminish in extent. The abdominal parapodia have the base contracted and the dorsal angle somewhat produced. Slender setze are found on 17 somites, from IV to XX inclusive, are rather few in number, especially on IV, and are always arranged in a short compact verticalrow. The shafts are pale yellow, fibrous, rather long, more or less strongly curved in a sigmoid fashion toward the end, with a mucronate tip, below which each side is provided for a short distance with a rather broad, delicately striated wing with entire margin terminated rather abruptly at its distal end. Different sete differ greatly in their curvature and the extent of the wings, some being nearly straight with almost symmetrical wings, others almost angulated with the greatest width of the wings alternating. Uncini are found in all somites except the first four. In the thoracic region they face alternately backward and forward, and interlock in a double row, are nearly colorless, with short somewhat triangular bases, a short neck, narrow sinus, strongly hooked, stout, acute rostrum and an apical crest of 5 transverse rows of spines, the lowermost consisting of about 4, the others much more numerous, up to 10 or 12. In the abdominal region 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 the uncini have the number of apical spines greater and all face for- ward in a single much-crowded row, which on X XV contains 65, while a thoracic torus (XVIII) contains 160. A decided purplish tint remains anteriorly, otherwise the color is all gone. North Japan, 3,775, 57 fms., type only; Suruga Bay, 3,378, 167 fms. Polymnia nesidensis (Del. Ch.) Marenz, var. japonica nov. The Japanese examples differ constantly from the European as de- scribed by v. Marenzeller, Saint Joseph and others in the longer stalks and fewer branches of the gills and in the less elevated heads of the uncini in which the rostrum and the contiguous margin of the base are parallel. Sagami Bay, 3,704, 94 fms.; Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms.; Sendai Bay, 3,768, 25 fms., type. Loimia arborea sp. noy. (Pl. X XVII, figs. 81, 82.) The type of this species is 120 mm. long and nearly 10 mm. in diam- eter in the thoracic region; it consists of 74 somites. Form robust, with the anterior or thoracic region of 19 somites contributing nearly + of the entire length. Prostomium very broad, prominent, almost surrounding the mouth, except for the space occupied by the small tubercle-like lower lip, thrown into 3 deep vertical folds, of which the median is much higher than the symmetrical laterals. Tentacles very fewin number (many perhaps detached, though the scars are not visible), small, broad and flattened, the larger ones almost foliaceous in the contracted state, marked at regular intervals by 4 or 5 transverse bands. No eyes visi- ble. Prostomium with a prominent free anterior border ventrally and laterally, ending above in a pair of conspicuous rounded lobes, just internal to which, on the dorsal surface, is a pair of smooth rounded emi- nences similar to those which occur on succeeding somites. Somites II and III are only obscurely distinct ventrally, but quite so, though short, dorsally; II has a free anterior border, much like the peristomium, and still more prominent dorso-lateral lobes, which are, perhaps, contributed partly by III. Succeeding somites, both of the thoracic and abdominal regions, are well separated, and more or less distinctly annulated. Well defined ventral plates occur on somites V to XI, occupying the entire distance between the uncigerous tori, but becoming rapidly smaller as the tori extend and shift to a more ventral position; the last one is divided by a cross furrow, the others are entire ; 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, on XII and XIII the plates are continued by an indistinet, much wrinkled and subdivided glandular area, while anteriorly both IV and III are glandularly thickened. on the ventral surface. On the first 10 or 11 somites a smooth rounded glandular (?) elevation occurs on each side just dorsad and mediad of the notopodial tubercle; on the anterior postbranchial somites these tubercles run together into a low longitudinal ridge. Anus terminal, large. There are 3 pairs of branchie on II, III and IV, the first somewhat the largest, and the third slightly the smallest, all beautifully arbores- cent, with about 6 main branches from a central stem, and numerous and fine subdivisions with a somewhat spiral arrangement, resulting in a rather acute conical form, which in life must be very beautiful and conspicuous. The third somite bears a dorsal setigerous tubercle only on its dorso- lateral angles; the next 16 have dorsal setigerous tubercles and ventral uncigerous tori. The latter are at first high up, but gradually assume a more ventral position, until the last 9 are almost entirely on the ventral surface, and the last 7 or 8 are separated by a median interspace not exceeding their own transverse extent, which increases from before caudad. Slender setze in a dense tuft, arranged more or less in the form of an are or horseshoe open ventrally or anteriorly. They are of two kinds: simple colorless capillary sete, not especially slender, and glis- tening straw-colored lance-shaped sete, with strongly fibrillated shaft, and the end broadly margined on one side, narrowly on the other, both flanges reaching nearly to the tapering pointed tip, and marked with oblique fibrille, which sometimes wear into a slight fringe, especially on the broader margin. On somites IV to XIX the uncini are arranged in 2 rows, opposite and facing each other, when retracted, in a groove; on the abdominal segments they form a single short row facing the head on the extreme end of the uncigerous process. Their number is very great in the pos- terior thoracic segments, the posterior row on XIX containing 260 and the anterior row evidently a considerably greater number. As in other species of the genus the uncini are broad, flat pectinate plates, the thoracic ones very constantly bearing 5 long sharp curved pro- cesses, With a rudimentary apical 6th, and a minute tooth between the first spine and the anterior muscular process of the base; the abdominal uncini have the 6th process usually well developed and the muscular processes more pronounced. Suruga Bay, 3,723, 13-16 fms., type only. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2.7/7 Trichobranchus bibranchiatus sp. nov. (Pl. XXVI, figs. 3-85.) The largest specimen has a length of 16 mm. for 29 somites, the cau- dal end being absent; the thoracic diameter is 2 mm.; almost double the abdominal. Prostomium restricted to the region above the mouth, bilobate, con- sisting of a pair of rounded tentaculiferous cushions incompletely separated posteriorly. No eyes. Tentacles very numerous, forming a thick tangled mass above the mouth; they are of two forms, slender ones, which are by far the most numerous, arising from the entire mar- gin of the cushions, and much larger ones, the ends of which are often broad and flat, whose origin is confined to the anterior and median region of the cushion border. Peristomium simple, short above, much enlarged below to form a very high thick lip, the exact limits of which are uncertain owing to the partial protrusion of the buccal chamber. Connected with the peristomium and probably peristomial in origin is a pair of very wide, thin, delicately nerved, wing-like lobes, which arise on each side from beneath the prostomium and extend prominently laterally and ante- riorly to a distance considerably exceeding the length of the prosto- mium. The remaining somites are regular and distinetly marked, with- out collars or lateral lobes to any of the anterior ones; the setigerous ones of 2 annuli, of which the anterior is usually the largest and bears the tori. The thoracic region, comprising the first 20 somites, is thick and quite terete, the abdominal suddenly contracted to 4 the diameter of the thoracic, and flattened or even longitudinally grooved on the ventral surface. Two pairs of simple unbranched gills arise from the dorsum of somites II and III; they are slender and tapering and their length considerably exceeds the greatest diameter of the body. The thoracic setigerous tori are elevated flattened tubercles, the uncigerous tori very small and low; abdominal uncigerous tori also very small but quite conspicuously elevated. Slender setze begin on VI and continue to XX, or for 15 somites. They form a short vertical rank of 14 to 20, usually in pairs of 1 large and 1 small seta. Setz almost colorless, slightly curved, tapering, pointed, with entire tip and narrowly doubly winged margins. Uncini also begin on VI, and occur on all the following somites. They are always arranged in a single row, with their points directed forward and, on the thoracic somites, toward the dorsum; the series is slightly caudad of the slender sets on the thoracic somites and begins almost in contact with them. ‘The first torus (on VI) is short, and contains about 14 uncini, the number increasing to 32 on IX, and decreasing after XVI 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, to 23 on XX, the last thoracic somite. The thoracic uncini spread in a fan-shaped figure; they are colorless or pale brown, long, slender, with curved somewhat striated stem, increasing slightly in diameter to the surface of the body, then suddenly contracting to a narrow neck beyond which even more abruptly expanding into the remarkably bird- like head, with a blunt beak and a crest of 5 or 6 finely divided trans- verse rows of very numerous teeth, together having a nearly spherical form as viewed from above. The abdominal uncini number about 35 in the anterior somites, and are arranged in a marginal row about the torus, to the center of which the slender ligaments converge. They are nearly colorless, with short, broad, nearly triangular bases, upon which the only slightly expanded head is sessile; rostrum prominent and above it 2 or sometimes 3 transverse rows of numerous spines. Station not given on label. There is considerable conflict between the several published accounts of T. glacialis Mern., but the present species differs decidedly from those described from typical European localities in the entire absence of eyes, the wider cephalic wings, constancy of 2 pairs of gills, the form of the uncini and greater number of slender sete. Terebellides stroemi Sars. The typical variety of this nearly cosmopolitan species occurs in Sen- dai Bay, 3,767,14 to 18 fms., and probably in Suruga Bay, 3,724, 20 fms. Var. japonica nov. All of the specimens of Terebellides taken in Sagami Bay differ from the typical variety in having a much smaller number of prostomial ten- tacles and wider margins to the slender sete. They have a length up to 70mm. The proportions of the gill lobes vary considerably; and in one example from 3,704, the posterior lobes are undeveloped. Sagami Bay, 3,695, 175-190 fms., types; 3,698, 153 fms.; 3,704, 94 fms.; 3,738, 167 fms. AMPHARETIDZ. Amphicteis japonica McIntosh. Two fine specimens taken at station 3,771 are much larger than those originally described by McIntosh from south of Yedo; they measure 45 mm. in length. The branchie are perfect and are round as in A. gunnert, not flattened as doubtfully stated by McIntosh; the uncini are also somewhat narrower than is figured for the types, but other specimens conform exactly to the originals in this respect. The tube is tough and parchment-like, and covered with a thick coating of fine silt. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms.; Sendai Bay and northward, 3,767, 14-18 fms.; 3,771, 61 fms. AMPHICTENIDA. Cistenides hyperborea Mgrn. Off Kamchatka this species was found in very great numbers on a soft muddy bottom in shallow waters, and a single small example in Sendai Bay. The paleoli vary somewhat in number and length, but are almost invariably 12 or 13 on each side. In the specimens from station 3,777 they are so thickly incrusted with a brownish deposit as to appear club-shaped. Sendai Bay, 3,767, 14-18 fms., one small example; off Kamchatka, 3,776, 3,777, 3,780, 12-13 fms. MALDANIDA. Nicomache (?) inornata sp. nov. (PI. X XVII, figs. 86, 87, 88.) Head and 14 anterior setigerous somites only known, these having a length of 55 mm. and a diameter of 3mm. Owing to the absence of the anal funnel the generic reference is doubtful, the form of the setee having chiefly led to the selection of Nicomache rather than Lum- briclymene or a related genus. Prostomium and peristomium completely coalesced into a rather slender head, which is twice as long as thick and truncated at a rather acute angle; prostomial lobe or palpode pointed, curved dorsad, con- tinuous with both median ridge and lateral margins of cephalic plate; cephalic plate indistinct, its posterior half somewhat gibbous, the an- terior concave, passing with rounded margins into the dorsal and lat- eral surfaces of the head, no produced marginal folds; median ridge about 4 length of cephalic plate, rather low and broad, passing anteri- orly into palpode, posteriorly indistinctly into gibbous portion of head; sensory grooves well marked on each side of ridge and external to these again triangular depressed areas bounded by the lateral margins of cephalic plate. Peristomial region of head slightly compressed ; mouth rather large, ventral, bounded posteriorly by a prominent pouting, but rather narrow, lip. First 4 setigerous somites short, cylindrical, decreasing slightly in length, each with an anterior annular ridge just in front of the seta line; succeeding segments longer and more slender, but never much elongated, boundaries very obscure after VIII; somites VI to IX with anterior glandular rings but no distinct collars; all somites except the first 5 more or less marked with lateral vertical grooves and folds. Head and anterior region of body very smooth. Tori indistinct and laterad on anterior somites, thick swollen and more ventral after LX, 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Capillary setze of 2 kinds, both few in number, in the dorsal bundles; those found on all setigerous somites are relatively large, fibrillated, tapering, the tips acute and sometimes curved, with a short distinct flange on one side. Fringed capillary sete are found in the middle so- mites; colorless, very slender, with elongated tips, with rather widely separated, short hairs closely appressed to, and usually arranged in pairs on both sides of the shaft of the seta. Farther back these are replaced by sete which are doubly winged at the base of the exposed portion, beyond which are extremely long faintly fringed capillary tips. Crochets yellow, with curved tapering fibrous stems, which are not shouldered and only slightly enlarged at the surface of the body; exposed portion long and slender, the head not much enlarged, but provided with a very long, sharp beak, the tip of which is slightly re- curved; accessory teeth 4 to 6, the first large and typically standing sharply apart from the beak, the others also slender and distinct, except the 1 or 2 smallest, which are more obscure and fibrous; guard greatly developed, in 2 lateral halves, each formed of about 23 strong hairs joined together above the teeth by a membrane-like band beyond which the hairs are much finer and may constitute a delicate fibrillated web, arching over the basal half (not the tip) of the principal hook and meet- ing the opposite half of the guard above; no distinct subrostral process. On somite V the crochets are only bent, not hooked, with one large and one smaller blunt vitreous process, and a group of small fibrous ones; guard, if perfect in the example studied, consisting of a few gently curved subrostral hairs oe only as far as the point of the principal spine. Acicula bright yellow, one each on ventral side of tori ot II, III and IV, stout, tapering to a blunt point, and fibrous. T ubes fragile, of coarse, dark-colored sand grains and bits of shell. Suruga Bay, 3,713, 65 fms.; 3,725, 13 fms., type. Clymene mirabilonga sp. nov. (Pl. XXVII, figs. 89-93.) Head uniannulate, the prostomium and peristomium completely united, short, somewhat compressed, vertical diameter equal to great- est length on ventral side; mouth ventral, large, bounded posteriorly and laterally by a rugous crescentric fold, anteriorly by the wrinkled base of the rather narrowly triangular, pointed, prostomial lobe or palpode; cephalic plate very broad, nearly orbicular when the limbate margin is spread, broadly oval when viewed from above with margin in normal position, the margin divided by a pair of clefts into anterior and posterior lobes, of which the latter is 3 as long as the former; pos- terior lobe suberect, faintly divided by median and lateral emargina- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 tions into 4 slightly marked sub-lobes; anterior lobes also suberect, much higher than posterior, with smooth, rounded, entire margins anteriorly meeting the palpode, from which they are separated by a distinct sulcus; median ridge nearly ? length of cephalic plate, very narrow, high and prominent, with a sharp compressed summit, of equal width throughout, ending anteriorly in a short palpode about 3 times its width but still narrow; sense organs bounding median ridge rather broad, shallow depressions, included with the ridge in a narrow lyre- shaped area occupying the middle 4 of the cephalic plate exclusive of the limbate margin, with its base dorso-caudad, while the arms fade out anteriorly to the sides of the palpode. Head and anterior somites divided into numerous small raised areas which under a lens have an appearance and lustre like the human skin. First 4 setigerous somites short, diameter and length about equal, and length slightly decreasing to the 4th, first very broadly attached to the peristomium; from the 5th setigerous somite (VI) the length increases to X, though LX, which is separated from X only by a very obscure furrow, is somewhat shorter than VIII; no specially developed collar, though each anterior somite is extended into a low fold which somewhat embraces its predecessor, and which is strongly glandular on VII, VIII and IX; last 3 setigerous somites (intervening ones un- known) decreasing in length, cylindrical, the last in this specimen much shorter than thick, but probably it and the following achxtous somites are considerably contracted; 2 preanal and anal somites very short, slightly telescoped, with posterior margin prominent, and on the anal somite forming a sharp annular shoulder from the center of which the anal funnel arises. Anal funnel with a short stalk, having a diameter of about 4 the body of the anal somite, but spreading in a low corolla form to the diameter of the latter, in length equalling the anal and one preanal somite; its margin regularly denticulate with 43 regular, pointed, triangular teeth longer and narrower than those of Axiothea campanulata, with an occasional one bifid, and none in the neural line, which is very distinct to the edge of the funnel; anus central, sur- rounded by minute papille and radiating ridges, but not elevated on a large central papilla. The relation of the funnel to the anal somite in the type specimen is probably due largely to contraction. First eight setigerous tori on anterior end of somites, the others posterior; anterior tori very low and obscure, becoming swollen and conspicuous by X; on last 3 setigerous somites prominent and reach- ing well ventrad, where they are separated by a median distance of about 4 their length, the interspace being occupied by a glandular area; 31 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, tori and glandular areas remain on the 2 preanal somites, and also slightly indicated on the anal but bear no sete. Peristomium and last 3 somites without sete. First 3 setigerous somites with a dorsal tuft of slender sete and a single ventral aciculum, but no crochets; other setigerous somites with a small dorsal fascicle of slender setz and a ventral series of crochets, the number of which increases for several somites caudad. The resemblance between the setz of this species and Nicomache capensis is noteworthy. Slender sete of 3 forms, the first, which occurs on all setigerous somites, is pale greenish-yellow, with a core of par- allel fibres, long, tapering, with a distinct wing on one margin and a much narrower one on the other, both leaving a long very fine tip free. The second form is confined to an undetermined number of anterior somites as far as X; colorless, exceedingly slender and very delicately doubly fringed. The third form is found only posteriorly, the anterior limit being undetermined; colorless, with a long, slender shaft of nearly uniform diameter, the terminal part of which bears rather broad chaff- like bearded processes, the exact arrangement of which cannot be deter- mined but appears to be singly spiral toward the tip, paired toward the base, the whole closely resembling the fruiting head of certain grasses. Anterior acicula simple, stout, pointed, slightly curved fibrous spines of a yellow color. Crochets yellow, with slender, tapering, curved, very fibrous stems, strongly shouldered at surface of body, then constricted to a narrow brittle neck, and again expanded terminally into a coarse broad head; terminal part unusually prominent and consequently frequently broken off; principal hook prominent, acute, rather slender and, except at the base, non-fibrillated ; supported and surmounted by 4-6 spines, of which the first is large and vitreous, the others much smaller and, like the expanded portion of the head, strongly fibrillated; beard greatly developed, consisting of a transverse row of a small number of tapering sickle-shaped hairs which arise from a stout transverse basal plate, supported on a slight subrostral shoulder, and curve high over the apex of the principal hook to end in fine curled tips above its base. The anterior crochets differ only in the position of the beard, which arises much closer to the rostrum than in the more posterior ones, and in their somewhat smaller size. The head and tail ends of the type specimens were found several miles apart. Suruga Bay, 3,714, 60 fms., head; 3,725, 13 fms., caudal end. 1903 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 Maldane sarsi Mgrn. This species has already been recorded by McIntosh from south of Yedo and by Wirin from the Vega collections in Bering Sea. The ‘“‘ Albatross”? examples are of small size and are referred somewhat doubtfully to this species as they differ from the published figures and descriptions in several respects. The palpode is much broader with very numerous eyes, the cephalic plate inclined to the longitudinal axis at a very acute angle, the median ridge posteriorly depressed and obscure, the anal plate broader-and each dorsal angle of the ventral lobe produced into a distinct spine. There are also some peculiarities of the sete. The anterior end, and especially the head, is generally closely spotted with reddish-brown. Sagami Bay, 3,695, 175-190 fms.; 3,798, 153 fms. Maldane coronata sp. nov. (Pl. XX VII, figs. 94, 95, 96.) This is a large species, the type of which measures 130 mm. long by 5 mm. in greatest diameter in a contracted state, while fragments of other specimens from the same locality are more than twice as large, so that a length of 300 or 400 mm. in life is not improbable. Head acute, cephalic plate narrowly ovate, produced anteriorly into a pointed thin process or palpode, limbate margin prominent, divided on each sife by a lateral cleft which passes into a deep slit on the side of the peristomium; the posterior half high, erect, its margin coarsely serrate with 15-22 teeth, which are large anteriorly, and pro- gressively diminish in size toward the dorsal mid-line; anterior half lower, more spreading, passing into the anterior palpode without sharp demarkation, its margin bearing on each side from 4 to 7 (com- monly 5) stiff processes, decreasing in size from behind forward, and the largest about 4 the width of head, often asymmetrical and some- times bifurcated; median ridge moderate, about 4 cephalic plate, its posterior end about opposite the most anterior marginal process, an- teriorly ending in much broader palpode, rather low and wide but prominent and sharply defined by deep, narrow, sensory grooves. Peristomium short, biannulated by the deep lateral grooves above alluded to, which cut off a small incomplete anterior ring. All following preanal somites (19 in number) are setigerous; II to V short and biannulate, the anterior annulus the larger; VI and VII transitional, the others uniannulate and elongated, the last few dimin- ishing somewhat in length, the furrows indistinct. Anus dorsal, external to funnel, between this and a prominent integumental fold which covers it. Anal funnel very large, divided by a pair of oblique lateral clefts into dorsal and ventral lobes; ventral 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, lobe the smaller but constituting most of the funnel proper, its margin variable in exact shape, but always somewhat uneven and irregular, crenulated or slightly toothed; dorsal lobe much more prominent and consisting chiefly of a large, flaring platform-like structure each side of which has 3 blunt angular marginal prominences, bearing as many slender filamentous processes nearly as long as the anal funnel. One very large specimen, of which only the posterior end is preserved, differs in having the ventral lobe very finely denticulated, the dorsal less flaring, with an even margin and bearing 11 filaments much shorter than usual. It may prove to be representative of a distinct species as other specimens of nearly equal size are quite typical in these respects. On the first 4 setigerous segments the sete are borne on thin wing- like vertically elongated ridges, on the remainder on thick swollen tori, which are especially prominent on VII, VIII and IX and on XVII, XVIII and XIX; on V, VI and VII the tori are united by transverse ventral thickenings, but elsewhere are quite distinct and entirely lateral. The tori are anterior on the first 9, posterior on the remaining setigerous somites. Somite II bears only capillary sete, III, IV and V a small ventral series of about 6 or 7 crochets, in addition to the slender seta, the other somites long ventral series of crochets, varying from 37 to 41 in each group on specimens of average size, and a small dorsal tuft of slender sete. Capillary sete have a hyaline cortex and a slightly yellowish fibrous core, the more superficial fibres of which are very accurately parallel, tip very acute but tapers mostly in the middle 4 of its exposed part; wingless on the first setigerous somite, but farther back the cortex is produced into a narrow flange on the dorsal side. Crochets stout, stems long, curved, tapering, with a distinct shoulder at the surface of the body and beyond it a narrow region which gradu- ally broadens into the beaked head. Those of the posterior regions have a strong transparent hook, the base of which is concealed in a hood-like covering of fibrillated spines which rise into a crest of four principal teeth; guard poorly developed, of only 8 or 10 curved hairs united for a considerable part of their length by an intervening deli- cate web; subrostral process small. Anterior crochets on II to V much less strongly hooked; those in the middle of the series with a large terminal process bent nearly at right angles to the shaft, about 4 smaller fibrous processes, and a beard; the dorsalmost similar but only shghtly bent. Color uniform pale grayish-brown; tori pinkish-orange. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 An abundant species represented by numerous examples from the following stations: Sagami Bay, 3,695, 175-190 fms. ; 3,698, 153 fms. ; ——— ~-— Praxilla challengerie McIntosh? A small fragment from the middle of the body bears set and crochets exactly like those of this species, but the reference is quite uncertain. The originals were dredged off the coast of Portugal. Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms. Axiothea campanulata sp. nov. (Pl. X XVII, figs. 97, 98, 99.) A single complete example represents this fine species. The length is 185 mm., the greatest diameter 6 mm., the number of somites 23, of which nineteen are setigerous. Prostomium and peristomium completely coalesced to form the head, which is truncate at an angle of about 45°, and is twice as long below as above. Cephalic plate broad oval in outline; the free margin nearly equally developed all around except where interrupted anteriorly by the free end of the median ridge, but more erect pos- teriorly, its margin smooth and entire, except for a shallow notch and reéntering angle on each side about 4 of the distance from the anterior end and opposite the posterior end of median ridge, anterior to which the margin rises slightly to form the anterior free lobes; median ridge pronounced, but short, reaching from the anterior end for 3 length of plate and ending in front in a small rounded, not expanded, lobe, which occupies the opening in the limbate margin at that point, bounded lat- erally by deep, narrow longitudinal chinks (nuchal sense-organs), from which a broader transverse groove passes to the lateral margin on each side, meeting it just in front of the notch. Mouth directed ventrad, surrounded by a regularly ribbed ring or wreath which is incomplete only anteriorly, the interval being occupied by the wrinkled base of the nearly triangular prostomial lobe (palpode), the rounded apex of which curves upward to join the anterior end of the median cephalic ridge. First 7 setigerous somites cylindrical, short, diameter and length about equal, no especially developed collar on any, but the anterior margin of each somewhat prolonged as a fold enveloping the preceding somite, especially on the ventral side; anterior fold of somites V to VIII glandularly thickened. The next apparent somite is elongated and bears sete at both anterior and posterior ends, whereas the pre- ceding somites bear them anteriorly and the succeeding posteriorly only, and therefore, although there is no indication of a furrow, is con- 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, sidered to represent somites [IX and X, forming a transition region between the 2 ends of the worm. Succeeding segments become nar- rower to the anal, but increase in length to XV, beyond which they eradually decrease; their form is somewhat club-shaped, being nar- row anteriorly, increasing to the region of the glandular tori near the posterior end, and again abruptly diminishing; in contraction the pos- terior end of each probably invaginable, forming low collars in reverse of those at anterior end. Somites VIII to XVIII marked laterally by a series of vertical furrows and folds, which become longer caudad; dorsum and venter smooth; anal and preanal somites marked by circular grooves and ridges extending all around. Neural line distinct for entire length, ending on margin of anal funnel between two teeth. Anal funnel very large, nearly equalling widest part of body, regularly bell-glass-shaped, somewhat longer than wide, margin completely and very regularly encircled by 31 short, triangular teeth of equal length, two of them being double, and the mid-ventral line being an interval between two teeth. Anus prominent, on a radially ridged papilla in the centre of the funnel, the cavity of which is rather shallow. Sete are present on 19 somites, the peristomium, anal and 2 preanal somites being achetous, though the latter retain the glandular tori. Setigerous tori are all situated on the sides of the ventral half of the body; those for capillary setze short, rather prominent non-glandular, double folds, from the cleft between which the sete appear; uncigerous tori narrow, raised ridges on first 3 setigerous somites, elsewhere glandu- lar elevations cleft at the apex, becoming long, thick and prominent posteriorly, and those of each pair on VI to X and XX and XXI united by glandular rings. Capillary setz only are found on II, and both capillary sete and uncini on all other setigerous somites. The largest number of the former occurs on II, decreases to IV, while V to XIX bear only a small but prominent dorsal fasciculus. Uncini are numerous from their first appearance, and increase in number from about 20 on III to 48 on somites of the posterior half, the tori having meanwhile increased to 3 times the length of those on III and extended so far ventrad as to be separated by a median distance of less than 4 their length. Capillary sete pale greenish-yellow, the slender exposed portions colorless with a vitreous cortex and a fibrous centre of remarkably regular arrangement, very fine, straight, tapering, acutely pointed, and delicately winged on the dorsal side on all somites. Uneini. yellow, somewhat smaller on the anterior and ventral por- tions of the posterior tori, those in the latter position differing some- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 what in shape. Typical uncini with rather slender curved internally fibrous stems, without a distinct shoulder but rather gradually thick- ened on one side, external to the body contracted in diameter and bent dorsad, then broadly expanded into the terminal head, which is pro- vided with one very large scarcely fibrous hook supported by usually 4 successively smaller fibrous ones, which do not form a cap-like struc- ture; guard or beard moderately developed, consisting of about 20 stiff slightly curved hairs, somewhat divergent from a prominent subrostral process and enclosing the tip of the principal hooked process. The type only known from Suruga Bay, 3,739, 55-65 fms. CHLORHAIMIDZA. Stylaroides borealis (Hansen). A single specimen which conforms closely to the description of this North Atlantic species, but is fully three times the length of the origi- nal specimens taken off the coast of Norway, was dredged at station 3,775, North Japan, in 57 fms. STERNASPIDA. Sternaspis scutata (Ranzani) Otto. The only difference which can be detected between these and Euro- pean specimens is that the gill plates of the former are slightly more prolonged anteriorly. Suruga Bay and vicinity, 3,709, 173-260 fms.; 3,739, 55-65 fms. 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, EXPLANATION OF PuatEs XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII. Unless indicated otherwise all sete figured are from somite X or that immediate neighborhood. Puate XXIII, Fig. 1.—EHumidea ceca, terminal portion of a neuropodial seta. < 480. 1a, the articulation of the same, < 820. Fig. 2.—Polynoa semierma, middle neuropodial. X 332. Fig 3.—The same, dorsal neuropodial. X 382. Fig. 4.—Scalesetosus formosus, dorsal neuropodial. > 480. Fig. 5.—Scalesetosus formosus, ventral neuropodial, outline only. > 480. Fig. 6.—Scalesetosus formosus, notopodial. X 480. Fig. 7.—Lepidonotus branchiferus, middle neuropodial. 130. Fig. 8.—Lepidonotus branchijerus, guard of a neuropodial seta in process of being shed. XX 130. Fig. 9.—Lepidonotus branchijerus, portion from the middle of a notopodial. x 586. Fig. 10.—Lepidonotus chitonijormis, middle neuropodial. »X 130. Fig. 11.—Lepidonotus chitoniformis, portion of a notopodial. X 586. Fig. 12—Lepidonotus celoris, middle neuropodial. X 332. Fig. 13.—Lepidonotus vexillarius, dorsal notopodial. X 480. Fig. 14.—Lepidonotus vezillarius, portion of middle notopodial. x 480. Fig. 15.—Lepidonotus vexillarius, ventral neuropodial. 332. Fig. 16.—Hylosynda carinata, middle neuropodial. X 332. Fig. 17.—Hylosynda carinata, notopodial. X 332. Fig. 18.—Hylosynda magnacornuta, middle neuropodial. X 110. PiaTE XXIV, Fig. 19—Letmatonice pellucida, notopodial. X 74. Fig. 20.—Letmatonice pellucida, neuropodial. 74. ‘ Fig. 21.—Restio enus, stout neuropodial. X 332. Fig. 22.—Restio @nus, slender neuropodial. X 332. Fig. 23.—Restio enus, slender seta from anterior rank. X 332. Fig. 24.—Restio enus, capillary seta. X 332. All of the sete figured in figs. 21-24 are from somite XV. Fig. 25.—Nereis pusilla, middle notopodial. > 480. Fig. 26.—Nereis pusilla, ventral neuropodial. > 480. Fig. 27.—Nereis pusilla, stout neuropodial from a posterior foot. X 480. Fig. 28.—Nereis paucidentata, typical notopodial. Xx 480. Fig. 29.—Nereis paucidentata, ventral neuropodial. > 480. Fig. 30.— Nereis paucidentata, stout posterior neuropodial. X 480. Fig. 31.—Aricia jimbriata, one of the stouter anterior neuropodials. X 332. Fig. 32.—Aricia fimbriata, a slender anterior neuropodial. X 332. 32a. A portion of the same. X 586. Fig. 33.—Aricia fimbriata, portion of a canaliculated posterior neuropodial represented as seen in optical section. > 820. Fig. 34.—Aricia jimbriata, portion of a capillary posterior notopodial. x 820. Fig. 35.—Aricia jfimbriata, an incomplete bifurcated notopodial. > 586. Pirate XXV, Fig. 36.—Eunice northioidea, compound seta from the middle of bundle. »X 480. Fig. 37.—Euwnice northioidea, pectinate seta. > 480. Fig. 38.—Eunice northioidea, uncinus from posterior foot. X 382. Fig. 39.— Eunice quinquifida, compound seta from middle of bundle. X 480. Fig. 40.—Eunice quinqutfida, pectinate seta. > 480. Fig. 41.—Eunice quinquifida, uncinus from LX. 332. Fig. 42.—Eunice mucronata, compound seta from X. XX 480. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 Fig. 43.—Eunice mucronata, compound seta from LVI. 480. Fig. 44.—Eunice mucronata, pectinate seta. > 480. Fig. 45.—Eunice mucronata, uncinus from XLI. 332. Fig. 46.—Eunice gracilis, compound seta. > 480. Fig. 47.—Eunice gracilis, pectinate seta from XLI. 480. Fig. 48.—Eunice gracilis, uncinus from posterior foot. > 332. Fig. 49.—Eunice medicina, compound seta. X 480. Fig. 50.—Eunice medicina, pectinate seta. X 480. Fig. 51.—Eunice medicina, uncinus from LV. x 332. ' Fig. 52.—Paranorthia brevicornuta, compound seta from 3d foot. 820. Fig. 53.—Paranorthia brevicornuta, compound seta from 4th foot. 480. Fig. 54.—Paranorthia brevicornuta, simple marginal seta from 10th foot. X 332. Fig. 55.—Paranorthia brevicornuta, pectinate seta from 13th foot. 480. Fig. 56.—Paranorthia brevicornuta, uncinus from 11th foot. > 480. Fig. Bie geophilijormis, part of appendix of compound seta, from i x6 480. Fig. 58.—Northia geophiliformis, pectinate seta from XXXV. 480. Fig. 59.—Northia geophilijormis, uncinus from XL. x 480. Fig. 60.—Onuphis cirrobranchiata, margined seta from dorsal ramus of XII. X 332. Fig. 61.—Onuphis cirrobranchiata, uncinus from V. X 332. Fig. 62.—Onuphis cirrobranchiata, uncinus from XXVII. X 332. Fig. 63.—Onuphis cirrobranchiata, funnel-shaped seta from XII. x 480. Pate XXVI, Fig. 64.—Laranda robusta, seta from dorsal group of XX. 130. Fig. 65.—Laranda robusta, aciculum and seta from ventral group of a pos- terior somite. 130. Fig. 66.—Notocirrus zonata, seta from dorsal group of a middle somite. X 332. Fig. 67.—Notocirrus zonata, one from ventral group of same. 332. Fig. 68.—Ninoe palmata, marginal seta from ventral bundle of XII. » 332 Fig. 69.—Ninoe palmata, similar one from dorsal bundle of XC. x 480. Fig. 70.—Ninoe palmata, margined and hooded uncinus from ventral bundle of XII. X 480. Fig. 71.—Ninoe palmata, uncinus from XC. x 480. Fig. 72.—Cirratulus gibbosus, a notopodial group of one blunt spine and one delicate fringed seta from LX. x 130. a, portion of the latter. x 586. Fig. 73.—Chetozone spinosa, from XXV. X 130. a and b, enlarged portions of the two set at the points indicated. » 586. Fig. 74.—Chetozone spinosa, spine from XCVI. 130. Vig. 75.—Goniada foliacea, a compound neuropodial of average length. x 586. Fig. 76.—Goniada foliacea, a notopodial from L. 586. Fig. 77.—Goniada distorta, a compound neuropodial seta. > 332. Fig. 78.—Amphitrite bifurcata, an uncinus. X 332. Fig. 79.—Scionella japonica, an average margined seta from the middle of the bundle. » 332. Fig. 80.—Scionella japenica, an uncinus. X 332. PuaTE XXVII, Fig. 81.—Loimea arborea, a margined seta from XV. X 110. a, portion of the same. x 586. Fig. 82.—Loimia arborea, uncinus from XV. 332. Fig. 83.—Trichobranchus bibranchiatus, slender seta. < 332. Fig. 84.—Trichobranchus bibranchiatus, uncinus. X 820. Fig. 85.—Trichobranchus bibranchiatus, uncinus from XXII. 820. Fig. 86.—Nicomache(?) inornata, portion of capillary seta from XV. > 480. Fig. 87,—Nicomache(?) inornata, end of crochet from XV. X 332. Fig. 88.—Nicomache(?) inornata, end of crochet from V. X 332. Fig. 89.—Clymene mirabilonga, simple capillary. 74. Fig. 90. Clymene mirabilonga, pinnately fringed capillary. > 480. 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Fig. 91.—Clymene mirabilonga, spirally fringed capillary. 110. Fig. 92.—Clymene mirabilonga, entire crochet from a posterior thoracic segment. X 32. Fig. 93.—Clymene mirabilonga, terminal portion of the same. 332. Fig. 94.—Maldane coronata, capillary seta from III. x 110. Fig. 95.—Maldane coronaia, end of dorsal crochet from III. X 332. - Fig. 96.—Maldane coronata, entire crochet from X. 332. Fig. 97.—Axiothea campanulata, capillary seta from II. 110, Fig. 98.—Asiothea campanulata, entire crochet. X 74. Fig. 99.—Asziothea campanulata, exposed portion of the same. X 332. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 491 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON AN ANT. BY ADELE M. FIELDE. In a preceding paper,' I described experiments showing that when pup and the ant-workers hatching therefrom are maintained in segre- gation, such ants refuse to affiliate with workers of their colony who are forty days or more older than themselves; and that ant-workers thus reared in segregation will not accept a queen much older than their mother. I believe it to be proven that the cause of the hostility of one colony to those of another colony of the same species and variety’ is a difference of contact-odor coincident with difference of age in the individuals composing the colony. The queen-mother alone deter- mining the inherent primitive odor of each of her offspring. I recently undertook the herein recorded experiments with a view to ascertaining whether any of the rays of light to which the ants are exposed in seeking food so affects their metabolism as to produce that difference of odor which is the cause of hostility between colonies of different age. On August 21, 1902, I put five queens and 200 workers, all of one colony and without young, into each of five new Fielde nests.* All ! “Notes on an Ant,’”’ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, December, 1902. * The ants used for the experiments described in that paper and in the present writing were Stenamma fulvwm piceum. 3 “Portable Ant Nests,”’ Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2,1900. An improve- ment suggested by Dr. W. M. Wheeler in the making of these nests may be read about in a note in his paper, ‘‘ Ethnological Observations on an American Ant,” 1903. He uses Diamond Cement for joining the glass portions of the nests. Should that cement not be easily obtainable, Major’s cement is also better than glue. I used for one year a nest stuck together by Major’s cement, and then immersed the nest in water for two weeks without loosening the glass parts. Dr. Wheeler also suggests the use of mica instead of glass in covering the hall- ways or passages between compartments. I have found celluloid film also better than the glass, and it is tougher than the mica. It is better to darken the nest by glueing black cloth over the outside walls rather than by painting them, the cloth being more effective and more durable than the paint. I also find that if a thin pane of orange-colored glass be used for the roofing, instead of the transparent glass, the ants are little disturbed by the lifting of the opaque outside cover, and that their behavior may then be studied with assur- ance that it is the same as when they were in darkness. The ideal ant-nests would, I think, be secured were the patterns of the Fielde nests reproduced in white porcelain. Such nests, topped with Turkish towelling, which can easily be renewed when soiled, and with a roofing of orange-colored 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,. the ants were freshly captured from a single wild nest. My first arti- ficial nest was roofed with transparent glass, and is hereinafter referred to as the white nest. The second nest was roofed with double panes of indigo glass, transmitting no light-rays lower in the spectrum than blue. The third nest was roofed with double panes of blue and purple glass, transmitting no light-rays lower than blue, and showing under the spectroscope a very broad band of violet. As the ants in the second and third nests behaved nearly alike, I shall refer to these two nests as the violet nests. The fourth nest was roofed with double panes of orange glass, transmitting only red and green rays, and this nest is referred to as the orange nest. The fifth, the dark nest, had an opaque roofing. All the nests were kept on a table in the diffused daylight that entered a large window, underneath a gas-jet that burned several hours at night. The temperature and the humidity were nearly alike for all the nests, and the same food was supplied to all on the same days. There was hever any communication between the nests. From the beginning, the ants in the white nest and in the violet nests behaved alike in their efforts to seek shelter from the light-rays enter- ing their respective abodes. At first they packed themselves into the hallways, coming out only at night or in very cloudy days for food. The ultra violet rays entering the white and the violet nests, were those that drove the ants to shelter. These rays are invisible to the human eye, and are not shown by the spectroscope; but Forel’s ants,’ Formica sanguinea and Formica subsericea, withdrew from the isolated ultra- violet rays as from full daylight. For the logic of my experiments the isolation of the ultra-violet rays was not required. There is no doubt that the ants instinctively withdrew from the ultra-violet rays, and that they are indifferent to all the other light-rays. My experiments show that they become fearless of, but not insensible to, these ultra- violet rays, the time required therefor being in direct ratio to the intensity of the illumination from the ultra-violet rays. It was not until December, 1902, that my ants gave sign of having ceased to fear these rays when in charge of the young. In the night and in cloudy days they brought the inert young out to occupy the sponges in the center of the compartments. Toward the end of Janu- ary, 1903, the ants in the violet nests occupied the middle areas of their glass, so tinted as to exclude light-rays above blue in the spectrum, would con- duce to the serenity of the ants and facilitate the study of their ways. Cleanli- ness, the right degree of humidity, pure air and a varied diet presented in minute quantities, enables the ants to live long and prosper in these nests. _ 4“Ueber die Empfindlichkeit der Ameisen fir Ultra-violett und Réntgen’sche Stralen,” Prof. A. Forel und Prof. H. Dufour, Zoologischen Jahrbiichern, 1902. : 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 rooms as serenely as did the ants in the dark nests, with whom they were frequently compared. In the white nest the ants did not bring their young out upon the sponges, in bright daylight, until the end of February. In the orange nest, on the contrary, the ants behaved from the be- ginning as did those in the dark nest, never huddling in the hallways nor seeking the shade of the walls. They often clustered in the most highly illuminated portions of the area. All the actions of the ants indicated that they were insensible to the red and green rays.° As the nests were new and nearly alike in structure, temperature and humidity, there seems to have been no reason other than that which lay in the difference in light-rays, for the difference in the behavior of the ants in the different nests, those in the white and the violet nests behaving nearly alike, and those in the orange and the dark nests be- having wholly alike. The point to be here noted is that the ants in the white and the violet nests learned to be unafraid of the rays that at first drove them into corners. After ten months’ exposure to these rays they were still sensitive to them, preferred shelter from them, and would soon move to a room of which I changed the roofing to such as covered either the orange or the dark nest; but they appeared to have learned that those light-rays were innocuous. Not only, then, can these ants become acquainted with human beings, lose fear of them and cease to sting them; not only can they become acquainted with ants of alien families and thereupon cease to quarrel with them, but they can become unafraid of certain light-rays and adjust their behavior to conditions to which they were instinctively averse. They are susceptible to education through the eye as well as through the sense of smell.* ° Formica subsericea, Cremastogaster lineolata, Lasius umbratus and Lasius latipes behave in the same manner toward these rays. 6 Something that appears purposeful in the behavior of my ants is their carry- ing of morsels of hickory-nut or other dry substance and dotting with it the sur- face of a lump of Turkish paste or other viscid sweet that they like to eat. They then stand with clean feet on the stepping stones that they have laid and lap the sticky food. Oftentimes the sticky sweet is the only one among several kinds of food in their food-room that is flecked by these bits of nut. It may be that ants enaged in carrying morsels of food come upon something more luscious, and drop the former in order to enjoy the latter. They are apt to give special atten- tion to any new dainty. Dr. Wheeler, on p. 18 of the paper referred to in note 3, says of his Leptothorax that ‘isolation brought out an instinct which is common to all ants known to me except Polygerus, . . . . the instinct that impels them to collect dead sister ants, little particles of earth, etc., and to deposit them on liquid food in the man- ger.” When cleaning up their dwellings, as my ants do, carrying particles to the rubbish-pile, as is their wont, diversion of their attention will often cause them, as it will cause monkeys, to drop the thing they carry. The same or another ant may pick up the dropped particle, if it be not beyond recovery. They hold more tenaciously to the young that they have in charge. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, In all five of the nests I watched the rearing of progeny from the deposit of the eggs through the larval and pupal stages to callows. In the violet nests the young were as numerous and as advanced in development at any one period of time as were the young in the orange or the dark nest. It is certain that eggs, larve and pupe# may pass their whole career normally and may develop into healthy callows, spending all the daylight hours under rays from which the ant-nurses instinetively withdraw them. The base of the instinct must there- fore lie in something other than injury done to the young by these Trays. In the latter part of June, 1903, the ants having been ten months in these nests, I introduced into each of the five nests one queen and five adult workers, all marked, from each of the other four nests. The ants were introduced one by one, and were watched for some min- utes thereafter until the manner of the reception of each was ascer- tained. In no case was there sign of animosity toward an ant that had lived ten months in daylight, in light-rays of another color, or in the dark. After twenty-four hours spent with their ancient comrades. all the marked ants were alive and were taking part in the care of the young. Later, I distributed all the ants in the five nests equally in two other nests and they continued in peaceful association together. These ants had not lost their aversion to aliens, for, when I introduced such, they were soon torn in pieces. J’en months’ residence in the light of day, or under light-rays of different wave-length, does not cause a difjer- ence of contact-odors in the adult ants.’ Twenty callows reared in the violet nests from the deposit of the egg upward,* were segregated under violet rays in a Petri cell, for two weeks, that they might separately establish their nest-odor, and become en- grossed in the care of young. Twenty callows reared in the orange nest from the deposit of the egg upward were likewise segregated under orange glass for two weeks. On the 12th of June I transferred, one by one, about half the ants in each cell to the other cell. All were received amicably and were permitted to share in the care of the young. The 7 The color of the ants was not noticably altered by exposure to any of these rays. All the callows acquired color like those in the dark nest. * Although the fact has no bearing upon the present series of experiments, as all the callows in these nests were presumably the issue of queens, I here note one of the records of the last few months. Four workers, of whom one was major, two minor, one minim, were hatched from pupz segregated in one of my Petri cells, in August, 1902. They lived always in segregation, never saw a king, and on March 8, 1903, had laid nineteen eggs. Nine days later several of the eggs had hatched and two of the larve were well grown. There was no room for doubt that these eggs were parthogenetic, or that they were laid by a worker about six months old. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 young ants, like the adults, jailed to discern any difference in contact-odor due to diversity in the light rays encountered.” In order to ascertain whether exposure of the inert young to different light-rays would result in different contact-odors at a later time, I took amber pup, between April 12 and May 12, from the violet nests, and segregated them in a dark Petri cell, and I likewise segregated in another dark cell as many pupe from the orange nest. From the violet nests I thus secured about twenty callows, all hatched between April 23 and May 14, that had passed the egg, the larval, and most of of the pupal stage exposed during all daylight hours to the rays at the upper end of the spectrum and without exposure to the red or green rays. From the orange nest I likewise secured about twenty callows, all hatched between April 17 and May 14, that had been exposed dur- jng the same period to the rays at the lower end of the spectrum, without exposure to blue, violet or ultra-violet rays. No callow had met an ant of other group than the one in which it was hatched. When the youngest callow was one month old, on June 13, 1903, I intro- duced several callows, one by one, from each cell into the other cell. All were amicably received and were straightway permitted to share in the care of the inert young; and when I united all the occupants of the two cells they lived together harmoniously. The exposure oj the eggs, the larve, or the pupe to.unlike light-rays does not produce unlike contact-odors in the ants developing from the exposed eggs, larve or pupe. The results of these experiments shows that the contact-odor oj these ants is not affected by the light-rays from which the ant-nurses instinctively withdraw the young; nor is exposure to light a cause of such change in the contact-odor as is coincident with age. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, A NEW JAPANESE PLEUROTOMARIA. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The Academy has received from Mr. Y. Hirase a specimen of Pleuro- tomaria from Kashiwajima, province of Tosa, Japan. The shell repre- sents a new species, which may be thus defined: Pleurotomaria hirasei n.sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 1, 2. Shell resembling P. beyrichi in shape and general characters. The upper surface is copiously streaked with crimson on a white ground, orange-tinted in places; the base being white with a few faint wide, flexuous reddish streaks. Sculpture above of spiral, regularly beaded cords; 7 above, 5 below the slit fasciole on the whorls of the spire, the beads closely placed, corresponding to close and rather strong plice, or ripples, which are oblique above, vertical below the slit fasciole; the latter being sculptured with the usual arcuate strize, and traversed by a wide median cord, with a thread below it. On the last whorl the beaded cords become more numerous, about 10 above the fasciole. The base is nearly flat, and has many spiral cords and threads, made crenulate by fine radial, flexuous folds. The slit is about one-fifth of a whorl long. The columella is twisted in a strong, convex lobe. The apical whorls are wanting in the type, and the lip is somewhat broken. Alt. 72, diam. 81 mm. The height would be 4 or 5 mm. greater in a perfect shell, the apical whorls of this one being broken off. P. beyrichi as figured by von. Martens, Dautzenberg, Schmalz and others, has much more widely spaced spiral cords, which are weakly beaded, in place of the closely beaded and more crowded cords of this species. 1903. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM PARAGUAY, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN GENERA OF CICHLIDS:! BY CARL H. EIGENMANN AND CLARENCE HAMILTON KENNEDY. The Indiana University has received from Prof. J. Daniel Anisits, of the National University of Paraguay, a large and well-preserved collection of fishes made during 1900 and 1901. The collection con- sists of about 750 specimens and was made in the following localities: 1. Rio Paraguay and Laguna Pasito; and Rio Paraz at Asuncion. 2. Estancia La Armonia, Department Caapucu near the Laguna Ipod, the largest lake in Paraguay, and into which all the streams of the neighborhood empty. Collections were here made in the Arroyo Carumbey. 3. Laguna Ipacaray and its tributary Arcgua, twenty-four kilo- meters east of Asuncion. The laguna is about on a level with the Rio Paraguay and connected with it by the Arroyo Yuqueri. 4. Rio Paraguay at Fuerte Olympo. 5. Laguna at Pirayu Paraguay. 6. Campo Grande Lagunitas, five kilometers from Asuncion. 7. Rio Apa, forming the northern boundary of Paraguay, and its tributaries Arroyo Pypuct, about one hundred and twenty kilometers from the Rio Paraguay. 8. Arroyo Trementina, a tributary of the Rio Aquido Canigi and Aquadas and Lagunitas along the Arroyo. 9. Arroyo Chagalalina, also a tributary of the Rio Aquido Canigi. 10. Toldocue Estero, near Arroyo Chagalalina. 11. Salamanea, a landlocked laguna on a mountain near the Arroyo Pypucti, and between Rio Apa and Rio Aquidaban. 12. Fazenda das Conchas, in a partially dried small laguna near Rio Branco, Matto Grosso, Brazil. The collection contains also a series collected by Dr. Carl Ternetz in the Paraguay at Asuncion and at Descalvados, Matto Grosso, Brazil. In the present paper we give a list of all the specimens received, with descriptions of new species. We have also prepared a synopsis of the genera of Cichlids. ‘Contribution from the Zoological Department of Indiana University, No. 56. 32 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, NOTES ON THE SPECIES RECEIVED.’ 1. Potamotrygon hystrix Miillerand Henle. Raya, Yabeliri. Eight specimens (No. 43). Laguna and Rio Paraguay, at Asuncion. 2. Bunocephalus rugosus sp. noy. Type, No. 9,819, one specimen (No. 221). 40 mm. Laguna near Arroyo Chagalalina. Db SA: Body slender, greatest width in front of pectoral 24 in length. Head and body moderately deep; the greatest depth 74 in the length. The depth at the base of the dorsal spine 14 in the distance from the tip of the snout to the base of the pectoral spine. The ridges and knobs of the head well developed. The skin over the snout and sides of the head very warty; the nuchal crest long and thin, extending 3 the distance to the base of the dorsal. Just beyond its distal end is a small knob. On each side of the anterior end of the nuchal crest is a lateral crest. These lateral crests run # the length of the nuchal crest, converging slightly. Further, on each side there are two prominent crests which pass obliquely downward and forward to the short, high, humeral crest. The interorbital space very concave. The crests bounding it are the most prominent of any on the head. They arise just back of the anterior nares, and after enclosing an elliptical space end at the base of the nuchal crest. On each of these there are four prominent knobs, two just back of the eye, and two just in front of the nuchal crest. The eyes are placed laterally in these ridges. The interorbital width equals the snout plus the eye. The maxillary barbels reach to the middle of the pectorals. Mental barbels short, reaching 4+ the distance to the post mentals. Post mentals reaching to the anterior end of the gill cleft. Coracoid processes parallel behind, their length 13 in the distance between them, the processes extending half-way to a perpendicular dropped from the base of the dorsal spine. The coracoid processes and ridges very similar to those of B. bicolor. Humeral process extending about 4 the length of the pectoral spine. Pectoral pore small, round. Skin everywhere covered with very conspicuous warts; those on the sides of the body and tail arranged in about 7 rows on each side. 2 The numbers in parentheses are the ones used by Prof. Anisits to indicate the various lots he collected. The numbers of the types are those they bear in the register of the Indiana University. The common names are those col- lected by Prof. Anisits, 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 Distance of the dorsal from the tip of the snout 22 in the length. Pectoral spines twice as long as the coracoid processes, armed on both edges with long hooks, those on the posterior edge and on the proximal half of the anterior edge pointing inward, those on the distal half of the anterior edge pointing outward. Color dark brown; the numerous warts white, giving a speckled appearance. The fins light brown, irregularly speckled and mottled with darker. This species is most closely related to B. gronovii and B. bicolor. It agrees with gronovii in the distance of the dorsal spine from the tip of the snout and in having the keels and knobs of the head well developed. It differs from gronovit in having the coracoid processes only half as long. It agrees with bicolor in having 7 anal rays, and in the general shape of the coracoid ridges and processes. It differs from bicolor in having the knobs and keels of the head better developed. 3. Rhamdia quelen (Quoy and Gaimard). Bagre or Mandii, Mandii guaru, Four specimens (Nos. 25, 133, 148, 269). Estancia La Armonia; Asuncion and Campo Grande. 4. Pimelodus ornata Kner. Mandii guari. One specimen (No. 167). Laguna at Asuncion. Very rare. Prof. Anisits records taking another specimen in the Arroyo Trementina. 5. Pimelodus albicans (Cuv. and Val.). Mandii guari. Two specimens (Nos. 54 and 56). Rio Paraguay at Asuncion. 6. Pimelodus clarias (Bloch). Bagre amarilbo, Mandii saiyu. Three specimens (Nos. 197 and 263) of type b, as defined by Eigen- mann. Arroyo Trementina and Rio Paraguay at Asuncion. Seven specimens (Nos. 149, 166, 551). Rio Paraguay at Asuncion. The most abundant of the fishes. 7. Pimelodus valenciennis (Kroyer). Bagre and Mandii. One specimen (No. 259). 20 cm. Laguna Ypacarai (Arceua). Anal rays 15. 8. Iherinichthys labrosus (Kroyer). Nine specimens (Nos. 55, 150, 162, 163,165). 10-19em. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. 9. Hemisorubim platyrhynchos (Cuv. and Val.). One specimen (No. 53). 42 em. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. 10. Pseudoplatystoma coruscans (Agassiz). Suruby. Two specimens (No. 47). 40 and 48cm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. This is a common market fish. It reaches a length of a meter. 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [July 11. Sorubim lima (Bloch and Schneider). Pico de pato = duck-bill. One specimen (No. 48). 35 cm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Rare 12. Doras costatus Linneus. One specimen (No. 130). 20 cm. 13. Doras maculatus Val. Armado and Ytagua. One specimen (No. 51). 36cm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. March, 1900. A common market fish; meat of good flavor. 14. Doras nebulosus sp. nov. Type, No. 9,837, one specimen (No. 129). 16 cm. Collected by Dr. Carl Ternetz, either in Matto Grosso or Asuncion. Form elongate; depth below dorsal equals width. Caudal peduncle narrow, compressed, width 14 in height. Humeral processes with a narrowed base, point acute. Dorsal plate roof-shaped, prolonged back of the first dorsal ray in a narrow process. Fontanel elongate, ending in front in a groove extending to between the posterior nares. Humeral processes and bones of the top of the head finely granular. Opercles, suborbitals and prenasals entirely covered with skin. Hye small, 74 in head, 33 in snout, 2 in interorbital. Center of eye as far from posterior nostril as this is from anterior nostril, and as far as the anterior nostril is from tip of snout. Maxillary barbel scarcely reaching the gill opening. Mental barbels twice as long as eye; post mental barbels slightly longer. Snout narrow, width just back of maxillary barbels 4 in head. Mouth inferior, width 14 in snout. A small band of intermaxillary teeth 4 as long as mouth is wide, the width of the band 4 in its length. Maxillary teeth in a triangular patch, slightly wider than the inter- maxillary band and half as deep as wide. Gill membranes separate to below the bases of the pectoral spines. - Breast entirely covered with skin. Lateral plates narrow, the first 5-6 without dorso-ventral wings. The lateral plates widest beneath the adipose, where their width is contained in depth of body 34 times. The median hooks the same height for the whole length. A median series of 10-12 plates between the adipose and the caudal and a similar series of 10-12 between the anal and caudal. Distance of the dorsal spine from tip of snout 24-23 in length of body. Dorsal spine about as long as the head, very strongly serrated on both edges; the spines on the posterior edge twice as long as those on the anterior edge. Distance of adipose from dorsal 44 in the length. Adipose low, its base 3 longer than base of dorsal. Anal fin rounded, its height 14 in head. ‘ 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 Pectoral spine similar to dorsal, reaching the 5th or 6th scute. Light brown, shading into lighter below, everywhere mottled and marbled with darker shades. The fins similarly colored. Lat. plates 29-30; head 32; depth 42; D.1,6; A.13; V. 7; P.1,8. 15. Oxydoras knerii (Bleeker). Armado, Ytagua-poschw.® Two specimens (No. 52), 35 and 36cm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay (laguna). March, 1900. Very abundant; the commonest market fish. One specimen (No. 131). Matto Grosso or Asuncion. 16. Auchenipterus nigripinnis Boulenger. Bagre. One specimen (No. 71). 17cm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay (Pasito). Very rare. 17. Trachycorystes striatulus Steind. One specimen (No. 61). 13 em. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Taken alive from the stomach of a large Sorubim. It is not known to the fishermen. 18. Loricaria rostrata Spix. Two specimens (Nos. 180 and 125),a male anda female. 300 and 220 mm. From the Arroyo Trementina and from a laguna near Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. 19. Loricaria labialis Boulenger. Maimingué.+ Eight specimens (Nos. 62, 151,175, and 178). 130-240mm. Asun- cion, Rio Paraguay. Common, caught with seine. One specimen (No. 214), 130 mm., from Arroyo Trementina. Our specimens agree in nearly all respects with those described by Boulenger. The snout is slightly thicker and more acute. The labial fold is slightly fringed. 20. Loricaria stubelli Steindachner. Maimingué. Thirteen specimens (Nos. 64, 177 and 179). From Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Two specimens (Nos. 207 and 212), from the Arroyo Trementina. Nos 177 and 207 are males with broad under lip. These specimens differ from Steindachner’s figure of stiibelli in the greater width of the interorbital, 32 in length of head. 21. Loriacaria lata E.and E. Maimingué. Nine specimens (Nos. 60, 163, 142, 175, and 210). 70-280 mm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. One specimen (No. 210) from Arroyo Tre- mentina. 22. Loricaria lamina ‘iinther. One specimen (No. 124). 200 mm. Matto Grosso. Collected by Dr. Carl Ternetz. ’ Yta = stone, gua = place, poschu = bad. 4 Maimi = old woman, gué = it was. 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July, 23. Hypoptopomus thoracatum Giinther. One specimen (No. 126). 80 mm. Matto Grosso. Collected by Dr. Carl Ternetz. 24. Plecostomus commersoni (Val.). Two specimens (No. 113). 170 and 220mm. Matto Grosso. Col- lected by Dr. Carl Ternetz. 25. Plecostomus vermicularis Eigenm. and Eigenm. One specimen (No. 213). 70 mm. Arroyo Trementina. Caught in a fish trap. 26. Plecostomus boulengeri sp. nov. Type No. 9,868, one specimen (No. 112). 10 cm. Co-type No. 9,869, one specimen (No. 112). 6 cm. Both specimens from Matto Grosso or Asuncion. Collected by Dr. Carl Ternetz. Head pointed; a low ridge from between the nares to the snout; three distinct ridges on the back part of the head. Occipital process short, triangular, bordered by a single nuchal plate. The nuchal plates bicarinate. Only the upper lateral plates on the anterior part of the body keeled. The humeral ridges moderate, extending over the first 4-5 plates. Tip of the snout naked. Belly covered with small granular plates, except for a small area in front of each ventral. In the younger specimen the belly is entirely naked. Eye 2-23 in interorbital, 23-3 in snout, 4-43 in head. Eye larger in the younger specimen, 24 in snout, 43-43 in the head, 2 in the inter- orbital. Base of dorsal fin equals distance from dorsal to posterior end of adipose dorsal. First dorsal ray 14 in the distance from dorsal to tip of snout, slightly longer than head. Last dorsal ray 13-1? in first dorsal ray. Caudal obliquely truncate; outer rays not produced. Head and body covered with small round spots; those on the head minute; those on the belly large, leaving a mere reticulation of the lighter ground color. The fins reddish, the dorsal with four rows of large round spots; in each row a single spot on each interradial mem- brane. In the larger specimen the two upper rows are indistinct; in the younger specimen all the dorsal spots are indistinct. Caudal with four oblique bands. The pectorals and ventrals each with four dark bands. Anal dusky with a single band. Lat. plates 26; head 44; depth 5; D. 1, 7; V. 5; A. 5; P- L& This species is evidently related to commersoni, scabriceps and ple- costomus. It agrees with the latter in the number of lateral scutes. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 508 It is distinguished by the oblique dark bar on the caudal, less distinct than the rows of spots on the dorsal which toward the tip of the fin are also partially resolved into bars. 27. Cochliodon cochliodon (Kner). Two specimens (No. 211). 230 and 300 mm. Arroyo Trementina. Caught in a fish trap. One specimen (No. 111). Matto Grosso? 28. Pterygophlichthys anisitsi sp.nov. Maimingué. Type No. 9,873. 42 cm. (46.) Co-types 9,874 and 9,875. Two specimens (No. 46). 40-42 em. Called La Vieja in Spanish and Maimingué by the natives. Laguna of the Rio Paraguay at Asuncion. Caught with seine; very abundant. Form slender; depth under dorsal 14 in the width. Caudal peduncle slightly compressed. Head depressed, length 14 in width, depth 14 in length. An occipital ridge. Occipital process narrow, the sides al- most parallel, bordered by three nuchal plates. All dorsal and lateral scutes carinate, each carina with short spines. Tip of snout granular. Thorax and abdomen entirely granulose. Eye 43-5 in snout, 443 in interorbital, 6-7 in head. Preopercle erectile. Base of dorsal longer than distance from dorsal to base of caudal. Distance from the dorsal to the adipose contained in the length of the dorsal 13-2} times. Distance of dorsal spines from snout 2} times in length, the spine once in the head. The tips of the last dorsal rays reach slightly more than 4 distance to adipose spine. Adipose spine hooked, compressed, covered with short spines, espe- cially the curved end. Caudal oblique, not emarginate; outer rays heavy, the dorsal one somewhat compressed, not produced beyond the other caudal rays. Height of anal 14 in head. Ventrals equal length of head. Pectoral spine reaching half the length of the ventrals. Body dark, almost black, covered on the sides and belly with lighter vermiculations. Passing caudad the vermiculations of the sides are gradually replaced by spots. Back of the dorsal one spot on each plate, so that the caudal peduncle has several longitudinal rows of moderately large spots. The head with the same dark ground color both above and below, uniformby covered with small light-colored spots, those on the posterior part of the head larger and gradually passing into the vermiculations of the sides. The interradial membrane of the dorsal, caudal, ventrals and pec- torals dark, obscurely spotted, but in the darker individuals entirely black. Anal membrane dusky with obscure spots. The rays of all 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, the fins light with dark spots. Head 4-44; D.I,11; A. 5; Lat. 1., 29-30. 29. Pterygophlichthys juvens sp. nov. Maimingué. Type No. 9,876, one specimen (No. 92). 4 cm. Caught with seine at Asuncion, Rio Paraguay, April, 1900. Form slender, depth under dorsal 14 in width. Caudal peduncle compressed. Head moderately elevated, its length slightly greater than its width. Two occipital ridges. Nuchal plates rudimentary. Occipital pro- cess broad and triangular. Preopercle erectile; 8-12 teeth on each side in each jaw. Eye 24 in snout, 2 in interorbital, 4 in head. Snout and suborbital regions naked. Under side of head, breast and belly naked. Dorsal and lateral scutes carinate. Base of dorsal equals distance from dorsal to base of caudal. Dis- tance of dorsal spine from tip of snout contained in the length 24 times. Noadipose. Caudal oblique, not emarginate, + of total length. Height of anal 14 in head. Ventrals equal in length to head, reaching base of anal. Pectoral spine reaching base of ventrals. Color uniform black, except breast and belly which are silvery. All the fins with alternating light and dark crossbars. Dorsal with 6 horizontal bands alternately transparent and black, the base trans- parent, the top black. Anal with four similar bars similarly arranged. Caudal with 7-9 alternating bars, the light ones less distinct. Lateral plates 27; head 3%; D. I, 12. This species may be the young form of the three adult specimens (Pterygophlichthys anisitst) caught at Asuncion; but no trace of adipose dorsal could be detected. 30. Ancistrus cirrhosus dubius Eigenm. and Eigenm. One specimen. 55 mm. The specimen is so badly mutilated that the identification is doubtful. 31. Callichthys callichthys hemaphractus (Hensel). One specimen (No. 265), young. 5 cm. Campo Grande. 32. Haplosternum pectoralis (Boulenger). Four specimens (No. 101). 7-9 cm. Rio Branco, Matto Grosso. 33. Haplosternum littorale (Hancock). Two specimens (Nos. 23 and 24). 18and19cem. Arroyo Carumbey and Yajamar, Estancia La Armonia. These specimens fit the description of littorale in the ‘‘ Nematognathi of South America” by E. and E. Two other specimens (No. 155) 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 from a small lagoon in Campo Grande, 5 kilos from Asuncion and the Rio Paraguay, differ from the first two in having the posterior mar- gins of the anterior pair of nuchal plates very much rounded. In fact, the posterior border on either side lies for 3 its length at right angles to the axis of the body. They differ also in being of a uniform dull lead color and in the size of the eye—64 in the interorbital. The two specimens differ as follows: Specimen a,21 em.(c'?). Pectoral spines as long as head. In this specimen, which is probably a male, the skin along the under side of the pectoral rays is greatly thickened, forming along each ray for # its length a heavy ridge. Specimen b, 18 em. (2 ?). Pectoral spines 13 in head. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CORYDORAS. a. Coracoid processes meeting on median line of anterior portion of belly at least. b. A dark brown lateral band extending from the occiput backward on the upper half of the body; ventral surface and a broad ver- tical band behind the eye light; caudal without bars, . eques. bb. Greenish, fins and top of head brown; a dark brown band on caudal. DE Os Toate pl. 2s5 2 ee eee splendens: . Coracoid processes nowhere meeting; breast and belly with a median naked area. c. Caudal plain. d. Body with one or more dusky longitudinal bands; dorsal fin usually spotted. e. Coracoid processes -moderately expanded, leaving only a narrow naked area between them; occipital process triangular, peinted at the tip; a dark band extending from the upper caudal lobe forward, one or more Miciakibcs series of dark spots along the BLES cal ois atte » . elegans: ee. Coracoid process scacely encr ‘caching ¢ on breast or belly. A black- ish lateral band extending from the middle caudal rays for- ward. j. Eye 2-2} in snout, 4-5 in head, 2-24 in interorbital. First 4-5 dorsal rays as long as the dorsal spine, . . . microps. ff. Eye 14 in snout, 4 in head, 2 in the interorbital. First 2 dorsal rays as long as the dorsal spine, . . . nattereri. dd. Body without. longitudinal bands; dorsal plain. HB) Ae eee le Gs P.I, 7-8; V. 6 g. Head and dorsal plates deep bronze; ventral plates yellowish; all the fins immaculate; opercle, humeral and nuchal plates iridescent blue; base of the dorsal fin shorter than the distance between the dorsal and adipose; depth less than + of total length; eye 44 in head, more than 2 in the interorbital Ped eee entire Os. WH Tel MOR MDROMNER G0) Ss eheus. 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, gg. Olive, the 9 or 10 anterior scutes with vertical series of blackish spots; base of the dorsal fin equal to the space between the dorsal and adipose fins; depth 34 in the total length; eye about 3 in the head; spines of the fins very strong and long, dorsal spine as high as the body, pectoral spine shorter; 4-5 azygos shields (Giinther), . . . . armatus. ce. Caudal fin with 4-5 dark vertical bars; dorsal with dark markings, h. Dorsal fin with 2 irregular crossbars; sides of body with series of dark blotches; middle of the lower fins blackish, . . paleatus. hh. A dark vertical bar on the first dorsal rays, sometimes extending on to the body below; anal fin barred or spotted; ventrals and pectorals plain, . . i. “pune hhh. Dorsal fin with 5 longitudinal rows of dark spots: 6 narrow bars on caudal. Top of head tinged with brown; a yellowish band across snout, otherwise the fish without color, . aurofrenatus. hhhh. Dorsal with black spot on ends of rays. 7. Anal spotted; dark brown above, 3 series of dark spots along muddlevotuside,. $3. (k.dgsk eb eeekeh et ence eee a. Anal plain. j. Lat. plates 22; azygos plates none; a pale band on side; clavicle and opercle with blue reflections (Cope)? vsics5 Gly eeu qj. Lat. plates 24; azygos plates 4; numerous dark dots on the side shields which are wanting on middle line of side; a black spot at the base of the dorsal spine (Cope), . . . . amphibelus. ccc. A hastate black spot at base of caudal fin, margined behind by white; a black lateral band, . 2 2 s Gost ae) /GSrree 34. Corydoras microps sp. noy. Type No. 9,892, one specimen (No. 100). From a small lagoon, half dry, near the Rio Branco (Matto Grosso, Brazil), where there were thousands of these fishes. Co-types No. 9,893, three specimens (260). From Arcgua, in a brook which empties into the Laguna Ypacara. Sides metallic green. June, 1901. Co-types No. 9,894, one specimen (No. 236). Aguadas, near the Arroyo Trementina. December, 1900. Co-types No. 9,895, two specimens (No. 215). 14 em. From Arroyo Pypuct. January, 1901. Short, deep, ventral outline almost straight to base of anal. Pro- file steep to nostrils, less steep and evenly rounded from nares to dorsal. Eye 2-24 in snout, 44-5 in head, 24-23 in interorbital. Mouth inferior, snout conical; maxillary barbels scarcely reaching gill-openings, labial barbels slightly longer. Fontanel elongate, nar- row, extending into the base of the occipital. Coracoid processes narrow. The distance between them equals 4 distance between bases of pectoral spines. Three to four azygos plates before the adipose fin. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507 Distance of dorsal spine from tip of snout 2 in length; the spine 13 in head; roughened behind; first 4-5 rays higher than the spine. Pectoral spine 14-132 in head, outer side smooth, inner roughened. Caudal deeply forked, 24—3 in length, its dorsal lobe slightly longer. Color yellowish-brown changing to white below; a light middorsal band, extending from fontanel to base of caudal. At the base of the dorsal this band widens into a dark spot. A lateral band starts at the base of the caudal and widens as it passes forward, to end in a more or less distinct lateral spot. All the fins are plain. Three of the specimens (260) are darker. The lateral band is not distinct from the middorsal. The top and sides of the head, the dorsal and caudal fins are tinged with dark. Lat. plates 24522; D. 1, 7-8; A. 7-8; V. 6; P. I, 8-9. These specimens, measuring between 15-60 mm., differ from the adult in having the eye 14 in the snout, 3 in the head, and 14 in the interorbital. Depth 24, head 22, dorsal spine 12 in head, pectoral spine 14 in head. This species stands nearest to nattereri, from which it differs in having the eye smaller, snout more conical and in the shape of the dorsal fin. 35. Corydoras aurofrenatus sp. noy. Type No. 9,891, one specimen (235). 55mm. Aguada, near Arroyo Trementina. December, 1900. Body elongate, fins and head small. Profile obtusely angled between the nares, steep from the nares to the snout. Fontanel very elongate, extending to the base of the occipital process. Width of occipital 14 in its length. Eye 2 in snout, 14 in interorbital, 34 in head. Snout conical, somewhat compressed. Posterior margin of opercle slanting downward and forward. Distance from upper end of gill- opening to eye equal to diameter of eye. Labial barbel reaches gill- opening; maxillary barbel slightly shorter. Mental barbels equidis- tant from each other and the angles of the mouth. Coracoid process scarcely encroaching on the breast or belly. Three to four azygos plates before the adipose. Distance of dorsal spine 23 in length; its height 14 in length of head. First two dorsal rays exceed the spine. A band of spines, similar to those on the plates, along the anterior edge of the spine. A similar band but narrower on each lateral edge of the spine; the posterior edge roughened. Caudal forked for half its length; about 23 in the length. 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, Pectoral spine similar to dorsal in length, a similar spinous band along its upper anterior edge, posterior edge serrated. No color on sides, belly or breast. Top of head shghtly tinged with brown. A broad yellow band across the snout. Dorsal colorless except for dark spots on the rays, arranged in 5 longitudinal rows. A vestige of a sixth row on the tips of the first and second rays. The rays of the caudal similarly spotted, the spots arranged in about 6 vertical rows, giving the appearance of 6 narrow bars. The adipose, anal, ventrals and pectorals plain. Head 4.in body; depth 3; D.. 1,7; A. 7; NV. 6; Po 1,9) Wateral plates 24. This species stands nearest to punctatus and triiineatus. From both it differs mainly in coloration. 36. Hoplias malabaricus (Bloch). Tarcui. Thirteen specimens (31, 58, 107, 154, 196, 231). Estancia La Ar- monia; Arroyo Carumbey; Asuncion; Rio Branco, Matto Grosso; Arroyo Trementina; Arroyo Chagalalina. 37. Hoplerythrinus uniteniatus Spix. Tarcui. Four specimens (57, 98, 99, 239). Estancia La Armonia; Rio Branco, Matto Grosso. 38. Pyrrhulina australe sp. noy. Pyrrhulina semijasciata Boulenger. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XIV, part II, 1896 (not of Steindachner). Type No. 9,901 (254), 50 mm. Arroyo Trementina. Co-types No. 9,901, 21 specimens (254). 30-50 mm. Arroyo Tre- mentina. Co-types No. 9,900, 13 specimens (227). 33-48 mm. Arroyo Chaga- lalina, Laguna. This species is evidently closely related to P. semijasciatus, from which it differs largely in coloration. A conspicuous jet-black band, much narrower than the pupil, extends forward from the eye around the tip of the lower jaw. In these specimens preserved in formalin it is not possible to say whether the band extends through the eye. No distinct streak behind the eye on upper part of opercle. No spots or streaks on the body. Head 4; depth 4-44; Lat. 1., 20-23; D. 8-10; A. 10 or 11. Teeth of the dentary slightly larger at their lateral ends. Four specimens from Estancia La Armonia, Arroyo Carumbey may be referred to this species. They differ in coloration. The band around the snout is continued back through the eye, where it is consid- = Pde nl a ¥ “<¢ >e@.') a 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 erably wider than in front of the eye, and along the upper part of the cheek and opercle, where it is still wider and much less intensely black, merging into the color of the body and top of head. Body unspotted, dark above, lighter below. 39. Psectrogaster curviventris sp. nov. Blanquillo. Type No. 9,919, 180 mm. (36). Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Co-type No. 9,918, 195 mm. (36). Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Co-type No. 9,920, 183 mm. (83). Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Co-types No. 9,921, 3 specimens, 107-122 mm. (34). Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. Co-types Nos. 9,936—9,937, 2 specimens, 145 and 160 mm. (145, 254). Fuerte Olympo, Rio Paraguay. This species is closely related to Psectrogaster rhomboides, from which it differs in a number of characters, notably the ventral outline, the number of fin rays and scales. Head 34-34 (34 in smallest specimen); depth 2-23 (24+ 23 in rhom- boides); D. 10 or 11 (12 or 13 in rhomboides); A. 9 or 10 (10 or 11 in rhomboides); Lat. 1., 48-52 (53-58). Compressed and deep, the depth usually 2 in the length, rarely less, 22 in No. 9,937. Ventral outline regularly arched, without an angle at the origin of the ventral; dorsal outline less. regularly arched, the base of the dorsal oblique; the region between dorsal and nape strongly arched, top of head depressed. A narrow adipose lid in front and behind. Eye 34-33, equal to the snout and anterior adipose lid, 2 in interorbital. Seales on back small, becoming larger on the sides and largest on breast. Scales all ctenoid, becoming pectinate on breast. Air bladder extending little, if any, beyond origin of anal. Origin of dorsal as in rhomboides, equidistant from tip of snout and upper caudal fulcra or a little nearer caudal; the highest ray about equal to the hength of the head or shorter. Caudal broad and deeply notched. The middle rays only 4 the length of the longest outer rays, outer rays leathery. Anal ves emarginate, the tip of the longest ray reaching tip of the last. Pectorals not reaching ventrals except in 9,937; ventrals about 2 to vent. Plumbeous above, bright silvery below, indications of bright stripes along the rows of scales above the lateral line and between the rows below the lateral line. In 9,936 and 9,937 (preserved in formalin) there is no metallic silvery and there is a dark band along the posterior half of the lateral line, increasing in width and intensity toward the tail. No. 9,937 evidently in shape and color approaches rhomboides most, closely. 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 40. Curimatella alburnus australe var. nov. Blanquillo. Type 9,929, one specimen (65). Asuncion. A single specimen differs from the typical northern albwrnus in hay- ing the predorsal region trenchant with a strong median and indistinct lateral keels, and in having 33 scales in the lateral line instead of 36-38. It approaches var. /ineatus in the number of scales, but has no middorsal line. 41. Curimatus gillii sp. noy. Type No. 9,939, 47 mm., Arroyo Trementina (242). Co-type No. 9,938, 57 mm., Chagalalina (230). These two small specimens represent apparently a new species related to C. spilurus. It certainly differs from C. nasus and bimacu- latus the only other species of Curimatus that have been taken in the Arroyo Trementina. Caudal lobes naked; postventral region rounded; sides in formalin specimens with an obscure lateral band terminating in a large, well- marked spot on the end of the caudal peduncle.» Dorsal plain. Head 34; depth 22; Lat. line 30 or 31; D. 10 or 11; A. 9. Long elliptical, dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched. Pre- ventral region flattened, with a median series of large scales; postven- tral region rounded. Predorsal region narrow, rounded, a triangular groove over the occipital process. Seales of the sides all crenulate. Profile gently arched; eye 3 in head, 1 in interorbital. Origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal in the type and between tip of snout and tip of adipose in the co-type. Origin of ventrals nearer caudal than tip of snout. Pectorals not to ventrals; ventrals to anus. For Dr. Theodore Gill, in recognition of his valuable contributions to the knowledge of the Characinoids. 42. Curimatus nasus Steindachner. 2 Two specimens from Arroyo Trementina (186), preserved in formalin, have a plumbeous lateral band about as wide as the eye. 48. Curimatus elegans paraguayemsis var. noy. Mojarra. Type No. 9,928, one specimen (18 in part), 185 mm. Estancia la Armonia, Arroyo Carumbey. Co-type No. 9,954, one specimen (87), 100 mm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. > The pigment cells of the lateral band are deeper in position than those forming the caudal spot and would probably not be apparent in specimens pre- served in alcohol. Certainly other specimens preserved in alcohol show no band, while specimens in formalin show a band. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 This variety differs from bahzensis in the number of its scales. Depth in the type 22, scales 38; in the co-type 24, scales 39. 44, Curimatus bimaculatus Steindachner. Blanquillo. This species, heretofore known from the Amazonas, is represented by typical specimens from Estancia La Armonia (18 in part); Arroyo Trementina (189); Rio Paraguay at Asuncion (65, 140, 170). Speci- mens preserved in formalin have a broad, dark lateral band and a con- spicuous dark spot in front of the dorsal. = 45, Curimatus gilberti Quoy and Gaimard. Two specimens from Estancia la Armonia. 46. Anodus latior (Spix). Blanquillo. Three specimens (35 and 97), from Rio Paraguay at Asuncion and Fuerte Olympo. 47. Prochilodus scrofa Steind. Zabalo; Carimbata. Six specimens, Asuncion, Rio Paraguay (Nos. 40, 81, 174); Estancia La Armonia (19); Arroyo Trementina (205); one specimen received from Dr. von Thering from Piricicaba. 48. Hemiodus orthonops sp. nov. Type No. 9,955 (202), Arroyo Trementina, 150 mm. Co-types Nos. 9,956-9,960 (171, 50, 4, 77), five specimens, 170-225 mm. Laguna of Rio Paraguay at Asuncion. A slender, small-scaled species. Dorsal profile from tip of snout to origin of dorsal slightly but evenly arched. Ventral profile from tip of snout to insertion of ventrals of a like even curvature. Dorsal pro- file from origin of dorsal to caudal peduncle nearly straight. Ventral profile from insertion of ventral to origin of anal shghtly convex, rising abruptly from origin of anal to caudal peduncle. Depth of caudal peduncle 22 in head. Head subconical, flattened above and on the sides. The lower side of the mandible flattened. Mouth in the ventral profile. The rami of the mandible approaching each other posteriorly. Maxillary short, partly sheathed under the broad preorbital. Mandible toothless. Premaxillary with a single series of about 24 movable, short, flat, ser- rated teeth. Eye large, 34 in head, 1 in snout, covered, with the exception of a short slit over the pupil, by broad adipose lids. Suborbitals covering cheek, with exception of a narrow space just above the horizontal branch of the preopercle. Branchiostegal rays 4, flat and overlapping each other. Opercle semicircular. Subopercle 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July of moderate depth. Gill membranes free from each other and from the isthmus. Dorsal moderately high, its base 13 in its height. Adipose long with a small base. Caudal widely emarginate, its lobes leathery, generally worn off round. Pectorals small, reaching 3 distance to insertion of ventrals. Ventrals large, inserted under the latter half of the dorsal, reaching 4 distance to the vent. Anal small, its posterior border emarginate. When closed the tip of the third ray reaching tip of last ray. Seales above lateral line smaller than those below. Color bluish-gray 2 distance down to lateral line, below this silvery- white. A nonamaetons oval black spot just above lateral line back of the dorsal. The tip of the caudal lobes dusky, each caudal lobe with a dusky band running nearly parallel with its outer margin and about three rays removed from the margin. The other fins immaculate. Scales 19 or 20-84 to 92-10 or 11; depth 32; head 42; D. 11; A. 11; P. 18; V.11; eye 33 in head. This species stands nearest to H. microlepis, from which it differs in the larger scales.. 49. Paradon tortuosus Eigenmann and Norris. One specimen (187), Arroyo Trementina. 50. Paradon affinis Steindachner. Piki. Forty specimens of this species, from the Rio Paraguay at Asuncion (90 and 5), agree with Steindachner’s description in all but the dentition of the lower jaw. ‘There are no teeth on the sides. 51. Anostomus fasciatus (Agassiz). Boga. Two specimens, Rio Paraguay at Asuncion (80) and Estancia La Armonia (28). ; 52. Leporinus hypselonotus Giinther. Per-do-folha. One specimen (110), Asuncion or Matto Grosso? 53. Leporinus conirostris Steindachner. Boga. One specimen (82), Asuncion, Paraguay. 54. Leporinus trifasciatus Steindachner. Boga. One specimen (39), Rio Paraguay at Asuncion. 55. Odontostilbe paraguayensis sp. nov. Type No. 9,988, a single specimen, 40 mm. (95). Asuncion. Co-types No. 10,111, three pein 40 mm. (251 in part). Arroyo a eee Depth 22; head 32; D. 11; A. 21; scales 6-32 or 33-4. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. S13 Much compressed, back conspicuously elevated, the anterior profile straight, the upper profile strongly arched, descending backward from in front of dorsal. Eye greater than snout, about 3 in head, slightly less than interorbital. Intermaxillary with six teeth in each side, each with an inconspicuous median cusp and 3 to 4 graduated lateral cusps; the cusps of the teeth becoming more nearly of the same size and the tooth rounded toward the side. Maxillary with 2 seven- to eight- pointed broad-tipped teeth. Mandible with 4 broad, seven-pointed teeth; the middle point is largest, the tip spatulate. A few small teeth on the sides of the lower jaw. Origin of dorsal over origin of ventrals, slightly nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, its highest ray about equal to the length of the head. Caudal lobes longer than head. Pectorals reaching ven- trals; ventrals not to”anal. In alcohol: Lower half of body metallic-silvery, a silvery lateral band. A conspicuous caudal spot continued on the base of the middle caudal rays; a dark band at base of caudal. A dusky band on middle of back behind anal. Dorsal without dark spot, its first membrane dark; other fins immaculate. In the co-types the anal reaches 22, the scales 34 or 35, head 34-44. Eye 23. 56. Odontostilbe trementine sp. nov. Type No. 9,987a (251 in part), 47 mm. Arroyo Trementina. Co-types No. 9,987, 9 specimens (251 in part). Arroyo Trementina. One other specimen was taken at Asuncion, and two others from a brook near the Arroyo Trementina. This species resembles H. peguira in the color of the dorsal, but beyond this there is no similarity. Depth 3; head 4; D. 11; A. 21; scales 6-344. Two broad-tipped teeth on the maxillary, each with about 7 points. Intermaxillary with 6 spear-tipped teeth on each side, each with a large long median point and two or three short, graduated lateral points. Lower jaw with about 9 three- to six-pointed teeth on the sides, the first one large, the others small and decreasing in size back- ward; about 6 broad teeth on the dentary, each with 3 lobes of equal size, each lobe being indistinctly three-pointed. They appear as 3 distinet teeth. Maxillary reaching beyond anterior margin of eye. Dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and base of middle caudal rays, behind the ventrals. Pectorals not to ventrals, ventrals not to anal. In formalin: A conspicuous hastate caudal spot, extending forward as a faint dark line to below the dorsal where it fades out. A dark 33 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, area over the caudal spot. Anterior dorsal rays with a black spot near their tip. A yellowish humeral spot. The anal in the co-types reaches 24 rays; Lat. 1., 34-37; depth 23-3. The specimens from the brook (255 in part) are very slender, depth 34 and 32 in the length. The dark markings are intense. The first developed dorsal ray of one is prolonged in a filament which reaches the adipose. 57. Cheirodon interruptus (Jenyns). a. Ten specimens (No. 266), 28-42 mm., from Campo Grande, June, » 1901, show the following characters: Min Max. Average. iGernigs (ihm a ee 0 et age a5. <4 -2-5 24 aes See ee 25.0 42.0 31.6 BAVINEUL TSAI wien ci cat ete coats ono ss 2 fof 22.0 27.0 Ly Sis RE cee ke eats sa Ns cae 2.5 2.8 1 USE OL on taaere edn aaan i he a MAP pe 3.6 4.0 Fiver eat (artcat 0 wee 90 2.6 3.0 Peeth in meaxallanyee ee.) 008. ce LOS: 0 il Perloratedis Galea ee) cxscicss0)..Accs..dece.ed een 6 8 6.56 scales 5.5 to 6-31 to 32—4 to 5. b. Thirteen specimens (part of No. 251), 25-40 mm., from a brook near Arroyo Trementina show the following characters: Min. Max. Average. Themedh tami ee ath! 2 n0s9.4-):).. 1.8 ee 18.5 34.0 27.81 POSSESS eee Ene a cBes so. god caries’ 08 Ae eee Ee 21 23 MD) eat Laer rere ete eS oh cic Svea deskas'sie AMR OO 2.4 3.2 Ler GL ES Ake a! tN aoe a eee te Rue 9A 3.0 4.2 Uy Cape eae re Ts 2, ons. illo 2.2 3 Peeth amgvarallle ty 76s. 3 /2)3.....0!.5.:405. Ree ) 0 Periormbediseal ese ce! .. sc..csc..:5acdes actos eI 5 11 Seales 5 to 7-30 to 36-44 to 6. The specimens mentioned above, compared with the description of interruptus, give the following results: Specimens. Descriptions. Anal 20-27. Anal 19-20. Scales 30-362. Scales 35. Depth 232-3,4,. Depth 23. Head 3-41. Head 4. Dorsal 10-11. Dorsal 11. Pectorals fall short of, reach to Pectorals extend beyond roct or slightly overlap ventrals. A large, black caudal spot. A dusky band from tail to be- low dorsal. of ventrals. A black spot at the base of the caudal. Sides with a bright longitudinal band. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515 58. Cheirodon anne McAtee Sp. NOV. Type No. 4,301a,43 mm. South America. Co-types No. 4,301 (14 specimens). South America. This species bears considerable resemblance to pisciculus, from which it may be distinguished by the absence of more than one maxillary tooth; the head 3-4 instead of 5, and the dorsal 9-12 instead of 10. Depth 32; head 44; D. 11; A. 15; scales 7-32-5. Four five-pointed teeth on each side of the intermaxillary, the median points longest. Maxillary with a single four-pointed tooth, but little smaller than those of the intermaxillary. In the lower jaw there are six four- pointed teeth on each side, largest in the middle and grading to quite small ones at the sides. Origin of the dorsal nearer the base of the caudal than tip of snout. Pectorals not to ventrals; ventrals not to anals. Coloration (in alco- hol) dark olive; belly ight golden; a silvery band from base of caudal to angle of opercle margined above by blackish. Sides of head silvery. The co-types show considerable variation. Some have 5 teeth on each side of intermaxillary and lower jaw. Two have no teeth in the maxillaries. Other variations as follows: Dorsal 9-12; anal 12-15; scales 6 or 7-32 to 36-5 or 6; depth 44 -32; head 44-32; eye in head 34-28. Details of specimens: Min. Max. Average. 1 OSI Aggy 00900) 60 eee ee Reet eee ere oes Fer eee ee 29.0 43.0 37.2 GSE Se ery rt ete ee a a ee . 9.0 1220 ETT SAI ORE Nee aie ae een Ce aa 12.0 15.0 LTB 700 Ei ata le Ms Sth ea oan ei en ae 3.4 4.2 eee eer ee ANG SETAE PE Rot BE AY ot 4.2 RE en AT AES AO A a AM 2.8 3.2 eer Fat itm amtaraiblermy ss. isi: .905.) eld sacle etd 1 1 LC TOMEA CC SCHLGS 508 och csc cede ccs andnich Sasa Seb deceenccos done 7 9 Seales 6 to 7-32 to 36-5 to 6. (The above description is by one of my students, Mr. Waldo Lee McAtee, who dedicates the species to his mother.—C. H. E.) 59. Cheirodon insignis Steindachner. Chirodon insignis Steindachner, Fisch-Fauna des Cauca und Flusse bei Guayaquil, 22, Pl. VI, fig. 3, 1880 (Cauca.). Cheiroden insignis Ulrey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VIII, 291 (Para, Brazil). A number of specimens of this species are in the collection. They were mostly confounded with Hemigrammus luetkeni. In all the specimens the caudal spot is large and sharply defined, not extending to the tip of the rays. It is bordered in front by an area of greater or 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, less extent which is entirely free from pigment, and behind by two yel- lowish spots. Three specimens (part of 253) are light straw color with a yellowish fatty humeral area; a faint dark line along the middle of the sides. In two of these the spines of the lower caudal are nearly typical, in the third they are weak. Arroyo Trementina. Seven specimens (part of 219) are notably darker; in only one of these is the serration of the caudal spines typical. Young with a black lateral band. Arroyo Pypuct. Nine specimens (257), slender, elongate, quite dark, three of them with the typical caudal serrature, the others with the caudal rays not spine-like. Arroyo Pypucu. 60. Aphyocarax dentatus sp. noy. Piki. Type No. 10,030 (part of No. 6), 71 mm. ~ Asuncion, Rio Paraguay (Laguna). November, 1899. Co-types, four specimens, No. 10,038 (part of No. 6), 53-71 mm. Asuncion. One specimen, No. 10,033 (96),70 mm. Asuncion. April, 1900. Six specimens, No. 10,030 and 10,031 (237 and 247), 33-60 mm. From Aguadas, near Arroyo Trementina. December, 1900. Four specimens, No. 10,036 (8), 65-80 mm. Asuncion, Rio Paraguay (La- guna). November 1899. Piki. One specimen, No. 10,037 (found with 90). From Asuncion, Rio Paraguay. April, 1900. Taken with a seine. This species differs from pusillus and alburnus chiefly in the length of the snout and the maxillary and in the number of teeth in the man- dible. Elongate, ventral profile slightly more curved than the dorsal. Dorsal profile but slightly convex from the tip of the snout to the ori- gin of the dorsal, from origin of dorsal to base of caudal straight. Head small, 4 in length, its depth 12 in its length. The teeth in a single series above and below. Maxillary teeth largely concealed, covering over half the anterior edge in the young; less in the old on account of the great elongation of the maxillary. Maxillary short in young, increasing rapidly in length with age, scarcely reaching beyond origin of eye in young, to end of pupil in the old. Mouth small, very oblique in young, large and horizontal in adult, the jaws equal. Second and third suborbital bones large, entirely covering the cheek. The opercle triangular, its width 14 in its depth. The eye small, 1 in snout, 4 in the head, 14 in the interorbital. The dorsal small, its height 14 in the length of the head. Its last ray 24 inits height. Depth of caudal peduncle little less than half the length of the head. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 The caudal small, deeply divided, its lobes equal to the length of the head. Pectorals reaching $ distance to ventrals. Ventrals reaching 2 dis- tance to origin of anal. : Height of anterior rays of anal equal to length of ventrals, the last half of the anal but half as high. Color in alcohol, straw. A faint silvery band Saany from base of caudal to below the dorsal fin. The lower lip black. The fins im- maculate. A note of the collector with No. 237 states that the caudal fin is red. - Some of the examples preserved in ante state the dorsal and pec- torals edged with black in front. In a number of specimens the middle caudal rays are dusky. Min. Max. Average. TGCS OT EOS a 00190 ge me 33.0 79.0 55.7 J TOS Se Go Ra 18.0 22.0 ET orisk tart Meee URE AT ar Berta aod ale 8 3.4 4.0 [SG ee eet Ce ares i near ee ee nee me 3.8 4.0 ENV ee tee een Eee Hus Bh rat eeei gS 3.0 4.0 Perforated scales ................ OR ee ee ae 7 14 BTR GCR RRA AT Wels nee aera eg atk 14 20 Pe etectite ee casei cairo os Pore eh OER la occa tennant 9 13 Daur cll by tn ar er oe ee ese cee eee, ee 36 42 Scales 5.5 to 7-36 to 39-4.5 to 6. 61. Aphyocarax alburnus? A single specimen agreeing in many respects with alburnus, of which we have not the original description. Length 31mm. A.19. Scales 4-36-44; depth 3; head 33; eye 23 in the head, 8 scales perforated; 14 intermaxillary, 2 maxillary and 18 mandibular teeth. Mouth‘ very minute, snout little more than half the eye. The specimen is deeper than in descriptions of alburnus. 62. Aphyocharax anisitsi sp. nov. Type No. 10,028, 41 mm. (part of 8). Asuncion. Co-types No. 10,027, one specimen (No. 6). Asuncion. No. 10,029, three specimens (No. 7). Asuncion. No. 10,024, nine specimens (160). Campo Grande. No. 10,026, six specimens (264). Campo Grande. No. 10,031, one specimen (94). Arroyo Trementina. No. 10,025, one specimen (226). Arroyo Chagalalina. This species is very closely related to alburnus from the Peruvian Amazons. It differs from that species chiefly in the number of scales in the lateral line. Description of the type: 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, Depth 34; head 4; D. 10; A. 19; scales 33, seven perforated. Slen- der, elongate; dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched. Head pointed, mouth small, oblique, the lower jaw slightly projecting; eye twice as long as snout, 24 in head. Seven teeth in each inter- maxillary, 2-3 in each maxillary, 10 in each side of the mandible. Maxillary little beyond vertical from front of orbit. Origin of dorsal much behind ventrals, equidistant from tip of snout and middle of caudal lobes. Caudal moderately forked. Pectorals reaching to ventrals, ventrals not to anal. None of the rays filiform. Straw colored, upper surface peppered with pigment cells, tip of lower jaw and snout dusky. No distinct markings. In the table below is given the measurements of 16 specimens: Min. Max. Average. Aeeseapet nin crisetee me MN se sees eee 34.0 41.0 36.11 ee. ee ooo. cae onis evi AO 19.0 23.0 DD eyo 55a, ee ee onc 3.0 3.75 acl 2. SE ee Ais Lonel nut 3.75 4.2 STUY C! iiss eee eae oo aces cnet kat ee 3.0 3.33 Periora ted BEMIES) o fecic..- <6 e<< ocean eee eee 6 a5 (Saategtacsall Ary... ....3).-s.-scsseee eee ee 13 16 Rectan wWiaxdllegy 2 «3. However, I find two males of N. americana dacotana labelled ‘‘ Colo. 2,076.” eae 1903 J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 comparatively narrow, as in martinella, but it receives the recurrent nervure far beyond its middle (at its middle in martinella type); in size it nearly agrees with martinella; the first joint of the flagellum is not much shorter than the second, seen from the front, whereas in martinella type it is considerably shorter. All these insects are very easily separated from N. americana by the clear red antenne and thorax without a black stripe. At a glance they look like N. ultima taraxacella, but they are Centrias, with strongly punctured abdomen and spines on front coxe. They have not the black diamond on the metathorax, which is seen in tarazacella. Nomada scitiformis, sp. n. o’.—Length about 9 mm.; black with yellow markings; legs red and black. Flagellum constructed and colored as in N. scita, of which I had supposed this a variety, until I saw the real scita from Colorado. N. scitiformis differs from scita thus: Somewhat larger; clypeus low, no supraclypeal mark, and lateral marks shorter, so that the black area below the antenne is much larger; postscutellum entirely black; ab- dominal bands lemon-yellow; first segment with no band, but only a spot on each side; band on second segment very broad at sides, rapidly narrowing mesad, where it is interrupted; legs a darker duller red, with more black; hind femora mostly black. Hab.—Corvallis, Ore., June 2 to 8 (Cordley). Sometimes the clypeus has only the anterior margin yellow; and sometimes the first abdominal segment has an interrupted band, while that on the second is narrowly continuous in the middle. Five specimens examined. N. scitiformis and also N. scita belong to Centrias, having a spine on the anterior coxa. The anterior legs of the males of these and N. americana differ thus: N. scitiformis: Spine black, fairly long; red of leg fairly bright. N. scita: Spine pale red, slender and rather long, directed caudad; red of leg bright. N. americana: Spine red, short; red of leg not so bright. Aside from these characters, the males of Centrias (+ Nomadula) are easily separated thus: 1. Hind femora distinctly arcuate; base of abdomen with much red, americana, Kirby. Hind femora not arcuate; base of abdomennotred, . . 2. . Antenna without a pale annulus (middle region of flagellum), erigeronis, Rob. PtiLenta With &pale annulus, . . «=~. « wom se). Oe 3. Hind femora with much black; no supraclypeal mark, scitiformis, Ckll. Hind femora bright red; a supraclypeal mark, . . scita, Cress, bo 592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug ; The female N. americana is easily distinguished from the red species of Gnathias and Nomada s. str. by the strongly punctured abdomen: lirby says nothing about this, and it is with some hesitation that I follow Robertson’s identification of the species. N. articulata, Smith (~ from Brookings, 8. Dak., June 8, 1891) has a long spine on the anterior coxa, and belongs to Centrias. The hind femora are arcuate, and the ground-color of the abdomen is mainly red. This specimen of N. articulata was identified by Mr. Fox, who gave it to me; but I find that it is not typical, and in fact Smith’s description of articuvlata applies to the ordinary male of americana. Kirby, as understood by Robertson. Hence, if any one should wish to discard Kirby’s name as of uncertain application, articulata will be the proper name of the insect. I do not believe that valida, Smith, which has priority of place, is applicable. The South Dakota insect, just referred to, may be described thus: Nomada americana dacotana subsp. n. o.—Length about 9} mm.; mesothorax largely dark red, leaving a broad median black band; lower inner angle of second submarginal cell produced; abdomen light red with yellow bands; basal half of first segment, and apical portion more or less, black; first segment with a yellow band narrowly interrupted in middle; band on second segment greatly narrowed but continuous in middle. Hab.—Brookings, 8. D., June 8. Also two specimens with band on second segment interrupted, marked ‘‘Colo., 2,076,” in National Mu- seum. Also three males from Montana (Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.). Nomada rubicunda (Oliv.). This is also a Centrias. I have before me six females collected by Mr. Viereck in New Jersey; one at Clementon, May 16, 1897, five at Riverton, April 29. The insect is easily distinguished from americana by the light bands on the apical half of the abdomen, these bands in the New Jersey form being creamy-white. The basal nervure is a little basad of the transverso-medial. Nomada (Heminomada) obliterata, Cress. A female from Indiana (Nat. Mus.) bears the Bakerian number 2,003. The species goes west even to Montana, as shown by two males in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. One of them, very curiously, has a triangular areolet on both sides at the beginning of the first recurrent nervure. The following species are small (all under 10 mm. long), with numer- ous clear-cut yellow or white bands on abdomen: 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5938 Females. 1. Legs with much yellow; clypeus yellow; metathorax all black, jormula, Viereck. er omne Mie ult... ReMemOn tare) Pee tirs6 335) aria, Yea Te eee 2. Markings yellow; punctures of mesothorax very coarse and dense (Las Vegas, N. M.), . . . modesta, Cress., var. vegana, CkIl. Markings cream-color; punctures of mesothorax well separated on PSMMMMTOTOUNC cabetaee ys ee 4, es 6 Bterecks. Clell: Males. 1. Apical plate of abdomen conspicuously notched; legs red, . 2. Apical plate of abdomen rounded or truncate, with at most a feeble UUCIWEIMERUTONS WS” eels 48), fop Cn en RC res Mane Re a 2. Scape slender, 3. Scape swollen, yellow in 1 fr ont, a SS A A Nae sale Ais yu 3. Markings w hite, Serta wren Sete memento. | Maereckoe Cll. Markings y ellow, , . crucis, Ckll. 4. Flagellum very long, entirely, black above, denticulate; lateral face- marks narrow, . : jragilis, Cress. Flagellum black above at base and 2 1 joints before the last; lateral face- IMATCSMOLOAMM Art st ho eM eniac, "sf Sena” Oress: 5. Legs red, . eee Rey nine sue ew ae eG Legs with much yellow, ENTE PR aed 2's ed La cS: 6. Face covered with white hair; scape swollen, yellow in front, sophiarum, Ckll. Face practically bare; scape slender, . . Ke . Abdomen broader; lateral spots, but no band, on third segment, lippie, Ckll. Abdomen narrower; a band on third segment, neomexicana, Ckll. 8. Supraclypeal mark present; metathorax with much yellow, suavis, Cress. No supraclypeal mark; metathorax all black, . verecunda, Cress. “I N. werecki, crucis, sophiarum, lippie and neomexicana have been described in a paper sent to Annals and Mag. of Nat. History. The N. suavis before me is a single example from California, from the National Museum. JN. fragilis I recognize in a specimen which I col- lected at Pecos, N. M., June 21,1903, at Salix. Itisa Xanthidium, and is not allied to the other species in the above table. The third antennal joint is exceedingly short, and the basal nervure is a little basad of the transverso-medial. Of N. scita I have before me five examples; one from Montana (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.), the others from Colorado, apparently from the Baker collection, bearing numbers 2,076 and 2,185 (National Museum). Of N. verecunda I have before me five from Nevada (Coll. of 38 594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.). They differ very much from one another, and I thought at first to separate two species, one larger, with the scape yellow in front, the other smaller, with the scape dark. I think, however, they are certainly all one species. The transverse medial nervure is basad of the basal; a peculiar character, shared (as I learn from Mr. Viereck) by N. adducta, putnami, suavis, snowi and heilig- brodt. Nomada ruidosensis, sp. n. o.—Length 7 mm.; in the above table it runs doubtfully to N. jragilis, with which I had confused it; it differs, however, as follows: Head narrower; facial quadrangle almost square, not broadened above; no supraclypeal mark; upper part of lateral face-marks narrower; scape little swollen, dull reddish-yellow in front; flagellum (long as in jragilis) more slender; third antennal joint, seen from above, very little shorter than fourth; a small yellow spot on pleura, but no yellow on scutellum; general tint of legs darker, the black more suffused; first abdominal segment entirely black; yellow band on second segment narrowly interrupted. The flagellum is not denticulate. Hab.—Ruidoso creek, New Mexico (FE. O. Wooton, No. 67). Allied to N. dentarie, Rob., but much smaller. The basal nervure meets the transverso-medial, but a little on the basad side. The sec- ond submarginal cell is very broad above. The ventral surface of the abdomen is dark brown, with obscure markings. Nomada elegantula, Ckll. A new locality is Lewiston, fasion one in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ““deposited by Wm. J. Fox.” The following species have bidentate mandibles, and belong to Robertson’s genus Gnathias: Females. 1. Abdomen without yellow spots, : Mh 0. Abdomen with yellow spots, . ; 3 rgete 2. Head and thorax dark; scape dark, with a red basal spot, perplexa, Cress., var. Head and thorax lighter; scape entirely red in front, 3. Mesothorax and metathorax with a black median band (Louiee ana), . . louisiane, Ckll. Mesothorax and metathor ax W ‘ithout a “black median band (Ne- vada), . . . rhodalis, Ckll. 4. Fifth abdominal segment 1 with yellow spots, . 2: nn Fifth abdominal segment without yellowspots, . . . . 8. 5. Lower anterior orbits yellowish ; pygidium ovate; mesothorax commonly with threestripes, . . . . . ~ - ovata(Rob.). 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595 “I ie) 16. 5. Tower anterior orbits not Ee mesothorax with not more than one stripe, . . te 0s Larger; 10 mm. long or over; red of abdomen quite bright, | bella, Cress. Sigler sonore german loans bs etsWykhs Vel ol te SOR _ Red of abdomen dark, . Daas = 2 CUNedIO CIAO Os): Red of abdomen light (Color ado), Pew sehe so schborzs,Glalle Length over 10mm.; abdomenratherlong, . .... . 9, Length under 10 mm., é enter Skeeter s, ae) 8 Oe . General color darker (Pan N. H. ), Wr se Sibella, "Cress. var: General color lighter (W ash. Ore., B.C.), . . bella, Cress., var. . Dark species; seape in front black or blackish, with red basal spot, perplexa, Cress. Seape in front red, ee eRe cave 8. a anai). Ais t 2) LT; . Two submarginal cells, ee = graye eastonensis. Cll, var. Three submarginal Cells yaoi es le . Yellow spots on second abdominal segment small and i inconspicu- GUS 0c ¥: : Wig ela. Yellow spots ¢ on second abdominal seement conspicuous, A «Wel: . Face very broad; orbits hardly converging below; third submar- ginal cell very high and narrow, but not much narrowed to mar- ginal (Wash. oe Agtat3 . . . washington, Ckll. Face narrower ; orbits conspicuously ¢ converging below, . . 14. wPhird. submarginal cell narrowed ay or quite toa point above, broad below CWashi)) S03 . . grayt eastonensis, Ckll. Third submarginal cell not thus narrowed above, . . aonlos . Abdomen long, light red; only a little black at base of first seg- ment, |. : » graye, Cll. Abdomen shor ter, broader and darker; ‘much more black at base of first segment (Oregon), . : 22). rhodomelas,CKil.? Smaller and lighter (North Carolina), Ne . caroline, Ckll. Larger and darker (N. H., Pa., Ind., Kans. ,Neb.), cuneata (Rob.). Males. . Seutellum ser spotted with yellow; tegule more or less yel- FO frets. Cy baat wn Asa ee Scutellum black or red; tegule ferruginous, eR ets Sa . Middle joints of antenne not longer “than wide, . . ovata (Rob.). Middle joints of antenn:e longer than wide (Texas), lepida, Cress. . Clypeus with only the anterior margin yellow, though often Proadly” 3." >. 1 are eee. S Clypeus all or with the oreater part > yellow, . . . ve . Abdomen broad, very dark red, with two w idely distant spots on second segment, and aan on sai 5 Fy ee Cress. Abdomen lighter, . . . rls: Second submarginal cell receiving recurrent. nervure ‘bey ond i middle; abdomen light red with four lar ge yellow spots; ee black in front; second submar ginal cell narrow (Oregon), rhodomelas, Ckll. 596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Second submarginal cell receiving recurrent nervure before or at itsmiddle; sae 2... 6. 6. Larger; yellow marks on ‘second abdominal segment almost meet- ing in middle line, . . xp luc. LA mohears Smaller; yellow marks on second abdominal segment widely sepa- rated, meas . . cuneata (Rob.). . Abdomen long and narrow, , bright red, with very widely separated yellow spots on second and third segments; second submarginal cell receiving recurrent nervure a little ‘bey ond its middle; scape red tinged with yellow in front; second submarginal cell broad (Nevada), ge I ee Cees Roan Ckll. Notason s.. : es 8. 8. Rocky Mountain species; - mesothorax with more or less red; lat- eral margins of metathoracie enclosure curved inward; third antennal joint on upper side at least as long as fourth; no black spots on red part of first abdominal segment, coal (204) ie Tees Species of the country east of the Rocky Mountains, going west in the north to Washington State; mesothorax rarely with’any red, when with red, lateral margins of metathoracic enclosure prac- tically straight, . .. Sioa Re Third antennal joint short; second submarginal ‘cell narrowed above, and receiving the recurrent nervure at or before its mid- dle (New Mexico), . . . . . schwarz contractula, Ckll. Third antennal joint longer: second submarginal cell broader above, and receiving the recurrent nervure beyond its middle (Color ado), he 2.) 4 . NSCh ware, ee 10. Mesothorax largely red (Lehigh Gap, Pa. ) . perplexa, Cress., var. Mesothorax black, . .. . : > ples 11. Size largest; length nearly 10 mm.; ; eyes usually pale; abdomen usually with well-dev eloped yellow bands, . ._ bella, Cress. Size medium; length little over 7 mm., sometimes smaller, . 12. Size smallest; length about 6 mm. or less, . . cuneata (Rob.). 12. Scape light red in ‘front; spots on light part of first abdominal seg- ment ‘practically obsolete ; scutellum lar gely red (New York), cuneata var. “| to) Scape black ordarkredinfront, . . . ae He 13. Scape black in front; eyes gray; s scutellum black; abdomen with cream-colored bands, . , albofasciata, | Smith. Eyes black or nearly so; seutellum black or red; two black spots on first abdominal segment distinct (W isconsin), cuneata var.? Nomada lepida, Cresson. o.—Length 73-84 mm.; head and thorax black, with abundant hair, white except on vertex sad dorsum of thorax, where it is tinted with brownish-gray, so as to appear dirty; facial quadrangle longer than broad; labrum, basal part of mandibles, clypeus (but no supraclypeal mark), and narrow lateral face-marks extending to level of antenne, lemon-yellow; posterior orbits with a narrow yellow line extending 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 about half-way up; scape scarcely swollen, dull yellow and striato- punctate in front; flagellum rather dark ferruginous, the basal half more or less black above; third antennal joint shorter than fourth; thorax very densely punctured ; narrow stripe on upper margin of pro- thorax, tubercles, round spot (not conspicuous) on anterior part of pleura (sometimes absent), and two oval spots on scutellum (which may be absent or represented by very small reddish-yellow spots), all vellow; an orange stripe on postscutellum, and an orange dot at each anterior corner of scutellum, may be well-developed or practically obso- lete; tegule more or less pale yellow; wings clear, dusky at apex, nervures dark brown, stigma dark ferruginous; second and third sub- marginal cells equally broad above, or the second may be somewhat broader; basal nervure a considerable distance basad of transverso- medial; legs pale ferruginous, with yellow knees and yellow stripes on the tibie ; most of coxee, base of middle femora, and hind femora except apex, black; abdomen dark brown with six bright yellow bands, that on second segment very broad, and not much narrowed in the middle, that on fourth inclined to be narrowly interrupted; apex bidentate; venter dark reddish marked with yellow. Hab.—Round Mountain, Tex., three in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Collector unknown. Also two from Colorado (Baker collection, No. 1,871), in the National Museum. The species has been recorded from Rock Island, Ill., and Berkeley, Cal., but possibly the specimens from the latter locality may be wrongly determined. Mr. Viereck very kindly went over the whole Cresson collection to see if there were any species of Gnathias not recognized as such by me. He found only N. lepida; N. amena was not in the collection, and could not be examined. I had described N. lepida as new, and it is only Mr. Viereck’s reference of it to Gnathias that has enabled me to correct the error. I let my description stand, as it will probably be useful. Nomada grayi eastonensis, subsp. n. 2 .—Length about 8 mm.; red. Differs from N. gray by the third submarginal cell narrowing to a point above, the anterior orbits diverg- ing less above, and the greater amount of black at the base of the first abdominal segment. In the type specimen, and also in the type of N. grayt, the first ventral abdominal segment has a black mark resem- bling a fish-tail. Hab.—One specimen, marked ‘‘ Easton, Wash., K.,” is in the Na- tional Museum. Another marked “W. T.” in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. 598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Phila. is referred to eastonensis, but is peculiar for having the nervure between the second and third submarginal cells wanting. Nomada rhodomelas, sp. n. o.—Length about 8 mm.; head and thorax black, extremely closely punctured; facial quadrangle nearly square; anterior margin of clypeus (failing in middle), labrum, base of mandibles, and very narrow lateral face-marks ending as a fine line scarcely as high as antenne, all yellow; scape black; flagellum red, basal half black above; third antennal joint nearly as long as fourth; thorax entirely black except that the tubercles are coppery-red; pubescence of head and thorax abundant, dull white, about the same color throughout; legs red, basal half of anterior femora beneath, middle femora behind except apex, and hind femora at sides and beneath, black; tegule light ferruginous, shining; wings fairly clear, dusky at apex; nervures and stigma dark brown; second submarginal cell narrow, higher than broad; third about or nearly as broad above as second, but greatly broadened at base; basal nervure a fair distance basad of transverso-medial; abdomen narrow, light red; basal half of first segment black; hind margins of first and second segments narrowly blackened, especially at sides; second and third segments each with a pair of large light yellow spots, wide apart and not pointed mesad; apex with a shallow emargination; venter red, more or less clouded with blackish, and black at base. Hab.—Corvallis, Ore., May 20, 1899 (Cordley). A female from Cor- vallis, April 15 (Cordley), is referred to N. rhodomelas with much hesita- tion. It is red, and agrees with rhodomelas, and differs from grayi, in having much black at the base of the first abdominal segment. The second submarginal cell is very different from that of rhodomelas, being greatly broadened at the base, not essentially different from that of grayi. ‘The abdomen is oval, quite broad, with round yellow spots on the sides of the second segment. The region just above the antenne is black. Nomada washingtoni, sp. n. °.—Length about 8} mm.; a bright ferruginous species, super- ficially similar to grayi, but with a shorter, more shining abdomen. It differs also by its considerably broader face, the orbits hardly converg- ing below, and the peculiar third submarginal cell, which is high and narrow, the outer side regularly curved. The wings are dusky, the stigma is dark, and the basal nervure is a long distance basad of the transverso-medial; antenne wholly red, except that the scape has a black mark above; third joint very much shorter than fourth; middle of front with a large black patch; mesothorax with a median black 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599 stripe, but that on metathorax merely indicated on lower part; abdo- men very broad; hardly any black at base of first sezgment; second with a small round yellow spot on each side; first ventral segment with a suffused black fish-tail mark; legs red, middle and hind femora more or less black at base beneath; first joint of hind tarsi blackened. Hab.—Washington State (further particulars unknown), one in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Nomada physura, sp. n. o.—Length 9 mm.; head and thorax black, very densely punctured, hairy, the dorsal hairs orange-ferruginous, the others white; facial quadrangle broader than long, especially above, the orbits conspicu- ously converging below; mandibles (except tips), labrum, clypeus, and lateral face-marks (narrow, and ending in a very fine point about level of antenne), lemon-yellow; antenne long, third joint considerably shorter than fourth; scape stout but hardly swollen, hairy, reddish- yellow in front and black behind; flagellum bright ferruginous, basal half blackish above; upper margin of prothorax, spot on anterior part of pleura, tubercles, tegulz and scutellum, bright ferruginous; tegulz strongly punctured; wings fairly clear, dusky at apex, nervures dark brown, stigma ferruginous; second and third submarginal cells broad ; basal nervure a moderate distance basad of transverso-medial; legs bright red, coxe largely black; front and middle femora at base be- neath, and hind femora beneath and behind except apex, black; spurs light ferruginous; abdomen narrow-fusiform, bright red; basal half of first segment black; apical margin of first four segments very narrowly blackish; second and third segments with rounded lateral yellow spots, those on second much the largest; apical plate narrow, truncate, feebly notched; venter bright orange-ferruginous, with the base black and four narrow blackish transverse bands. Hab.—‘ Nevada’; no other particulars known. One in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. It does not seem probable that this is the male of N. rhodalis. Nomada schwarzi, sp. n. o.—Length 84 mm.; allied to bella and cuneata, but distinguished by the characters given in the table. Antenne bright red, scape and first four joints of flagellum partly black above; mesothorax very coarsely punctured, with the lateral margins and two stripes on disk, dark dull red; scutellum and postscutellum rather bright red; pleura with a red spot in front, and dot beneath wings; tubercles, tegule and narrow upper border of prothorax red; legs red, blackened basally; wings clear, with clouded apex; stigma dark reddish-brown; basal 600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., nervure a fair distance basad of transverso-medial; abdomen rather light red, nearly basal half of first segment black; large yellow marks on second and third segments elongated and pointed mesad; apical seg- ments suffused with blackish; apex deeply emarginate; venter red, black at base, and with suffused blackish markings. 2 .—Length about 8 mm.; red; mesothorax with one black stripe; first abdominal segment with a pair of lateral black stripes diverging from the middle of the base, each deeply notched anteriorly; second submarginal cell very broad above. General characters much as 2 cuneata (see table). Hab.—Veta Pass, Colo., June 28, “collection C. V. Riley”; in Na- tional Museum. ‘This, the type specimen, is a male. Two females in the National Museum are assigned here on the basis of probabilities; they are from the Baker collection, marked Colorado, number 1,871. Nomada schwarzi contractula, subsp. n. o'.—Length 8 mm.; distinguished principally by the characters given in the table. The greater part of the mesothorax is red, and the pleura has a large transverse red patch. The abdomen is broad, dark red and distinctly punctured. Stigma dark; third submarginal cell with the outer bend low down; apical plate of abdomen only very feebly notched. Hab.—Beulah, N. M., July, 1902. 1%. (Cockerell.) Perhaps a distinct species. Nomada perplexa, Cresson. Mr. Viereck has examined Cresson’s types, and finds they represent a Gnathias 8 mm. long; the scape in front dark ferruginous to dark brown and blackish, pale ferruginous or yellowish-ferruginous at base; no yellow spots on fifth abdominal segment; basal nervure a considerable distance basad of transverso-medial; third antennal joint little or dis- tinctly less than fourth. The species is a rather obscure but perfectly valid one. I have before me numerous specimens collected by Mr. Viereck, marked Lehigh Gap, Pa., males June 25 to 29, females July 1 to 21 (some of the latter collected by Mr. Rehn); Montgomery county, Pa., June 21, 2 ; Castle Rock, Pa., July 18, 1901, 2. Nomada rhodalis, sp. n. 2.—Length about 84 mm.; robust, abdomen broad-oval, shining; whole insect bright ferruginous, except a few black markings, viz., a stripe on prothorax, mark between wings and scutellum, and a spot in front of and above middle coxe; no black at base of abdomen; palpi darkened, with conspicuous light rings at the sutures; face broad; 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601 antenne long, third joint scarcely shorter than fourth; tegule ferru- ginous, conspicuously punctured; wings dusky, especially at tips; second submarginal cell scarcely broader above than third; basal nerv- ure a long distance basad of transverso-medial; nervures very dark; stigma small, ferruginous; first ventral segment of abdomen with a longitudinal black patch. Hab.—-Nevada (no details known). One in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Nomada bella, Cresson. N. bella was based on the male; Robertson in 1902 stated that N. maculata was the female of the same species. So far as I am able“to make out, this is correct; and Mr. Viereck, after examining Cresson’s types, writes: “‘I think bella is very likely the other sex of maculata.’’ As I have indicated in the table, the species presents some variation, which is partly geographical; but I am not at present able to distin- guish more than one species in the material studied. It is curious that the females from the northwest, where one expects melanism, are paler than those from the northeastern States. NV. bella flies from the latter part of April, through May, but apparently is over by June in most localities. In the series before me the males (bella, Cresson) are from Philadelphia, Pa. (Viereck); Riverton, N. J. (Viereck); Nyack, N. Y. (Zabriskie); New Hampshire (Baker collection. number 1,879); Polk county, Wis. (Baker); Michigan (Gillette); and Baldwin, Kans. (J. C. Bridwell). The females (maculata, Cresson) are from Franklinville, Pa. (Fox); Lehigh Gap, Pa. (Viereck); Indiana (Baker collection, numbers 1,876, 1,878); New Hampshire (Baker collection); Glenora, British Columbia (Wickham) ; Corvallis, Oreg. (Cordley) ; and Olympia, Wash. (Kincaid). It seems remarkable that a species found in In- diana and Kansas should fail to occur in Mr. Robertson’s district in Illinois, but he has never met with it. This fact illustrates the danger of error in making broad statements about distribution. I find I have a single male collected by Prof. Kincaid at Seattle, Wash., June 25,1897. This is much later than any of the dates on eastern speci- mens, but the insect appears to be a genuine bella. Nomada cuneata, (Rob.). In 1899 (Entomologist, p. 156) I commented on the geographical difference in size in the so-called N. maculata, and just before Robert- son’s recent paper appeared I had concluded that the small form ought to be separated. I am therefore very willing to recognize N. cuneata as valid. It does not always live apart from N. bella (maculata), but invades the territory of the latter in Kansas and Pennsylvania. WN. 602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., cuneata flies during April, May and the early part of June, its flight being coincident with that of bella. My latest date is June 5, Edge Hill, Pa. The localities represented are: Edge Hill, Pa., 2 (Viereck) ; Ashbourne, Pa., &’ (Viereck); Montgomery county, Pa., 2 (Viereck); Lehigh Gap, Pa., 2 (Viereck); New York State (Baker collection, 2, No. 1,868; &, No. 2,168) ; Indiana (Baker collection, 2, Nos. 2,002 and 2,040; o, No. 1,876); Illinois, & (Robertson; sent years ago as maculata); Lincoln, Neb. (Bruner) ; Cedar Bluffs, Neb. (Bruner). Six males from Polk county, Wis., and one from New York State, all from the Baker collection, represent forms differing from JN. cuneata, as is indicated in the table given above. They appear to constitute two geographical races, perhaps species; but as they are reddened by cyanide, and I have no females which belong to them, I leave them without names. Nomada albofasciata, Smith. I have before me one male from Polk county, Wis. (Baker), and one from New York State (Baker coll., 2,168), both from the National Museum. The species was described from Canada. It is separable from cuneata by the bands of the abdomen being creamy-white instead of yellow, but it is extremely closely allied. When the abdomen is retracted, the bands on the third and following segments become partly or wholly hidden. The length of the insect is 63 to 7 mm. Nomada louisiana, sp. n. 2 .—Length 8 mm.; dark red; antenne entirely red, third joint nearly as long as fourth; a short keel between antenne; some black between ocelli and between antennz; mesothorax with a single black band; metathorax with a black diamond; apical margin of wings strongly dusky; stigma dark reddish-brown, nervures fuscous; abdo- men without spots or bands of yellow; four black spots at sides of base of first segment; pygidium shovel-shaped. Known from N. cuneata by its narrower, more cylindrical abdomen, and narrower face. Hab.—Louisiana (Baker coll., No. 2,420), one in National Museum. With regard to the Bakerian numbers, it is well to state that they repre- sent particular lots of specimens, captured at the same place, but not particular species. Hence different species often bear the same number. Nomada caroline, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 74 mm.; red; region above antenne, region about ocelli, broad band on mesothorax, broad band on metathorax, much of prothorax, and region between wings and middle and hind coxe, all 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605 black; cheeks black behind; abdomen long-oval, extreme base and more of sides of first segment black; second segment with large sub- pyriform (pointing mesad) yellow spots; spots on third segment pres- ent, but concealed by the retraction of the segment; antenne wholly red, third segment almost as long as fourth; postscutellum dull orange; legs clear red, not blackened, except that the coxe are largely black; general color of insect conspicuously lighter than in N. cuneata. Lat- eral black mesothoracie bands may be more or less indicated anteriorly. Hab.—North Carolina, collector unknown. ‘Two in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Perhaps only a race of cuneata, but obviously different in appearance from any in my large series of the latter, and also from a very different region. The remaining species discussed in this paper have simple mandibles... The two following are comparatively large red and yellow species, super- ficially resembling N. zebrata and N. vincta. Nomada coloradensis, sp. n. 2 .—Iength about 11 mm.; general build as in zebrata, except that the head and thorax are somewhat smaller; head, thorax and legs bright ferruginous without yellow, and with little black; abdomen fer- ruginous, sculptured as in zebrata but less closely, leaving the surface shining; first segment with black at extreme base, half-way along sides, and in basal sulcus, but no yellow; second and third segments with very large pyriform bright yellow marks pointed mesad; fourth segment with a yellow band, broadly emarginate in the middle ante- riorly, and large lateral yellow spots; fifth segment with two yellow spots; venter ferruginous, immaculate. Labrum with a slight median longitudinal carina, and a small red tubercle on apical margin; facial quadrangle square; a very little black about ocelli and on inner side of antennal sockets; cheeks all red; antenne entirely red, third and fourth joints subequal, flagellum robust; mesothorax very densely punctured, with no black band; metathorax with a black band, broken on apical part of enclosure; enclosure very large; sides of metathorax somewhat angled, not hairy (in vincta they are also bare, but in zebrata covered with pale golden hairs); tegule shining, rather sparsely punc- tured; wings strongly yellowish, stigma ferruginous, nervures ferru- ginous on basal half of wing, fuscous on apical; second submarginal cell very broad above, third with its outer margin bent almost to a right angle, its apex greatly narrowed; basal nervure a moderate dis- tance basad of transverso-medial; hind tibiz rough with black bristles; pygidium broad shovel-shaped. Hab.—Colorado, bearing numbers 566 and 34; no further particulars 604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., known to me. One in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. I suspect that it came from Prof. Gillette. . Nomada wheeleri, sp. n. 2 .—Length 94 mm.; robust, red, yellow and black; eyes purplish- gray; face slightly narrowed below; clypeus (except lateral spots), labrum, basal half of mandibles, anterior orbits broad below and ex- tending more narrowly to top of eyes, and basal third of posterior orbits narrowly, all red; other parts of head black; front and vertex with very coarse punctures; labrum closely and coarsely punctured, with about four minute red denticles on middle of anterior margin; antennz rather short, third joint longer than fourth; first three joints bright red, the rest darker, the apical half of the flagellum thickened and quite dusky; mesothorax with dense extremely large punctures, its color dull red, the anterior margin narrowly black, and a black median band on its posterior two-fifths; the prominent upper margin of prothorax, tuber- cles, the strongly bilobed scutellum except its median suture, and the postscutellum, vellow; pleura red with a yellow spot; metathorax entirely black, the enclosure short, the sides heavily bearded with vel- lowish-white hair; tegule red, large; wings nearly clear, dusky on apical margin, stigma small, ferruginous, nervures brown; second and third submarginal cells of equal breadth above, third scarcely angled outwardly; basal nervure meeting transverso-cubital; legs red, an- terior cox with an apical point, hardly to be called a spine; abdomen closely and minutely but distinctly punctured; first segment red, clouded with black at base, and with two large transverse yellow marks; second red, almost covered by a dull yellow band which is very deeply and broadly emarginate in front; third yellow with the apical margin fuscous; fourth yellow, black at extreme base, and very narrowly fuscous on apical margin; fifth yellow; pygidium rounded at end; venter ferruginous, with a semilunar yellow mark on fourth segment. Hab.—Texas (Beljrage). One in U. 8. National Museum. Named after Prof. W. M. Wheeler, who has made such valuable contributions to the knowledge of Texan entomology. The densely (though very coarsely) punctured pleura, the markings of the face and abdomen, and the less robust form, distinguish this from N. beljragez, to which it is allied. The species belongs to Micronomada (syn. Cephen, Rob.), and it is also allied to N. fervida, Smith, which occurs in Florida and Georgia. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605 Nomada lehighensis, sp. n. 2 —Length about 74 mm.; ferruginous; area just above antenne, region of ocelli, cheeks behind, anterior margin of mesothorax and three longitudinal bands (the lateral ones more or less evanescent), band on metathorax and broad band from wings to middle coxe, all black; first segment of abdomen with lateral wedge-shaped blackish marks, but not black across the middle; second and third segments with dis- tinct but small and round lateral yellow spots; fourth with sometimes four very small and indistinct yellow spots; fifth without yellow; ven- ter ferruginous, darker in the middle, but immaculate. Mandibles simple; lower corners of face with a small yellow spot, not always evident; head broad, facial quadrangle a little broader than long; an- tenne entirely ferruginous; fourth joint distinctly but not greatly longer than third, and a very little shorter than twelfth; tegul fer- ruginous, punctured; legs red, the basal parts suffused with blackish; wings rather dusky, especially on apical margin; stigma very dark fer- ruginous, nervures fuscous; second submarginal cell with its lower inner angle produced; basal nervure a short distance basad of transverso- medial; pygidial plate with gently rounded sides, the apex subacute. o’.—Sinilar to that of N. sayi, Rob.; but face broader; the slender scape ferruginous in front; third antennal joint nearly as long as fourth, which is shorter than in sayz; basal nervure very near to transverso- medial (far basad of it in sayi); abdomen darker, with the yellow spots not pointed mesad; whole insect less slender. Hab.—Lehigh Gap, Pa., July 1, 1897, 2 ; July 11, 1900, 2 ; July 21, 1902, 2 ; June 29, 1901, 2 ;s June 25, 1901, 2, c'; June 30, 1901, &. Collected by Mr. Viereck. In one female the abdomen is without yellow spots; in another there is only one black band on the meso- thorax. N. lehighensis is a good deal like the Californian N. atrofrontata, Ckll., but among other differences the mesothorax of the latter is much more finely punctured. From the Oregonian N. ultima, Ckll., N. lehighensis is easily separated by its yellowish-red abdomen, with none of the coppery luster of ultima. Nomada sayi, Rob. I have an Illinois male from Mr. Robertson. Mr. Viereck has taken the species as follows: Clementon, N. J., June 2, 1901, 2 ; Edge Hill, Pa., females, May 20, 1900, April 28 and May, 5, 1901; Philadelphia, Pa., June 22, 1899, 2 ; Ashbourne, Pa., May 24, 1901, three males (all with scutellum red) and one female. It appears from these dates that N. sayi flies earlier than N. lehighensis. 606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Nomada valida, Smith. font Y 2 .—Length 8 to9 mm.; mandibles simple; abdomen dark chestnut- red, basal half of first segment black right across; second submarginal cell broad above; basal nervure a very little basad of transverso-medial., or sometimes a fair distance basad. I find the markings just as de- scribed by Smith, except that only the very narrow hind margin of the clypeus is black. I recognize N. valida in three females from the Baker collection, in the National Museum. Two are labelled “‘Canada, 1872,” and the other ‘‘New York, 1868.” The scutellum is convex, bristly, but very slightly bilobed. The fourth antennal joint is a little longer than the third. The insect is evidently close to N. simplex, Rob., but it lacks the spots on the abdomen. WN. valida is separated from N. corvalli- sensis by its larger size, distinct parapsidal grooves and dark bristles on scape; from N. clarkiz by its much darker coloration, and smaller wings. It is, however, a close ally of N. clarkiz, and when specimens have been collected right across the northern part of the continent, it may be necessary to reduce clarkw to subspecific rank. A male marked ‘Canada, 1872,” may belong to valida. It is 94 mm. long; face silvery-hairy; clypeus, supraclypeal mark and rapidly narrowing lateral marks, yellow; scape rather stout, yellow tinged with red, flagellum entirely red; thorax very dark, but the bifid red marks on mesothorax are faintly indicated; very narrow hind margin of pro- thorax yellowish; scutellum and postscutellum mainly red; pleura with an obscure dull yellow spot, and a smaller and more obscure red one higher up; metathorax all black, with coarse vermiform ruge at base; scutellum more prominent than in 9 , and with white instead of fuscous hairs; tegule pale yellowish-testaceous (deep red in 2 ); third submarginal cell as broad above as second (narrower in @ ); basal nervure a fair distance basad of transverso-medial; abdomen ferrugi- nous, basal half of first segment black; first segment with a rather narrow interrupted yellow band; second with a very broad yellow band, having only a linear median interruption; remaining segments with yellow bands, more or less notched behind laterally; apical plate deeply notched; venter dark ferruginous, with a large yellow spot at apex. The labrum is yellow, with a minute red denticle in the middle. The legs are red, the hind femora black beneath. The dentate labrum of this male allies it with N. armata, H.-S., which European species is said to occur, like valida, in Nova Scotia. The large size of this male (‘‘Canada, 1872”’) and the characters of the wings, tegule, metathorax, etc., make its identity with valida so 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607 questionable that I believe least confusion will occur if it goes for the present under another name. It may be called N. armatelia, sp. n. There is a second species in Canada (Baker coll., No. 2,174, in Na- tional Museum) which I had at first confused with N. armatella; the male is about 10 mm. long, and differs from armatella thus: N. armatella, sp. n. N. bethunet, sp. n. Denticle on labrum evident. | Denticle rudimentary. Posterior orbits black. Posterior orbits broadly red. Front and vertex black; a red spot | Front and vertex largely red. above each eye. | Scape cylindrical. | Scape swollen. Third antennal joint longer than | Third joint broader than long. broad. Pleura with hardly any red. | Pleura with much red. Base oj metathorax coarsely wrin- | Base of metathorax rugulose. kled. Metathorax entirely black. Metathorax with four red spots. Basal nervure considerably basad | Basal nervure very little basad. of transverso-medial. | Yellow band on second abdominal | Band broadly interrupted. segment with only a linear inter- ruption. Apical plate very narrow. Apical plate very broad. The characters italicized are important; the others may not have specific value. WN. bethuner is named after the Rey. C. J. S. Bethune. Another species with a denticle on the labrum is NV. depressa, Cresson, if I have correctly identified as such a specimen collected by Mr. Viereck at Lehigh Gap, Pa., June 30,1897. Itis afemale, and has the large semilunar depression on the fifth abdominal segment as described in depressa, It is about 9 mm. long. The second transverso-cubital nervure is incomplete in both wings. An allied species, described below, occurs in Oregon. Two males collected by Mr. Viereck at Philadelphia, Pa., May 2, 1897, have the mesothorax marked with dark red just as in N. arma- tella, and also possess a very rudimentary spine on the labrum, only visible because of its reddish color. I was almost ready to think these a varietal form of armatella, until I observed that they had bidentate mandibles, and belonged to Gnathias. As a matter of fact, they are a varietal form of N. bella, parallel to the variety of N. perplexa cited in the table of Gnathias. Typical bella also has a minute spine on the labrum, or rather a rudiment of a spine. Nomada volatilis, Smith, described from Canada, is, I believe, a form of N. bella. We are not informed whether it has bidentate mandibles, 608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., and I thought at first it might be NV. armatella; but the following char- acters indicate bella rather than armatella: Supraclypeal mark absent; antenne fulvous beneath (nothing said about yellow on scape); tegulz ferruginous; abdominal bands interrupted; apical margins of ventral abdominal segments fusco-ferruginous. Nomada hoodiana, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 9 mm.; ferruginous-red, the color of the abdomen bright; facial quadrangle square; cheeks with the anterior half red and the posterior half black; a little blackish about bases of antenne, sending lines downward to middle of sides of clypeus; ocelli on a small black patch; antenne entirely red, except for a small black mark on scape above; third joint subequal with fourth; mesothorax with one black band; tubercles rather coppery, surrounded by black; en- closure of metathorax entirely red, minutely wrinkled at base; tegulz yellowish-ferruginous; wings dusky along the veins; stigma dark red- dish; second submarginal cell broad, third greatly narrowed above; basal nervure far basad of transverso-medial; legs red; first four fem- ora with a black mark at base beneath; hind femora with much black suffusion beneath; abdomen of the comparatively long and nar- row type; base of first segment black, with four reddish spots, the an- terior edge of the black concave, and wavy in the middle; second seg- ment with small and obscure suffused yellow lateral spots; fifth seg- ment with a large semilunar velvety depression; pygidium very broad; venter red, a black fish-tail mark on basal segment. Hab.—Mt. Hood, Ore.; collector unknown, (Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.). The depression on the fifth segment is nearly twice as wide as in the Pennsylvania species I take for N. depressa. The species in the following table all have the abdomen strongly punctured, the punctures round and distinct. They belong to Micro- nomada and Centrias. Those marked (D.) are placed from the description, specimens not being available: Females. Abdomen red, without hight bands, 1. Abdomen with hght bands, te ee 2. 1. Flagellum clear red, (ee ee) On ee ee ee martinella, Ckll. Flagellum strongly dusky, ; . americana, Kirby, Pas Mesothorax red, basal half of abdomen at least largely red, . 3. Mesothorax black, with little, ifany,red, . 4, 3. Basal half of abdomen bright red; apical half with white bands, rubicunda, Oliv. Abdomen heavily marked with yellow, the two halves not con- spicuously different, . . i i 3 2). is % “wheeler ae ’ ; § % 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609 4. Basal half of abdomen not red, . . Cpe Gage eee First abdominal segment red: elypeus red, lateral face-marks white, . = te, = STORET COS): Abdomen red with white bands, ois, s car Pidgngsis GreCDy) . Mesothorax with obscure reddish ae size large, abdomen very broad): :)./. . . erigeronis, Rob. Mesothorax without any red; size smaller, abdomen not so broad... ». a/b 's (Oa Oe eet CRORE etd 6" . Legs largely yellow; ’ clypeus yellow, . . . . formula, Viereck. Legs red, : The : Mesothorax with the punctures ‘well separated, 8. Mesothorax with the punctures extremely dense, ‘ 9. » Markines creamy-white, 50.9... 2. 6 we. vlerecki , CkIL. Markings lemon-yellow,. . .. . 2... puinaini, Cr. Cs). F Chypeus red... ay. 2 os - .. modesta var. vegana, Ckll. Clypeus black, fear Op pg ie ae Ue MaRS i iar (8 . Metathorax with yellow spots, Pye. ens k. 6s modesia Or: Metathorax without yellow spots, . . . Sit aR . Lateral face-marks. white, . .-. . «. heilic ghrodti, Cr. se Lateral face-marks yellow, Aye ae . Punctures of mesothorax smaller, . . ... . ‘texana, or Punctures of mesothorax larger, .. See lo . Flagellum black beneath, . . _ modesta var. rivertonensis, Ckll. Flagellum red beneath, . . ... . =. . neomexicana, Ckll. Males. Apex of abdomen entire; supraclypeal mark surrounded by black, li Ppe, a Apex of abdomen notched, though sometimes feebly, f. iw) GO on Flagellum with a light median area, on each ‘side of w hich j 6 black, Flagellum ordinary, not so colored, sabe bin Af ph teas woe A Beecuke? pale yellow orimhitishy). bts. 6 eS OB ovate; deep, TergueimOUs-: Ph 4h.) Weg gie ee ik FE opie ow Gaia Be Pein) sUprachypealMaricn) cn ats en hae « - Scuiformis, Cll. Supraclypeal mark present, d 4, . First abdominal segment largely red, “without light markings, sophiarum, Ckll. First abdominal segment black, with a narrowly interrupted cream- colored band,. . . me ape ato ha, Oia . Ground color of abdomen nearly all red, americana var. dacotana, Ckll. Ground color of abdomen red basally, otherwise black, americana, Kirby. . Metathorax with yellow spots, . .. . . . . modesta, Cr. Metathorax without yellow spots, .. ieee . Size larger; apex of abdomen very deeply emarginate: no supra- clypealmark,. . . . .crassula, Ckll. Size smaller; anex of abdomen not so deeply ‘emarginate, of ee 39 610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., 8. Ventral surface of abdomen with two light bands, . . a: Ventral surface of abdomen dark, with at most minute. light marks, ee Sais. coy eee 10. 2 Markings yellow, Ss a. hens vip eth DM a ce ee Ca Ecce fete ,CkIL Markings white, . . J. orerecki OME 10. Labrum with a black spot; wings nearly clear, with a dark apical cloud, . . . neomexicana, Ckll. Labrum without a black spot; W. ings ‘very dark, tiftonensis, Ckll. Nomada modesta, Cresson. Originally described from Maine and Illinois. Robertson does not find it near Carlinsville, Ill., however. The specimens before me are from Riverton, N. J., both sexes (Viereck); Dakota, one @ ; Colo- rado, one &’. The Riverton specimens were taken August 3. A female from Anglesea, N. J., was taken by Mr. Viereck, August 8, 1901. Nomada modesta var. rivertonensis, n. var. This is really a mutation, lacking the spots on the metathorax; a specific character in other cases. One 2, Riverton, N. J., August (Viereck). Nomada modesta var. vegana, n. var. 2 .—Rather small; clypeus ferruginous. Apparently a geographi- cal race. Las Vegas, N. M., July 12, 1899 (A. Garlick); Colorado Springs, Colo., middle of July (Cockerell). The subgenus Microno- mada was founded on this form. Nomada tiftonensis, sp. n. ¢’.—Length about 7 mm.; in sculpture and markings like a small modesta, but lateral face-marks receding from orbits at end; meta- thorax all black; hind femora black behind except at base and apex; and ventral surface of abdomen without yellow marks. Third antennal joint longer than fourth; second submarginal cell very broad above. One specimen has the supraclypeal mark subobsolete. Hab.—Tifton, Ga., collector unknown. Two in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Nomada crassula, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 9 mm.; black with yellow markings, general ap- pearance like modesta, but abdomen broader, and sculpture of meso- thorax and vertex considerably coarser. Face-marks pale yellow, lat- eral marks shaped as in modesta, but there is no supraclypeal mark, and a band of black runs down-each side of clypeus, while there is a black triangle, cutting into the lateral marks, on the lower part of the anterior orbital margin. Labrum densely pubescent; antenne as in modesta, 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611 except that the scape is slender, punctured and ferruginous; tegule ferruginous with a yellow spot; pleura black with an oval yellow mark on posterior part; yellow collar, tubercles, scutellum and postscutellum as in modesta; median depression of scutellum ferruginous; metathorax without yellow spots, its pubescence very short and conspicuously plumose; wings dusky, very dark at apex; stigma ferruginous, nerv- ures rather pale fuscous; second submarginal cell very broad above; third narrow, its outer margin gently curved, greatly narrowed to mar- ginal; basal nervure meeting transverso-medial; legs red; hind femora black behind and beneath except at extreme apex and base; hind tibixe with a large yellow apical spot; hind coxe black with a yellow mark; anterior cox black with a red apical spot, and long spines; abdomen black; apical half of first segment fuscous, with an entire yellow band, which is indented on each side in front; second segment with a broad yellow band; third and fourth with narrow bands, interrupted in the middle, and deeply indented (or interrupted) on each side posteriorly; fifth with a narrow yellow band, and lateral spots; apical plate broad, black, very deeply notched; venter entirely black. Hab.—Louisiana, one (No. 2,563) in U.S. National Museum. The third antennal joint is longer than the fourth. The following Cres- sonian species have been examined by Mr. Viereck, and found to have, like N. crassula, the third joint longer than the fourth, and the basal nervure meeting transverso-cubital: belfragez, zebrata, ridingsii, modesta, cubensis, krugii, tibialis, imata and scita. The same is true also of N. formula. NOMADULA, subg. n. Type N. americana, “ Wairby,’”’ Robertson, Ckll.° Distinguished by the peculiar male antenne, the two sexes quite differently colored, the strongly punctured abdomen, and the spined anterior cox. In- cludes N. americana, N. martinella, N. scita, N. scitiformis, N. erythro- chroa and N. sophiarum. This is a compact group, quite distinct from Centrias, the type of which is N. erigeronis. WN. erythrochroa is much like martinella, but larger, and with the abdomen much more finely punctured, and the eyes more converging below. Nomada spherogaster, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 8 mm.; black and yellow, with the legs largely red; form very broad (like erigeronis), the abdomen spherical seen from above. The general appearance is so like N. crassula that I thought at first it might be the female of that species; but this cannot be, as the anterior coxe are not spined, and the punctures of the abdo- ‘ 612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., men, though distinct, are merely little semilunar depressions. Head broad, facial quadrangle broader than long; scape and face with black bristles; cheeks entirely black, covered with grayish hair; mandibles except tips, labrum (which has a slight tubercle), clypeus except upper part, and a transverse flame-like mark coming from the lowest part of anterior orbital margin, yellowish-ferruginous; a minute red spot at the summit of each eye; antennze rather long, third joint shorter than fourth; flagellum thick, dark reddish (the first joint brighter), as also is the scape; thorax rather abundantly clothed with dull grayish hair; mesothorax entirely black, extremely closely punctured; meta- thorax black, with two small yellow spots on the enclosure; scutellum with two large oval yellow spots; postscutellum black; pleura black; upper edge of prothorax, tubercles and tegule yellow; wings dusky, but not extremely dark, stigma and nervures rufo-fuscous; second sub- marginal cell broad above; third very broad below, its outer margin angled; basal nervure a short distance basad of transverso-medial ; femora black, red at apex; tibize and tarsi red, the tibize more or less marked with vellow; abdomen black, with a broadly interrupted yel- low band on first segment, a broad yellow band, not quite interrupted, on second, narrowly interrupted bands (more or less notched behind sublaterally) on third and fourth, and a large patch and lateral spots on fifth; pygidial plate very broadly rounded at end; venter black stained with red, especially on the second segment. Hab.—Riverton, N. J., April 22 (Viereck). Mr. Viereck finds that the following Cressonian species have, like N. spherogaster, the basal nervure a short distance basad of the transverso-medial, and the third antennal joint shorter than the fourth: accepta, proxima, vicina, fragilis, dilucida, libata, parata, crotchit and crudelis. Nomada electella, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 7 mm., proportions ordinary; black, vellow and red. Head and thorax bare, extremely coarsely rugose; head black, with the clypeus, supraclypeal mark, rounded lateral face-marks not going above level of clypeus, labrum (which has a strong reddish spine), mandibles except tips, and a minute dot at the summit of each eye, yellow stained with ferruginous; antennze rather long, first three joints rufous, the others dark reddish-brown, third joint very much shorter than fourth; thorax black, the upper margin of prothorax, prominent tubercles, scutellum and broad transverse band on pleura, yellow, the last tinged with red; tegule testaceous with a yellow spot; wings dusky, stigma and nervures fuscous; second submarginal cell small and narrow, narrowed almost to a point above; third broad below, its | | 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 615 outer side angled; basal nervure a little basad of transverso-medial (in electa, I learn from Mr. Viereck, it is far basad, in the manner of Gnathias) ; legs yellowish-ferruginous; anterior cox with a short and blunt, but very distinct, spine; abdomen shining, with minute shallow punctures, first segment impunctate; first segment with a cloudy red- dish band; second with a very broad yellow band, broadly interrupted in the middle; third with a narrower band, the middle third of which is wanting, and which is deeply incised sublaterally behind; fourth with a band which has only a linear median interruption, but sublat- erally is so deeply incised in front as to be almost interrupted; fifth with a very broad band, deeply incised sublaterally in front; venter dark ferruginous clouded with lighter, most of the second segment hight. Hab.—Georgia, one in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, mixed with N. electa, Mr. Viereck informs me. By reason of the spined coxe, it is allied to N. denticulata, Rob. Nomada robertsonella, sp. n. 2 .—Lengeth 74 mm.; bright ferruginous-red. This looks exactly like N. erythrea and N. rhodosoma; it differs from erythrea by having the abdomen without any coppery luster, the flagellum more slender, the third submarginal cell narrowed to a point above, and the second submarginal greatly produced at its lower inner angle. It differs from N. rhodosoma by having the third antennal joint only about half the length of the fourth, the third submarginal cell narrowed to a point above, and in the absence of a dark mark on the metathoracic enclosure. The basal nervure is a short distance basad of the transverso-medial ; the first abdominal segment is without black, but has two faint dusky spots on each side of the basal half; the labrum has a distinct but small tubercle. Hab.—Nevada, one in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., named after Mr. Charles Robertson. N. rhodosoma, Ckll., also occurs in Nevada; a single female from that State is in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Nomada rhodosoma var. rhodosomella, var. nov. 2 .—Smaller, length about 6 mm.; red color not so dark, more yel- lowish; hindmost third of mesothorax with a black band; a black stripe extending upward from region of middle cox; a black patch on each side of scutellum; no dark mark on metathoracie enclosure; tegule paler and yellower; abdomen more shining. Hab.—Colorado (Morrison). One in National Museum. Perhaps a distinct species. I do not know the male of this form. The colors and 614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., markings of the Californian male N. rhodosoma are rather suggestive of the European N. flavoguttata (Kirby); at least, the abdomens are extremely similar, though the slender dark legs, very dark antenne, reduced face-markings, and small black tegule of flavoguttata are quite different from those of rhodosoma. My material of flavoguttata is from Mr. Friese. Nomada ruficornis, (L.). “A male sent by Mr. Viereck, from College Park, Md., April 10, 1898, is referred to this species, as it agrees with the description; but I have not been able to compare it with European specimens. Nomada cressonii, Rob. In the National Museum is a male from Indiana, with the Bakerian number 1,876. Nomada kincaidiana, sp. n. 2.—Length almost 9 mm, bright ferruginous. Much lighter, and with a narrower abdomen than N. clarkii; looks like N. erythrochroa or N.rubrica; differs from erythrochroa by its minutely roughened, slightly broader and darker abdomen; broader and less bilobed scutellum; broader face less narrowed below; black lines from antennz to middle of sides of clypeus; smaller eyes; black patch before middle coxe, and anterior coxz without distinct spines. (In erythrochroa the anterior cox have very long spines.) The basal nervure is a moderate distance basad of the transverso-medial, while in rubrica they almost meet. The third and fourth antennal joints are both considerably shorter than in rubrica. Hab.—Washington State, one in Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. Named after Prof. Trevor Kincaid. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES O¥ PHILADELPHIA. 615 VARIATION IN THE SNAIL-GENUS ASHMUNELLA. BY T. D. A. COCKERELL. Dr. Pilsbry’s interesting remarks in these Proceedings, 1903, pp. 193-200, prompt me to offer some observations on Ashmunella. The species A. thomsoniana, with its various races or subspecies, inhabits the mountains near Santa Fé and Las Vegas, N. M., and has lately been obtained in sufficient quantities to afford statistical data which may be expressed in curves or polygons. On June 20, 1903, Dr. M. Grabham and the present writer collected a large number of A. thomsoniana coopere on the Kin Kale Ranch, Pecos, N. M. (alt. about 6,700 feet), and on plotting out the curves of shell-diameter, it was found that the mode for coopere fell exactly between thomsoniana proper and portere, though there was a tendency toward a secondary mode coincident with the normal mode of portere. The following table makes the facts clear, and can be converted into a series of curves by any one who cares to do so: ASHMUNELLA THOMSONIANA VARIETIES. Maximum Shell- | |41,5/12./12.5/13./18.5/14. |14.5/15./15.5/16.|16.5/17.|17.5(18. diameter in millim. | A. thomsoniana. | | | Near Cooper’s Mill) ORAS AD Om pole i. le | edeal ee eee |r [crew lore bosey ers (M. Cooper). | | A. t. coopere. | Pecos (Grabham and Cockerell). | A. t. coopera. Flood débris of | Pecos River, at Pecos (Cocke’l). A. t. portere. Manzanares Creek | TS LOE ore Gey sah se td (M. Cooper). Number of Specimens A. t. portere. Beulah, 8,000 feet San eed (MEE ne ioe Gea ptrcad WE (Martin D.Cock- ee | aaa erell). ee | | | 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., The Manzanares Creek portere represent a subvariety having the basal tooth with the outer denticle large and pointed, and the inner one quite rudimentary, a mere slight swelling; umbilicus large, broadly exposing penultimate whorl; parietal tooth strong. On the othér hand, the Cooper’s Mill thomsoniana have the basal tooth bifid as in portere, though they have the small size of typical thomsoniane. Whether they should be regarded as another distinct subvariety is uncertain, as so few specimens of the Santa Fé Cafion thomsoniana have been collected. It is to be remarked that size is not connected closely with altitude, regarding the whole series together. The large portere occupies the highest altitudes in the mountains near Las Vegas. A single example from the débris of the Pecos river had no basal or outer denticle, and could easily have been mistaken for A. ashmunt (Dall). Dr. Grabham and I dissected a number of the Pecos coopere, and found the epiphallus with a basal curve and double insertion of penis- retractor; spermatheca without any bulbous swelling at end, very variable in length, that of seven specimens measuring respectively, in mm., 29, 35, 22, 33.5, 35, 45, 31. In the Pleistocene beds at Pecos, Ashmunella is represented by the very distinct form I named pecosensis, but the other shells found in the beds are identical with living forms, namely, Pyramidula coopert, W. G. Binney, P. cooperi depressa, Ckll.,* P. hemphilli, Newe., P. shimekui, Pils.,* Succinea avara, Say,* Vitrea indentata umbilicata, Singley,* Vallonia cyclophorella, Ancey, Pupa blandit, Morse, Limnea humilis, Say.* Those marked with an asterisk occurred only in some dark-colored beds which seem to be more recent than the red beds containing A. pecosensis. High up on the bluff Dr. Grabham found an apparently fossil shell of A. t. cooperew, more strongly ribbed than the normal form, and thus tending toward pecosensis. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617 EXPERIMENTS WITH ANTS INDUCED TO SWIM. BY ADELE M. FIELDE. The behavior of ants often appears to originate in mental processes,! and the myrmecologist is perpetually lured to further experiment by a tantalizing expectation of ascertaining whether the cause of their action be psychic. One afternoon in the summer of 1901 I inadvertently left, upon the base of a Lubbock nest in the laboratory, a score or two of ants, Stenamma julvum, with a few of their larve and a little damp earth. Before the next noonday they had built with particles of the earth what looked like a roundish hut, not more than two centimeters long, with a doorway and a smoke-hole. Its outside shape was like that of the interior of one of their recesses in their wild nests. They had carried their larve into it, and had thereby screened them from light and from the wind. The air of the room was dry, and after a few hours the edifice disintegrated from the evaporation of its moisture. These ants live under loose stones and among the roots of grasses, and do not build habitations on a surface. In opening scores of their nests, I have never found any similar structure. The little hut seemed to be evidence of a purposeful adjustment to new conditions. ‘In August, 1903, I left upon the bottom of a dish, surrounded by water in a larger dish, about. seventy Lasius latipes workers, with fifty of their tiny co- coons, in two centimeters of earth, covered by a pane of orange glass ten centi- meters long and eight centimeters broad. Such glass excludes, partially but not wholly, the ultra-violet light-rays always avoided by the ants. The earth extended about four centimeters beyond the glass. There was a morsel of food on the glass. The ants had been undisturbed and unobserved for ten days, when I saw that they had nearly covered their roof-glass to the depth of about two millimeters with particles of earth. Many of the particles were half as long as the longest of the ants, and certainly heavier than any one of them, and could not have been laid on the glass without considerable effort on the part of the ants. This over- laying of the glass secured darkness for the workers and the young under the glass; and numerous runs with exits outside the edge of the glass had been made in the earth below, as is done in their wild nests under stones. Thinking that the presence of the food on the glass might have influenced the deposit of the particles of earth, I removed the food to the end of the dish, washed the glass clean and replaced it. In a few days the ants had again covered the glass with like particles of earth. The work was always carried on in the night, and I did not witness its performance. I made a similar arrangement of dishes, earth and glass for Stenamma fulvum, but these ants did not overlay their semi-transparent roof. 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., On August 29, 1903, I placed about fifty workers and three queens of this same species, with a half-teaspoonful of their pup, upon the base of the same Lubbock nest, in the same place in the same room,’ hoping that they would again build a hut for their young during the ensuing night. I had many tens of times put Stenamma fulvum on this board, with their nest-earth and young, and they had never once escaped by swimming. The board is square, thirty-eight centi- meters broad and four centimeters high. On its upper surface, about a centimeter from its edge, there is a channel having a flat bottom and vertical sides, two centimeters deep and from twenty- six to thirty millimeters wide. When this channel is filled with water an island about thirty centimeters square is formed by the central portion of the board. The ants were on this island, and their kind had never manifested ability to swim across the sur- rounding channel. These individual ants were habitants of a nest located at a considerable distance from any body of water, and they could have had no previous experience in swimming. I was there- fore astonished on the following morning in finding that the ants, in- stead of building huts for their young, were carrying it to a crevice forty centimeters from the island, between the supporting table and the wall of the room. Two of the queens had gone, and one queen remained with a group of newly hatched callows. The labor of trans- porting the callows continued all day. I was curious to see how the queen would reach the crevice, as no ant travels far on any path before untraversed by her. As soon as the queen crossed the channel there was increased excitement among the ants. Several of the larger ones approached the queen, and one of them lifted her free from the edge- way and carried her to the crevice. All the remaining callows and the pup were likewise carried to the crevice, and at nightfall not an ant remained on the island, nor had any dead ants nor deserted pup been left in the channel. The exodus had occupied thirty hours. When crossing the channel without a burden the smallest ants walked on the surface of the water. Heavier ones clawed the surface with the fore feet, walked with the middle pair and trailed the hinder ones. The degree of submergence greatly varied. When carrying a burden the ant swam with the legs wholly submerged, only the tarsi of the hinder ones being above the surface. The antenne waved constantly and progress was very slow. Ants without burdens were from ten to sixty seconds in crossing the channel, while burdened ones 2 These experiments were all made in the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass. 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619 were from one to three minutes in struggling across. Sometimes the burdened swimmer became completely submerged, and when this happened she abandoned the burden, which floated, while the ant scrambled ashore. It was evident that the strength of the burdened ants was exhausted in reaching the edgeway, though they crossed in a straight line at right angles to the length of the channel. They had chosen, as the main crossing-place, the narrowest part of the channel, which was on the side of the board opposite the source of light, a northern window. The next morning I thoroughly cleansed all parts of the board; turned the narrowest part of the channel to the opposite side, the northern; replaced it on the table; filled the channel with clean water; enclosed the board and an area half its size by a wall of plaster of Paris,’ and set within the area one of my artificial nests, having an entrance four millimeters wide at a distance of fifteen centimeters from the board. On the island I then put some ant-food, three hundred workers, twelve queens, of whom five had long been deprived of antenne, and a large teaspoonful of eggs, larvee and pups. These ants were from the same colony as those that had gone to the crevice. The only ants in the arena were those on the island. My preparations were completed at eleven o’clock, and the first ant, a small adult worker, crossed the channel at a quarter before twelve o’clock. The second ant crossed, in another place, fifteen minutes later, and a third crossed after another half-hour. At three o’clock four more workers and three queens had crossed. The workers appeared to be seeking a habitation, and the queens were roaming on the edgeway. The first ant to enter the nest was a worker that chanced to find the small entrance at five o’clock, when many ants were prospecting in the area. Before the discovery of the dark, warm, humid interior of the new nest, and up to seven o’clock, no ant had returned across the channel. The ensuing morning, at six o’clock, the ants were transporting young across the channel, mainly at its narrowest part, on the north side and toward the light. The eggs, larve and pupz were piled on the south side of the island farthest from the light, and many ants were covering the pile with their bodies. Rescuers ran along the edgeway, or held to it with their hinder feet and stretched themselves over the water, as if with the purpose of securing flotsam. If they rendered aid to struggling swimmers other than the queens, it was merely by ’ Forel’s method of preventing the escape of ants. 620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., assuring them in a touch of the antenne that they were nearing a foothold. Again, all the swimmers, with or without a burden, crossed the channel at right angles to its length. The swimming ants varied in length from five to seven millimeters, but the longest ones rarely re- passed the channel, and the transits were made chiefly by ants from five to six millimeters long. They therefore had to swim at least twice their length after relinquishing one shore before they touched the other. They always lingered long on the brink, running to and fro; entered the water with much hesitation, and relinquished the shore with delay. I supplied as much water as was lost by evaporation, and kept the surface of the channel nearly level with that of the island and the edgeway. The concavity of the meniscus was slight, but capillarity always hindered the ant in her departure at one shore and somewhat accelerated her arrival at the other shore. My first experiments were made with a view to ascertaining whether the ants laid each an individual track across the water, as is always done in traversing a solid. Test a.—I selected ants that must have crossed the water at least once, because they were returning to the island, and when they had released their hinder feet from the edgeway, I took, with a pipette having a curved point, some drops of water from the surface of the water directly in front of the swimmer. Of thirty-one ants, twenty- one went immediately on their way to the island, and ten turned back to the edgeway. The taking of the water may not have caused all of the ten to turn back, since many other ants, finding the struggle of crossing too great, turned back when the water was untouched. Had the ants that continued on their way had a track previously laid on the water, it would probably have been destroyed by my action, and the twenty-one ants would also have turned back. Test b.—Choosing an ant that was returning to the island, while she was in mid-channel, I passed a knife-blade five millimeters broad — several times around the ant, penetrating the water to half its depth. Of ten ants thus encircled none turned back. Test c.—I swept the floor of the room violently, raised much dust, and left the channel untouched during the ensuing twenty-four hours. I then counted the ants that crossed the channel during a half-hour, and found that twenty-one passages were made to the island and twenty-five away from the island. The latter number included four ants with burdens. With a shred of cloth I then brushed the dust 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621 from the whole surface of the channel, being careful not to touch its shores. I then counted all the ants that crossed during the ensuing half-hour. Twenty passages were made to the island, and twenty- two were made from the island. The latter number included two bur- den-bearers. The close correspondence of numbers is explained by the fact that a few individuals among the ants do most of the work undertaken. After the removal of the dust, with displacement of the particles of water over the whole surface of the channel, there was among the ants no action indicating either a difficulty in pursuing their routes, or a necessity for laying new tracks across the channel. Test d—I next considered only ants that had taken up a burden to carry away from the island, and when I saw one of these about to enter the water, I swept its surface with a little cloth broom that extended nearly across the channel. Fifteen burden-bearing ants crossed over water whose particles had just been disturbed to a depth of several millimeters. Their course was as direct and their time of crossing was as brief as that of burden-bearers whose path had not been thus swept. These tests show that the ants did not depend on a previously laid track when they crossed the water. They evidently expected to find the water in the place where they had previously encountered it. Each ant pursued her laid track on the wood to the edge of the channel, and then orienting herself by something other than her track, she crossed and picked up her track on the opposite shore. Bethe’s well-known hypothesis, that the ants orient themselves through a polarization of the scent laid down by their feet, is surely inapplicable when the ants have no track, and keep to their bearings without one. The difficulty of crossing the channel was greatly increased when the ant was forced to turn herself in the water in order to pursue her route, but even under this arduous strain most of the ants maintained their course. Test e.—With a small knife-blade I swirled the water when the ant was in mid-channel, so as to turn the swimmer once or more around, leaving her with her head toward the shore from which she had just come. The results were as follows: 1. Of nineteen ants, without burden, on their way from the edge- way to the island, fifteen turned themselves in the water and swam to the island. Four failed in the effort to turn and went back to the edgeway. §22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 2. Of twenty-two ants, without burden, on their way from the island to the edgeway, seventeen turned themselves in the water and went to the edgeway. Five failed in the effort to turn and went back to the island. 3. Of five ants, with burdens, on their way from the island to the edgeway, four turned themselves in the water and swam to the edgeway. One, after a long struggle, landed on the island. 4. A burden-bearer, on her way from the island to the edgeway, was gently turned around by me when she was in mid-channel and caused to land upon the island at her starting-point. She was mani- festly bewildered. Holding on to her charge, she wandered about over the island for twenty minutes, then returned to the place of her landing, laid down her burden, swam across the channel to the edgeway and back again, picked up her burden, crossed the channel again and went to the nest. Dead ants, or flecks of wood or yarn of the same size as an ant, when cast upon the water and turned by its swirling in the same way as that in which I turned the ants, did not revert to their former positions. The volition of the ant, not the force of the water, was the cause of the semi-revolution made by the ant in turning back upon her course. She can orient herself upon trackless water, as well as upon a tracked solid, but in either case her environment must have been previously explored. I then undertook tests showing whether the ant could orient herself when removed from the shortest line between the end of her path on the one shore and its beginning on the other shore. Test {—When the ant was on her way to the island, and in mid- channel, I placed the nozzle of a bulb-syringe at a distance from the swimmer and very gently drew the water and the ant several centi- meters out of her line of crossing and in the direction of the length of the channel, without changing the direction of the ant’s body. Of twenty-eight ants thus drawn away from their position, all gave marked signs of bewilderment. Some ceased for a long time from swimming; some made a complete revolution sidewise; some plunged deeper; some swam up and down the channel. That they had lost their bearings was as evident as if they had been upon a solid, although their movements were more limited in range. Twelve of these ants finally landed on the island and fourteen landed on the edgeway. Of five other ants crossing with burdens from the island to the edgeway, all were similarly bewildered by being drawn away from 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623 position, and were many minutes in reaching shore. Three of them landed on the island and two of them landed on the edgeway. Dead ants or flecks of wood or yarn, subjected to the same condi- tions, did not behave as did the ants, and made no similar movements. Test g—When an ant was returning to the island, and was in mid- channel, I pushed the water with the cloth broom, so that the swimmer would be borne on the water to a distance of a centimeter or two off the line by which she would have crossed if the water had remained untouched, but keeping the axis of the ant’s body parallel to that line. Of nine ants thus moved five went on to the island and four turned back to the edgeway. The evidences of bewilderment were much less marked than when the ants were drawn to a distance of several centimeters from their position. It is plain that the ants did not orient themselves from their own track where no track existed. Far less of manipulation than was spent upon the water will destroy the track of these ants upon a solid. They must have traversed the distance across the channel depending for their orientation on something other than their immediate foot- prints. Their lesser bewilderment when they were moved a lesser distance from their position, indicates that they orient themselves by something that is not far removed from them. This may be the remembered odor of objects at very short distances one from another, recognized for guidance from point to point, as is supposed by Forel. The ants gave no indication that they had an intellectual concep- tion of the island on which they spent many days, nor of its surround- ing channel, whose edgeway they seemed to everywhere explore. They gave no sign of an idea that if they crossed the water at any point they could reach a solid and their destination. They were manifestly guided by what was very minute in size and very near in position. But these minute things must be remembered, since the ant rightly orients herself by them after absences of considerable length. The queens were shoved off the island by the workers. They drifted rather than swam to the edgeway, were hauled out by waiting workers and carried by them to the nest. Many of the callows were carried all the way from the island to the nest, while others followed adult workers, all the time touching the leader with the antenne. Occasionally three ants crossed thus in file. On the morning of September 9, ten days after the ants had been placed on the island, only one queen and seven workers remained there. All the five queens without antenne had been transported to the nest, as had all the young. No loss of life or of young had oc- 624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., curred, with the exception of about twenty newly hatched callows that had succumbed to the adverse conditions attending their hatching.‘ *I append an irrelevant note concerning an abnormal form, uncommon in my ant-nests. On August 25, 1903, I found, in one of my artificial nests of Stenamma fulvum, a recently hatched gynandromorphic ant, bilaterally asymetrical. The size, form, color and wings on the left side were those of the normal male, while the right side was in all respects like that of a normal worker. Regarding such abnormal insects, Boveri (Ueber Mehrpolige Mitosen als Mittel zur Analyze des Zellkerns, 1902) presents the hypothesis that the first cleavage of the egg, marking the future axis of the body, occurred previous to fertilization; that the spermatozoan then entered one blastomere, producing on that side the female form, while the other blastomere developed parthogenetically into the male form. ; 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625 OcToBER 6. The President, SAMUEL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-six persons present. The Curators, Secretaries and Librarian reported on the work of the Academy since the last meeting. The deaths of Joseph P. Lesley, June 2, and Charles A. Blake, June 24, members; Carl Gegenbauer, June 18, and Augustus R. Grote, September 8, correspondents, were announced. Note on Crotalus scutulatus Kenn.—Mr. A. E. Brown stated that in a review of the species of North American snakes, published in 1901 by the Academy, he had considered Crotalus scutulatus Kenn. to be a synonym of C. atrox B. and G. Lately the receipt of a living example from Pecos, Texas, had convinced him that they are distinct. C. scutulatus has the scales on the upper surface of the head larger than in most Nearctic rattlesnakes, there being but two scales between the supraorbitals in front, and three behind. Two or three rows below the suborbitals. The rostral is triangular, sharply emarginate and acuminate above. Twenty-three rows of scales. The specimen is curiously intermediate in plan of markings between C. atrox and C. confluentus. It has the strongly contrasted black tail-bands of the former, while elsewhere the dorsal spots are much like those of C. confluentus in shape, in width of separation and in turning to cross- bands on the hinder half of the body. The oblique dark streak below the eye is intermediate both in breadth and direction, and on top of the head the only distinct marking is a black blotch on the prefrontals, the well-defined pattern of C. confluentus being absent. Kennicott and Cope both regarded this species as nearer to atrox than appears to be true. It is abundantly distinct and there is no need for a trinomial. C. atrox sometimes presents enlarged head scales, but never the dorsal spots turning to cross-bars posteriorly. C. confluentus, on the other hand, is wholly different in its markings on head and tail. In its head scales the present species departs from both in the direction of C. molossus, from which it is otherwise most unlike. C. scutulatus is known from northern Mexico, Arizona, and in Texas only from Pecos and, as reported by Mr. Boulenger, from Duval county. It is therefore Sonoran, and does not appear to enter the Austro- riparian. The following were accepted for publication: 40 626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., A NEW AMERICAN GENUS OF ARIONIDZ. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. Among other mollusks received from the Rev. E. H. Ashmun, the fruits of his first season’s collecting in Idaho, were a few small slugs, about the size of Agriolimax campestris (Binn.). The dark color, carinated tail and tripartite sole led me, upon first glance, to think it an immature Amalia; but subsequently, upon opening one to confirm the identification, it became at once obvious that an Arionid slug was before me—a slug not referable to any hitherto known species. This slug shall be called Zacoleus idahoensis. It is from Meadows, Washington county, Idaho." ZACOLEUS, gen. nov. The genus Zacoleus may be briefly defined thus: Ariolimacinze with the penis a simple sac continued beyond the insertion of the vas deferens; duct of the spermatheca enormously enlarged; marginal teeth with very long zonitoid mesocones, no ectocones; intestine but slightly twisted; sole tripartite; pneumostome behind the posterior third of the mantle; no caudal pore. Central nervous system peculiar by the unusually long cerebral commissure and very short cerebro- visceral and cerebro-pedal connectives. Zacoleus idahoensis n. sp. Externally the slug is black on the mantle and back, the flanks and head lighter, slate-colored; the neck or area around the anterior border of the mantle is dirty white. The reticulation is indistinct, and longitudinal lines above, oblique on the sides, predominate, somewhat as in Prophysaon ceruleum (Ckll.). Back of the mantle the body is keeled, the tail strongly so. The foot-margin is rather narrow. ‘The sole is narrow, yellowish-white, and divided by longi- tudinal grooves into three subequal areas. There is no caudal pore, but the acute tail appears somewhat abruptly truncate posteriorly in a view of the profile. The oval mantle somewhat exceeds one-third the length of the body. The pneumostome is situated between the 1T am indebted to Mr. E. G. Vanatta for assistance in the examination of these slugs. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627 posterior third and fourth of its length. One of the largest individuals measures, length 14, breadth of sole 1.3 to 1.5, length of mantle 5.6mm. In more contracted individuals the sole is somewhat broader in front. The wholly buried shell is calcareous and moderately strong, oblong, a little convex, the left side more straightened than the right, the slightly projecting blunt apex being terminal. The surface is marked with growth-striex, and seems to be without periostracum. Length 2.5, width 1.5 mm. The free retractor muscles are arranged as in Hesperarion and its allies, the ocular retractors and the pharyngeal retractor being inde- pendent bands converging to the posterior edge of the mantle-cavity where they are inserted in a group (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 6). The genitalia (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 5) were imperfectly worked out.? The penis (p.) is a stout, oblong sac receiving the vas deferens a little distad of the middle of its length, and its lumen is there contracted by a fleshy transverse body or sort of valve. Above this the walls are thicker. Both divisions are smooth within. The small spermatheca (sp.) is defined by a constriction from the duct (sp. d.), which is a very capacious sac, longer than the penis, opening directly into the atrium. Internally this relatively enormous duct has a few coarse longitudinal folds, the number increasing toward the distal end where they are numerous. Its structure, aside from size, is therefore what is ordinarily encountered. No retractor muscle of the penis was seen, probably owing to the ill preservation of the specimen, or to imperfect attention in the early stage of the dissection. The terminal duct only of the 2 system could be traced (o0v.). The alimentary canal is constructed on the usual Arionid type, though less twisted than in the related genera. The jaw is opaque, very thin, arcuate, and composed of numerous dark plaits or flat ribs separated by thin, transparent, much narrower intervals. In one specimen examined there are over twenty-five narrow ribs (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 3); in another the ribs are much wider and not so numerous (P]. XXVIII, fig. 2). The crop is long and capacious, hardly separated from the stomach. The intestine (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 4) is of the usual four-folded type. the anterior loop caught in the cephalic artery. It is curved in figure * The spirit first used on the specimens was apparently too weak to properly preserve the viscera; and the genitalia and intestine were so soft and tender that their dissection was difficult. 628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 8 fashion, but only slightly twisted. As in other native American Arionide, the posterior loop formed by the first and second folds of the intestine lies anterior to that formed by the third and fourth folds. The radula has 31.1.33 teeth in two individuals counted. The median tooth is tricuspid, the lateral teeth bicuspid, both being of the type frequently figured for American Arionide. There are seven laterals on each side (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 7). The change to the mar- ginals is gradual, and produced by lengthening the main cusp and dim- inution of the ectocone (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 8). The division of the lateral and marginal fields of the radula (between the seventh and eighth teeth) is obvious in a general view of the ribbon under a low power. The marginal teeth (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 9, 10, 11) have the basal plates shortened, a single long, lance-shaped cusp springing therefrom. ‘These cusps are rather broad on the inner (fig. 9) and the outer (fig. 11) teeth, but long and graceful in the middle of the marginal field (fig. 10). The central nervous system (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 1) has the commissure between the cerebral ganglia long, even for an Arionid slug. These ganglia are obscurely bilobed. The cerebro-pedal and cerebro-visceral connectives are, on the other hand, excessively short. The sub- cesophageal group of ganglia exhibits stong concentration, with the exception of the pedal mass. AFFINITIES OF ZACOLEUS. The contiguous posterior insertions of the free retractor muscles and the long cusps of the marginal teeth show that this genus belongs to the subfamily Ariolimacine as defined by Pilsbry and Vanatta.® The tripartite sole, peculiar genitalia, total absence of ectocones on the Zonitoid marginal teeth, and the extreme shortening of the side connectives of the circumcesophageal ring, all distinguish this genus from its allies. The tripartite sole it has in common with Binneya and Anadenulus, both of which differ conspicuously in more important features. Perhaps the tripartite sole was a character of the primitive Aulacopoda. It seems to occur somewhat sporadically in some genera of several widely separated families of that group. There is no indi- cation of the auto-urotomy (to coin a word) of Prophysaon in our new genus. Zacoleus thus stands isolated among known genera. Notwithstanding its strictly aculeate type of marginal teeth, Zacoleus 3 Pilsbry and Vanatta, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1898, p. 227; Pilsbry, Proc. Malac. Soc. London, II, p. 100. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 629 is evidently a herbivorous slug. The crop and stomach of the speci- men dissected were filled with the curiously marked leaves of Frullania (Jungermanniacee). EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. Fig. 1.—Central nervous system of Zacoleus idahoensis. Figs. 2, 3.—Jaws. Fig. 4.—Intestine. Fig. 5.—Genitalia: 0, common external orifice; ov., oviduct; p., penis; sp. spermatheca; sp.d., duct of the spermatheca. Fig. 6.—Free retractor muscles. Figs. 7-11.—Teeth. 630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. A NEW GENUS OF STENOPELMATINE (ORTHOPTERA) FROM NEW MEXICO. BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND T. D. A. COCKERELL. The material on which this genus is founded was collected in the vicinity of Pecos, San Miguel county, New Mexico, in the summer of 1903, by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell. Two specimens were taken, the larger of which is the type of the genus and species. It appears to be doubtful that it is mature, but that it represents an entirely new type is beyond question. The smaller specimen, taken July 21, is in such condition and of such small size that nothing definite can be deter- mined from it. . SPILACRIS n. gen. This genus is a member of the Rhapidophore, and belongs either to the Tropidischiz or represents a group by itself. Occiput globose; vertex produced into a compressed process; eyes reniform, prominent; antenne with the basal joint longitudinal, second joint globose, third and succeeding joints longitudinal; palpi simple. Pronotum concave, saddle-shaped, lateral lobes with the lower margin rounded. Wings and tegmina absent.?. Anal styles acuminate, rather short. Anterior and median femora compressed, the posterior slender, moderately expanded at the base, the apical portion attenuate. An- terior tibia imperforate. Tarsi without pulvill. Spilacris maculatus n. sp. Type: o&'; Pecos, San Miguel county, New Mexico, June 24, 4, 1903; on Fallugia. (W. P. Cockerell.) [A. N.S. Phila.] Size very small; form slender, apter- ous; surface sparsely haired. Head with & the occiput globose; the process of the vertex directed upward, rounded; eyes Tt epalueics uk cad daa oes prominent; antenne greatly exceed- basal joints of the an- ing the body in length. Pronotum not ae peal see macu- quite equal to the head in length. Ante- rior and median femora and tibize sub- equal. Posterior femora almost equal to the body; tibize somewhat 1 As the type is possibly immature, this may be found to be incorrect. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 631 exceeding the length of the femora, without distinct spines, but supphed with regular series of bristles on all the margins. Tarsi with the terminal joint about equal to the others in length; arolia absent. General color yellow of several tints, maculate on the limbs with blackish. Head orange-yellow above, the vertex with a lateral bar of black; eyes blackish, the postocular region with two parallel longi- tudinal bars of the same tint; labrum, clypeus and lower portion of the gene suffused with rose-red; antennz with the two basal joints black- ish, the remainder blackish annulate with yellowish-white. Pronotum orange-yellow with the lateral lobes darker. Abdomen reddish, the terminal appendages black. Anterior femora with two distinct trans- verse black bars, one apical, the other median, the former is. flanked proximally by a bar of clear orange, forming a strong contrast to the yellow basic tint, all overcast by a uniform speckling of small circular black spots, a pattern which entirely covers the tibiz. Median limbs identical with the anterior pair, except that the orange femoral bar is paler. Posterior femora with the black maculations forming broad annuli basally, spots apically, but wholly suffusing the genicular region; tibize spotted, but basally exhibiting a tendency toward annuli. Measurements. etre cit OOCys ata se ten tn toned byt A sod ve a Sanam, iene of posterior femora: G6. 2 5 ees Bile ee oe me, (A PPCM EHEO OSLETOP aloes. | vate wi heieeiene «- «fn... 4.0 °°" 632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., THE POLYCYSTID GREGARINES OF THE UNITED STATES.—Second Contribution. BY HOWARD CRAWLEY. i The following paper contains the results of my observations on gregarines during the spring and summer of 1903. Two new genera and several new species have been discovered. In addition, some observations on the biology of the animals are described. These con- cern the cysts and the time required for the maturation of the spores. wi ACUTISPORA n. g. Cysts spherical, with a thick cuticular membrane. Dehiscence by means of an annular pseudocyst, which develops around one end of the ellipsoidal spore-mass, the two together having the form of an acorn. Spore-mass ellipsoidal and enclosed in a tough transparent membrane, which splits into two values by a rupture extending around the major diameter. Maturation period intermediate. Spores large, navicular in shape and showing epispore and endo- spore. Ordinarily symmetrical, but sometimes with the longer axis very slightly curved. Endospore a truncated double cone, but with a slightly curved profile, and furnished at either end with a thick, blunt refractive rod, the whole covered over by the epispore. Within a large spherical residuum, either central or lateral, around which the sporozoites are grouped. The genus contains one species: Acutispora macrocephala n.sp. Pl, XXX, figs, 1-6 Epimerite: Some of these animals showed an anteriorly directed pro- longation of the protomerite which may possibly be regarded as con- stituting the epimerite. If so, this element is poorly developed and differs considerably in the different individuals. Im some cases the entocyte extended into it. Protomerite: Always showing a deep constriction at the beginning of the posterior third. Large, and relatively larger in the small than in the large animals. Separated from the deutomerite by a sharp con- striction. —_ a ee ia € Ss 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633 Deutomerite: Conical, with usually a bluntly rounded posterior end. Broadest just behind the septum and tapering gradually and uniformly. Epicyte: Thick, showing a double contour all over the animal. Sarcocyte: Poorly developed or wanting, except for the septum, which dips slightly backward. Entocyte: Dense in all cases. In the smaller animals, slightly less dense in the protomerite than in the deutomerite. Nucleus: Invisible. Dimensions: Length of largest individuals seen, 600 microns. Cysts: Spherical. Diameter 410 microns, with a cuticular mem- brane 40 microns thick. No gelatinous envelope. Dimensions of spore-mass 400 by 300 microns. Maturation period 10 days, May 10-20, 1903. Spores: Length, 19 microns; breadth, 4 microns; refractive rods, 6 microns long. Host: Iathobius forficatus Linn. Found in but one case, and then present in small numbers. Locality: Raleigh, N. C. GIGADUCTUS n. g. Cysts spherical, with a thin gelatinous envelope. Dehiscence by one enormous sporoduct. Maturation period short. Spores cylindrical, very large. Wall single, thick. Spores marked with diagonal lines, those on one side opposed in direction to those on the other, giving the spore a latticed appearance. These lines are apparently due to the sporozoites, which make up a hollow cylinder lying in contact with the inner surface of the spore wall. The residuum, an ellipsoidal mass liberally provided with granules, occupies the cavity of this hollow cylinder. The single species is: Gigaductus parvus n. sp. Pl. XXX, figs. 10-13. Epimerite: Not seen. Protomerite: In the primites, generally forming somewhat more than a hemisphere. In the satellites, slightly shortened, with a straight anterior edge. Separated from the deutomerite by a sharp constric- tion. Deutomerite: Cylindrical to conical, with a blunt posterior end. Epicyte: Well developed, showing a double contour. Longitudinally striated. Sarcocyte: Apparently wanting, except for the septum, which is either plane or dips slightly backward. 634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Entocyte: Coarsely granular; not dense. Nucleus: Large, spherical. Dimensions: Maximum size 150 microns long by 90 microns broad. The satellites are usually slightly smaller than the primites; but sometimes much smaller and sometimes larger. The smallest animal seen was 50 microns long. Cysts: Diameter 170 microns. Gelatinous envelope 12 microns thick in the young cyst, but becoming very much thicker as maturation proceeds. Cysts remarkably uniform in size. Maturation period 2-3 days, August, 1903. Spores: Cylindrical, 25 microns long by 10 microns broad. At the ends, the spore wall is raised into a little circular ridge. Host: Harpalus caliginosus Fab. Infection only occasional, but the gregarines usually present in considerable numbers. Locality: Wyncote, Pa. There is a good deal of confusion regarding the gregarines occurring in the Diplopod family Julide. These gregarines all bear a certain amount of resemblance to one another, and it has been usual to rele- gate all of them to the species Stenophora juli Frantz. Léger et Du- boseq (1903) have recently shown that such a procedure is not war- ranted for the fauna of Corsica, and the case is certainly the same for that of the eastern United States. The Julide of this region are infected with certainly two and possibly three species of Stenophora, while the classic S. juli apparently does not occur. Of these species, one is unquestionably the form described by Leidy (1853) as Gregarina julipusulli. As indicated by the specific name, Leidy considered its host to be Julus pusillus Say. According to Bollman (1887) this millipede, correctly Julus minutus Brandt, does not occur in Pennsyl- vania, and it may be that Leidy was mistaken in his identification. This matter is not, however, of any great importance, and the specific name of the gregarine must stand. Leidy spelled the specific name of the host pusullus, whereas Say’s memoir (1821) renders it pusillus, which spelling will be used for.the name of the gregarine. The description is as follows: Stenophora julipusilli (Leidy). Pl. XXX, figs. 16, 17. Gregarina julipusulli Leidy (1853), B 238, Pl. 10, figs. 21, 22. Stenophora juli Crawley (1903), p. Protomerite: Hemispherical to iesiiehenie to conical. In front a more or less evident papilla, through which there is an apparent pore. Ordinarily broader than long. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635 - Deutomerite: Ordinarily cylindrical to flask-shaped. Occasionally ellipsoidal to oval. The cylindrical forms, in which the ratio of breadth to length is 1 to 4, display the tendency toward the assumption of the flask shape, in that the greatest breadth is in the posterior half. When the flask shape is assumed, the body of the flask may take up from one-third to three-fourths of the deutomerite. In such cases, the ratio of breadth to length may be as high as 1 to 2.. The contour of the deutomerite is frequently slightly irregular. Epicyte: Well developed. About 3 microns thick in the deuto- merite, slightly thinner in the protomerite, except at the anterior tip. Here it is thickened and shows an apparent pore. There is no evidence that the epicyte is actually pierced, however, and the apparent pore is probably the rudiment of an epimerite. Longitudinal striations conspicuous. Sarcocyte: Well developed all over the animal. About one-half as thick as the epicyte. Greatly thickened at the anterior tip of the protomerite. Septum thick, curving backward. Myocyte: Easily demonstrated by the use of reagents, and visible in living animals under favorable circumstances. Entocyte: Uniformly granular. Very dense in the larger animals. Granules of the protomerite differing in character from those of the deutomerite. Nucleus: Spherical, with one large spherical karyosome. Hosis: Julus and the smaller species of Parajulus. What is ap- parently the same gregarine is occasionally present in Lysiopetalum lactarvum Say. Very common. Locality: Eastern United States. This species is easily separated from S. juli by the size of the pro- tomerite. In S. juli the length of the protomerite, according to the figures given by Schneider (1875), makes up only about 6 per cent. of the total length. In S. julipusilli this proportion increases to 10 per cent. in the adults and 15 per cent. in the young. From Stenophora varians, recently described by Léger et Duboseq (1903), S. julipusilli differs in being a larger and bulkier animal and in having the breadth of. the protomerite almost invariably greater than the length. The Diplopod Parajulus, while frequently parasitized by Stenophora julipusilli, shows at times other gregarines which cannot be placed in that species. These present themselves under several forms, the differences between which, if permanent, are certainly of specific value. My observations, however, have not as yet been thorough ~ 636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., enough to determine how many distinct species there are, and the matter will be reserved for a future communication. For the following new species, the data at present on hand are not sufficient to warrant formal definitions. Actinocephalus americanus n.sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 22. This species is created for a single individual found in Galerita bicolor Drury. The beetle is quite common and I have opened perhaps twenty individuals, but only one was parasitized, and then but the one grega- rine was present. It is probable that the parasite is only sporadically present in Galerita, and that its usual host is some other animal. It is, however, distinct from any of the common species occurring at Wyn- cote. It is placed in the genus Actinocephalus on account of the form of both protomerite and deutomerite, the presence of several karyo- somes in the nucleus, and the fact that its host was a carnivorous Arthropod. The gregarine was 200 microns long, 35 of which represented the length of the protomerite. The two segments were each about 45 microns broad. The epicyte was very distinct and showed a little papilla at the anterior tip of the protomerite. The septum curved forward and the nucleus showed several karyosomes. The entocyte was much denser in the deuteromite than in the protomerite. The animal progressed quite freely in a circle of short radius, but was pre- vented from taking any lengthy excursions by the surrounding host tissue. Hoplorhynchus scolopendras n.sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 19. This species is created for a gregarine parasitic in Scolopendra woodi Meinert, from Raleigh, N. C. Two specimens were present. One of these, when first seen, was a balloon-shaped sac, 350 microns long by 200 broad. The epicyte and sarcocyte were each nearly or quite 3 microns thick, and the former was plainly marked with longitudinal striations. Both of the individuals were very flexible, readily changing shape and showing extensive contortions. After having been upon the slide for perhaps an hour, the parasites became quiescent and assumed what was probably something like the typical shape. The larger then measured 825 microns long by 120 microns broad. The anterior end, as shown in fig. 19, was much narrower than the balance of the animal, but it is somewhat question- able if this narrowing be permanent. A distinct septum extended across this narrower region, cutting off a portion of granular entocyte. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637 Backward from the broadest portion, the animal’s body tapered gradu- ally, ending behind in a point. This species is placed in the genus Hoplorhynchus on account of its close resemblance to H. actinotus Leidy and its occurrence in a centi- pede related to Scolopocryptops, the host of the latter. Trichorhynchus lithobii n. sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 18. This animal, which is apparently specifically distinct from any of the other gregarines parasitic in Ivthobius, was found in a specimen of that centipede from Raleigh, N.C. An epimerite was not seen. The protomerite was subcordiform, and displayed in front a differentiation the exact nature of which could not be determined. The deutomerite varied considerably in shape, the animal being quite polymorphic. Both epicyte and sarcocyte were distinct and of about equal thickness. The septum was thick and curved backward. The entocyte was not dense; the nucleus large, with several karyosomes. The largest indi- vidual seen was 195 microns long. Figs. 20 and 21 show a small gregarine frequently encountered in Scolopocryptops sexspinosus Say. Fig. 21 is doubtless that of a very young specimen which has been loosened from its original attachment by the breaking up of the host intestine upon the slide. The three segments are all marked out. Itseems almost certain that this figure represents a young Hoplorhynchus actinotus Leidy. The animal shown in fig. 20 was very like the other in general appearance and had the paleness characteristic of a young animal. There was, however, no epimerite, nor did the individuals seen show any indications of recent mutilations. H. actinotus may retain the epimerite until it reaches a length of 700 microns, whereas the animal here figured was only 45 microns long. The observed facts are capable of two interpretations. The one is that H. actinotus is to a certain extent dimorphic; that is, the epimerite may be lost very early or it may be retained until the animal has reached nearly or quite the maximum size. The other is that while fig. 21 represents a young individual of H. actinotus, fig. 20 is that of a different species. The matter is, however, one best held under advisement until additional facts are obtained. There follow certain addenda, mostly with regard to the cysts and spores, to the characters of species previously described. Actinocephalus harpali (Crawley). Pl. XXX, fig. 14. Gregarina harpali Crawley (1903), p. 49, Pl. 1, figs. 1-4. To the characters given in my original description of this species add: 638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Cysts: When first obtained, 640 microns in diameter, with a cuticular membrane 95 microns thick. The true cyst mass was therefore 450 microns in diameter, and this size was maintained. On the other hand, the cuticular membrane swelled enormously and became ovoid, finally reaching a length of 1150 microns and a breadth of 1000. The cyst opened by simple rupture where this membrane was thinnest. Sporulation was apparently total. Maturation period 9 days, August 14-23, 1903. Spores: Length 9 microns; breadth 74 microns. Diamond-shaped in longitudinal and hexagonal in transverse section. Spore wall single, thick, with the cavity entirely filled with hyaline protoplasm con- taining one or two large to many small granules. The spores were mostly adherent in files or masses, this arrangement being apparently due to a thin pellicle of some gelatinous substance covering the spore wall. This gregarine reaches a maximum length of 1200 microns. It is very common, being present in considerable numbers in nearly every beetle opened. On the other hand, at least from June to August, the cysts are rare, the above data being obtained from a single specimen. Gregarina calverti Crawley. PI. XXX, fig. 15. Gregarina calverti Crawley (1903), p. 48, Pl. 2, figs. 19-21. To the original description given of this species add: Cysts: Spherical, with a cuticular membrane showing concentric strie. No gelatinous envelope. The young cysts show a second hyaline membrane, 5-4 microns thick, within the striated membrane. Cysts varying in diameter from 250 to 360 microns, the membrane varying in thickness from 20-40 microns. The larger cysts do not: necessarily possess the thicker membranes. The cysts are probably in all cases the result of a fusion of two gregarines. Dehiscence effected by sporoducts, from 4-8 in number, not exceeding in length the diam- eter of the cyst. Sporoducts not always all used in the projection of the spores. Maturation period 4 days, August 18-22, 1903. Spores: Doliform, 13 microns long by 5 microns broad. A single thick spore wall, which is enclosed within a gelatinous pellicle, serving to hold the spores together in files. Spore contents at first wholly hyaline, but rapidly differentiating into a central spherical residuum and two groups of sporozoites. Cnemidospora spiroboli (Crawley). Pl. XXX, figs. 7-9. Stenophora spiroboli Crawley (1903), p. 51, Pl. 2, fig. 22. To the descriptions originally given of this species add: Cysts: Spherical, 350-500 microns in diameter, with a cuticular mem- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639 brane generally about 20 microns thick, but often much thicker. This variation in the thickness of the membrane appears to be due to the quantity of extraneous matter which gets tangled within it as it forms. It was noticeable that the thin walls were clear and clean, while the thick walls were very much matted with substance from the host’s intestine. Dehiscence by a slit which, in the cases observed, extended only part way around the cyst. Sporulation partial. Maturation period 8 days, May 17-25, 1903. Spores: Length 124 microns; breadth 74 microns. Two coated, the epispore of some consistent gelatinous substance; the endospore cuticular. The latter presents an elliptical profile, with slightly pro- truding ends, whereas the epispore is pulled out considerably at the ends, and somewhat irregular in outline. Sporoplasm hyaline, with a central mass of granules. The spores adhere in files and masses. Gregarina achetzabbreviate Leidy. Gregarina acheteabbreviate Leidy (1853), p. 238, Pl. 11, figs. 33, 34. Gregarina acheteabbreviate Crawley (1903), p. 45, Pl. 3, figs. 34, 35. To the previous notices of this species add: | Cysts: Spherical, enclosed in a more or less irregularly shaped thick gelatinous envelope. Diameter of the cyst mass, without the gelati- nous envelope, 225 microns. Cuticular membrane 6-8 microns thick. The gelatinous envelope varied in thickness from 100-800 microns. De- hiscence by sporoducts, 2-5 in number, reaching a length of 1000 microns. Prior to evagination, the situation of the sporoducts is plainly indicated by the appearance around the periphery of the cyst of dense discoid masses, yellowish in color. This yellowish color is due to the presence of an oil, which. when the sporoducts evert, appears to be within the substance of their walls, and not within their lumina. The two cysts obtained everted their sporeducts, one day after removal from the host intestine. Spores: Unknown, for, rather curiously, ect the sporoduets everted, no spores appeared. The list of the polycystid gregarines of the United*®States, revised to date, is as follows: Fam. GREGARINIDA. . GREGARINA BLATTARUM Sieb. GREGARINA ACHETAABBREVIAT® Leidy. GREGARINA PASSALICORNUTI Leidy. . GREGARINA CALVERTI Crawley. . GIGADUCTUS PARVUS Crawley. ww eR or 640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 6. Hirmocystis ovauis Crawley. 7. Euspora LUCANI Crawley. 8. CNEMIDOSPORA SPIROBOLI Crawley. Fam. STENOPHORIDA! 9. STENOPHORA JULIPUSILLI Leidy. Fam. DACTYLOPHORIDA. 10. EcHINOMERA HISPIDA Aimé Schn. 11. EcHINOMERA MICROCEPHALA Leidy. 12. TRICHORHYNCHUS PULCHER Aimé Schn. 13. TRICHORHYNCHUS LITHOBII Crawley. 14. ACUTISPORA MACROCEPHALA Crawley. Fam. ACTINOCEPHALIDA. 15. AMPHOROIDES FONTARLE Crawley. 16. ASTEROPHORA PHILICA Leidy. 17. ASTEROPHORA CRATOPARIS Crawley. 18. STEPHANOPHORA LOCUSTHCAROLIN® Leidy. 19. BorHriopsis HISTRIO Aimé Schn. . ACTINOCEPHALUS DUJARDINI Aimé Schn. . ACTINOCEPHALUS HARPALI Crawley. 2. ACTINOCEPHALUS AMERICANUS Crawley. bo bo - © bo ie) Fam. MENOSPORID A. 23. HopLoRHYNCHUS AcTINOTUS Leidy. 24. HOpPLORHYNCHUS SCOLOPENDRAS Crawley. Fam. DOLIOCYSTIDA. 25. DoLiocysTIs RHYNCOBOLI Crawley. In addition to the above, there are eight more species. These are all placed in the genus Gregarina, but since in no ease are either the cysts or spores known, the correctness of this disposition is decidedly indoubt. It is therefore impossible to say to which family they belong. They are as follows: 26. GREGARINA TERMITIS Leidy. 27. GREGARINA SCARABEIRELICTI Leidy. 28. GREGARINA MELOLONTHBRUNNES Leidy. 29. GREGARINA POLYDESMIVIRGINIENSIS Leidy. 30. GREGARINA ELATER® Crawley. 1 Bstablished by Léger et Duboseq (1903). 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 641 31. GREGARINA DICLI? Crawley. 32. GREGARINA XYLOPINI Crawley. 33. GREGARINA BOLETOPHAGI Crawley. TL: The time required for a gregarine cyst to mature appears to vary to a very remarkable degree. I have information on seven species, as follows: No. of days. Month. GREGARINA ACHETHABBREVIATAR.......0ccceceeeee 1 August. CiecMuCTUS) PARVUS....4)0HA seas 2-3 August. Gie ARINA) “CALVERT 0.0.0 sete es +t August. ONMEDOSPORA’ SPIROBOLI:)/{a.00.dd0d- as dedsbvecscneences 8 May. OPIN OCHPHALUS! “HAR PALI. .2il..i ciate 9 August. AACUTISPORA MACROCHPHADA c...6)4..cccse.eestensaceesscess 10 May. BOTINOCHPHALUS: "DUTARDINIA i iddc2.ccscetccetes 30 April-May. Although the number of cases is quite smali, they point to one or two facts of general interest. The first three species mentioned, in which the period varies from one to four days, are all animals of which the cysts open by means of sporoducts. This suggests the conclusion that when sporoducts are developed the maturation period is short- ened, although wherein the signification of this apparent correlation may lie is decidedly problematical. The most striking case is that of Gregarina acheteabbreviate. These cysts had not passed to the exterior in the usual way, but were obtained from the intestinal contents of a slaughtered cricket. They then showed the yellowish disks indicative of the approaching eversion of the sporoducts (see p. 639), and in consideration of the short time which elapses from the appearance of these disks to eversion, it is not unlikely that the process may take place in the host intestine. There is no inherent unlikelihood in such an event, although it would prob- ably not lead to auto-infection. The spores, released in the fecal masses of the posterior portion of the cricket gut, would merely pass to the exterior free instead of enclosed within a cyst, there to await their destiny. In the case of Gigaductus parvus the cysts were also removed from the host intestine, which gives this species a very short period. The cysts of Gregarina calverti were obtained from the feces of the host, and hence the four days represents the time required after the cyst has * Incorrectly given as discali in the original description. 41 642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., reached the outside world. In the ease of this species, I obtained quite a number of cysts, all of which went through the process in approxi- mately the same time. It is also worthy of note that the spores of these two species mature rapidly. Those of Gigaductus parvus showed differentiation into sporozoites as soon as they were ejected from the cysts. Gregarina calverti was a trifle slower, but the sporozoites were to be detected within half a day after dehiscence. Cnemidospora spiroboli, Actinocephalus harpali and Acutispora macro- cephala showed periods of from 8 to 10 days. Of these three species, the cysts of the first two dehisce by simple rupture, that of the third by the formation of a pseudocyst. A. dujardini, which was thirty days maturing, also dehisces by simple rupture. Although the facts are few, they point to the conclusion that when dehiscence is by rupture, maturation is a slower process than when sporoducts are formed. Further, the spores of these last-named species did not, for several days, show any differentiation into sporozoites. Of course, temperature is a factor in determining the time, but the cysts of A. harpali were exposed to exactly the same conditions as those of the two species of Gregarina and of Gigaductus parvus. IV. The cysts of Acutispora macrocephala present some points of interest. They were obtained on May 10, from a specimen of Lithobius forficatus, sent me from Raleigh, N.C. At this time they were perfectly spherical, 420 microns in diameter, with a cuticular wall 40 microns thick. There were several cysts in the intestine of the myriapod, all about the same size, and of these two matured. On May 18, the appearance presented is Shown in Pl. XXX, fig. 4. The protective membrane was still clear and the cyst proper still very dense. One hemisphere was now con- siderably larger than the other, and on the surface of this larger hemi- sphere there were a few indistinct furrows. These furrows do not ap- pear to possess any especial signification, although they may be taken as a sign that the cyst is nearly mature. Two days later, May 20, the cyst presented quite a different aspect. The protective membrane had swollen greatly and was evidently undergoing a rapid decay (fig. 5). At one pole, the upper in the figure, it was much thinner than elsewhere, and it was from this pole that the spores eventually emerged. Within lay the cyst mass, now having the form of an acorn, and consisting of an ellipsoidal body, around one end of which was a thick ring. At the free end of this ellipsoidal body, which is the spore mass, a definitive membrane could be seen. This membrane, although presenting a 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643 curved contour, did not fit closely the internal mass of spores, whence the presence of a liquid may be assumed. The ring-shaped pseudocyst presented the same general appearance as the spore mass, and it also appeared to be inclosed by a membrane. The pseudocyst was so dense that the ellipsoidal body could not be seen through it, but a deep furrow could be detected extending around the line of juncture, giving the entire element the optical section seen in fig. 6. The diameter of the sphere formed by the protective membrane was considerably greater, and now measured 750 microns, as against 420 microns when removed from the centipede. The next day the cyst had dehisced. It now showed a membranous bag, lying within the disintegrated remains of the pseudocyst. This bag showed two valves, and may be compared with the split shell of a walnut. It was evidently of tough consistence, since movements of the cover-glass, while rumpling it considerably, failed to tear it. It was entirely empty, which fact would seem to indicate that the spores are projected from the cyst with some force when dehiscence takes place. The mechanics of the process are probably somewhat as follows: The formation of the bulky pseudocyst at one pole causes a gradual weakening of the protective membrane at this pole. In the condition illustrated in fig. 5 the protective coating appears to be reduced to a thin shell enclosing an empty space. This space, however, is doubtless occupied by the substance of the membrane, rendered transparent by the presence of a liberal quantity of water. Eventually the membrane, weakened by the absorption of water, and pressed upon from within by the pseudocyst, yields at the thinnest place and the contained mass is released. Whether the ellipsoidal body splits on account of the opening of the protective membrane, or by means of the liquid which it evidently contains, I do not know. The latter seems to be the more probable reason. The annular mass has been termed, and I think correctly, a pseudo- cyst, yet it by no means possesses the permanent nature which this element sometimes displays. It seems probable that we should find various conditions from a mere residual mass to a definitive pseudo- cyst, since the latter condition is evidently derived from the former. In the case of Acutispora, the condition may probably be regarded as intermediate. The pseudocyst has become more than a mere residuum, but has not acquired the definitiveness it reaches inZa*genus like Sty- lorhynchus Cnemidospora spiroboli presents the less evolved condition. In this 644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., case there remained, after dehiscence, a spherical shell, across the surface of which a long rent extended. Within was a considerable quantity of granules, which, upon pressure, escaped from the cyst in two or three large masses. Here we have the primitive condition, a mere residuum, which no doubt takes part in dehiscence by swelling. BIBLIOGRAPHY. BotiMAN, Cuas. H., 1887. Notes on North American Julide. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., IV, 1887, pp. 25-44. CRAWLEY, Howarp, 1903. List of the Polycystid Gregarines of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., January, 1903, pp. 41-58, Pls. 1-3. L&GER ET DupBosca. 1903. Recherches sur les Myriapodes de Corse et leurs Parasites. Arch. Zool. expér. et gén., 1903. [4], Vol. I, pp. 307-358. Leipy, JosEPH, 1853. On the Organization of the Genus Gregarina of Dufour. Trans. Amer. Phil. Society, Vol. 10, N. S., pp. 233-241, Pls. 11, 12. Say, THomas, 1821. Description of the Myriapode of the United States. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., Il, pp. 102-114. ScHNEIDER, AIME, 1875. Contributions 4 l’histoire des Grégarines des In- veneere de Paris et de Roscoff. Arch. Zool. expér. et gén., 4, pp. 493-604, . 16-22. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. Fig. 1.—Acutispora macrocephala (p. 632). Sporont. Fig. 2.—Acutispora macrocephala (p. 632). Supposed epimerite. Fig. 3.—Acutispora macrocephala (p. 632). Spore. Figs. 4-6.—Acutispora macrocephala (p. 632). Cysts. Fig. 7.—Cnemidospora spiroboli (p. 638). Cyst about to dehisce. Fig. 8.—Cnemidospora spiroboli (p. 638). Empty cyst. Fig. 9.—Cnemidospora spiroboli (p. 638). Spore. Fig. 10.—Gigaductus parvus (p. 633). Association of two sporonts. Fig. 11.—Gigaductus parvus (p. 633). Cyst with everted sporoduct. Figs. 12, 13.—Gigaductus parvus (p. 633). Spores. Fig. 14.—Actinocephalus harpali (p. 637). Spore. Fig. 15.—Gregarina calverti (p. 638). Spore. Fig. 16.—Stenophora julipusilli (p. 634). Outline figure of young animal. Fig. 17.—Stenophora julipusilli (p. 634). Adult. Fig. 18.—Trichorhynchus lithobii (p. 637). Sporont. Fig. 19.—Hoplorhynchus scolopendras (p. 636). Anterior end of relaxed animal. Fig. 20.—Small gregarine found in Scolopocryptops (p. 637). Fig. 21.—Small gregarine found in Scolopocryptops. Supposed to be the young of H. actinotus (p. 637). Fig. 22.—Actinocephalus americanus (p. 636). Sporont. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON SPIDERS OF THE GENERA LYCOSA, PARDOSA, PIRATA AND DOLOMEDES FROM THE NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.' BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR. The present is practically a supplement to a former paper by me, entitled “Descriptions of Lycoside and Oxyopide of Philadelphia and Its Vicinity,” published in these Proceedings in 1902. I have made further collections of specimens from Philadelphia and West Chester, Pennsylvania, the localities I had studied before, and also collections from Crosswicks, Burlington county, New Jersey, and Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts. One new species is described, and descriptions of and notes upon various others are given. For the comparison of the different species of Lycoside the char- acters of color and dimensions are of little worth, even the ocular arrangements are subject to variation in some forms, so that the best characters are afforded by the structure of the copulatory apparatus in both sexes, by the form and proportion of the cephalothorax, the rela- tive length of the chelicera, and the relative length of the legs to the length of the cephalothorax. The genera are defined as in my preceding paper; it is my purpose later to revise the genera of this family, for the present characteriza- tion of them appears to be artificial, and there must ultimately be a classification upon a different set of characters. It is noteworthy that the specimens from Wood’s Hole average considerably smaller than those of the same species from the other local- ities, so that there the maritime environment would appear to retard or check growth. 1, Lycosa ocreata pulechra Montg. Some specimens were secured at Wood’s Hole. 2. Lycosa sepulchralis Montg. The original description of this species was based upon a single 2 from Philadelphia; since then another 2 has been secured at West Chester, and also ac from Philadelphia. The o differs from the 2 in form in that the cephalothorax is relatively much broader across the 1 Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Texas, No. 53. 646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., middle, so that in front it is barely one-half its greatest transverse diameter. The dimensions of this @ are: Length of ceplalothorax,.” .° ee ee eee Leneth or sabdoment "Fee eee Onan Length of firstlep i’. a ie Bae SS ee loom Léneth ofsécoud deg o>" TRIS eae Gee Be eet Lenethtorthurd ters” “oe ee ee ee ne ee Lenethorfourthiles, 22 | 01) ees ar In color the pattern of the cephalothorax and the color of the sternum and inferior surface of the cox is as in the 2 ; the abdomen has a more distinct dorsal pattern, and the deep black of the venter (containing minute yellow spots) extends further up the sides than in the &. But the main color differences in the oO’ are in the legs: the coxe of all the pairs are black; all the other joints of the three posterior pairs are clear yellow with an indistinct darker annulus on each patella; in the first pair the femora are clear yellow, the patelle the same color with a dark ring, the tibiz and proximal portions of the tarsi deep black, the remaining portion of the tarsi and the metatarsi (except a black ring at their distal ends) pale yellow. The palpi have the femora and proximal halves of the tarsus black, the other parts yellow. This o differs from the & of Iyycosa (Tarentula) modesta (Keys.) in its smaller size, differences in the ocular arrangement, and in the coloration of the legs and sternum. 3. Lycosa charonoides Montg. A male of this species, hitherto known only by the 2, was secured from the same locality (Philadelphia), and its description follows: There are differences from the 2 in the ocular arrangement; the eyes of the second row are less than their diameter apart, and the dorsal eye area not more than one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. The dimensions (taken in life) are: Length of cephalothorax,.*. . . «© . . . = . | ( s)9 3p Lenethof “abdomen, "2) -. 2 5 Geneth of firstdee,. . 5.2) 2 Re ee Length of second-legyi:\) 8 2s) 1a Sere Ga Ee ee Length'of third leg, 3 2. 22 ).2\ 2 (= Sees eee Leneth.of fourth leg, 2)... 4. 4. eyo 2 GS oo ee Colors in Life-—Cephalothorax marked with black and” brown, as follows: a median brown band, as broad anteriorly as the eye area and extending back almost to the edge of the thorax; sides with radi- ating brown markings, and a marginal and submarginal brown band, both interrupted; all the brown color is due to the presence of hairs, and 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647 the black (most conspicuous as a band on each side of the median one) to their absence. The sternum is glistening black, with few hairs. The abdomen above blackish with an obscure narrow median brown band, and on each side a row of 6-7 small whitish circular spots, the largest of them most anterior, and the posterior ones transversely connected by lines of brown; the sides are gray, streaked above with blackish; the venter brownish-gray, with rows of small black dots converging from the lung-books to the spinnerets, the region of the genital aperture black, the lung-books yellow, the spinnerets blackish. Chelicera and labrum black (the latter yellow at its distal end), mazille reddish-brown. Legs reddish-brown; femora of the first pair and fem- ora and tibize of the other pairs quite distinctly ringed with black and buff. Palpz colored like the first pair of legs, but the tarsal joint black. The & is thus very similar to the 9, but differs in the ocular arrangement and in the coloration of the legs. A good distinction from the allied ZL. sepulchralis Montg., in addition to the differences of the genital organs, is the following: in charonoides the dorsal contour of the thorax is straight, and the labium less than half as long as the maxillex; in sepulchralis the dorsal outline of the thorax is arched (the eye area being somewhat depressed), and the labium fully half as long as the maxille. 4. Lycosa stonei Montg. This species is very abundant at Crosswicks, New Jersey. 5. Lycosa verisimilis Montg, Specimens were secured at Crosswicks, New Jersey. 6. Lycosa arenicola Scudd. Specimens were secured at Wood’s Hole. 7. Lycosa scutulata Hentz. Specimens from Wood’s Hole. 8. Lycosa cinerea (Fabr.). An adult 2 from Wood’s Hole has a cephalothoracal length of only 5mm. Numerous specimens from Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, New York, kindly sent by Miss Annie B. Sargent, are all very lightly colored, with the abdominal markings very indistinct. 9, Lycosa nidicola Emert. Additional specimens were collected at Crosswicks and Wood’s Hole. This is a very variable species in size and color. The dimensions of mature 22 in my collection are as follows: 648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Qet:, Three specimens from Wood’s Hole, cephalothorax 6.5-7.5 mm. Nine specimens from Crosswicks, cephalothorax 7.8-10.5 mm. Twelve specimens from West Chester, cephalothorax 8-9 mm. One specimen from Philadelphia, cephalothorax 8.2 mm. A large female in the McCook collection (described in my preceding paper) had a cephalothoracal length of 9.2 mm. The color of the under surface of the abdomen in the females varies from a pale yellowish-brown with a few small scattered black spots to darker with spots much more numerous, and sometimes arranged into three bands converging toward the spinnerets, to blackish. All these variations are found in the same locality. The sternum varies from brown to black, sometimes with a distinct light median band or an- terior half (all specimens from Wood’s Hole and one from West Ches- ter), or without such a band. In the largest female from Crosswicks the annulations on the legs and the converging dark bands on the venter are as distinct as in L. inhonesta (Keys.). The males also differ considerably in size, as shown by two recently acquired mature specimens from Philadelphia: , Length of tcephalothorax; os) .0 4) 3) ea 8) 2) Alo amm= 6.6 ane Leneth.of abdomen j.25), 5).0 .::2.. done ae eyed Length of frst legynu, 2s, So sip + cee Segee ) ade, WO eee ae Lensthofsecondieg,. . . : :\ > |. » = Y025 2 22m Length of thirdleg,*. . . . | « . % % 2 fo. Syl 20s Lengthioffourtlers se... ) > s6-ah eee ee ee ee The color in life of these two males is as. follows: Cephalothorax blackish, a narrow buff-brown median line extending from the fore- head to the end of the thorax, barely as wide as the space between the eyes of the second row, in one specimen to each side of the anterior end of this stripe a narrower parallel stripe; an interrupted broader, marginal band of the same color, and composed of long hairs. Sternum pale greenish, covered with long hairs. Abdomen above anteriorly with a blackish median mark largest just before its termination at the middle of the dorsum, bordered by buff-brown broad stripes, and each of the latter by a blackish stripe which extends to the spinnerets; posterior portion of the dorsum blackish, with indistinct buff-brown spots, in one specimen with a pair of white spots; sides pale yellowish; venter pale yellowish, in one specimen with black spots. Legs pale yellowish-brown, metatarsus of the first pair blackish, distal end of the tarsi of the other pairs blackish. Palpz colored like legs, but the tarsi blackish on the inferior aspect. Chelicera yellowish-brown, 1$03.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649 covered anteriorly with whitish hairs. Labiwm and mazille pale yellowish-brown. This species differs from L. inhonesta (Keys.) in the greater relative length of the dorsal eye area, and in the smaller relative length of the chelicera. 10. Lycosa lepida (Keys.). Numerous additional specimens from Wood’s Hole and Crosswicks. Those from Wood’s Hole are much smaller than from the other locali- ties; in the males the cephalothorax varies from 3.2-4 mm., and in the females from 3.5-5 mm. 11. Lycosa frondicola Emert. A specimen from Wood’s Hole. 12. Lycosa purcelli Montg. Specimens from Crosswicks. 13. Lycosa contestata, n. sp. One mature 2 (type), bearing a cocoon, from Wood’s Hole, and three immature specimens of probably this species from the same locality. Eyes.—First row almost as broad as the second (the middle points of its lateral eyes more lateral than the middle points of the eyes of the second row), its middle eyes larger and slightly higher. Eyes of the second row largest, more than their diameter apart. Eyes of the third row much nearer to the second row than to each other. Dorsal eye area more than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax highest just back of the posterior eyes, in front slightly broader than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Head sloping and rounded on the sides. The length of the chelicera is about twice the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Labium almost one-half the length of the maxille. Legs stout. Epigynum very small. As seen from above the anterior edge of the cephalothorax appears quite straight. Dimensions. memeurolcephalothorax~)7\.) °F 0 he og | 2am, SPC eADHoimci Aer. (iitie SSQlhn Wiles atl. Yas ee PE EEOURENS pet ulan | te xi9hyo° 8205) 2 Seay AT Ale fe LB | EELS teonnts Pt Ua eer ae ae ere ee Mp eaTEC MIME EO lS) ype gy vi wil oleh, ahegey ee ee be der MER MGMAOURD IER eR NEA A es 19; Color in alcohol.—Cephalothorax above with a black stripe joining and surrounding the eyes of the second and third rows of each side, the sides of the head and forehead buff; a buff median band as broad as 650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the eye area extends from the eyes to about the middle of the thorax, where it is laterally indented, and from the region of the dorsal groove backward becomes gradually narrower; on each side is a narrower, submarginal buff-brown; the rest of the thorax is darker brown, with radiating lines from the dorsal groove. Sternum buff, a little darker than the coxee. Abdomen above much darker than the cephalothorax, mainly chocolate-brown with black markings; at each antero-lateral margin a black patch, a pair of white dots connected by a transverse black line on the anterior dorsum, several pairs of black spots (the most posterior of them connected by transverse black lines) on the posterior dorsum as well as 2 or 3 pairs of white spots, and irregular black streaks on the sides; the venter is yellowish in the epigynal region, behind this light brown with a narrow dark brown from the epigynum almost to the spinnerets and with numerous small black spots. Chelicera reddish-brown with long black hairs; labiwm and maaxille like the sternum. Legs pale buff, lighter beneath, with darker annulations on the superior surfaces of all the joints. Spinnerets chocolate-brown. Comparisons.—This form approaches most closely L. pratensis Emerton, but differs notably in the structure of the epigynum, and also in the coloration of the abdomen. 14, Lycosa (Trochosa) avara (Keys.). One mature 2 from Philadelphia. Eyes.—First row almost straight, narrower than the second row (the middle points of its lateral eyes are more lateral than the middle points of the eyes of the second row), nearer to the second row than to the margin of the forehead, its middle eyes slightly larger and a little higher than its lateral eyes. Eyes of the second row largest, not quite their diameters apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearer to the second row than to each other. Dorsal eye area about one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax highest at the dorsal groove, in front fully one-half its greatest transverse diameter; head rather low and its sides moderately sloping. Sternum longer than broad. Labium less than one-half the length of the maxillz. Chelicera strong, their length fully double the height of the head in front. Legs stout. Dimensions. Lenethiof cephalothorax,... 22 2) ¢ Gs ash (22) 8 40 ee eneth of abdomen, 3. 2) ye a-a2) eM so ee) ee Length of first leg, ' °° Go ee ee Length of second leg; . -.) ./) 1-2) A ee 1903 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 651 Dimensions. enetwortmrdleges ek SS ae ee ele Ua. eno c MORGUE Ae pees wy haiti edede Dee Color in alcohol.—Cephalothorax above with a clear reddish-yellow median band extending from the second eye row to the posterior edge of the thorax; this band is broadest close behind the posterior eyes, there fully as broad as the eye area and enclosing on each side an elongate darker mark and a dark line between the posterior eyes, it is notched at the middle of the thorax and becomes narrower behind this point; a narrow line of the same color borders the eye area laterally and anteriorly; to each side of the median band the thorax is darker brown with a rather indistinct submarginal, yellowish band, and with blackish stripes radiating from the dorsal groove. Sternum pale yellowish-brown, like the inferior surfaces of the cox. Abdomen above dull brownish obscurely mottled with yellowish, the brown form- ing an indistinct median and a pair of lateral bands on the anterior half; sides and venter clear yellowish-brown, with small brown spots most numerous near the spinnerets; the latter deep reddish-brown. Chelicera deep rufous-red, mazille a little paler, labiwm nearly black with a lighter tip. Legs reddish-yellow, about the color of the median cephalothoracal band, ringed with darker brown on the femora and patelle, more distinctly above than below, and with more obscure annulation on the tibie. Palpi colored like the legs. Comparisons.—This specimen agrees very closely with Keyserling’s description. It has certain resemblances to L. nigraurata Montg. (of which only the is known), but is smaller and with a different colora- tion, particularly of the thorax and the venter. It also resembles L. rufiventris Banks, especially in the form of the epigynum, but ru/i- ventris is slightly larger and has the “‘abdomen above and below red- brown like the sternum.” 15. Lycosa pratensis Emert. Two females from Wood’s Hole. Eyes.—First row as wide as the second, its middle eyes larger than its lateral. Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart. Eyes of the third row nearer to the second row than to each other. Dorsal eye area about one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax highest just in front of the dorsal groove, in front more than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Length of the chelicera about one and a half times the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs stout. 652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.; Dimensions. Length-of cephalothorax =<). FNS) ee eee Length..of abdomen, Aec%.--.2) sae A e-ae ks eee ee Length, of fitst Neo ig ug pgSi =e.) er aie ee Length ‘of secondilers) y's) 0.1). Oe ae) eth = A eee ae Length’of third ea, %. 7 207. ae ee Se ones Length: of fourth Wess © i 7a ene eek ce er Color in alcohol.—Cephalothorax above reddish-brown, a broad, median yellow band surrounds the eye area and extends backward (en- closing a pair of brown lines) to just in front of the median groove where it is constricted, and narrows from this point back to the margin of the cephalothorax; on each side an interrupted, submarginal yellow band. Sternwm reddish-brown, a little darker than the coxe. Abdo- men above dark olive-brown, on its anterior half a light median band edged by black lines and ending in a point at the middle of the dorsum, and on each side along the whole length of the abdomen a row of yel- lowish dots; venter reddish-brown, sides and region just in front of spinnerets dark olive-brown. Chelicera dark chestnut-brown, labiwm the same, mazille like the sternum. Legs yellowish, indistinctly ringed on femora, patelle and tibize with brown, tarsi and metatarsi darker. 16. Pardosa nigropalpis Emert. Additional specimens from Crosswicks and Wood’s Hole. 17. Pardosa scita Montg. Specimens from West Chester. 18. Pardosa lapidicina Emert. Specimens from Wood’s Hole. Eyes.—First row shorter than the second, almost straight, its eyes subequal. Eyes of second row largest, about twice their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearer to the second row than to each other. Dorsal eye area one-quarter the length of the cephalo- thorax; in theo this area has a shorter proportionate length. Form.—Cephalothorax relatively broad and flat, highest in the eye region, in front about one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Length of the chelicera about one and a half times the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs long and slender. Pos- terior spinnerets decidedly longer than the anterior. Dimensions. Gi 2 Length of cephalothorax, ... . 2. . 2.9. 4 3.4mm.) 9 3:59am Lengthy of abdomen, |: \<.¢6:. 1: Agia ae eo oa 6) Sage 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 653 Dimensions. S 2 Pension anmiulcews 4 ee ee weloe!) & 12iemmaAy 2mm: ene bnde secon dilen vrs el, Sb esi er cle tky oe sy RBI, IZ vibes Mra Lane EEO CE eee Be ce EN al oa PDt i AD gece MeaneareTournn ers Vo 15.5 one Color in alcohol, 2° 2° .—Cephalothorax above blackish, black in eye region; an indistinct, irregularly bounded, broad median lighter area, and irregular markings of the same color eomposing an indistinct submarginal band. Sternwm black. Abdomen above deep olive-gray, on the anterior half with a more or less distinet narrow median band of yellowish bordered on each side by a black line, and on the posterior half either a row of transverse yellowish bands each enclosing a pair of black spots, or else on each side a row of yellowish spots; sides finely mottled with olive-gray and yellowish; venter yellowish-brown, bor- dered laterally and just anterior to spinnerets by dark olive-gray. Chelicera clear reddish-brown, mazille olive-brown. labiwm black proximally and yellow distally. Legs annulated above with blackish and yellowish on all the joints except the metatarsi, and with a longi- tudinal yellowish stripe on the posterior aspect of each femur; on their lower surfaces the coxee and femora are greenish or olive-gray, each coxa with a proximal light spot, the other joints more yellowish. Color in alcohol, S .—Like the 2 , but with the superior surfaces of the thorax and abdomen nearly black and their color patterns barely dis- tinguishable. 19. Pardosa pallida Emert. One 2 from Wood’s Hole. Eyes.—First row much shorter than the second, straight, its eyes equal in size. Eyes of the second row largest, fully one and a half times their diameter apart. Eyes of the third row nearly as far from the second row as from each other. Form.—Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Length of the chelicera less than the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Labium less than one-half the length of the maxille. Legs long and slender. Posterior spinnerets double the length of the anterior. Dimensions. Length of cephalothorax, . 2.8 mm. Length of abdomen, Be RY ee Te On OY ee PeeRNEOenTa lan Ok tec we wake Sls Maul. SRAM Length of second leg, (ca Length of third leg, . eR OE en Na 7S rer rOUrpMm er, Gk eee tee es 3 LS 654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Color in alcohol.—Cephalothorax above yellow, a broad brown stripe from each posterior eye backward to the end of the thorax, a narrow blackish line on each side near the margin, extreme margin black; black around the posterior eyes and between the middle eyes, forehead yellow, long white hairs above the first eye row. Sternum pale yellow about the color of the cox, with black spots on the lateral margins. Abdomen above with a pale orange, broad median band extending its entire length, in the anterior half of this band a somewhat darker band bor- dered on each side by small black spots; sides grayish with short black streaks; venter with a black line from each lung-book to the spinnerets, the space enclosed by these lines silvery-gray. Spinnerets yellowish. Chelicera and mazille of the same yellowish color as the cephalothorax, labiwm blackish. All the legs greenish-yellow below, the two posterior pairs darker; coxee and trochanters above each with 2 or 3 black spots, and femora above each with a short black stripe on the proximal portion. Pedipalpi yellowish, unspotted. 20. Pirata humicolus Montg, Numerous specimens from Crosswicks. 21. Pirata liber Montg, Specimens from West Chester, Crosswicks and Wood’s Hole. Those from Wood’s Hole compose a geographical race characterized by smaller size (largest 2 with a cephalothoracal length of only 2.6 mm.), and by the proportionately greater extent of the dorsal eye area, which is somewhat less than one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax. 22. Dolomedes urinator Hentz, Specimens from Crosswicks. 23. Dolomedes idoneus Montg. Specimens from Crosswicks. 24. Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz. One mature 2 from Wood’s Hole. Eyes.—The first row about the diameter of its eyes from the second and fully four times their diameter from the anterior edge of the head, broader than the second row, its lateral eyes slightly higher than the middle. Eyes of the second row barely their diameter apart, slightly smaller than those of the third row. Third row broadest, its eyes on eminences, this row about the diameter of one of its eyes behind the second row. Dorsal eye‘area less than one-fifth the length of the cepha- lothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax distinctly longer than broad, highest behind its middle. Length of the chelicera about one and a third times the 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 655 height of the head in front. Sternum as broad as long, heart-shaped. Legs stout. Labium less than one-half the length of the maxille. Dimensions. encthton CopmalotnOrax 262... sw bi we es we OREM etl GhanaGMcnn es cals ki oe sw ue One Bemeua Galimuice se ae ee a Bie Length of second leg, ar ee acer) we WemrunGintiicdhleges Hiei, S18 Stet oe Gl 4d DOR aS ene bonmiourunlemeay bee cu et we ese ogy ke Oe e's BOW pe Color in alcohol.—Cephalothorax above greenish-brown, on each side a bright white band extending from the cheek to the posterior end of the thorax; a thin, interrupted black marginal line; a very narrow pale yellow median band from the plane of the posterior eyes back- ward, and just behind each posterior eye a short line of the same color; near the middle of the dorsum, touching the median band, a pair of small brown spots. Sternum yellow, on each side three distinct black spots. Abdomen above a chocolate-brown, on its an- terior third a lighter band; five pairs of black spots, which successively decrease in size backward, on the dorsum, the centre of each of which is a minute white spot; on the sides a broad band of gray hairs; sides of venter brown, the area between the lung-books and the spinnerets yellowish. Legs yellowish-green above, tarsi and metatarsi darker; below the femora pale sea-green, and the cox pale yellow like the sternum; no dark annulations. Chelicera reddish-brown, labiwm and maxille dark chocolate-brown. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. All the figures represent camera drawings of the copulatory apparatus. Fig. 1.—Lycosa sepulchralis, 3 pedipalp. Fig. 2.—lycosa avara, epigynum. Fig. 3.—Pardosa pallida, epigynum. Fig. 4.—Lycosa contestata, epigynum. Fig. 5.—Dolomedes sexpunctatus, epigynum. Fig. 6.—Pardosa lapidicina, epigynum. Fig. 7.—Lycosa charonoides, ¢\ pedipalp. Fig. 8..—Lycosa pratensis, epigynum. Fig. 9.—Pardosa lapidicina, 3 pedipalp. 656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., RACIAL VARIATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE VIOLETS OF PHILADELPHIA AND VICINITY. BY WITMER STONE. Having for a number of years been interested in racial variation among terrestrial vertebrates and its relation to environment and climatic conditions, I was recently led to make some investigations along the same lines among our phenerogamic plants, in some genera of which, notably Crategus, Panicum, Viola, ete., species and subspecies have of late years been described at a rate quite equal to that which has prevailed for some time past among the birds and mammals. The genus Viola was selected for study because I have long been familiar with the more common species found in the vicinity of Phila- delphia, and because an abundance of material is easily accessible in this neighborhood. While my studies have thrown little light upon the relation of variations to conditions of environment, they have enabled me to pre- sent a pretty complete account of the variations exhibited by our local violets which may prove of assistance to those who investigate this interesting genus. Any one at all in touch with the progress of systematic zoology and botany must be aware of the enormous number of new species and subspecies that have been named and described during the last decade. By some, especially those who have not gone very deeply into systematic work, this tendency has been severely criticised as unwarranted multiplication of names in the interest of the describer, which tends to render specific identification more difficult on the part of the general student. To those who have given the matter serious consideration, however, it must be evident that slowly but surely our conception of a species has been changing, and that the recognition of a very large number of new forms in systematic work is an obvious necessity on evolutionary and philogenetice grounds. The enormous collections that have been gathered together in recent years, especially in the United States, covering thoroughly, as they do, large contiguous areas instead of isolated spots as heretofore, show us that instead of sharply defined widespread species we have, in stun te — 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 657 many cases, a number of slightly differentiated local forms, sometimes susceptible of being banded together as races of one specific group or sometimes so intricately interrelated as to involve several previously well-established “‘species,”’ and to render any arrangement in groups a matter of the closest study and more or less arbitrary decision. No one description will accurately cover all of these related races, and as the specific descriptions of older writers are often based entirely upon one race or form, there is obviously no course but to recognize the others on an equal basis. Whether or not our present system of nomenclature will prove inadequate for the purpose remains to be seen, but under any circum- stances the recognition of these forms which nature has differentiated in a greater or lesser degree will be inevitable, as it is becoming obvious that they, instead of the clumsy specific aggregate, are the funda- mental units of systematic work. The existence of these “variants” among vertebrates was first clearly accepted in the Check List of North American Birds, issued by the American Ornithologists’ Union in 1886, and a system of trinomials was adopted by which they could be independently designated and at the same time their relation to their specific aggregate denoted. This plan has been largely followed in vertebrate zoology since this time, but as material and knowledge has increased the difficulty of grouping forms in specific aggregates, in such a manner as not to do violence to the proper function of a name on the one hand and to a fact of evolution on the other, has so increased that by some writers trinomials have been all but abandoned, and binomials employed to designate every form, no matter how slightly differentiated. In botany, where the trinomial system has never been so widely adopted as in vertebrates, almost all the recently named forms are designated as species. As#I have elsewhere stated,’ I am convinced that the use of tri- nomials is still our best method for denoting these races, though not on exactly the basis originally proposed in the American Ornitholo- gists’ Union Code of Nomenclature. The results of my study of variation in the genus Viola I have considered under three headings: Racial Variation, as exhibited in plants; Variation in the Genus Viola; and a Synopsis of the Violets of Philadelphia and vicinity. For the sake of comparison I have pre- ceded these with a brief réswmé of racial variation among terrestrial vertebrates. ' Condor, 1903, p. 43. 42 658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., RactAL VARIATION AMONG TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATES. Variation in animals may be of several different types: (1) sexual, (2) age and seasonal, (3) dimorphic, (4) individual, albinistic, etc., and (5) specific or racial. We have a terse nomenclature by which differences of sex, age, etc., may be denoted, and sometimes, as in birds, quite a complicated terminology by which every plumage is designated (ef. Dwight, Auk, 1902, p. 248), but our binomial and trinomial nomenclature is used only for specific or other racial variations. Among terrestrial vertebrates racial variation corresponds closely to geographic environment, and in many groups it is very easy to recog- nize the effect of the environment of several different life areas in pro- ducing recognizably distinct races from the same type. In birds and mammals this correspondence is most marked, though among them we find some genera much more plastic than others; the song sparrows (Melospiza), for instance, breaking up into a very large number of forms, while the robins (Merula) are remarkably constant over large areas. In birds and mammals the individual variation in size, after making due allowance for age and sex, is exceedingly slight, and the same may be said of color, provided the additional allowance for season is made, so that very slight differences in measurements or in shades of color, which might appear trivial, are really constant and perfectly reliable as indications of the differentiation of a distinct form. Among reptiles individual variation is very much greater, and geographic races cannot be so clearly designated as in the classes just considered. Measurements are of little significance, except in the relation which one dimension may hold to another; color and scale formule are also subject to great variation. Some species, however, vary much more than others, and in slightly differentiated forms with a high percentage of individual variation extremes may overlap in certain respects, or an occasional individual may revert to an ancestral type in some character or other, without affecting the fact that a race has been differentiated. Such individuals are referable to the same category as geographic intergrades in the usually narrow belt, where life-areas which have given rise to two forms merge one into the other. In the Batrachia individual variation is further complicated by the metamorphosis which is often responsible for the persistence of certain early (larval) characters in the adult, and that many species in this class have been based upon this and other individual variations I have little doubt. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659 In the higher terrestrial vertebrates, as already pointed out, the ranges of several closely related forms are coextensive with the limits of the several life-areas to the peculiar environmental conditions of ‘which they owe their origin. Consequently we never find two geo- graphic races or subspecies of the same form occurring together, except during times of migration. Among reptiles, however, we do find variants of the same form which have been generally rated as subspecies occurring in the same life-area. We perhaps need more material and more exact data regarding habitat, ete., before the proper status of such forms is established. They may be color types or dimorphic forms produced indiscriminately throughout the range of the species; or are, perhaps, due to local, soil or other conditions prevailing in different areas within the range of the species. The fact that such forms occur together and intergrade, however, scems abun- dantly proven. The above résumé is presented, showing the conditions which exist among terrestrial vertebrates with regard to racial variation, in order that they may be compared with the conditions that prevail among plants. RactaL VARIATION AMONG PLANTS. As is well known, the trees and shrubs, as well as other plants in a less degree, conform with more or less exactness to the same general laws of geographic distribution that pertain to animals; and the ranges. of many species are limited by the life-zones that have been established originally from a study of birds and mammals. When, however, a genus is represented by different forms in several life-zones, they are usually very distinct species and not closely related variants which have obviously been differentiated from a common parent type by prevailing environmental conditions in the several life-areas in question, such as is so frequently seen among vertebrates. At the same time an abundance of closely related variants do exist among plants, differentiated to the same varying extent as in the geo- graphic races of birds and mammals, but all occurring in the same life- zone or area, and often side by side. They are, moreover, quite con- stant in their racial characters, and certainly not cases of individual. variation. Obviously some other agency must be responsible for this differenti- ation, and it is in many cases no doubt to be found in the varying soil conditions, and in other local peculiarities not sufficiently potent to affect higher animal life. Owing to the fixed nature of plant life, 660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., such conditions are likely to have a very marked effect in producing local forms from widely distributed species, while, on the other hand, a freely moving animal is either not so easily affected or simply avoids localities within its range where soil conditions, etc., are uncon- genial. Thus the pine-barren region of southern New Jersey, where soil conditions differ totally from the lower Delaware valley, though in the same life-zone, presents a most distinctive flora, but not a single ‘“‘subspecies”’ of bird or mammal has been differentiated from those found in the latter area. Such species as are not averse to the con- ditions there presented occur unchanged, while others simply avoid the region and are conspicuous by their absence. Some very local races of mammals have been differentiated, it is true, in the Dismal Swamp of Virginia and other similar spots, but the effect of purely local conditions upon plant life is vastly greater than upon animals. My studies have been entirely too limited to warrant any attempt to account for the origin of these local plant races, even in the genus to which I have devoted especial attention, but the point that I would particularly emphasize is that we have in these forms, which grow often side by side, just as clearly differentiated races as the geographic sub- species of vertebrates, and that they can be designated by trinomials to better advantage than by the binomial method now generally in vogue, even though the grouping be admittedly arbitrary in some instances (cf. Condor, 1903, p. 48). The careless use of the trinomial or varietal name in botany for all sorts of variation, purely individual, albinistic, etc., of course acts as a prejudice against applying it to well- established racial forms of this kind, but with the tremendous increase in species that we have recently witnessed in some genera the benefits of the trinomial system should be apparent. Unless we are thoroughly familiar with a genus, it is impossible to tell in a strictly binomial sys- tem which forms are clearly defined species and which are slightly differentiated races of a well-known type, while the use of trinomials indicates this at a glance. Of course, in either animals or plants there must be some limit to the number of forms recognized, and nomenclature becomes absurd when applied to variants which can only be recognized by, perhaps, one or two specialists who have devotec years to the study of the group. This limit would seem to have been passed in the genus Crategus. While there are admittedly a large number of species in eastern North America, the two hundred or more that have been proposed seem to more than cover the ground, especially since I have seen sets of specimens collected from six bushes and submitted to three leading 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661 specialists on the genus returned as belonging to twice that number of species, due to the difference in their identifications. VARIATION IN THE GENUS VIOLA. My observations on the genus Viola as represented in the neigh- borhood of Philadelphia have covered a number of years, but during the past three seasons the study has been carried on systematically throughout the spring and summer. Typical colonies of the various forms have been constantly under observation, and large series of speci- mens have been preserved at definite periods which show as nearly as possible the changes undergone by each species. These specimens will be distributed in sets to several of the principal herbaria in the East, where they may perhaps be of assistance to others who are engaged in a study of this interesting genus. The species of the genus Viola are divisible at once into two groups— the caulescent species, bearing both leaves and flowers upon a main stem, and the acaulescent, in which petioles and scapes spring from the root stalk. The species of the former group are much more easily defined, and show but little of the tendency to racial variation that is characteristic of the acaulescent group. We find three types of color in the flowers of the genus—blue, yellow and white—and all are repre- sented in each of the above groups. In one caulescent species V. rafinesquit the flowers are somewhat parti-colored, as in the ease of the pansies of cultivation, of which this is our native representative, forming a section well distinguished from the other species by addi- tional characters. Among the caulescent species we also have one parti-colored race, V. pedata, which likewise is clearly separated from the others by structural peculiarities. It is the blue-flowered acaulescent species that present by far the greatest racial and individual variation, and it is to them that I have given particular attention, and upon which the following statements are based, though all the species are considered in the review of our local violets which concludes the paper. Leaf-form is decidedly the most striking character in violets, and one in which variation is to be seen to perfection. There is, first of all, variation due to age, the early leaves being usually different from those produced later in the season. The general shape of the early leaves is, moreover, very similar in a number of species which later on bear but little resemblance to one another—a fact which renders it exceedingly difficult to identify some of the descriptions of older writers based solely upon early flowering plants. In forms in which 662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the mature leaves are lobed or cut the early leaves are often quite or nearly entire, indicating the probable derivation of lobed-leafed species from an entire-leaved ancestor; and the tendency toward lobatior seems to increase in all the later leaves. Considering now the racial variations presented by the leaves, we find a tendency in two directions, starting from what I take to be the most primitive type—the cordate leaf of V. papilionacea, ete. In one direction we tend toward extreme lobing or leaf division, passing suc- cessively through V. palmata dilatata, V. palmata, V. p. variabilis, V. p. angelle, V. septemloba and V. brittoniana, culminating with the aberrant V. pedata, in which the lobation is of a somewhat different type. In the other direction, we pass through V. fimbriatula and its forms to the triangular-leaved V. emarginata and the narrow sagittate-leaved V. sagittata. This series has a tendency to toothed or notched bases to the leaves, and in very broad-leaved V. emarginata these teeth are exaggerated into lobes and a leaf-form is produced that comes very close to some of the V. palmata group near the other end of the series! Individual variation is best shown in V. p. dilatata and V. p. varia- bilis. In these we are likely to find every variation, from a plain cordate leaf to one with from three to seven lobes, in the same colony of plants, and many of them actually on the same individual plant. Sometimes, too, we find leaves lobed on one side and not on the other. That these all belong to one race is certain, though the unlobed type has often been regarded as distinct under the name of V. sororia. That one style of leaf may prevail in one locality and another some- where else seems quite likely, though all the colonies that I have examined exhibit a great variety of shapes. ; So far as the correlation of the lobed-leaved species with peculiar soil conditions, there seems to be only contrary evidence. The V. palmata group are plants of the upland woods, V. septemloba is a moist-woodland violet and V. brittoniana occurs in open sandy ground, usually in moist spots, while V. pedata is a plant of dry sandy banks. There does, however, seem to be a tendency toward narrow leaves in many wet-ground species, as seen in the linear divisions of V. brit- toniana and the lanceolate leaves of V. lanceolata and sagittata. In the pubescence of the leaves we have a pretty good specific char- acter, though it seems to decrease somewhat on very old leaves, while very early leaves of V. p. dilatata are nearly glabrous, though the later ones are strongly pubescent. In V. sagittata some colonies have slightly pubescent leaves, while the typical plants are glabrous. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 663 V. fimbriatula and its forms, the most pubescent species of the genus, are always found on exposed dry sandy or rocky banks, but V. villosa and V. palmata, also pubescent, are woodland species, and grow closely associated with V. affinis, which is glabrous. It may be said, how- ever, that all species of moist, open ground are essentially glabrous, viz., V. cucullata, V. crenulata and typical V. sagittata. The relative length of petioles and scapes is often quoted as a distinct- ive character, but such comparison should explicitly be made with either the first or second set of leaves, as the “‘flowering period” often covers the growth of the second leaves, so that early flowers are longer than the leaves while later ones are shorter. The length and character of the peduncle of the later cleistogamic flowers is an important specific character, as first pointed out by Prof. Greene. In some spe- cies it is long and erect, notably in V. cucullata; in others horizontal, and in others still very short and decurved and usually hypogzeous. - Except that in all wet-meadow species the cleistogenes are erect, we can make no .correlation between their condition and the nature of their habitat, for in some forms that do not grow in wet spots, as V. emarginata, they are equally erect, while in other dry-ground species they vary much in length. In floral characters violets seem to present a great amount of indi- vidual variation, but the difficulty of preserving the blossoms makes satisfactory comparisons on a large scale practically impossible. While a certain tint of blue or purple is characteristic of each form, there is also a good deal of individual variation. The marsh forms of the V. cucullata group are all pale blue, but the only colony of V. emarginata that I have studied in flower were almost as pale, though the species grows in dry, sandy situations. On the other hand, V. sagittata, from wet meadows, has as dark purple flowers as we find in V. villosa of the dry woodlands, so that in color also we find little correspondence with immediate environment. The extent of pubescence on the petals is an important specifie char- acter, and varies from V. septemloba, where it is confined to the bases of the lateral petals, to V. sagittata, in which it usually spreads to some extent over all, though sometimes absent from the two upper- most. As to relative time of flowering in the vicinity of Philadelphia, V. fimbriatula, villosa and affinis are the earliest, and are about over when cucullata and dilatata come into bloom, the difference being about two weeks; the other acaulescent blue species begin to blossom about midway between these two groups. 664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., With regard to geographic distribution of the forms of violets, both caulescent and acaulescent, that I have identified in eastern Pennsyl- vania and southern New Jersey, six are characteristic boreal species, being found abundantly in the highest mountain districts, where the fauna is decidedly Canadian. Of these V. canadensis, V. selkirki, V. renijolia are restricted to this region, but V. rostrata, V. leconteana and V. roundifolia extend much farther south in suitable locations, the last two reaching the southeastern corner of Pennsylvania. V. muhlenbergit, V. cucullata and V. scabriuscula also occur in the higher Alleghanies, but are equally as plentiful about Philadelphia. Another group of species seems to be decidedly southern, and is limited to the low grounds of the lower Delaware and Susquehanna valleys or the coastal region of New Jersey, in the Carolinian faunal belt, viz., V. brittoniana, V. lanceolata, V. septemloba and V. rafinesquit. The other forms, including the various forms of V. palmata and fim- briatula, seem to range indiscriminately over the intervening country, most of them spreading over the habitat of the last group as well. THe VIOLETS OF PHILADELPHIA AND VICINITY. The following synopsis is the result of several years’ study, during which time a series of several thousand specimens has been collected and preserved and many observations upon living plants recorded. Undoubtedly further investigations will detect additional forms, and this list is not claimed to be complete but rather a basis for future work, in the belief that local studies of the genus will aid us in eventually gaining a better understanding of its species. In the identification of the species I have to express my deep in- debtedness to Prof. Edward L. Greene, the leading authority on the genus, who very kindly examined a series of my specimens and gave me his views upon their relationship, and also to Mr. Charles Louis Pollard, who has from time to time identified specimens for me. The types of Nuttall, Schweinitz and Muhlenberg in the herbarium of the Academy have thrown much light on the application of some of the older names. We may consider the species in two main groups: I. Acaulescent species, leaf petioles and flower scapes both arising from the root-stalk (p. 665). II. Caulescent species, with a leafy stem upon which the flowers are produced (p. 686). 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 665 I. Acaulescent Species. I.—Plants producing stolons after the flowering season. o—wlowerssyellows) 2) 5 tS eos. Vrotundijalin aa.—F lowers white. b.—Leaves cordate at base, cleistogenes on horizontal pe- duncles. c.—Petioles and scapes spotted with red, V. leconteana. cc.—Petioles and scapes unspotted, . . . V. blanda. bb.—Leaves decurrent on the petiole, cleistogenes erect. Cp WeaVeSOVal wisi fi) ie om Gus co) «Vi. ovata. cc.—Leaves lanceolate, . .. . . . Vz. lanceolata. II.—Plants not stoloniferous, flowers blue. a.—Leaves more or less lobed or cut. b.—Leaves and petioles pubescent. c.—Lobes not deeply cut, only about half-way to the base, V. palmata. cc.—Lobes deeply cut, nearly to the base, V. p. dilatata, variabilis and angelle. bb.—Leaves and petioles nearly or quite glabrous. c.—Middle lobe undivided, no cleistogenes, V. pedata and subsp. ec.—Middle lobe divided in three, cleistogenes present. d.—Leaves large; lobes broad, much narrowed at ESE: Sips . V. septemloba. dd. V. brittoniana. aa.—Leaves not lobed, never coarsely toothed or sagittate at the base. b.—Leaves strongly hispid-pubescent above, glabrous below and on petiole, . . _ . V. villosa cordifolia. bb.—Leaves pubescent, on blade and petiole, ef. V. palmata dilatata and V. fimbriatula aberrans. bbb.—Leaves glabrous or very nearly so. c.—Cleistogenes on erect pedicels. d.—Leaves cordate-ovate, plants medium or large, V. cucullata and subsp. Leaves nearly triangular, plants small, V. crenulata. dd. cc.—Cleistogenes deflexed or horizontal. d.—Leaves broadly cordate or reniform, apex not produced, flowers deep purple, V. papilionacea. dd.—Leaves more triangular, apex gree flowers pales ise: 2. ; . affinis. aaa.—Leaves sagittate, triangular or oval, usually sith several coarse teeth at the base. Leaves sagittate, usually glabrous, . . . V. sagittata. Leaves oval, or with truncate base, strongly pubescent, V. fimbriatula. Leaves triangular, thick, fleshy, glabrous, . V. emarginata 666 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct , The yellow and white acaulescent violets in the vicinity of Philadel- phia are referable to five described species, all of which are sharply separated with the exception of the blanda-leconteana group, which will upon further study undoubtedly resolve itself into several well-marked races. In fact, Prof. Greene tells me that the violet here described as V. blanda is certainly not typical of that species, but as it is not my intention here to propose any new names, I let it stand pending a more exhaustive study of this group. The blue-flowered species, as already stated, constitute the most puzzling group of the genus. Apart from the aberrant V. pedata, the species fall naturally into three sections typified by V. papilionacea (Pls. XX XI-XXXIJ), palmata (Pl. XXXUI-XXXY) and jimbriatula (Pl. XXXVI-XXXVIJ), though it must be confessed that V. vllosa is practically midway between the first and second groups, and that some forms of V. emarginata recall the V. palmata group. V. selkirki, of the high Alleghanies, stands quite apart with more the habit of the white-flowered species. 1. Viola rotundifolia Michaux. Viola rotundifolia Michaux, 1803, Flora Bor. Amer., II, p. 150. Viola clandestina Pursh, 1814, Flora Am. Sept., I, p. 173. Range.—Mountainous regions extending southward in suitable loca- tions, reaching the valleys of Wissahickon and Crum creeks in Phila- delphia and Delaware counties, where it occurs sparingly, and at one or two puints in Montgomery county along the Schuylkill. In New Jersey, according to Dr. Britton’s Catalogue, it reaches the lower part of Hunterdon and upper Monmouth counties. In its southernmost stations it usually grows under hemlocks, which are the prevalent trees in the true home of the species in the mountains. Habitat.—Damp banks in deep shade. Description.—Early flowering plant. Crum creek, Delaware county, Pa., April 18, 1902. No. 2,537, Herb. W.S. Flowers bright yellow, lateral and lower petals with fine dark brown lines, which in the former are confined to the lower edge, and immediately above them is a small patch of white hairs; sepals linear, oblong, obtuse; scape 60 mm. long, almost glabrous. Leaves inyolute, not vet expanded, and in some instances scarcely visible above the ground, pale green, 25 x 30 mm., crenate, minutely puberulent above, petiole 30 mm., slightly pubescent, or in very young leaves glabrous. Fruiting plant, Crum creek, May 30, 1901. No. 1,180, Herb. W.S. Scape 45 mm., capsule 8 mm., segments keeled. Leaves flat on the ground, ovate, the latest ones orbicular, 80 x 60 mm., crenate, light green above with minute scattered hairs, ¢ 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667 pale and glabrous beneath, except on the basal part of the midrib which, with the petiole (60 mm.), is distinctly pubescent. These specimens bear “stolons” 100 mm. long, which I have not found rooting, but which bear several small lanceolate bracts and a leaf 25 x 35 mm., with several cleistogenes on very short pedicels. Still later specimens, Au- gust 4, have the leaves darker green and nearly or quite glabrous, as are the petioles; cleistogenes in fruit, nearly ripe. 2. Viola blanda Willd. Viola blanda Willdenow, 1806, Hortus Berolien. Pl. XXTV. Range.—Through southeastern Pennsylvania and southern New Jersey, west of the pine barrens; the records of its occurrence toward the mountains are in part confused with V. leconteana. Rather local, though not rare about Philadelphia. Habitat—Low woodlands in moist ground along streams; usually growing in large colonies. Description.— Early flowering plant. Sherwood, Philadelphia, April 10, 1903. No. 5,159, Herb. W.S. Root-stalk slender with dried stolons of previous year still adherent. Flowers white, somewhat fra- grant, 10 mm. broad, lower petal heavily lined with dark purple and lateral petals with two or three lines, all glabrous; sepals lanceolate, acute. Leaves thin, lighter beneath, glabrous; crenate, orbicular or the earliest reniform, cordate at base, 25 x 30 mm.; petioles 40 mm., glabrous. Fruiting plants, Sherwood, June 17, 1903. No. 5,160, Herb. W.S. Leaves very thin, with a few scattered hairs above and on the veins beneath, size 80 x 90 mm.; petioles glabrous, 180 mm. long. Stolons very slender, 130 mm., still without leaves. Cleistogenes on some plants only, and very slender, their scapes 15 mm. long, horizontal. In later specimens, August 18, from Chester county, Pennsylvania, the stolons bear small leaves and a few minute cleistogenes. The sinus becomes much more open in the late summer leaves. 3. Viola leconteana Don. Viola amoena Le Conte, 1828, Ann. Lye. N. Y., II, p. 144 (nec Symonds, 1798). Viola leconteana Don, 1831, Gen. Syst., I, p. 324. Viola alsophila Greene, 1899, Pittonia, IV, p. 7. Range——Abundant in the mountains, extending southward in cold rocky woods to the lower Susquehanna in York and Lancaster counties, and the Brandywine below Chadd’s Ford, Delaware county. Hatitat usually on damp shady rocky banks, though in the mountains it is found pretty generally throughout the forests, and is the most abundant violet. 668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Description.—Specimen in full flower. Chadd’s Ford, May 10, 1902, B. H. Smith. No. 5,172, Herb. W. S. Flowers similar to the last, but 15 mm. broad; scapes 100 mm. long, spotted with red. Earliest leaves 25 x 25 mm., reniform, orbicular or somewhat ovate; later leaves ovate, 40 x 50 mm., slightly pubescent above, glabrous below; petioles red-spotted, 50 mm. long, glabrous. Scapes of the cleistogenes 25 mm. in length. Late summer fruiting plants have the leaves all ovate, usually rather acuminate, but they do not exceed 50 x 60 mm. in size; petioles, however, vary to 150 mm. in length. As already stated, this and the preceding need more careful study, but I have not the necessary material at hand. In the higher Alleghanies (Sullivan and Wyoming counties, also Fulton—Porter), Viola renifolia Gray grows with V. leconteana, and in its later stages bears considerable resemblance to it, as the leaves often become decidedly ovate in outline. The bristly pubescence of the petiole and veins on the under surface of the leaf, however, are in marked contrast to the smoothness of these parts in V. leconteana, while the upper surface in V. renifolia at this season is glabrous, instead of sparsely pubescent, as in the other species. V. leconteana seems to be the most stoloniferous of any of the white acaulescent violets, but all of the blanda group exceed V. primulejolia and lanceolata in this respect. 4. Viola primulefolia Linn. Viola primulefolia Linn., 1753, Sp. Plant., pl. 934. Viola p. boscii D. C., 1824, Prodromus, I, p. 293. Viola p. cordata D. C., 1824, Prodromus, I, p. 293. Range.—The southeastern counties of Pennsylvania, as well as in boggy places in Monroe county, and abundant in southern New Jersey, except the pine barrens, where it is replaced very largely by the next. Habitat.—Open moist ground. Description.—Farly flowering plant. Tinicum, Delaware county, Pennsylvania, April 25, 1903. No. 5,153, Herb. W. S. Flowers white, 10 mm. broad, the lower petal strongly, the laterals slightly veined with dark purple, all glabrous; sepals lanceolate-acute; scape 40.mm., glabrous. Leaf ovate-oblong or oval, base decurrent; crenulate, 15 x 20 to 20 x 25 mm., glabrous, except’ base of midvein beneath and petiole which are pubescent, petiole 10 to 15 mm. Older flowering plant. Tinicum, May 9. No. 5,154, Herb. W. 8S. Scapes 90 mm. Leaves almost or quite glabrous thoughout, 35 x 23 mm., petiole 40 mm. Cleistogenes erect on scapes 20 mm. long. Fruiting plant. Tinicum, June 21, 1903. No. 5,155, Herb. W. 5. | | 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 669 Fruiting scapes 140 mm. long. Leaves 50 x 70, glabrous; petioles 150 mm. long, glabrous or with a few scattered hairs. Stolons just sprout- ing, 50 to 60 mm. long. In July and August specimens the stolons bear leaves 20 x 25 mm. on petioles 50 mm. in length, as well as small cleistogenes. In specimens from Willow Grove, Montgomery county, Pennsylvania, the main leaves reach the dimensions of 60 x 100 mm. on petioles 160 mm. in length, while the erect cleistogenes are on pubescent scapes 80 mm. long. This species and the next are open-bog or wet-meadow violets, forming a very distinct group from the woodland, rocky-bank species which precede; and seem to be the southern representatives of the blanda group. We have thus two austral species and three boreal ones, the members of each group more closely related inter se than they are to any species of the other group. Among vertebrates in a sunilarly distributed lot of forms we should expect to find boreal and austral derivatives of the several types, but as before stated, in plants we seem to find that the most recent differentiations have taken place within the same life-zone, and that they are not zonal in their origin or distribution. 5. Viola lanceolata Linn. Viola lanceolata Linn., 1753, Sp. Plant., pl. 953. Viola attenuata ‘‘Sweet’”’ Don, 1831, Gen. Syst., I, p. 322. Range.—The southeastern counties of Pennsylvania, mainly along the Delaware and Susquehanna (also Monroe county—Porter), and abundant throughout southern New Jersey, where it is the most char- _ acteristic species of the pine-barren bogs, also up the Delaware to Warren county (Britton). About Philadelphia it is found only in the low grounds along the Delaware. Habitat—Wet open bogs or meadows, often growing with V. pri- mulefolia, and sometimes approaching it in early leaf-forms, but the flowers are always larger, and the later leaves abundantly distinct. Description.—Early flowering plant. Tinicum,. Delaware county, Pennsylvania, May 9, 1903. No. 5,156, Herb. W.S. Flowers 15 mm. wide, white, the lower petal strongly purple-veined, the laterals with one or two streaks; glabrous; sepals narrowly linear, acute, scapes glabrous, 100 mm. long. Leaves ovate-lanccolate, decurrent at base, 35x12 mm., obscurely crenulate glabrous, petioles glabrous, 30-40 mm. Cleistogenes on scapes 30 mm. long. Later plants have leaves lanceolate, gradually decurrent, length including petiole 175 mm., width 15 mm. Flower scapes 170 mm. Fruiting plant. Tinicum, June 28, 1903. No. 5,157, Herb. W.S. 670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fOct., Fruiting scapes 110 mm. Total length of leaves 180-320 mm., width 20-30 mm. Stolons 100 mm. in length on some plants bearing typical leaves and minute cleistogenes. Viola sekirkii ‘ Pursh”’ Goldie, which in foliage and general appear- ance resemble the blanda group, but differs in its pale blue flowers, grows plentifully in damp rocky situations in the hemlock forests of Sullivan and Wyoming counties, Pennsylvania, on the North Moun- tain; and has also been found in Monroe and Somerset counties (Porter). 6. Viola papilionacea Pursh. (Pl. XXXII, fig. i; Pl. XXXVIII, fig. iii.) Viola papilionacea Pursh, 1814, Flor. Amer. Sept., I, p. 173. Viola communis Pollard, 1898, Bot. Gazette, XX VI, p. 336 (nec Wittrock). Viola domestica Bicknell, 1898, in Britton and Brown, Ill. Flora, IIT, p. 519. Viola obliqua Britton and Brown, 1898, Il. Flora, IJ, p. 447 (nec Hill). Range.—The commonest violet through eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey, though apparently not found on the higher Alleghanies, or in the pine barrens. Habitat.—Meadows, fields, fence-rows, ete., also in low woodland. Description. — Early flowering plant. Sherwood, Philadelphia, April 10, 1903. No. 5,119, Herb. W.S. Root-stalk thick and ribbed. Flower 20 mm. wide, deep violet-purple (‘‘violet” of Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors), the petals white at the base, the lower and lateral ones with dark lines, the latter also with a round patch of white hairs which is confined to the white basal area, other petals glabrous; the two upper ones usually recurved; sepals ovate-lanceo- late, rather blunt; scape glabrous,60 mm. long. Leaves cueullate, — cordate in outline and distinctly crenate, 25x 30 mm., glabrous; petiole pubescent on convex side, 40 mm. in length. Later flowering plant. Media, Delaware county, Pennsylvania, April 26, 1903. No. 5,121, Herb. W.S. Exactly like the last, but leaves 40 x 50, petioles SO mm., and scapes 100 mm. Fruiting specimen. Media, June 4, 1903. No.5,122, Herb. W. 8. Leaves somewhat doubly crenate, 110 x 120 mm., petiole 275 mm., otherwise as before, fruiting scapes 80 mm. (apparently from cleisto- genes). Other specimens, Sherwood, May 17, 1903, have cleistogenes in all stages of development on decurved peduncles 20 mm. in length, leaves 80 x 90 mm. The general tendency in old leaves is to become widespread at the base, as contrasted with the narrow sinus of the early flowering season; and I can see no other character in V. domestica Bicknell that is not attributable to the rich soil of cultivated ground. Many other 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671 species will become distinctly ranker than the wild plant when trans- ferred to rich garden soil. The above descriptions of V. papilionacea are taken from two colonies only. Many others examined agreed with them exactly in leaf char- acters, but a further examination may show some variation in shape of petals, extent of pubescence, etc., which I have not yet detected. The petals are usually recurved, sometimes very markedly so, as in specimens from the hilly woods bordering the Schuylkill at Gladwyn in which they are quite long and narrow. Woodland plants have usually bluer flowers. As to the proper name for this species, I agree with Prof. Greene and Mr. Pollard in their latest decision that papilionacea Pursh is the earli- est name based upon the present plant. It has a further advantage in apparently never having been used by subsequent authors for any other species, a decided point in its favor! 7. Viola papilionacea subsp. I have found in dry upland woodland on Crum creek, Delaware county, a quite distinct ally of V. papilionacea, with a lighter root- stalk and more delicate foliage. Leaves more acuminate and rather more coarsely crenate, glabrous except for minute silvery appressed hairs scattered along the veins above; petioles glabrous, 180 mm. long; cleistogenes horizontal, not recurved; scapes 60 mm. in length. Only having fruiting specimens, May 17, 1903, No. 5,126, Herb., W. 8., I am unable as yet to properly describe this form. Prof. Greene regards it as a distinct species. 8. Viola affinis Le Conte. (Pl. XXXI, fig. ii.) Viola u finis Le Conte, 1828, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., IT, p. 138. Viola obliqua Pollard, 1901, in Britton’s Manual, p. 636 (nec Hill). Range.—Southeastern Pennsylvania and southern New Jersey ex- clusive of the pine barrens, apparently not extending to the mountains. Habitat.—Rich woodlands. Description.—Early flowering plant. Sherwood, Philadelphia, April 19, 1903. No. 5,103, Herb. W.S. Flowers 20 mm. in diameter, pale lilac (“‘lilac”’ of Ridgway), deepening into blue just at the junction with the white throat, darker purple veins on lower and lateral petals, bearding on lateral petals not entirely confined to the white area, but extending a little way on to the blue; lower petals slightly hairy at base; sepals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate; scapes 60-70 mm. long, glabrous. Leaves rather light green, somewhat cucullate; cordate, or 672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., usually nearly triangular, 20x25 mm., rather coarsely crenate, glabrous; petioles 40-50 mm., glabrous. Later specimens, Sherwood, April 29, 1903. -No. 5,104, Herb. W.S. Scapes 70-100 mm. Leaves 30 x 40, wider at base and more attenuate at apex, cucullate and coarsely crenate, petioles 60-90 mm. A few cleistogenes present on scapes 25 mm. long. Fruiting plants, Sherwood, June 17, 1903. No. 5,105, Herb. W.S. Leaves 70x 80, coarsely and irregularly crenate-dentate, sometimes with very minute silvery hairs scattered on the veins above; petioles 160 mm., glabrous. Cleistogenes obliquely ascending or later deflexed, peduncles not more than 50 mm. long. This species is well characterized by its general slenderness, thin, glabrous leaves, with coarsely crenate margins and pale flowers. At Sherwood it grows with V. villosa cordifolia and V. palmata dilatata in about equal abundance, and the three can be distinguished at a glance by foliage alone—V. ajfinis always glabrous, V. villosa cordt- folia almost hispid-pubescent above, but glabrous beneath and on the petioles, and V. p. dilatata pubescent all over. I would strongly advocate the use of Le Conte’s name affinzs for this violet. We not only know that this is what he had in view, but the name has been conceded to this species ever since its resurrection until Mr. Pollard, in Britton’s Manual, foisted the old much-abused name obliqua of Hill upon it. Nobody knows what Hill’s obliqua is, and the fact that no two persons seem to agree is argument enough that it should be discarded as unrecognizable along with cordata Walter and some others. Many other old names are difficult to identify with cer- tainty, but where successive authorities have been in general agree- ment there is strong ground for their retention. To illustrate a little of the obscurity that surrounds obliqua of Hill, we may state that in 1896 Mr. Pollard applied it to V. cucullata+papilionacea. In 1898 he applied it to some form that he regarded distinct from either; then it was alloted to V. papilionacea, and now is again transferred to affinis. In marked contrast to his later views Mr. Pollard, when making his first application of the name, states that the species “‘is so well figured as to leave not the slightest doubt concerning the plant to which it refers.’ Prof. Greene, on the other hand, says “it does not half represent any violet that ever grew in any country,” and calls atten- tion to the fact that Pursh thought it applied to V. blanda, while Gray at one time suspected it to be V. rotundifolia! I give these opinions of V. obliqua simply to show the futility of attempting to use it in any sense. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673 9. Viola cucullata Ait. (Pl. XXXII, fig. ii; Pl. XXXVII, fig. iv.) Viola cucullata Aiton, 1789, Hortus Kewensis, III, p. 288. Range.—Apparently throughout Pennsylvania and New Jersey, except the pine barrens, though the relative range of this and the two following has still to be worked out. One form at least occurs in the higher Alleghanies. Habitat—Swamps and wet meadows, often growing in the water in spring heads and shallow ditches. Plentiful about Philadelphia. Description.—F lowering plant. Tinicum, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania, May 9, 1903. No. 5,128, Herb. W.S. Flowers 20-25 mm. broad, pale blue (“campanula blue” of Ridgway) becoming darker toward the throat, which is white; lower and lateral petals lined with purple, the former glabrous, the latter with restricted patches of white beard ; sepals rather long, lanceolate, acuminate; scapes glabrous, 150- 180 mm. long. Leaves cucullate, cordate-ovate, crenate, glabrous, 35 x 45 mm. (the earliest more nearly orbicular, 25 x 30) ; petioles 80-90 mm., glabrous; peduncles of cleistogenes already 20 mm. in length. Fruiting plant. Tinicum, May 23, 1903. No. 5,129, Herb. W. 8. Leaves strongly cucullate, with very minute silvery hairs scattered along the veins above, otherwise glabrous; coarsely but regularly crenate, 70 x 75 mm.; petioles 260 mm. Fruiting scapes and cleistogenes 225-300 mm. long. Some later fruiting cleistogenes (June 28) have peduncles 350 mm. in length. This species is distinguished by its very long flower scapes and the enormous length attaimed by both scapes and petioles in fruiting plants. The cleistogenes are strictly erect, and the blades of the leaves never reach the size of V. papilionacea; the blue, not purple, flowers are also characteristic. The two races which follow are closely re- lated, and have not yet been studied from very large series. Think- ing the specimens I had might be different from V. cucullata—especially No. 5,182—I submitted them to Prof. Greene, and he identified them as his new species V. macrotis and V. leptosepala. 10. Viola cucullata macrotis (Greene). Viola macrotis Greene, 1902, Pittonia, V, p. 97. Range.—Shady swampy spots in western New Jersey, between the pine barrens and the Delaware; doubtless elsewhere as well. Description.—F lowering plants, Medford, New Jersey, May 5, 1903. No. 1004, Herb. W. S. Similar to cucullata, but flowers larger; petals very broad; leaves usually with larger blades, less cucullate.and thinner; sepals minutely ciliate on the margins, and scapes and petioles often with a few scattered hairs. 43 674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 11. Viola cucullata leptosepala (Greene). Viola leptosepala Greene, 1902, Pittonia, V, p. 98. Range.—Shady bogs, western New Jersey; probably more extended. Description.—F lowering plants, Springvale, Camden county, New Jersey, May 10, 1903. No. 5,132, Herb. W.S. Generally similar to cucullata, but much more slender and delicate and plants solitary; leaves more elongate; flowers large, with remarkably long, slender sepals, 12 mm. long and less than 2 in width. Seapes and petioles very slender and with scattered hairs, most plentiful on the lower part. 12. Viola crenulata Greene. (Pl. XXXII, fig. iii.) Viola crenulata Greene, 1901, Pittonia, IV, p. 295. Range.—Only detected in Tinicum, Delaware county, Pennsylvania, as yet. Habitat.—Open wet meadows and swamps, but in drier spots than V. cucullata. Description.—Flowering plant. Tinicum, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania, April 25, 1903. No. 5,127, Herb., W.S. Flowers pale lilae- blue, darker near the base of the petals, throat white, 12 mm. in diam- eter; petals slender, the lower rather broad, slightly pubescent at base: laterals with conspicuous bearded patch; sepals slender lanccolate; scapes 80 mm., glabrous. Leaves triangular-cordate, much attenuated at apex, pale green, glabrous, except for very minute appressed seat- tered hairs on the veins above, size 20 x 28, coarsely crenate (earliest leaves less pointed); petioles 50 mm.; cleistogenes already 25 mm. high. Late summer plants (August 15, 1903), past the fruiting stage, have leaves 35 x 40, but otherwise exactly like the earlier ones; petioles 90 mm. long, which evidently represents the maximum growth of this little plant. This delicate little violet, while related to the cucullata group, is very distinct, differing in the color of both flowers and leaves, in the shape of the latter and the very small size, being smaller in late summer than V. cucullata when it is in early flower. The April specimens above described had evidently been in flower some time, as evidenced by the development of the cleistogenes. 13. Viola villosa cordifolia Nutt. (Pl. XXXI, fig. i.) Viola villosa cordifolia Nuttall, 1818, Genera, I, p. 148. Viola sororia nuttallit Don, 1831, Gen. Syst., I, p. 324. Viola cucullata var. cordata Gray, Manual, 5th ed., p. 78, in part (prob. not cordata Walter). Viola ciliata Muhl., 1813, Cat., p. 26. Range.—Pennsylvania, apparently not extending to the higher 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675 mountains; the northern and middle counties of New Jersey, and rarely in Camden county, but not in the pine barrens. Hatitat.—High dry woodland. Description.—Early flowering plant. Sherwood, Philadelphia, April 10, 1903. No. 5,100 Herb. W.S. Flowers red-purple (near ‘aster- purple” of Ridgway), white in the throat; but slightly veined; upper petals rounded, not at all recurved; lateral petals bearded near the base, as in affinis, but lower petal often nearly glabrous; width of flowers 15-18 mm.; sepals lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, rather obtuse; scapes 40-50 mm., glabrous. Leaves dark green, silvery- pubescent above, glabrous and reddish beneath, and frequently pros- trate on the ground; reniform orbicular or cordate, crenate, 20 x 25 mm.; petioles 30-40 mm., glabrous and reddish at base. Later speci- mens, April 29, have leaves ovate-cordate, 25x 35 mm., and bear horizontal cleistogenes on peduncles 30 mm. long. Fruiting plant, Sherwood, June 17, 1903. No. 5,102, Herb., W. 8. Leaves round-cordate, 65 x 70 mm.; petioles 110 mm. long; fruiting scapes 60 mm. ‘These later leaves are usually erect, and not prostrate like the earliest ones, and are sometimes slightly cucullate. This violet is at all times distinguished by the almost bristly, silvery- pubescence on the upper surface of the leaves and by its dark reddish- purple flowers. There would seem to be two separable forms confused under the name villosa, as Prof. Greene tells me that the plant I have described above is not true villosa, to which I had unhesitatingly referred it, and states that he knows both plants well. The type of villosa came from South Carolina, and if the form found there is dis- tinct from the present plant, Walter’s name unquestionably belongs to it. Nuttall seems to have been the only writer to recognize two -forms of this type of violet, and he based his V. cordifolia upon speci- mens from ‘dry woods on the banks of the Schuylkill near Philadel-- phia.” That his description applies to the above plant seems to me beyond question, and I have, therefore, adopted it. An examination of Muhlenberg’s herbarium shows that his V. ciliata is either the above or true villosa. That his names as they stand are mere nomina nuda is emphasized by the general assumption that in this instance he had V. fimbriatula in mind! 14. Viola palmata Linn. (Pl. XXXIV, fig. i; Pl. XX XIX, fig. i.) Viola palmata Linneus, 1753, Sp. Plant., p. 933. Range.—So far detected only in Tinicum township, Delaware county, and near Valley Forge, Pennsylvania. Habitat.—Dry, shaded localities. 676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Description.—F lowering plant. Tinicum, Delaware county, Pennsyl- vania, May 3, 1902. No. 2,601, Herb. W.S. Flowers large, 25 mm. broad, deep violet-purple, conspicuously bluer toward the base of the petals, which is white; pubescence restricted to white area on lateral petals; lower petal glabrous; sepals ovate-lanceolate, broad, and rather blunt; scapes slightly pubescent, 120 mm. long. Leaves moderately pubescent above and below; earliest 20 x 25 mm., later ones 45 x 50 mm.; much lobed, but none of the incisions reaching more than half-way to the base; petioles pubescent, 90-120 mm.; cleistogenes on short horizontal peduncles 30 mm. long. Later plants, June 28, similar, but leaves nearly glabrous, except on the veins beneath, size 80 x 110 mm.; petioles 180, cleistogenes short, deflexed. Late summer leaves reach the dimensions of 120 x 150 mm., with petioles 300 mm. in length. The apparent rarity of this violet would make me hesitate in regard- ing it as a separate form were it not for its very distinct characters and the assurance of Prof. Greene. Probably I have not yet discovered its stronghold, or perhaps it is rare in the vicinity of Philadelphia, but plentiful elsewhere. 15. Viola palmata dilatata Ell. (Pl. XXXIII; Pl. XXXIX, figs. iv and v.) Viola palmata dilatata Elliot, 1817, Bot. of S. C. and Ga., I, p. 300. Viola palmata fragrans Elliot, 1817, Bot. of S. C. and Ga., I, p. 300. ?Viola palmata vulgaris Elliot, 1817, Bot. of S. C. and Ga., I, p. 300. 2?Viola palmata esculenta Elliot, 1817, Bot. of 8. C. and Ga., I, p. 300. Viola heterophylla Muhl., 1813, Cat., p. 25 (nec Poiret). Viola triloba Schw., 1822, Amer. Jour. Sci., V, p. 57. ?Viola congener Le Conte, 1828, Ann. Lye. N. Y., I, p. 140. ?Viola sororia Willdenow, 1806, Hort. Berol., Pl. LX XII. Viola asarifolia Pursh, 1814, Flor. Am. Sept., Suppl., p. 732 (nec Muhlen- berg). Range.—Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey exclusive of the pine barrens. Habitat.—Dry upland or sandy woods and shady localities. Description.—Early flowering plant. Sherwood, Philadelphia, April 29, 1903. No. 5,106, Herb. W.S. Flowers large, rich purple, with darker lines on lower petals, white at base of petals; pubescence in rounded patch in white area on lateral petals; lower petal slightly pubescent at base; width of flower 20 mm.; sepals broadly ovate- lanceolate, rather blunt; scapes glabrous, 50-70 mm. long. Leaves 30 x 35 mm., cordate, coarsely crenate or variously 3- to 5-lobed, divisions not usually deeply cut; pubescent on both sides as well as the petioles, which are 40-50 mm. long. Later plants, Sherwood, May 17, 1903. No. 5,107, Herb. W.S. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677 Similar leaves 50x 60 mm.; petioles 100-110 mm.; scapes 90-100 mm.; cleistogenes horizontal or slightly ascending, 20-40 mm. long. Fruiting plants, June 17, 70 x 80-80 x 100 mm.; petioles 225 mm. long, fruiting cleistogenes 50-60 mm. long. A glance at Pl. XX XIIT will show to what extent the leaves of this violet vary; all sorts of forms may occur on one plant, or we may have plants with the leaves all uncut. The latter are supposed to be the basis of Willdenow’s Viola sororia. I fail to see, however, on what grounds this can be regarded as a separa- ble form, even as a subspecies, as is done in Britton’s Manual. On the other hand, if we regard it as the same as dilatata, it must supersede it, being an older name. To my mind the same arguments apply here as in the case of V. obliqua Hill. Nobody can ascertain what the original plant was, and in view of the various uses to which the name has been put, it had best be discarded as unrecognizable. The several other varieties given by Elliot are probably not separable from this, and Schweinitz specimens which I have examined prove his triloba to be the same thing, while heterophylla Muhl. and asarijolia Pursh, while probable referable to this, are neither of them available. This is one of the most common woodland violets found about Phila- delphia, and may be recognized from any (except the next) by its uniform pubescence, which is especially marked on very young leaves, though disappearing to some extent on the large foliage of late summer. 16. Viola palmata variabilis (Greene). Viola variabilis Greene, 1902, Pittonia, V, p. 91. Range.—Apparently higher ground, nearer to the mountains or foot- hills. Habitat.—Dry woodlands. Description.—A close ally of the preceding, but smaller and much more pubescent, quite villose on young leaves. Flowers similar but leaves more deeply divided and with fewer uncut leaves. Specimens from Argus, Bucks county, Pennsylvania, May 8, 1903, Steward- son Brown, No. 5,110, and June 8, Dr. C. D. Fretz, No. 5,111, Herb. WS. These plants have been identified as V. variabilis by Prof. Greene, while the former, which I have called dilatata, he considers not sufhi- ciently pubescent and in other ways unlike this form. It may be that further study with more material may show that they are not dis- tinguishable. 678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 17. Viola palmata angelle (Pollard). (Pl. XXXIV, fig. ii.) Viola angelle Pollard, 1902, Torreya, II, No. 2, p. 24. Range.—F ound so far only in the neighborhood of Cheyney, Chester county, Pennsylvania. Habitat—Rich woodland. This violet (No. 3,094, Herb., W. 8S.) I collected on June 22, 1902, it being then well past the flowering stage. Comparison with typical spec- imens from Orange, New Jersey, kindly sent me by Miss Lillie Angell, seems to prove the identity of the two, and Prof. Greene coincides with my identification. All the leaves, even the earliest (which are still retained), are cut, the later ones having the incisions rather rounded at the base, and the lobes, except the middle, are quite uniform. The difference in the appearance of the leaves between this and the other forms can be seen by comparing the figures on the plate. The petioles and the veins on the under side of the leaf are quite pubescent, but the upper surface is but slightly so. Leaves 70x75 mm.; petioles 150-175 mm. long. Cleistogenes on deflexed or prostrate peduncles 20 mm. in length. 18. Viola septemloba Le Conte. (PI. XXXV, fig. ii; Pl. XXXIX, fig. iii.) Viola septemloba Le Conte, 1828, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., II, p. 141. Range.—Apparently a southern species, ranging across the southern border of Pennsylvania. I have it from Kennett Square and several miles north of Coatesville, both in Chester county. Habitat.—Low moist woodland. Description.—F lowering plants. Kennett Square, May 7, 1903, C. J. Pennock. No. 5,112, Herb. W.S. Flowers very large, 25 mm. broad, violet-purpie, distinctly darker blue near the base of the petals, white basal area well developed; upper petals particularly large, 10 x 20 mm.; lower petals glabrous and beard on laterals short and restricted ; sepals very broad and relatively short; scapes 125 mm. long, glabrous. Leaves all deeply cut, except some of the earliest, in which the in- dentations are slight; segments of the later leaves taper rapidly to scarcely more than a millimeter in width at base; 7 to 9 principal divi- sions; earliest leaves 30 x 35, later 50 x 60 mm., glabrous, except for a fringe of very minute hairs on the later leaves; petioles respectively 50 and 120 mm., glabrous; cleistogenes 30 mm. long. Fruiting specimens. Kennett Square, May 25, 1902. No. 5,113, Herb. W.S. Leaves 90 x 100 mm., with some very minute hairs above and on the margin, but appearing glabrous; petioles 320 mm. long, glabrous; cleistogenes in fruit on peduncles 100 mm. long. This beautiful and distinct violet I have long considered to be 2! arte ae 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 679 Le Conte’s septemloba, a species not recognized in any of our manuals, and I am much gratified to have Prof. Greene’s endorsement and statement that it matches well the water-color drawing of Le Conte in his possession. Its large flowers, only matched by V. brittoniana, its peculiarly lobed, essentially glabrous leaves, and its great size in late summer—some plants measure 15 inches in height—serve easily to distinguish it from any other violet. 19. Viola brittoniana Pollard. (Pl. XXXV, fig. i; Pl. XXXIX, fig. ii.) Viola atlantica Britton, 1897, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XXIV, p. 92 (nec atlantica Pomel, 1874). Viola brittoniana Pollard, 1898, Bot. Gazette, X XVI, p. 332. Range.—All along the New Jersey coast, and at points in the south- ern pine barrens (Ege Harbor and Tuckahoe), also up the Delaware valley, occurring at Springdale, Camden county, New Jersey, and Tullytown, Bucks county, Pennsylvania. Habitat.—Damp, sandy, open ground. Description —F lowering plant. Springdale, New Jersey, May 10, 1903. No. 5,114, Herb. W.S. Flowers very large, 28 mm. across, rich violet, inclining to lilac (somewhat lighter than Ridgway’s “‘aster- purple’’), without any deeper blue tint near the base of the petals, such as is found in the preceding cut-leaved species; white area of the throat extended especially on the upper petals, pubescence on lateral and lower petals short but spreading out beyond the white area, a scatter- ing of hairs on the upper petals as well, sepals narrowly lanceolate- acute; scape glabrous, 125 mm. in length. Leaves all much divided, earliest ones reddish beneath, divisions extending about three-quarters of the distance to the base, middle segment much broader than the others, size 30 x 30 mm.; later leaves divided to the base into three segments, and each of these again divided almost to the base, making nine irregularly toothed, nearly equal narrow lobes; size 70x 75. The leaves appear glabrous, but have a scattering of exceedingly minute hairs, scarcely discernible to the naked eye, on the upper surface and margin; the later leaves are decidedly cucullate; petioles 90 mm. long, those of earliest leaves 30-40 mm. Fruiting plant. Springdale, June 27, 1903. No. 5,115, Herb. W.S. Leaves 70 x 90 mm., petioles 225 mm.; cleistogenes on erect peduncles 150-200 mm. tall. The late foliage seems somewhat harsh to the touch, probably due to the minute marginal pubescence. This very distinct violet seems to have escaped the notice of all the early writers, and 680 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., had not Dr. Britton been unfortunate in selecting for it a name already used for a foreign species, it would have no synonyms. The foliage represents the extreme of the palmately cut species; some leaves have the central lobe wider than the others, but the narrow lobes are the rule, and I have yet to see an uncut leaf even among the earliest, though such a reversion is quite likely to occur occasionally in any of these violets. In the uniformly colored flowers and tall, erect cleistogenes, this species departs widely from all the foregoing. In the Springdale colony are one or two stocks which look decidedly different, though obviously brittoniana in whole or in part—if we admit the possibility of occasional hybridism. These have the lobes of the leaves less deeply cut, the central lobe much wider than the others, and altogether recall strongly the extreme forms of V. emarginata (Pl. XXXVI, fig.v). The leaf is too round in outline for that species, but the resemblance shows how curiously interrelated these acaulescent violets are and what cases of parallel development occur. V. brittoniana x V. cucullata would, to my mind, produce just such a plant as this, and at this spot they both occur intermingled. On the other hand, it may equally as well be regarded as an aberrant form of V. brittoniana. The small number of plants and the association with large numbers of the other species should, to my mind, deter any one from naming such a form as this, but I fear they have not always done so in the past. 20. Viola pedata Linn. Viola pedata Linnzeus, 1753, Sp. Plant., p. 933. Viola multifida Mill., 1768, Dict., 8 ed. (fide Greene). Viola pedata atropurpurea “Raf.” D. C., 1824, Prodr., I, p. 291. Viola pedata bicolor ‘‘ Pursh,”’ ‘‘Raf.”’ D. C., 1824, Prodr., I, p. 291 (in syn- onymy). Range.—l have found this species only near Mortonville, Chester county, Pennsylvania, but have heard of it from other points in this county and Delaware. In Britton’s New Jersey Catalogue it is recorded from Phillipsburg, Belvidere and Oxford. Habitat.—Dry sandy banks. Description.—Without satisfactory material, | may merely say that this differs from the next in having the upper petals deep velvety purple. There may be other differences, but I am not prepared to discuss them. I must confess, however, that I have much doubt whether this is really a distinct form from the next, as they grow so intimately intermingled. In case it is regarded as an individual variation only, then the name pedata will cover them both. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 681 21, Viola pedata lineariloba D. C. Viola pedata lineariloba D. C., 1824, Prodr., I, p. 291. ?Viola pedata ranunculifolia D, C., 1824, Prodr., I, p. 291. Viola pedata inornata Greene, 1896, Pittonia, III, p. 35. Range.—Southeastern counties of Pennsylvania and in southern New Jersey (apparently not in the typical pine barrens). To the north- ward it ranges to Monroe, Northampton, Lancaster and Huntingdon counties in Pennsylvania (Porter), and to several stations in the north- ern counties of New Jersey—Sussex, Essex, Union, Somerset, Warren and Hunterdon (Britton). Habitat—Dry sandy banks, or sandy open woods and clearings, necessarily local, though often very abundant. The nearest stations to Philadelphia are the serpentine outcrops of Delaware county and sandy pine woods near Springdale, New Jersey. Description.—Early flowering plant, Media, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania, April 26,1903. No. 5,117, Herb.,W.S. Flowers large, flat —i.e., petals nearly in one plane—20-35 mm. in diameter, all glabrous, and without darker lines, blue (or occasionally lilac or white), stigma not bearded nor rostrate; sepals long, linear-lanceolate; scapes glabrous, 70-90 mm. (stunted plants in very barren soil have them much shorter). Leaves glabrous, all divided into 7 to 11 linear lobes, toothed at the end; the earliest leaves have the lobes less numerous and spatulate; size 15 x 18 mm.; later leaves 25 x 25 mm.; petioles 20-50 mm., glabrous. Late fruiting plants, Media, June 4. No. 5,118, Herb., W. S. Leaves 45 x 50, petioles 100 mm. long. Fruiting scapes 80 mm. No cleistogenes are produced in this species. The variety of size, both in plants and flowers, owing to the nature of the soil, is very great. I have specimens in full bloom in which the leaves are 2 inches high and the flowers 3, while from another locality I have plants of apparently the same age in which the leaves reach six inches and the flowers 7. Some anomalous plants collected in late summer have very broad segments to the leaf—in fact, they are some- times reduced to coarse teeth—and are minutely pubescent. These I take to be a second crop of leaves, produced through some unusual ac- tivity, or perhaps due to arrested development in spring, since the leaves usually wither away by midsummer. Such plants have, more- over, been collected in full flower in late August and September. The lobing of Viola pedata and V. p. lineariloba is on a different plan from that exhibited in the foregoing cut-leaved species. In all palmate or pedate violets the primary division is in three parts. In V. palmata dila- tata the process frequently stops at the trilobed stage, but in V. sep- 682 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., temloba the middle segment regularly divides in three, and the lateral ones into two, while in V. brittoniana each segment divides into three. There are, of course, some deviations, but these are the normal types of leaf in the several species. In the pedata group, however, the central lobe does not divide, while the lateral ones in typical leaves are four- parted. Occasionally V. brittoniana comes very near to this type by producing only one lateral lobe to the middle segment, and in one leaf in my collection it is undivided. This denotes a tendency toward the pedata type, which must be the extreme of development in this direction. If this form is regarded as separable from the preceding it must bear DeCandolle’s name lineariloba, which has priority over Prof. Greene’s inornata. Both are based upon the same plate of Curtis’ Botanical Magazine. 22. Viola fimbriatula Smith. (Pl. XXXVII, figs. i-iii; Pl. XX XVIII, fig. v.) Viola primulejolia Pursh, 1814, Flora Am. Sept., I, p. 173 (mee Linn.). Viola fimbriatula Smith, 1817, Rees’ Cyclop., XX XVIII. Viola ovata Nuttall, 1818, Gen., I, p. 148. Viola ovata belvisiana D. C., 1824, Prodr., I, p. 294. Viola sagittata hickswi Pollard, 1895, Bot. Gazette, XX, p. 326. Range.—From the lower mountains to the coast, through eastern Pennsylvania and central and southern New Jersey (not plentiful in the pine barrens). Habitat—Dry sandy or rocky banks and fields. Description.—F lowering plant, Media, Delaware county, Pennsyl- vania, April 26, 1908. No. 5,145, Herb., W.S. Flowers 10-15 mm. broad, purple (between ‘‘aster-purple” and ‘‘violet”’ of Ridgway) ; petals white at the base, the lower one lined with darker; lateral petals with conspicuous patch of beard, lower one slightly pubescent; sepals lanceolate; scape pubescent, 30 mm. long. Leaves ovate- cordate, obscurely crenate, except at base, where teeth are more conspicuous, 15 x 20-18 x 30; thick and very pubescent, especially above; decurrent on the petiole, which is also densely pubescent, 12-18 mm. long. Later flowering specimens have leaves 28 x 45 mm., petioles 35 mm. and scapes 60 mm. in length. Fruiting plant, Media, June 4, 1903. No. 5,146, Herb.,W.S. Pu- bescent all over; scapes 70 mm.; leaves 45 x 75 mm.; petioles 45-60 mm.; cleistogenes erect, 45 mm. high. In some very dry exposed spots this species becomes quite stunted, but flowers profusely. A root from Gladwyn, April 26, has leaves only 7x12 mm., petioles 5 mm., but bears seven flowers on scapes 35 mm. aa ~ 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 683 in length. The leaves are always very numerous, and owing to the short petioles—usually less than the blade—they appear very much crowded. Sometimes the teeth at the base are scarcely larger than the other crenations, while in other specimens two or three of them are quite prominent, showing an approach to V. sagittata. The above descriptions apply to typical V. fimbriatula, but the plant is exceedingly variable and notwithstanding the fact that in their typi- cal forms the present species and V. sagittata are abundantly distinct, there occur forms which are about as nearly intermediate as they can well be, so that the old practice of making one a subspecies of the other is by no means as absurd as Mr. Pollard would have us believe (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., X, p. 89). One form which occurs abundantly near Christiana, Lancaster county (Pl. XX XVII, fig. ii), has leaves truly sagittate, 20 x 70 mm., with petioles more than twice as long. The whole plant is strongly pubescent, and the early leaves ovate. Prof. Greene identifies it as “‘uncommonly long-leaved fimbriatula.” The step from this to the pubescent sagittata described beyond is surely very short. It is possible that there may be a separable intermediate form, but the question will bear more study before the true status of these intermedi- ates is determined. In another direction V. fimbriatula approaches the leaf-form of V. papilionacea, and this form which is quite sharply defined has been named by Prof. Greene V. aberrans. 23. Viola fimbriatula aberrans (Greene). (Pl. XX XVII, figs. iv—vi.) Viola aberrans Greene MSS. Range.—Apparently coincides with that of the former. Habitat—Dry sandy and rocky banks, usually with V. fimbriatula, but less abundant, and always easily distinct. Description.—This is essentially a long petioled V. fimbriatula, with broad, cordate, somewhat cucullate leaves, without strong basal teeth and usually somewhat less pubescent. Flowering plant, Media, Pennsylvania, April 26, 1903. No. 5,147, Herb., W.S. Similar to preceding, but leaves 18 x 30 mm.; petioles 60 mm.; scapes 100 mm. Fruiting plant, Media, June 4. No. 5,148, Herb., W. 8. Leaves 75 x 100 mm.; petioles 210 mm.; cleistogenes horizontal, 30 mm. long. This is a very well-marked form, though not common in the imme- diate vicinity of Philadelphia. Mr. Pollard’s V. porteriana does not seem to occur in this vicinity at all, so that I have been unable to study it. I should, however, have very grave doubts about referring it to V. dentata of Pursh, which grows “‘in wet meadows and woods”’! I fail to see the advantage of trying to utilize old names which are 684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., coupled with such conflicting statements as this. I am aware that some forms of the fimbriatula group with nearly or entirely glabrous foliage occur in the New Jersey coast districts, but have not as yet had opportunities for studying them. 24. Viola sagitatta Ait. (Pl. XXXVI, figs. i-iii; Pl. XX XVIII, fig. i.) Viola sagittata Aiton, 1789, Hort. Kewensis, III, p. 287. Range.—Southeastern Pennsylvania, central and northern New Jersey, southward through the Delaware valley. Habitat.—Moist meadows (forms occur also in dry ground). Description.—F lowering plant, Tinicum, Delaware county, Pennsyl- vania, April 25, 1903. No. 5,133, Herb., W.S. Flower 15-18 mm. broad, dark purple (‘‘violet” of Ridgway); all petals strongly veined with a darker shade, bases white, sometimes running out on upper petals to form a white spot at the point where they are reflexed; beard on laterals in a large basal patch, from which a scattered pubescence extends on to the purple area; base of lower and often exposed part of upper petals pubescent; upper petals usually large, rounded and nearly flat, and sometimes emarginate. Sepals linear-lanceolate, acute; scape glabrous, 50 mm. long. Leaves some- what variable, the earliest nearly triangular, the others ovate-oblong or sagittate, generally rounded at the apex, crenate, with two or three prominent teeth at the base, glabrous, 8 x 12-12 x 25 mm.; petioles 15-45 mm., glabrous. Later specimens, Tinicum, May 9, 1903, nearly out of bloom. Foli- age quite glabrous throughout, leaves 12 x 45, sagittate, acute ; petioles 90-110 mm.; scapes 100-140. Fruiting plants, Tinicum, May 23, 1903. No. 5,135, Herb., W. 8. Leaves strongly auriculate-toothed at base, 80x20 mm., 40 mm. across base, petioles 150 mm. Cleistogenes erect on peduncles 150 mm. tall. Specimens from near Haddonfield, New Jersey, June 27, 1903, No. 5,188, Herb., W.S., have leaves 100 mm. long and 60 mm. across the base; petioles 220 mm. These plants are somewhat pu- bescent, notably on the margins of the leaves, and present some forms perplexingly like emarginata (Pl. XXXVI, fig. iv). Others, to all appearances sagittata in leaf, form, ete., from dry sandy hillisdes near Newtown Square, Pennsylvania, are quite pubescent on both blades and petioles as well as on the scapes. These require further study. 25. Viola emarginata Nutt. (Pl. XXXVI, figs. iv-v; Pl. XX XVIII, fig. ii.) Viola emarginata Nuttall, 1818, Genera, I, p. 147. Range.—Southeastern Pennsylvania and southern New Jersey a 1903. | ' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685 mainly east of the pine barrens, but quite across the Cape May peninsula. Habitat—Low sandy ground or sandy woodland. Description.—F lowering plants, Tinicum, Delaware county, Pennsyl- vania, April 25, 1903. No. 5,141, Herb., W. S. Flowers 15 mm. wide, blue, close to the color of the double cultivated species (between “campanula blue’ and “mauve” of Ridgway), base white, lower and laterals with dark lines, beard spreading from the basal spots on to the blue area, lower petal and upper ones as well pubescent with scattered hairs; petals all rather broad and rounded, lower one almost cup-shaped and truncate, all distinctly emarginate; sepals lanceolate- acute; scapes 60-80 mm. Leaves thick, fleshy and glabrous, nearly triangular, crenate, with basal teeth shghtly more prominent, decurrent, 15x 25 mm.; petiole glabrous, 40 mm. Later specimens, May 9 have erect cleistogenes on peduncles 75 mm. high. Fruiting plants, Tinicum, June 21, 1903. No. 5,148, Herb., W. S. Leaves 50 x 5 mm., strictly triangular, margin dentate-crenate, coarser toward the base, petioles 200 mm., peduncles of cleistogenes 120 mm. high. ? This seems to be the typical V. emarginata. Other colonies in Cape May county, New Jersey, have the summer leaves very broad across the base, with the teeth enlarged into deep lobes (Pl. XX XVI). Still others in Chester county, Pennsylvania, in woodland, develop leaves 90 x 90 mm., much expanded and lobed at base; petioles 300 mm. long! Ihave not had the opportunity of studying either of these last in flower, so cannot state whether their blossoms conform in color to the Tinicum plants. The leaves of the Chester county specimens, while still thick and fleshy, are slightly but minutely pubescent. The above descriptions will give some idea of the immense varia- bility of the sagittata group, comprising numbers 22-25. V. fimbri- atula seems to be the nearest to the supposed parent or papilionacea type. From it we pass to sagittata, of which emarginata seems to be an extreme development, with apparently a marked deviation in floral characters. The resemblance in leaf-form between emarginata and some aberrant brittoniana has already been commented upon. Whether the apparent intergrades which serve to confuse the sagittata group are really such, or the extremes of a somewhat variable species, is a difficult matter to determine. 686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., II. CAULESCENT SPECIES. I.—F lowers yellow. a.—Plants strongly pubescent, . . . . . . V. pubescens. aa.—Plants nearly glabrous, . . . . . . V. scabriuscula. I1.—Flowers lilac-purple,_. cs oy gs Vine Tuaenbergia, III.—Flowers white or cream- -colored, ; . V.. striata. IV.—Flowers white tinged with yellow and blue, stipules very large and laciniate, leaves small, mostly lanceolate, . rafinesquit. The caulescent violets in the vicinity of Philadelphia are much less variable than the acaulescent forms, and the species are much more sharply defined. The yellow-flowered group is the most generally distributed. 26. Viola pubescens Ait. Viola pubescens Aiton, 1789, Hort. Kewensis, III, p. 290. Viola pensylvanica Michaux, 1803, Flor. Bor. Am., II, p. 149. Viola pubescens eriocarpon Nuttall, 1818, Genera N. A., Pl. I, p. 150. Range.—Southeastern Pennsylvania northward to Pike and Monroe counties (Porter), but apparently not on the higher Alleghanies; in New Jersey throughout the northern counties south to Monmouth (Britton). Habitat—Dry woodland. Description.—F lowering plant, Elwyn, Delaware county, Pennsyl- vania, April 27, 1902. No. 2,583, Herb., W.S. Stem strongly pubes- cent, almost villous; stipules ovate, acuminate, nearly glabrous, except on the margin; leaves strongly pubescent above and below, reniform, cucullate, dentate, 40 x 55 mm.; petioles pubescent, 20-35 mm. Flowers yellow, the lower and lateral petals lined with very dark purple, a small spot of pubescence near the base of the laterals, 15-18 mm. broad; sep- als linear-lanceolate; pedicels pubescent, 30-45 mm. long. These plants are about 150 mm. high; about two-thirds up a large leaf branches off dichotomously with the upper part of the stem, usually with a long pediceled axillary flower; the upper part of the stem bears several partly grown leaves and one or two short-stalked flowers; there are no radical leaves. Sometimes two stems rise from the same root, and one is often shorter than the other, bearing only one flower and two leaves. Later fruiting plants are 300 mm. high, with four reniform or nearly triangular leaves, successively smaller, and two or three axillary seed- pods on successively shorter pedicels; pod 12 mm. long, sometimes glabrous and sometimes pubescent; the stem is now nearly erect, making the first leaf entirely lateral. There are often one or two reniform radical leaves on, petioles 160 mm. long. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687 A specimen from Willow Grove, Montgomery county, Pennsylvania, July 16, 1902, No. 3,319, Herb., W.S., has developed branches at the summits of the fruiting pedicels, which have produced one or two smaller pods, apparently from cleistogamic flowers, and several small leaves, those on the lowest pedicel being orbicular, 20 mm. in diameter. It seems certain that Nuttall’s var. eriocarpon from Philadelphia is nothing more than an individual variation of this species. The pubescence of the pods is variable and not corollated with any other characters. 27. Viola scabriuscula Schw. Viola scabriuscula Schweinitz, 1822, Am. Jour. Sci., V, p. 75. Range.—Southeastern Pennsylvania to the highest mountains of Wyoming county, also northern New Jersey south to Trenton (Britton). Habitat—Damp woods along streams. Description.—F lowering plant, Crum creek, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania, April 10, 1903, No. 5,162, Herb., W.S. Stem glabrous or nearly so, often recumbent; leaves nearly glabrous, but with pubescence on the veins below, finely dentate-crenate, reniform, 20x 30 mm. ; stipules similar to pubescens; petiole (of first leaf) 30 mm., glabrous. Flower yellow, closely resembling the preceding species; pedicel glabrous, 20 mm. long. Plants 90 mm. in height. The first leaf and its flower clearly overtop the rest of the upper stem in this species at this stage, and the flower of the latter seems to be frequently cleistogamic. in pubescens the two flowers are about on a level and both flower at once. There are always two or three radical, reniform, glabrous leaves on pedicels 30 mm. long, and often several stems from one root. Fruiting plants, Crum creek, May 17, 1903. No. 5,164, Herb., W.S. Plants 350 mm. tall, bearing three nearly triangular or slightly reni- form leaves, coarsely dentate, crenate, 50 x 60 mm., with usually one seed-pod and a cleistogamic flower. Pods 10 mm. long, white, woolly or glabrous on contiguous plants. There are usually several smaller radical leaves. The pubescence of the pods seems to be purely an individual character, and is more variable than in V. pubescens. Viola hastata oceurs on the southern Alleghanies of Pennsylvania, north to Blair county, but not eastward. 28. Viola striata Ait. Viola striata Aiton, 1789, Hortus Kewensis, III, p. 290. Viola ochroleuca Schweinitz, 1822, Am. Jour. Sci., V, p. 69. Range.—Southeastern Pennsylvania, in the river valleys. Very plentiful in the lower Susquehanna, also on the Brandywine at Chadd’s Ford. Near Philadelphia it occurs only at Bartram’s Garden, where 688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., it is supposed to be native. In New Jersey, south to Trenton (Britton). Habitat.—Low ground along streams. Description.—F lowering plants, Bartram’s Garden, Philadelphia, May 13, 1901. No. 1,083, Herb., W. S. Stem glabrous, several from one root, 150 mm. high; stipules large laciniate, leaves cordate-ovate, erenate, 30x35 mm., glabrous; petioles 20 mm. long, numerous smaller glabrous radical leaves. Flowers creamy-white, 15-20 mm. broad, lower and lateral petals lined with purplish-black, the former well bearded near the base; stipules linear-lanceolate; pedicels 50-60 mm. long. Fruiting plants are 300 mm. high, with leaves 40 x 40 mm., quite acutely pointed. Some plants produce cleistogamic flowers in the upper axils. 29. Viola muhlenbergii Torrey. Viola canina various American authors (nec European authors). Viola uliginosa Muhlenberg, 1813, Catalogue, p. 26 (nec Schrader). Viola muhlenbergii Torrey, 1824, Flora U.S., p. 256. Viola muhlenbergiana (‘‘Gingins” D. C., 1824, Prodromus, I, p. 297. Range.—From the highest Alleghanies to Philadelphia; in New Jersey, northern counties south to Freehold, and casually in the lower Delaware valley to Salem (Britton). Habitat—Damp woodland, or sometimes open ground. Description.—F lowering plant, Crum creek, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania, April 10, 1903. No. 5,165, Herb., W.S. Stems glabrous, somewhat reclining, 70 mm. long, a number from the same root and with numerous radical leaves; stipules with lacunate margins. Leaves reniform or nearly orbicular, crenate, 15x 15 mm., lower cauline 18 mm. inlength. Flowers pale lilac-purple, lower petals lined with black, laterals slightly bearded; sepals linear-lanceolate. The lowest flower is very long-pediceled (50 mm.) and overtops the rest of the plant; there is usually one other true flower and often cleistogenes in the upper axils. Fruiting plant, Crum creek, May 17, 1903. No. 5,166, Herb., W.5S. Stems 200 mm. high, leaves 30 x 30mm. _ Usually two or three fruiting pedicels and a cleistogene on each stem, each shorter than the one below; radical leaves still persistent. While this is evidently closely allied to V. labradorica Schrank., the fact that Prof. Greene has shown that there are several distinct forms of this species in the northeastern part of the country makes it desirable to retain the present name for our plant. It is almost cer- tainly distinct from the Labrador form, but probably may be regarded as a subspecies of it. 1905. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689 Viola rostrata Pursh is common in the Alleghanies and comes south- ward to Bucks county. Muhlenberg’s name is unrecognizable until clearly defined by Pursh; his specimens, however, show that both writers had the same plant in view. Viola canadensis Linn. is also abundant in our mountains, and there is a specimen in the Academy herbarium marked Sellersville, Bucks county, the farthest south that I have heard of its occurrence. 30. Viola rafinesquii Greene. “Viola bicolor” and ‘arvensis’? of several American authors (nec European authors). Viola tenelia Muhlenberg, 1813, Catalogue, p. 26 (nec Poiret, 1810). Viola rafinesquii Greene, 1899, Pittonia, IV, p. 9. Range.—Along the Susquehanna and Delaware rivers, and abundant at various localities in southern New Jersey outside the pine barrens. Habitat.—Low sandy ground. Description.—F lowering plants, Nottingham, Chester county, Pennsylvania, near Octoraro creek, May 6, 1902. Benjamin H. Smith. No. 5,171, Herb., W.S. Stems glabrous, 100-150 mm. high, often branching close to the base; stipules conspicuous, deeply cut, lobed; leaves 20 mm., linear-lanceolate or spatulate, the lower nearly orbicu- lar (10x 10 mm.), contracted into margined petioles, 8-10 mm. in length, obscurely toothed, glabrous. Flowers several in the upper axils on pedicels 25 mm. long, yellowish with a blue tinge, lower petal lined with black, 15-18 mm. wide, sepals rather broadly lanceolate- acute. Plants in full fruit May 30, same size as above. No further growth takes place, and the plants soon wither up. NOMENCLATURE AND SYNONYMY. Difficult as it is to determine the number of distinct forms that exist among our violets, it is a still harder problem to ascertain what names they should be known by. Some 160 specific or varietal names have been proposed for violets of eastern North America, and as many of these are very meagrely described, it is well-nigh impossible to be sure what forms the authors had in hand. In the preceding pages I have entered in the synonymy only such names as seem without reasonable doubt to refer to the species in ques- tion, and have discussed matters of nomenclature only so far as abso- lutely essential to the determination of the proper name to use in each ease. In order, however, to satisfactorily cover the synonymy of the genus, I have prepared a list of the names known to me which have been applied to eastern North American violets—both specific and Ad 690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [@cts subspecific—with some comment upon their status, the type locality and the group to which the name belongs, viz., ‘A.B.’ = Acaulescent blue; ,““C.Y.”’ =Caulescent yellow, etc. Many species recently described by Prof. Greene and Mr. Pollard are listed here which do not occur in the region that I have studied, and I am quite unprepared to discuss their relationship. In order, however, that some idea of their affinities may be obtained, I have given the names of the better known species with which they are compared in the original descriptions. I have likewise noted in brackets the reference to the Illustrated Flora of Britton and Brown for all species recognized in that work. Additional species recognized in Britton’s Manual have references to that work, and still others which are recognized in the preceding pages are marked accordingly. The principal works and papers in which North American species are described or in which the genus is reviewed are: Linn.mus, 1753. Species Plantarum. Water, 1788. Flora Carolina. Arron, 1789, in Hortus Kewensis. Micuaux, 1803. Flora Boreali-Americana. WILLDENOW, 1806. Hortus Beroliensis. MUHLENBERG, 1813. Catalogue. PursuH, 1814. Flora Americana Septentrionale. SmiTH, 1817, in Rees’ Cyclopeedia. Exuiot, 1817. Botany of South Carolina and Georgia. NurraLu, 1818. Genera of N. A. Plants. ScHWEINITZ, 1822, in American Journal of Science. V. DeCaNDOLLE, 1824. Prodromus, I. Lr Contes, 1828. Annals Lyceum N. Y., IT. Don, 1831. General System. Gray, 1886. Botanical Gazette, XI, pp. 253-256 and 289-293. PoLuARD, 1896. Proc. Biological Soc. Wash., X, pp. 85-92. PoLLARD, 1898. Botanical Gazette, XX VI, pp. 325-342. PoLuarD, 1901, in Britton’s Manual. GREENE, 1896-1903. Various articles in Pittonia. acuta “‘ Bigelow” Torrey.” 1824. Flora U.5., I, p. 253. (A.W.) Proposed as a variety of and allied to lanceolata, if not identical. Cambridge, Mass. afinis Le Conte. 1828. Ann. Lye. N. Y., If, p. 138. [Brite Manual, No. 9.] (A.B.) alabamensis Pollard. 1900. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., p. 169. (A.B.) Allied to villosa and carolina. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 691 alba Thurber? (A.B.) A mere white form of pedata, of which it is styled a variety. albiflora Don. 1831. Gen. Syst., I, p. 320. (A.B.) A mere white form of septemloba Le Conte. albiflora Don. 1831. Gen. Syst., I, p. 321. (A.B.) ae any % 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 735 nostril circular, about last third of space between tip of upper jaw and front rim of orbit. Posterior nostril slit-like and a little before front rim of orbit above. Interorbital space broad, slightly convex. Top of head posterior to interorbital space evenly convex. Gill-opening large, extending forward nearly opposite front rim of pupil. Rakers long, slender, compressed, 8+ 25 on first arch, longest about 4 of longest filaments. No pseudobranchie. Isthmus long, narrow, trenchant and branchiostegal membranes not united across. Seales small, thin, cycloid, and rather narrowly imbricated. No lateral line. Head, with exception of snout, jaws and space in front of eyes, scaled. About five series of scales on cheek. Base of caudal covered with small scales, none on other fins. Between bases of ven- trals several small scales, and each fin with a small axillary scale. No pectoral flap. Spinous dorsal a little posterior, its origin a little nearer base of caudal than tip of upper jaw, weak, depressable in a groove, and reach- ing 2 of distance to soft dorsal. Soft dorsal with anterior rays ele- vated and inserted about midway between base of caudal and origin of ventral or over middle of base of anal. Anal inserted posterior to tip of depressed spinous dorsal, and anterior rays longest. Caudal moderately large, forked, and lobes rounded. Pectoral small, high, and reaching about 3 of distance to origin of ventral. Ventral small, inserted nearer origin of anal than origin of pectoral, and reaching hardly half-way to anus. Anus as far from tip of ventral as length of that fin or just before origin of anal. Color in alcohol pale brown below, darker above, and each series of scales longitudinally with a narrow dark band. A broad brassy band, as wide as pupil, more or less olivaceous along its upper margin, extending from pectoral to base of caudal. A pale median olivaceous streak from occiput to first dorsal, and continued posteriorly to base of caudal. Lower surface of head brassy. Fins more or less uniform pale brown. Peritoneum black. Length 8} inches. One example, identified as Atherina laticlavia by Cope. Callao Bay. Peru. Prof. James Orton. Presented by Prof. E. D. Cope. Dr. Smitt has recently figured an example identified as Atherinichthys regia var. laticlavia2 However, it shows about 70 scales in a lateral count to base of caudal. Basilichthys microlepidotus is also united with regia. 2 Bih. Kon. Sven. Vet.-Ak. Hand. Stockholm, XXIV, iv., 1899, p. 31, Pl. 4, fig. 30. 736 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., THYRINA Jordan and Culver. Contr. Hopkins Lab. Biol., I, 1895, p. 419 (evermanni). Thyrina guatemalensis (Giinther). Plate XLIII (lower figure). Atherinichthys guatemalensis Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, p. 151. Lakes of Huamuchal. (Mr. Salvin.) Giimther, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 448. [Same examples.] Chirostoma guatemalensis Gill and Bransford, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, p. 187. Lake Nicaragua. [No description.] Menidia guatemalensis Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. (Fish N. Mid. Amer.) No. 47, I, 1896, p. 801. [Copied.] Thyrina guatemalensis Jordan and Evermann, Rep. U. 8. Fish Com., 1896, p. 332. [Reference.] Head 44; depth 44; D. IV-I, 9; A. I, 22; P.1, 1,12; V.1, 5; scales 40 to base of caudal; 27 before spinous dorsal; 8 in transverse series between origin of anal and spinous dorsal; width of head 1% in its length; depth of head 14; snout 33; eye 22; maxillary 3; mandible 3; interorbital space 31; length of spinous dorsal 3; first dorsal ray 2; first anal ray 14; pectoral 1; ventral 2; least depth of caudal pe- duncle 22; length of base of anal a little less than 4 of length of body. Body elongate, strongly compressed, greatest depth at origin of anal, and lower profile forming obtuse angle at this point. Upper profile evenly convex. Abdomen strongly compressed, and edge not sharp or trenchant, but rather narrowly convex. Greatest width of trunk a little less than that of head, and found at bases of pectorals. Head elongate, conic, rather obtuse in front, sides compressed and constricted below. Snout broad, and flattened above. Lye large, anterior, and close to upper profile. Mouth small, oblique, and su- periorly terminal. Jaws nearly equal when closed, and premaxillaries protractile. Maxillary slender, and reaching posteriorly below front edge of eye. Teeth rather large, conic, sharp-pointed, and biserial in jaws. No teeth on vomer and palatines. Tongue small, rather narrow, and free in front. Each ramus of mandible elevated inside of mouth. Lips thin. Anterior nostrils lateral, about midway be- tween tip of snout and orbit, posterior above front rim of orbit. Inter- orbital space flat. Top of head posterior to eyes, convex. Top of snout somewhat cavernous. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite first 2 of eye. Rakers long, slender, and numerous. Filaments numerous, and long. No pseudobranchie. Isthmus narrow, constricted and trenchant. Scales large, rather thin, cycloid, with uneven margins, and"some- what imbricated on side of trunk. Scales of head extending on inter- orbital space where they become enlarged. Single row of large scales on cheek. Scales on sides of head above, large. Snout and jaws naked. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 737 No pectoral flap. Ventrals with rather broad scales between bases, and each with short basal scaly flap. Origin of spinous dorsal well behind that of anal, or much nearer tip of snout than tip of caudal, small, spines weak, and when depressed reaching nearly 2 of distance to soft dorsal. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, first ray undivided and longest. Anal inserted a little nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, base long, and base of last ray distant from base of caudal more than half of length of base of fin itself. Extending posteriorly beyond base of last dorsal ray, anterior rays elongate and first longest. Caudal rather long, emarginate, and both lobes apparently sharp-pointed. Pectoral long, faleate, sharp-pointed, and falling a little short of tip of ventral. Ventral small, united posteriorly, and reaching almost to origin of anal. Anus placed a little before tips of ventrals. Color in alcohol pale straw-brown. A few of scales along dorsal surface sprinkled with brown dots. Lower surface more or less pale sil- very. A broad silvery-lead-colored band as wide as pupil extending from axil of pectoral to base of caudal. Upper edge of band more or less dark. Dorsal and caudal grayish-brown. Peritoneum brownish. Length 2,3; inches. One example. Nicaragua. Dr. J. F. Bransford. Probably one of the examples recorded by Drs. Gill and Bransford. Subfamily Atherinopsiinze. Premaxillaries not freely protractile, the skin continuous mesially with forehead. PROTISTIUS Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 66 (semotilus). Teeth simple, pointed, in bands in jaws, and also present on vomer. A single small dorsal spine. This genus was first provisionally referred to the Mugilide by Cope, which was certainly in better propinquity than his final attempt to merge it in the ‘‘Cyprinodontide.” Protistius semotilus Cope. Plate XLIV. L.c. Some portion of the Peruvian Andes, from an elevation of twelve thousand feet. Head. 4; depth about 5; D. I-I, 10; A. I, 13; P. 1, I, 15; V. I, 5; about 75 scales to base of caudal in lateral series; width of head 1% in its length; snout 3; eye about 5; maxillary about 21; interorbital space 23; pectoral 12; ventral 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 22. Snout projecting a little beyond mandible. Teeth rather elongate, 47 738 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., pointed, and a small patch present on vomer. Tongue small, and not free from floor of mouth. Nostrils well separated. Gill-opening extending forward nearly opposite front rim of orbit. Rakers slender, rather numerous, and shorter than filaments. Isthmus trenchant, narrow. Middle of base of pectoral about opposite lower rim of orbit. Anal beginning a little in front of second dorsal. Anus close in front of anal. Peritoneum blackish. Length 54 inches. Type of Protistius semotilus Cope, No. 14,404, A.N.S. P. Peruvian Andes, from an elevation of twelve thousand feet. GASTEROPTERUS Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., XVII, 1878, p. 700 (archeus). Pisciregia J. F. Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 342 (beardsleez). Differs from Protistius chiefly in the presence of more than one dorsal spine. Originally confounded with the Mugilide by Prof. Cope, this genus has recently been redescribed by Mr. J. F. Abbott under the name of Pisciregia. Gasteropterus archeus Cope. Plate XLIII (upper figure). L.c. At Arequipa, on the Pacific slope, at an elevation of 7,500 feet. [Peru.] (Coll. Prof. James Orton.) Head 4; depth about 6; D. 1V—I, 11; A. I, 15; P. 1, 1, 167 Vee scales about 86 in lateral series to base of caudal; width of head 2 in its length; snout 34; eye about 5; maxillary about 22; interorbital space 27; pectoral 14; ventral a little over 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 27. Snout protruding a little beyond mandible. Tongue small, rather narrow, and a little free in front. Nostrils well separated. Gill-opening extending forward nearly opposite front rim of pupil. Rakers shorter than filaments, slender, and rather numerous. Pseudo- branchize rather small. Isthmus narrow and compressed. Several irregular lateral series of porous or tubular scales, and though lower is broken in places it is more complete than others. Pectoral extends a little more than 3 of distance to base of ventral. Anus about mid- way between tip of ventral and origin of anal. Peritoneum deep brown. Length 64 inches. Type of Gasteropterus archeus Cope, No. 22,002, A. N.S. P. Are- quipa on the Pacific slope at an elevation of 7,500 feet. Peru. Prof. James Orton, collection of 1874. Prof. E. D. Cope. Also‘a co-type with same data. Pisciregia beardsleei J. F. Abbott is closely related, if distinct, and while included in Mr. Abbott’s paper on “The Marine Fishes of Peru”’ 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 739 as evidently having been obtained at Callao, could it not have been brought there from the neighboring mountains? There is little to dis- tinguish it in the original account from G. archeus, still it may be a salt-water representative. ATHERINOPSIS Girard. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 134 (californiensis). Atherinopsis californiensis Girard. L.c., San Francisco, Cal. (Dr. A. L. Heermann.) Atherinichthys californiensis Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., III, 1861, p. 406. [Copied.] Chirostoma californiense Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., III, 1880, p. 29. San Diego, California. Atherina storeri Ayres, in Girard, l.c., 1856, p. 136. Head 44; depth 54; D. IX-I, 12; A. I, 22; P. I, 16; V.I, 5; scales about 73 in lateral series to base of caudal (squamation injured) ; 51 before spinous dorsal; about 15 in oblique transverse series between origins of soft dorsal and anal; width of head 22 in its length; depth of head 13; snout 34; eye 4; tip of upper jaw to corner of mouth 5; to end of maxillary 32; interorbital space 32; length of depressed dor- sal 22; base of soft dorsal 2; base of anal 1; pectoral 1,4; ventral 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 34; length of caudal peduncle from base of last dorsal ray 12. Body elongate, well compressed, fusiform, and greatest depth a little before origin of ventral. Sides slightly convex. Caudal pedun- cle elongate, strongly compressed, and least depth close to base of caudal. Head elongate, pointed, compressed, greatest width in middle of postocular region, and also equal to greatest width of trunk at bases of pectorals. Side of head more or less flattened, becoming conspicu- ously constricted below eyes. Snout broad, jaws produced, so that upper is bluntly pointed when viewed from above. Eye high, not impinging on upper profile, and posterior rim a little posterior to middle of head. LHyelid somewhat thick and adipose-like. Mouth high, nearly horizontal and upper jaw slightly longer than lower. Pos- teriorly gape of mouth turns obliquely down. Premaxillaries not protractile or with a distinct frenum above separating them from snout. Maxillary narrow, its distal expanded portion aboyt half of pupil, oblique, upper portion more or less concealed below preorbital, and falling well short of front orbital rim. Articulation of mandible with quadrate nearly opposite front rim of orbit, and expanded some- what in front till equal to orbit. Each ramus of mandible high and well elevated inside of mouth. Teeth in jaws small, pointed, and bi- 740 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., serial. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Tongue small, elongate, and free in front. Anterior nostril circular, nearly midway between tip of upper jaw and front of eye. Posterior nostril well separated, slit-like, in advance of front of orbit. Interorbital space broad, and slightly conic. Top of head posterior to eyes conic. Gill-opening large, extending forward till nearly opposite front rim of orbit. Rakers long, slender, compressed, 7+37 on first arch, and longest about + of longest filaments. Filaments numerous and long. Pseudobranchie absent. Isthmus long narrow and branchi- ostegal membranes not united. _ Scales small, cycloid, somewhat imbricated, and with uneven edges. About six rows on cheek, and first three small and close to eye. With exception of snout, jaws and space in front of eye, head scaled. No scaly flaps except small one between bases of ventrals. Spinous dorsal in groove, weak, and inserted a little nearer tip of snout than tip of caudal. Soft dorsal small, inserted a little nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, or nearly over middle of base of anal. Like anal rays, anterior highest. Anal begins about opposite tip of depressed dorsal or a little nearer base of caudal than origin of pectoral. Caudal forked, lobes pointed. Pectoral high, broad at base, and fal- cate tips not reaching base of ventral. Ventral small, pointed, and not reaching opposite origin of spinous dorsal. Anus remote from ventrals, near front of anal. Color in alcohol dull brown, paler beneath, and all more or less brassy. An indistinct longitudinal band about as wide as eye from base of pectoral to base of caudal. Fins plain uniform brown. Peri- toneum black. Length 74 inches. Type of Atherinopsis californiensis Girard, No. 10,208, A. N.S. P. San Francisco, California. Dr. A. L. Heermann. #4 Two co-types with same data, also other material from Monterey Bay and San Diego, has been compared. Atherinops magdalene sp. nov. Plate XLII (lower figure). Head 44; depth 5; D. V-I, 10; A. I. 22; P. 1,14; V. I, 5; scales 47 in a lateral series to base of caudal; 10 scales obliquely back from spinous dorsal to base of anal in front; width of head 2+ in its length; depth of head 13; snout 34; eye 4; maxillary 3; interorbital space 31; pectoral a little shorter than head ; ventral 2 ; least depth of caudal peduncle 23. Body well compressed, lower profile more convex than upper, and ae 1903.] [NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 741 greatest depth about midway in its length. Caudal peduncle com- pressed, its least depth a little less than half its length. Head rather small, compressed, more or less constricted below, upper profile nearly straight, and lower well curved convexly. Snout long. Eye moderate, high, circular and anterior. Mouth horizontal, jaws subequal or lower only slightly projecting. Upper jaw broad and depressed. Teeth uniserial, bicuspid, and rather small in jaws. No teeth on vomer. Tongue small, far down and little free in mouth. Each ramus of mandible well elevated inside of mouth. Maxillary slender, vertically inclined, and falling little short of front rim of orbit. Nostrils well separated. Interorbital space rather broad and slightly convex. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front rim of pupil. Rakers slender, rather numerous, and shorter than filaments. No pseudobranchie. Isthmus narrow, trenchant. - Seales of moderate size, cycloid, and hardly imbricated, those on chest smaller and crowded. Head scaly, about three rows on cheek. Bases of soft dorsal and anal with scaly sheaths. Base of caudal with small scales. Several irregular or broken series of tubes on side of body representing lateral system, lowest most perfect. Spinous dorsal inserted a little behind anus, small, much lower than soft dorsal and second spine apparently largest. Soft dorsal low, anterior rays highest, and inserted a little before middle of base of anal. Anal large, similar in shape to soft dorsal and beginning close behind anus. Caudal damaged, evidently emarginate. Pectoral rather long, reaching past base of ventral, and first rays longest. Ven- tral rather small. Anus nearly midway between tip of depressed ven- tral and origin of anal, at least distinctly before origin of spinous dorsal. Color in alcohol dull brown, back a little darker. A broad silvery lateral band equal to 3 eye-diameter, and upper half grayish. Sides of head with silvery reflections. Fins plain brownish. Orbit brassy. Peritoneum silvery-gray. Length (caudal damaged) 34 inches. Type No. 10,206, A. N. S. P. Magdalena Bay, Lower California. W.N. Lockington. Two examples, inclusive of type. This species appears to be a southern representative of Atherinops affinis (Ayres), differing in the anterior position of the vent. (Named for Magdalena Bay, Lower California.) 742 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., EXPLANATION OF Puates XLI-XLIV. Pirate XLI.—Atherina sardinella Fowler. Type No. 15,397, A. N.S. P. Italy. Phoxargyrea dayi Fowler. Type No. 10,177, A. N.S. P. India. Pate XLII.—Ischnomembras gabunensis Fowler. , Type No. 14,934, A. N.S. P. West Africa. Atherinops magdalene Fowler. Type No. 10,206, A. N.S. P. Lower California. Pirate XLIII.—Gasteropterus archeus Cope. i Type No. 22,002, A. N.S. P. Peru. Thyrina guatemalensis (Giinther). No. 15,983, A. N.S. P. Nicaragua. Prats XLIV.—Protistius semotilus Cope. Type No. 14,404, A. N.S. P. Peru. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 743 NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN MUGILIDE AND SPHYRENIDA. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. All of the material on which the present paper is based is in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. MUGILIDZA. Mugil brasiliensis Spix. Sel. Gen. Spec. Pisce. Brasil, 1829, p. 72. Oceano Atlantico. (Museo Monacensi.) Head 4; depth 44; D. IV-I, 8; A. III, 8; scales 33 in lateral series to base of caudal; snout 4 in head; eye 44; interorbital space 21. Mandibular angle obtuse. Ciliiform teeth in both jaws. Scales large, those on caudal peduncle and below soft dorsal but little smaller than others on middle of side. Soft dorsal and anal with small scales on basal portions of membranes of anterior rays. Soft dorsal inserted a little behind origin of anal. Pectoral falling short of origin of spinous dorsal by about 4 its own length. Length 8? inches. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Dr. Turner. Other examples from Surinam and St. Martin’s, W. I., have been compared and found to agree. Mugil cephalus Linnzus. Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 316. Oceano Europzo. Examples from Florida, Ft. Macon (N. C.), South Carolina, Wood’s Hole (Massachusetts), ?Montevideo (Uruguay), Peru and Beirut (Syria), agree. The only differences are due apparently to age or individual variation. Mugil kelaartii Giinther. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., III, 1861, p. 429. Point de Galle. (Sir A. Smith.) Philippine Islands. Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 500. Sandwich Islands. (Dr. Wm. H. Jones.) Head 3% (32); depth 3,3, (32); D. IV'-I, 8; A. III, 9; seales 31 in a lateral series to base of caudal; snout 4 in head; eye 4; interorbital space 24; pectoral 1,4. Only a small portion of base of soft anal, about 4+ in advance of that of soft dorsal. In smaller example about 4 of soft anal in advance of soft dorsal. Mandibulary angle a little obtuse. Spinous dorsal inserted a little nearer base of caudal than tip of snout. Scales large, those on snout not extending to its margin and little reduced in size. Soft dorsal and anal covered with small scales 1 Spines not VI as given in notes. 744 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov. on their basal portions, mostly on membranes between rays. Length 744 inches. Two examples. Hawaiian Islands. Dr. William H. Jones. They both appear identical with M. kelaartii, agreeing largely with Dr. Ginther’s account and figure.? pe] "ae a % 5 ps oo =e a Ox os ul ly eee SOS SN — iS cS 6 Bs SS ‘2 iS Querimana stages of (1) Mugil cephalus, and (2) Mugil curema. Mugil curema Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 1836, p. 64.. Brésil. Martinique. (M. Plée.) Cuba. (M. Choris.) Bahia. Examples are before me from Wood’s Hole (Massachusetts), Beach Haven and Beasley’s Point (New Jersey), Ft. Macon (N. C.), mouth of St. Lucie river (Florida) and San Domingo, West Indies. Latter from Prof. W. M. Gabb, containing an example in the Querimana stage. Mugil incilis Hancock. Plate XLV (lower figure). Quart. Jour. Sci. Lit. Art. London, 1830, p. 127. In the trenches or ditches dug for draining the flat lands of the coast of Guiana. (Museum of the Zodlogical Society [of London].) Head 32; depth 4; D. IV-I, 8; A. III, 9; P. 1, 14; V. I, 5; seales » Journ. Mus. Godef., XI, v1, 1877, p. 215. Otaheiti. (Museum von Raiatea.) L.c., XV, vii, 1878, Pl. 121, fig. a- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 745 42 in a lateral series to base of caudal; about 15 scales in an oblique series from origin of spinous dorsal to middle of belly; 24 scales before spinous dorsal; width of head 1% in its length; depth of head 13; snout 4; eye 31; maxillary 34; interorbital space 24; second dorsal spine 13; first dorsal ray 2; third anal spine 23; upper caudal lobe 1}; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; pectoral 14; ventral 14. Body fusiform, compressed, greatest depth about middle of length and profiles more or less evenly convex. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about 12 in its length. Head robust, a little constricted below, and profiles evenly con- vex. Snout broad, a little convex above, and upper jaw hardly produced. Eye anterior with well developed adipose eyelids. Mouth a little inferior, corner not quite reaching opposite anterior rim of orbit. Mandibular angle a right one, and symphysis form a process that fits in a depression of upper jaw. Teeth rather large, uniserial, ciliiform, and present in both jaws. Tongue fleshy, not free. Max- illary exposed, and reaching opposite front rim of orbit. Lower edge of preorbital denticulate. Anterior nostril with a small cutaneous rim, near edge of snout, and space between it and posterior much greater than space between latter and front of eye. Posterior nostril rather large. Interorbital space broad and slightly convex. Gill-opening extending forward till about opposite middle of orbit. Rakers about 50?, slender, fine, equal to about ? length of longest fila- ments, which are numerous and also equal to about ? of orbital diam- eter. Pseudobranchie about half of orbital diameter. Isthmus narrow, with a groove. Stomach gizzard-like, muscular, and about size of eye. Intestine long, with many convolutions. Peritoneum blackish. Anus close in front of anal fin. Scales a little small, and in more or less even longitudinal series. Head scaly. Scales extending down along edge of snout small. A slender pointed scaly flap along base of spinous dorsal about equal in length to 2 length of first spine. Scaly flap at axil of pectoral a little less than half length that of fin. Ventral with a similar scaly flap, and a median one between bases of each of these fins about 3 their length. Greater portions of soft dorsal, anal, and caudal covered with minute scales, those at their bases larger. Spinous dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, second spine longest, and fourth shortest. Soft dorsal inserted nearer origin of spinous than base of caudal, and first ray longest, margin of fin a little concave. Anal similar to soft dorsal, spines slender, grad- 746 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., uated to third which is longest, first much shortest, and origin of fin nearly opposite tip of depressed spinous dorsal. Caudal forked, lobes pointed and angular, when expanded emarginate. Pectoral small, reaching origin of spinous dorsal and its origin level with upper margin of orbit. Ventral inserted a little before middle of pectoral, its spine about # length of fin. Color in alcohol brownish, back and upper surface deep dull olivaceous-brown. A dusky blotch at base of pectoral. No dark streaks present along series of scales. Fins pale, dorsals and caudal a trifle darker. Length 42 inches. One example. Paramaribo, Surinam. Dr. Hering. Also fourteen others with same data. Mugil giintheri Steindachner is said to have 46 or 47 scales in a inten series to the base of the caudal. I am unable to count more than 44 scales in any of the above examples. LIZA Jordan and Swain. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., VII, 1884, p. 261 (capito = ramada). Subgenus LIZA Jordan and Swain.* Type Mugil ramada Risso. Upper lip thin, not enlarged. Liza cascasia (Hamilton). Mugil cascasia Hamilton, Acc. Fish. Ganges, 1822, pp. 217, 380. Northern rivers of Bengal. One example from the Ganges river, India. Liza alosoides sp. nov. Plate XLV (upper figure). Head 34; depth 33; D. IV-I, 8; A. III, 9; P.1, 15; V.I, 5; scales 38 in a lateral series to base of caudal (squamation injured); about 13? scales in an oblique transverse series back from origin of spinous dorsal; 18 scales before spinous dorsal; width of head 1% in its length; mee of head 14; snout 44; eye 33; maxillary 34; interorbital space 2¢; first dorsal spine 2; first branched dorsal ray 1,5,; third anal spine 2}; first anal ray 13; pectoral 14; ventral 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 24. Body rather deep, well compressed, greatest depth about median, and profiles evenly and similarly convex. Caudal peduncle com- pressed, its least depth about equal to its length. * Other species examined are Liza ramada (Risso), Liza aurita (Risso), and Liza saliens (Risso). 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 747 Head deep, well compressed, and becoming more or less constricted below. Snout rather broad, and convex, upper jaw projecting a little. Eye anterior, without adipose lids. Maxillary reaching front margin of orbit, and partially exposed. Mandible, with rami forming a right angle, exposed median strip on chin rather broad. Teeth ciliiform, uniserial, and rather long in jaw. Symphysis with usual process. Tongue not free, fleshy. Preorbital finely serrate. Nostrils well separated, posterior closer to upper front rim of orbit than to anterior. Interorbital space broad, and a little convex. Gill-opening extending forward till opposite middle of eye. Gill- rakers numerous, fine, slender, shorter than filaments which are about 2 of eye. Pseudobranchiz about half of orbital diameter. Stomach gizzard-like, muscular. Intestine long, with many conyo- lutions. Peritoneum dark brown. Seales moderately large. A long, pointed, scaly flap at base of spinous dorsal and another between bases of ventrals. Soft dorsal and anal covered with small scales over their greater portions. Base of caudal scaly. Spinous dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, and second spine a trifle longest. Soft dorsal inserted nearly midway be- tween origin of spinous dorsal and base of caudal. A little less than half of base of anal inserted before origin of soft dorsal, third spine longest, second but little shorter, and first short. Caudal emarginate, lobes pointed and producing a forked appearance when fin is not ex- panded. Pectoral inserted a little above upper rim of orbit, and fall- ing about opposite origin of spinous dorsal. Ventral inserted about opposite middle of pectoral, and spine nearly % length of fin. Color in alcohol pale brown, back slightly darker, and tinged with dull olivaceous. No traces of streaks on side. Base of pectoral scarcely darker than rest of fin. Fins all plain pale brownish. Length 3 inches. Type No. 9,771. Gabun country, West Africa. P. B. DuChaillu. Six co-types, also with same data. They seem probably related to Liza schlegeli (Bleeker),* but that species is said to have but 30 scales in a lateral series. (Alosa, old name of the European shad; «idoc, resemblance.) Liza caldwelli (Fowler). Mugil caldwelli Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 524, Pl. 19, fig. 4. Samoa. (Dr. H. C. Caldwell.) Head 34; depth 33; D. IV-5; A. III, 9; P.u, 14. Eyelid narrow, Dak Verh. Holl» Maats. Wet. Haarlem, XVIII, 1863, p. 92; Pl. 19, fig. 1. Guinea (Ashantee). 748 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., though adipose-like, but not infringing on iris. Jaws edentulous. Corner of mouth reaching opposite anterior nostril, not “a trifle posterior to the posterior nostrils,’ but extremity of maxillary extending a trifle beyond posterior nostril. Strip on chin between rami of mandible narrow. Stomach gizzard-like and muscular. In- testine long, with many conyolutions. Peritoneum blackish. Oneexample. Type of Mugil caldwelli Fowler, No. 9,841, A. N.S. P. Samoa. Dr. H. C. Caldwell. 5 OEDALECHILUS subgen. nov.° Type Mugil labeo Cuvier. Upper lip thick. (Otdakiog, swollen; yetdo-s, lip.) Agonostomus monticola (Griffith). Mugil monticoia Bancroft, in Griffith, Anim. Kingd. Cuv., X, 1834. Ja- maica. (Dr. Bancroft.) Head 32; depth 34; D. IV-I, 8; A. III, 9; scales 41 in lateral series to base of caudal; width of head 1,% in its length; snout 34; eye 5; maxillary 24; interorbital space 3; first dorsal spine 24; pectoral 12; ventral 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 24. Maxillary reaching middle of eye. Soft dorsal and anal marked by a longitudinal or trans- verse dusky bar. Length 9 inches. Eighteen examples from San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. Young examples show a slightly convex interorbital space, and maxillary reaches a little past front of eye. In the original account of Agonostoma percoides | am unable to con- strue the account of the interorbital space. The construction of the sentence does not seem to leave it clear that the interorbital space is ; the length of head. Besides agreeing in most respects with my San Domingo material, all of the examples mentioned are either half-grown or adults. It is possible, therefore, that percoides may be identical with monticola. The length of the adult example examined by Dr. Giinther is not stated. Joturus pichardi Poey. Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, XLIX, 1856-58, p. 263, Pl. 18, figs. 4-5. Ce Gabe | se trouve dans toute Vile, dans les riviéres quiont des cascades. [ a. Head 44; depth 32; D. IV—I, 9; A. III, 10; scales 44 to base of caudal in lateral series; width of head 14 in its length; snout 2}; eye ° Species examined are Liza provensalis (Risso), and Liza labeo (Cuvier). ® Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., II], 1861, p. 465. 1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 749 4; imterorbital space 2+; first dorsal spine 12; first developed anal ray 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; pectoral 14; ventral 14. Length 11 inches. One from eastern San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. SPHYRAWNID A. AGRIOPOSPHYRAENA subgen. nov. Type Esox barracuda Walbaum. Scales 90 or less. Top of head broad, flat and interorbital space slightly concave. Lower margin of orbit midway or above middle of depth of head. Body rather robust. CA yptwrds, wild; Sgépava, Sphyreena.) Sphyrena snodgrassi Jenkins. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1899 (1901), p. 388, fig. 2. Honolulu. (Drs. O. P. Jenkins and T. D. Wood.) Sphyrena commersont Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 501. Sandwich Islands. (Dr. William H. Jones). Eics p2 520) Tahiti (Dr: J. K. Townsend.) (Not of Cuvier.) Head 3; depth 53; D. V—I, 9; A. II, 8; scales 80 in lateral line to base of caudal, 8 more on latter; snout 24 in head, from its tip; eye 6; maxillary 24; interorbital space 4}; pectoral 23; ventral 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 4. Eye a little longer than deep, and its lower margin about midway in depth of head. Distal extremity of maxillary not quite reaching front rim of orbit. Jaws forming rather robust or broad angle, lower not greatly produced. Edge of isthmus rounded. Interorbital space slightly concave. Dorsals and anal brown on greater portions distally, soft dorsal dark. Length 94 inches. Hawaiian Islands. Head 2,8; depth about 63. End of maxillary a little short of front rim of orbit. Dark brown of vertical fins apparently faded. Tahiti. Close to S. barracuda of the West Indies, apparently differing in the shorter maxillary, though I have not had the opportunity to compare examples of intermediate size. Sphyrena barracuda (Walbaum). Esox barracuda Walbaum, Pet. Art. Gen. Pise., III, 1792, p. 94. (Based on Barracuda Catesby, Nat. Hist. Flor. Bah., II, 1771, p. 1, Pl. 1. In all the shallow seas of the Bahama Islands.) Two examples from San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. A Porto Rican example, in alcohol, shows ten large brown blotches on side and vertical fins with dusky. 750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Subgenus SPHYRAENA Schneider. Seales small, 100 or more. Top of head rather narrow, usually slightly convex. Lower margin of orbit usually below middle of depth of head. Body rather slender. Sphyrena ensis Jordan and Gilbert. Bull. U. S. Fish Com., II, 1882, p. 106. Mazatlan, Mexico. (Charles H. Gilbert.) Head 3, from tip of mandible; depth 74; D. V—-I, 9; A. II, 8; scales about 108 in lateral line to base of caudal, 8 more continued on latter; snout 2+ in head, from its tip; eye 54; maxillary 24; interorbital space 54; pectoral about 23. Head slender, jaws attenuate. Eye low, lower margin 2 in depth of head. Interorbital space a little elevated convexly, two median ridges pronounced. Maxillary reaching front margin of eye. Mandible with fleshy tip. Gill-rakers better developed than in guachancho, short, numerous, pointed, rather firm. Pectoral reaching well beyond spinous dorsal. Spinous dorsal dusky. Length 17 inches. One example from Panama. J. A. McNeil. Sphyrena picudilla Poey. Plate XLVI (lower figure). Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, 1856-58, p. 162. Havane. Head 2-3, from tip of snout; depth 82; D. V-I,9; A. II, 9; P. 1, 12; V. I, 5; seales 110 in lateral line to base of caudal, 5 more on latter; width of head 4 in its length, from tip of mandibles; depth of head 34; first dorsal spine 34; pectoral 3; ventral 34; least depth of caudal peduncle 5$; snout 24 in head, from its own tip; eye 6; maxillary 23; interorbital space 5}. Caudal peduncle stout, compressed, its least depth about 22 in its length. Mandible with somewhat fleshy tip. First dorsal spine longest, though little longer than second. Pectoral not reaching opposite origin of spinous dorsal. Tip of lower jaw pale, though a little dusky above. Otherwise like tome. Length about 8% inches. One example. “‘Sambaia” (Brazil?). Mus. Comp. Zool. Sphyrena borealis De Kay. Hoch, New York, IV, Fish., 1842, p. 39, Pl. 60, fig. 196. Harbor of New Head 3; depth 8; D. V—-I, 9; A. II, 9; scales 121 in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 5 more on latter; eye 54 in head, from tip of snout; maxillary 22. One example 154 inches long, from San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. Sphyrena tome sp. nov. Plate XLVI (upper figure). Head 3, measured from tip of mandible; depth 8; D. V—I, 9; A. I, 8; P. I, 12; V. I, 5; seales 135 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 751 several (5?) more on latter; 24? scales in a transverse oblique series between origin of spinous dorsal and that of ventral; width of head 4 in its length; depth of head 34; mandible 13; second dorsal spine 31; least depth of caudal peduncle 6; ventral 32; snout 2} in head, meas- ured from tip of upper Jaw; eye 6; maxillary 23; interorbital space 7. Body rather slender, not especially elongate, not especially com- pressed, but more or less cylindrical. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least depth about 3+ in its length. Head elongate, slender, attenuate, somewhat compressed, and be- coming a little constricted below. Profiles similar, and nearly straight. Snout long, slightly convex above, with two frontal ridges, approxi- mated at first, then more distant posteriorly, and continued well up to top of head behind eyes. Eye moderately large, orbicular and its lower margin about of distance in depth of head at that point. Max- illary falling far short of front of orbit, hardly reaching opposite pos- terior nostril. Distal expanded extremity of maxillary equal to about 2 orbital diameter. Mandible produced well beyond upper jaw, and with a slightly fleshy tip. Teeth uniserial in jaws. Enlarged, com- pressed and fang-like below, and in sides of upper jaw short, fine, num- erous and sharp-pointed. A single large fang at symphysis of mandible and four large canines in front of upper jaw. A single series of teeth on each palatine, consisting of several large compressed fangs in front, and giving place to small teeth, like those in upper jaw, posteriorly. Tongue long, slender, pointed, free mostly in front, and with its upper surface finely asperous. Lips rather broad and thin at corners of mouth. Nostrils rather near together, well in front of and about level with upper margin of eye. Interorbital space a little less than eye, and slightly clevated convexly. Gill-opening extending forward till a little behind front rim of orbit. Rakers absent, replaced by minute asperities. Pseudobranchie a little shorter than filaments, which are a trifle less than half orbital diameter. Isthmus rounded. Seales small. Head more or less covered with small scales, obsolete at present on opercle, where they may have fallen, and those on cheek small. Scales on trunk mostly fallen. Bases of soft dorsal, anal and caudal with small scales, especially first rays of former two fins. There they become minute and crowded. Lateral line straight, inclined from upper edge of gill-opening to middle of base of caudal, and consisting of rather large simple tubes. Scales mostly remain throughout its course. Spinous dorsal inserted a trifle before origin of ventral, nearer tip 752 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., of snout than base of caudal, and spines rather pungent, second longest. Soft dorsal inserted midway between origin of spinous dorsal and base of caudal, anterior or first rays elevated, and highest. Anal similar, and its origin about opposite that of soft dorsal. Caudal emarginate. Pectoral small, damaged, though evidently falling well short of spinous dorsal. Ventral small, hardly reaching 2 of distance to origin of anal. Anus close in front of anal fin. Color in alcohol brown above, silvery-white below. Fins all pale brown, dorsals and caudal tinted a little with dusky. Tip of lower jaw blackish. Eye brassy. Peritoneum silvery. Length (caudal damaged) 84 inches. Type No. 11,468, A. N.S. P. “Sambaia.” Presented by the Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Massachusetts. One example, the type. I am unable to locate the type locality, though subsequent labels refer it to Brazil. It was found in the same jar with S. picudilla and originally identified as Sphyrena vulgaris. It differs from S. sphyrena chiefly in fewer anal rays, and from picudilla in same way, though with more numerous scales in lateral line. (Topy, that cuts, acute.) EXPLANATION OF PLaTES XLV anp XLVI. Pirate XLV.—Liza alosoides Fowler. Type No. 9,771, A. N.S. P. West Africa. Mugil incilis Hancock. No. 9,827, A. N.S. P. Guiana. Puate XLVI.—Sphyrena tome Fowler. Type No. 11,463, A. N.S. P. Sambaia Sphyrena picudilla Poey. No. 11,464, A. N.S. P. Sambaia. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. “I Oo Oo NovEMBER 17. The President, SAMUEL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. " Nineteen persons present. The Cause of Inverse Symmetry.—Dr. Enwin G. CONKLIN remarked that the fact that animals with totally inverse symmetry may occur within the limits of the same species indicates that the cause of this phenomenon must be an ontogenetic rather than a philogenetic one. Furthermore, in all cases in which the development of an inversely symmetrical animal has been studied, the cleavage of the egg is also found to be inverse. He had found that the inverse cleavage of Gasteropods may be traced back to the very first division of the egg, and that this must be preceded by an inverse organization of the unsegmented egg. No inverse organization can be detected in the ovarian eggs of sinistral snails, and it is therefore probable that it arises about the time of the maturation or fertilization of the egg. In dextral snails the polar bodies are formed at what was the free pole of the ovarian egg, and if the polar bodies were to be formed at the oppo- site or attached pole in sinistral forms it would entirely and satis- factorily explain their inverse symmetry. While such a reversal of the polarity of the egg in sinistral forms has not been demonstrated, certain observations have been made which render it probable. The subject was discussed by Messrs. Chapman, Pilsbry and Skinner. Morgan Hebard and Henry W. Fowler were elected members. Hugo de Vries, of Amsterdam, Eduard Strasburger, of Bonn, and Nestor Grehant, of Paris, were elected correspondents. The following were accepted for publication: 754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Nov, DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LANTERN FISH. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. MYCTOPHIDA. CENTROBRANCHUS gen. noy. Type Centrobranchus cherocephalus sp. nov. Close to Rhinoscopelus Liitken, but differing in the gill-rakers, which are short sparse clusters of asperities on the first arch. (Ki-zpov, prick; Fpayzos, gill.) Centrobranchus cherocephalus sp. nov. Rhinoscopelus coruscans Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900. p. 498. Near the Sandwich Islands. (Dr. William H. Jones.) (Not of Richard- son.) Rhinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., 1902 (1903), p. 168. (Not description. Part.) Head 32; depth 5; D. 10; A. 18; scales 35 in a lateral series to base of caudal; about 6 scales in a transverse series at origin of rayed dor- sal; depth of head 14 in its length; width of head 24; snout 43; eye 33; interorbital space 34; maxillary 13; least depth of caudal peduncle 5. Body elongate, well compressed, slender and tapering posteriorly, upper profile a little more convex anteriorly, and greatest depth about origin of ventral. Caudal peduncle long, slender, and its more or less even depth about 34 in length from adipose fin. Head shaped somewhat like that of an Anchovy, upper profile a little more convex especially at occiput, and well compressed. Snout protruding beyond mouth, conic, and a little shorter than orbit. Eye small, circular, about midway in depth and near first third of head. Mouth large, inferior, maxillary narrow or slender, of even width, and extending posteriorly well beyond orbit. Mandibular rami formed of rather broad bones and extending far back like maxillary. Teeth in jaws and on palatines minute, and in narrow bands. Vomer with similar teeth, though a little more conspicuous. ‘Tongue a short conic protuberance in front of mouth. Interorbital space convex. A slight mesial elevation in the internasal depression. Gill-opening extending forward opposite middle of orbit. Rakers about 3+5 clusters or groups of small inconspicuous prickles on first arch. Filaments small. Pseudobranchie present. Isthmus narrow and trenchant. aie fe = le ee eee arn 1903 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 755 Seales large, edges mostly entire, cycloid, stiff, and rather narrowly imbricated along middle of side. A few small scales on base of caudal, fins otherwise naked. Lateral line not evident. Three mandibular photophores. One on lower anterior portion of opercle. An interorbital photophore. One at lower base of pectoral, and another just below along edge of gill-opening. Five thoracic. One anterolateral, above base of ventral. One mediolateral low, and just a little behind and above tip of ventral. Another apparently mediolateral, two scales behind and a little higher. Posterolateral inconspicuous, median in depth, and also about midway between dorsals over breachin anals. Ventralsfour. Five anals, then a breach and finally four more. Six more continued along lower side of caudal peduncle without a breach, then two more. Two caudals below. One caudal above. Six large supercaudals, beginning just behind adipose fin. Dorsal rather small, inserted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, and posterior base opposite front of anal. Anal long, inserted nearly midway between posterior margin of pupil and base of caudal, anterior rays highest. Adipose dorsal small, a little before end of base of anal. Caudal small. Pectoral small, inserted a little below middle of depth of body. Ventral small, inserted near last third in space between origin of pectoral and that of dorsal. Color in aleohol deep dusky with iridescent bluish, purplish and sil- very reflections. Fins plain pale brownish. Photophores black, with bright silvery centers. Supercaudals with dull yellowish. Iris dull dark yellowish. Length 1,°, inches. Type No. 7,972, A. N. S. P. Near the Sandwich Islands. Dr. William H. Jones. Also three co-types with same data, and the small- est of these, together with the type, may probably be males as they are a little more attenuate than the others. Originally I wrongly identified these examples with Myctophum coruscans Richardson. Drs. Jordan and Evermann consider them identical with their Rhinoscopelus oceanicus. If oceanicus is correct generically it is certainly distinct from the examples before me of cherocephalus. Examination of R. coccoi, typical of that genus, show that it has long, slender and numerous gill-rakers on the first arch. R. oceanicus would further differ in the large eye (24 in head) and deeper body (4,1, in length). (Xotpos, pig; xegad7, head.) 756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., A LIST OF SHELLS COLLECTED IN WESTERN FLORIDA AND HORN ISLAND, MISSISSIPPI. BY E. G. VANATTA. During February and March, 1902, Mr. Clarence B. Moore collected the following species of shells while on an archeological expedition in western Florida. Most of the specimens were picked up on the shore. The numbers after the species correspond to the numbers of the localities, as follows: 1. Alligator Harbor, Franklin county, Florida. 2. St. George’s Sound, Franklin county, Florida. 3. Indian Pass, Apalachicola Bay, Calhoun county, Florida. 4. St. Joseph’s Bay, Calhoun county, Florida. 5. Crooked Island, off St. Andrew’s Sound, Calhoun county, Florida. 6. St. Andrew’s Bay, Washington county, Florida. Those numbered 7 are a collection of shells from Horn Island, Mis- sissippi, presented to the Academy some years ago. It is hoped that this list, which well covers the western coast of non-peninsular Florida, will be a useful appendix to Prof. W. H. Dall’s Bulletin 37 of the U.S. National Museum. I wish to thank Prof. W. H. Dall, Mr. C. W. John- son and Dr. H. A. Pilsbry for their assistance in identifying some of the species of this collection. Class PELECYPODA. ~ Ostrea virginica Gmel. 2, 4, 5. | Arca secticostata Reeve. 4, 5, Anomia simplex Orb. 4, 5, _ Glycimeris americana Defr. 3. Plicatula gibbosa Lam. 4, 5, _ Leda acuta Conr. 3, 4, 5. Pecten gibbus irradians Lam. 1, | Cardita floridana Conr. 1, 5. 7: 7, 3, 4,5, Oe (. Cuna dalli Van. _ 3, 4, 5. Atrina rigida Dillw. 4. Crassinella lunulata Conr. 3,4, 5. Atrina serrata “Sol.” Sowb. 4. Anisodonta elliptica Recl. 5. Mytilus exustus L. 5. Erycina floridana Van. 5. Lucina chrysostoma Phil. 4, 5. | Phacoides trisulcatus Conr. 5. Phacoides nassula Conr. 4, 5. Phacoides floridanus Conr. 4, Modiolus tulipus L. 1, 4, Modiolus demissus Dillw. Arca ponderosa Say. Arca transversa Say. Arca incongrua Say. 1, sh Arca campechiensis Gmel. 1,3,4, | Phacoides radians Conr. 4, 5, 7, ie _ Phacoides crenella Dall. 3,4, 5,7 1 3 on 3, ; a; 9 dD, Wes Pita, guages Or ~I pee. a i ee 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 757 Phacoides amiantus Dall. 4, 5,7. | Donax variabilis Say. 1, 3, 4, 5, Divaricella quadrisulcata Orb. 5. Goi Diplodonta punctata Say. 5,7. | Donax obesa Orb. 3, 4, 5, 7. Chama arcinella L. 4. | Tagelus divisus Spengl. 3, 5. Cardium robustum Sol. 3, 4, 5, Tellina magna Spengl. 5. G,; 7. | Tellina alternata Say. 1, 3, 7. Cardium isocardium L. 1,4,5. | TellinateneraSay. 3. Cardium muricatum L. 3, 4. Tellina polita Say. 4. Cardium serratum lL. 3, 4, 5, 7. | Tellina consobrina Orb. _ 5, 7. Cardium mortoni Conr. 6. Tellina lintea Conr. 5, 7. Venus mercenaria L. 1, 4. Tellina pauperata Orb. 4, 5. Venus mercenaria mortoni Conr. 3, Or. Venus cribraria Conr. 4, 5, Venus cancellata L. 4, 5, Venus pygmea Lam. 4,5, Yenus cuneimeris Conr. 4, Gemma gemma purpurea Lea. Parastarte triquetra Conr. 4, 5. Meretrix simpsoni Dall. 4, 5. Meretrix eucymata Dall. 7. Meretrix conradiana Dall. 4, 5. Meretrix texasiana Dall. 3. Callista nimbosa Sol. 1, 4, 5, Dosinia discus Rve. 1, 4, 5, Petricola pholadijormis Lam. 4,5. te 7 5 4. 3, Ge Mg 9 Macoma constricta Broug. 3. Macoma brevifrons Say. 7. Macomatenta Say. 5. Tellidora cristata Reel. Strigilla flexuosa Say. 4, 5, 7. 5. | Metis intastriata Say. 4. Abra equalis Say. 3, 4, les 3, 4, Class SCAPHOPODA. Dentalium disparile Orb. 4, 5. Clas GASTROPODA. Tornatina candei Orb. 4, 5. Cylichnella bidentata Orb. 3. Bullus occidentalis A. Ad. 5. Melampus coffea gundlachi Pfr. 6. Terebra dislocata Say. 4, 5. Mangilia cerina K. and 8. 4, 5. Cancellaria reticulata L. 5. Oliva literata Lam. 1, 3, 4, 5. Olivella mutica Say. 4. Ervilia concentrica Gld. }. Semele bellastriata Conr. 4, 7. Spisula solidissima similis Sa dsc. | Mulinia lateralis Say. 3, 4, 5, Labiosa canaliculata Say. 1, 3, Panopea bitruncata Conr. 5. Ensis directus Conr. 5. Barnea costata Say. 3. | Olivella pusilla Marr. 4, 5. | Marginella apicina Menke. 5. | Fasciolaria tulipa Lam. 4, 5. Fulgur pyrum Dillw. 4, 5. Fulgur perversa L. 4, 5. Melongena corona Gmel. 4. Tritonidea cancellaria Conr. 7. Nassa acuta Say. 4, 5. Columbella avara Say.. 5. SU 798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Columbella obesa Say. 4, 5. Intorina irrorata Say. 4, 6. Murex fulvescens Sowb. © 3. Rissoina browniana Orb. 5. Purpura hemastoma L. 7. Crepidula fornicata L. 3, 4, 5, 6. Pyramidella crenulata Holmes. Crepidula plana Say. 4, 5. 4, 5. Crepidula aculeata Gmel. 3. Turbonilla conradi Bush. 3,4, 5. | Natica pusilla Say. 4, 5. Cassis inflata Shaw. 4, 5, 6. Polinices duplicatus Say. 1, 3, 4, Pyrula papyratia Say. 3, 4, 5. de Strombus pugilis L. 4, 5. Sigaretus perspectivus Say. 1, 3, Strombus pugilis alatus Gmel. 4,5. 4, 6. Turbo castaneus crenulatus Gmel. Seila adamsit H. C. Lea. 5. Dp Os Cecum pulchellum Stimp. 5. Teinostoma cryptospira Verr. 5. Cecum cooperi Smith. 5. Vitrinella mooreana Van. 5. Mevoceras nitida Stimp. 5. The following species are believed to be new: Vitrinella mooreana n. sp. ints As Shell umbilicate, discoidal, with about 44 whorls. The first whorl is yellow and smooth, the remaining are white and sculptured with heavy spiral cords, of which there are 5 on the penultimate whorl and 7 on the body whorl above the periphery. The granulate interstices are about as wide as the spiral cords. The base is sculptured with very faint spiral strie. The aperture is oblique and suborbicular, with the columella broadly thickened. Alt. 1.2, diam. 2.75; aperture alt. 1, diam. 1 mm. This species was collected by Mr. Clarence B. Moore on the gulf side of Crooked Island, off St. Andrew’s Sound, Calhoun county, Florida. The types are No. 84,611, A. N.S. P. It is named in honor of its collector, Mr. Moore. The species ite seems to be near V. multistriata Verr., but differs a in having 7 strong spiral cords above the periphery and a nearly smooth base. It differs from V. striata Orb. in having a thickened columella. Erycina floridana n. sp. Fig. 2. Shell small, white, thin, subquadrate, with the ends nearly evenly rounded, almost equilateral, beaks low, surface sculptured with irreg- ular lines of growth. Hinge with a central pit and rather large lateral 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 759 teeth, four being in one valve and two in the other. The adductor sears are rather large, connected by an irregular pallial line. Alt. 5, length 8.25, thickness of 1 valve 1.75 mm. This species was collected by Mr. Clarence B. Moore on the gulf side of Crooked Island, Florida. The types are No. 83,876, A. N.S. P. Prof. W. H. Dall kindly compared it with his species from the Florida Pliocene. It is very near EL. kurtzii Dall, but seems to be more delicate, with stronger laterals and more evenly rounded ends. rs Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Cuna dallin. sp. Fig. 3. Shell subtriangular, inequilateral, purple in the center becoming lighter near the edge, surface sculptured with concentric coste, ven- tral margin smooth, adductor muscle scars rather large, hinge strong and broad. The right valve has three cardinals, the anterior is long and low, the central large and triangular, the posterior short and nar- row, situated at the edge of the large ligament pit. In the left valve the anterior cardinal is long and low, the curved central is smaller than the central of the opposite valve, the posterior cardinal is a small ridge at the edge of the ligament. Pallial line entire. Alt. 2.5, length 2.4, thickness of one valve .8 mm. The types of this species are No. 84,612, A. N.S. P. They were collected by Mr. Moore at Indian Pass, Apalachicola Bay, Florida; he also collected the same species at St. Joseph Bay and on the gulf side of Crooked Island, off St. Andrew’s Sound, Florida. This species is more rounded and inequilateral than Parastarte triquetra Conr., and lacks the crenulation on the ventral margin. It has a broader hinge than Gemma gemma Totten, but the surface sculpture is very similar. It is more inequilateral than Cuna concen- trica Hedley, but the hinge is similar. Cuna particula Hedley is more rounded and truncate, with a slightly different hinge. 760 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [[Dec., DECEMBER 1. The President, SamueL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-four persons present. The deaths of the following members were announced: Enoch Lewis, November 15, 1902; Charles W. Trotter, August 5, 1903; Mrs. J. Edgar Thomson, November 24, 1903, and Charles Schaeffer, M.D., Novem- ber 23, 1903. On the announcement of the death of Dr. CHARLES SCHAEFFER, the following minute was unanimously adopted: Conscious of the loss it has sustained in the death of Dr. CHARLES SCHAEFFER, the Academy desires to place on record a minute to that effect. Since his election to membership in 1861, Dr. Schaeffer had been loyally interested in the well-being and growth of the society. He served acceptably as a member of the Council and of the Library Committee. His efficiency as Secretary of the Botanical, the Miner- alogical, and the Biological and Microscopical Sections is proof of the wide sphere of his nature-studies, while his skill in photography enabled him to permanently place the results of his work in the cabinet and in the field at the service of his fellow-students. He thus alike recorded with loving care and exquisite fidelity the floral beauties of the fields and dells he had known from childhood and the glories of the distant snow-clad peaks of the western mountains, where for many years he periodically drew store of health and inspiration. He made the needs of the Academy at large matters of personal concern, and was ever ready with wise counsel and practical encour- agement, while in his intercourse with his fellow-members he was notably gentle, courteous and sympathetic. His memory will be held in affectionate regard. Dr. BENJAMIN SHARP made a communication on the fishes of Nan- tucket. It will be incorporated in a paper to be published in the next volume of the PROCEEDINGS. Ganglia of Odonata.—Dr. Puiuip P. CALVERT spoke of the abdominal and thoracic ganglia of dragonflies (Odonata), stating that the eight pairs constituting the abdominal portion of the ventral nerve cord of young larve are reduced to seven, in later larval life, by the fusion of the first pair with the third thoracic (A’schna, Anax). ‘The second ab- dominal pair move forward to lie in the first abdominal segment, leay- ing the second segment (alone of the first eight) without ganglia. This later condition is likewise that of the adults of the suborder Ani- soptera, as far as known. Adults of at least some species of the sub- order Zygoptera show some differences (Calvert, Proc. Calij. Acad. Sct., 3d series, I, p. 410, 1899). The following were accepted for publication: i. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 761 MEXICAN LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSKS. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The following report is based chiefly upon material collected by Mr. S. N. Rhoads during two expeditions to Mexico; the first in February, March and April, 1899, the second undertaken early in 1893, and un- fortunately cut short by his recall to Philadelphia after only a few days in the field. Occasion has been taken to include sundry notes upon and descriptions of new Mexican and Central American mollusks in the collection of the Academy, worked up in the course of study upon Mr. Rhoads’ collection; the whole being supplemental to the great works upon this fauna of Fischer and, Crosse, E. von Martens . and H. Strebel.t The species of greatest interest in Mr. Rhoads’ collection is that I have elsewhere described as Metostracon mima, an extraordinary slug- like snail, which contributes not only a genus new to Mexico, but a totally new line of differentiation in the family Helicide. From the faunistic standpoint, the collections made at Victoria in Tamaulipas, and at Monterey and the adjacent mining village of Diente in Nuevo Leon, are of great importance, confirming the north- ward extension of the Neotropical region in east Mexico, already mapped on the evidence of the birds of that district. The localities mentioned are sufficiently alike in their faune to be considered together. In a total of 46 species, Fifteen are identical, with characteristic species of Vera Cruz Prov- ince; Three are identical with species of the States of Mexico, Jalisco, etc.; Ten are identical with species of Texas (Five of the above occur from Vera Cruz to Texas); Twenty are species special to Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas, but belonging to Vera Cruzian genera or smaller groups; Three are species special to Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas, but ‘belonging to groups ranging from Vera Cruz to Texas. 1 As the literature has been fully cited by these authors, I have thought the insertion of references to be needless, except in dealing with new species described in my previous paper on Mr. Rhoads’ collection, and in a few other cases inade- quately treated in the larger works, or omitted therefrom. 762 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., There are therefore 33 distinctively Neotropical species; 5 species as characteristic of the Texan fauna; and 8 species with a wide distri- bution in both regions, or belonging to groups with such a distribution. Part of the latter are doubtless of Neotropical origin ultimately, but in two cases (Zonitoides arboreus and Bifidaria curvidens) truly Palearctic. HELICIDA. Helix aspersa Mill. Tlalpam, State of Mexico, and Pueblo, State of Pueblo; at both places in abundance. AtTlalpam they are all small, diam. 24 to 29 mm., and similar to Kobelt’s fig. 364 of Plate 69 in Vol. III (n. F.) of Ross- massler’s [conographie, except that there are 5 or 4 bands, as in fig. 350 of Pl. 67. The shells from Pueblo are larger, 26 to 33 mm. diam., with band formule varying from 1 (2 3) 45 to (1 2 3) (4 5). Lysinoe humboldtiana buffoniana (Pir.). Diente, near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. Adult shells measure from 27 x 35 to 37 x 42 mm. Trichodiscina cordovana (Pfr.). Texolo, V. C.; cafion 4 miles west of Victoria, Tamaulipas; Diente, ° near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. ‘The last two localities extend the range of this species far to the north. Metostracon mima Pilsbry. Proc. Malac. Soc, London, IV, p. 27, Pl. 3, figs. 1-11. Morelia and Uruapam, Michoacan. Xanthonyx salleanus (Pir.). Texolo, V. C. Praticolella berlandieriana (Moric.). Around Victoria, Tamaulipas, and at Monterey and Topo Chico, Nuevo Leon. Praticolella griseola (Pfr.). Antigua, V. C. Praticolella ampla (Pfr.). Texolo, V. C. Praticolella strebeliana Pils. Pl. LI, figs. 6, 6a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 394. Diente, near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. Polygyra plagioglossa (Pfr.). Patzcuaro, Michoacan; Pueblo, State of Pueblo. 1$03.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 763 Polygyra suprazonata Pils. Pl. LXI, figs. 1, la, 1b. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 393. Tzintzuntzan, State of Michoacan. Polygyra rhoadsi Pils. Pl. LXI, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 392. Topo Chico, near-Monterey, Nuevo Leon. Thysanophora conspurcatella (Morel.). Antigua, V. C. Thysanophora impura (Pfr.). Antigua, V..C. Thysanophora proxima Pils. Pl. XLIX, figs. 2, 2a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 394. Uruapam, Huingo, Patzcuaro and Morelia, in the State of Michoacan ; the types from the former locality. Thysanophora horni (Gabb). Victoria, State of Tamaulipas, in chaparral; Topo Chico, near Mon- terey, Nuevo Leon. The specimens have been carefully compared with the types from Arizona, and are undoubtedly this species, which, when fresh, has a sparsely hairy cuticle. See Nautilus, XIII, 98. It is new to the Mexican fauna. Thysanophora coloba Pilsbry. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1893, p. 403, figs. in text. Polvon, department of Chinandega, western Nicaragua (McNiel expedition). A minute species, diam. 1.8 mm., overlooked by the authors of the Biologia and Mission Scientifique, and inserted here to rescue it from oblivion. In this connection it may be mentioned that Pupisoma americanum Mlldff., Nachrobl. d. d. malak. Ges., 1899, p. 91, is apparently a synonym of Thysanophora ceca. Thysanophora fischeri n. sp. Pl. XLIX, figs. 6, 6a. Shell umbilicate, depressed-conic, thin, pale brown. Surface dull, sculptured with thin cuticular laminee more oblique than the lines of growth. Spire conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 4, very convex, the last rounded peripherally and beneath. Umbilicus contained about 7 times in the diameter of the shell. Aperture quite oblique, rounded- lunate, the peristome thin and simple, columellar margin dilated. Alt. 1.5, diam. 2.4 mm. Tamaulipas, in a cafion about 4 miles west of Victoria. Types No. 85,911, A. N. S. P., collected by 8. N. Rhoads, 1903. This species is almost exactly intermediate between 7. granum 764 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Strebel and 7. conspurcatella (Morel.). It is lower than the former species, with a larger umbilicus, and higher than the latter, with the umbilicus narrower. It unites the group of species referred to Acan- thinula by von Martens with the typical forms of Thysanophora. Named in honor of one of the authors of the volumes on mollusks in the Mission Scientifique au Mexique. Thysanophora tatei Pilsbry. Pl. XLIX, figs. 3, 3a, 3b. Helix blakeana Tate, Amer. Jour. of Conch., V, p. 155, Pl. 16, fig. 3 (1870). Not H. blakeana Newc., 1861. Thysanophora tatei Pils. Shell depressed, discoidal, the spire but slightly convex; openly umbilicate, the width of the umbilicus contained about 32 times in the diameter of the shell; thin, slightly translucent, grayish corneous. Sculpture of fine, rather close but somewhat irregularly spaced thread- like rib-strie in harmony with growth-lines. Whorls 34, convex, slowly increasing to the last, which is double the width of the preceding, rounded peripherally and beneath. Suture very deep and conspicuous. Aperture slightly oblique, round-lunate, about one-fourth of the circle excised by the preceding whorl; lip thin and simple throughout, the margins converging. Alt. 1.8, diam. 3 mm. Chontales forest, Nicaragua. The unique type is No. 58,065, A. N.S. P., collected by Ralph Tate. The name given by Tate to this species is preoccupied. It was omitted from Crosse and Fischer’s great work, and placed in the syn- onymy of Pseudohyalina minuscula by von Martens. It is related to some undetermined species in the collection of the Academy from northern South America, but has no very close relatives among Mexi- can snails, so far as I know. The generic position of this snail is un- certain, but it has more the appearance of Thysanophora than of any Zonitid group. The thread-like rib-striew are not cuticular, but more like the striee of Pyramidula. BULIMULIDZ. Bulimulus dealbatus Say. Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon. A slender form, closely mottled and streaked. Bulimulus dealbatus schiedeanus Pfr. Saltillo, Coahuila (S. N. Rhoads, 1899). The large typical form of schiedeanus. Bulimulus alternatus mariz Alb. Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon; in chaparral near Victoria, Ta- maulipas. Specimens from Monterey are like that from Laredo, Texas, 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 765 figured in Manual of Conchology, XI, Pl. 17, fig. 24. Those from near Victoria are similarly marked, but are smaller. Both have the lip thickened and the mouth brown or purplish-brown inside, the tint rather dilute in some specimens. Drymeus emeus (Say). Cafion 4 miles west of Victoria, Tamaulipas. Specimens like von Martens’ figures 7, 7a, of Plate 14 of the Biologia. This is far north of all previous records. Drymeus sulphureus (Pfr.). Texolo, V. C. Drymeus hegewischi (Pfr.). Texolo,; V.C: Drymeus dunkeri (Pfr.). Patzcuaro and Tzintzuntzan, Michoacan. UROCOPTIDZA. Microceramus mexicanus (Marts.). Man. of Conch. (2), XVI, p. 156, Pl. 26, figs. 26, 27 (specimen from Diente). Around Victoria, Tamaulipas, and Diente, near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. This form is readily distinguishable from both M. concisus on the south and WM. texanus on the north. It occurred in numbers, and is no doubt a widely spread and characteristic east Mexican species. Subgenus GYROCION noy. Slender cylindrelloid snails with the axis large, hollow and smooth, apex smooth and apparently retained entire. Whorls extremely numerous and narrow, some intermediate ones with a spiral lamella within on the basal partition. Characters of the aperture unknown. This group is proposed for an imperfectly known snail which cannot well be placed in any of the recognized genera, though it apparently is related to Epirobia and Holospira. The former group differs by its rugose axis and in the absence of a spiral basal lamella. Further examples of the complete shell and a knowledge of the dentition are necessary for an adequate definition of the position of the group. Epirobia (Gyrocion) mirabilis n. sp. Pl. L, figs. 10, 10a. The shell is cylindric below, gradually tapering above to an entire apex; composed of very many narrow and strongly convex whorls; light brown; finely and closely costulate-striate vertically. The apex is obtuse, smooth and rather globular; the following three whorls are equal in diameter; the calibre of the shell then slowly enlarges until 766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., the cylindric portion has a diameter of 2.5 mm. The hollow central axis is nearly one-third the diameter of the shell, and is smooth. In the lower part of the tapering portion, a low lamella revolves in the middle of the floor or basal wall of the whorls. Length of the fragment of the tapering portion figured 6 mm.; whorls 17. Length of cylindric fragment 4.2 mm.; whorls about 54. Diente, near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. Types No. 85,914, A. N.S. P., two fragments collected by 8S. N. Rhoads, 1903. PUPIDA. Pupoides marginatus (Say). Topo Chico, near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. Abundant. Bifidaria contracta (Say). Texolo, V.C. (Rhoads.) Hitherto known from only two places in Mexico, Orizaba, V. C., and Yautepec, Moreles, collected by the Heil- prin expedition of 1890. Bifidaria prototypus Pils. Pl. L, figs. 7, 7a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 400. The angular and parietal lamelle are more separated than in any other species of the typical group of Bifidaria. Bifidaria pellucida hordeacella (Pils.). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 594. Antigua, V. C.; cafion 4 miles from Victoria, Tamaulipas. Bifidaria curvidens (Gld.), Cafion 4 miles west of Victoria, State of Tamaulipas. This species is new to the Mexican fauna. Strobilops strebeli (Pfr.). Diente, near Monterey, Nuevo Leon. ZONITIDZA. Omphalina martensiana n.sp. Pl. XLVIII, figs. 7, 7a, 7b. Shell depressed, shaped about like O. lucubrata Say; umbilicate; pale green with a broad maroon band at the periphery, another below the suture, leaving a pale-green band above the periphery, visible on the whorls of the spire Just above the suture, the first two whorls greenish; the base, inside the peripheral maroon band, is also green. Surface glossy, sculptured above with almost regularly spaced radial grooves in harmony with the lines of growth, the base marked with growth- wrinkles; between the radial grooves there are fine, sparse, forwardly- descending, very minute raised lines, which on the base are more SS lia mil aaa aan a a 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 767 numerous and in a spiral direction. Whorls 5, slightly convex, regu- larly widening to the last, which is fully double the width of the pre- ceding, rounded peripherally. Aperture oblique, rounded-lunate. Alt. 13.5, diam. 22.3 mm.; width of umbilicus 2 mm. Guatemala: Huehuetenango. Type No. 85,521, A. N. S. P., col- lected by Mr. Gustav Eisen, and communicated to me by Mr. Fred L. Button. This is a superb Omphalina, perhaps the finest of the genus in color and sculpture. In proportions it is near O. lucubrata Say, from which it differs in coloration and sculpture, the radial grooves of the upper surface being like those of Vitrea indentata on a large scale. With the red bands of O. bilineata, it is a much larger shell, quite different in sculpture. Teeth of Omphalina martensiana. The jaw is like other species of the genus. The radula has 62.7.1.7.62 teeth, the seventh on each side being transitional. The teeth at the middle of the marginal series (fig. 31) have unusually long and graceful cusps. Omphalina bilineata has fewer lateral teeth, only 5, the last being a transition tooth. The name is to honor the author of the splendid volume on mollusks in the Biologia Centrali Americana. Omphalina bilineata (Pfr.). Near Jalapa, V. C. Of 5 specimens, four have narrow bands at periphery and suture, the other one being bandless. Omphalina lucubrata (Say). Texolo, V.C., A fine series, taken by Mr. Rhoads in 1899. Omphalina montereyensis Pils. Pl. XLVIII, figs. 6, 6a, 6b. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 395. Diente, a village near Monterey, Nuevo Leon (8. N. Rhoads, 1899 and 1903). its viviparous reproduction, Amnicola being oviparous. I fail to see the advantage of lumping them as some recent authors have done. Chondropoma martensianum Pilsbry. Pl. LII, figs. 4, 4a. Nautilus, XIII, p. 140 (April, 1900). Mountains of Poana, Tabasco (José N. Rovirosa). Illustrations are now given of the type of this species, which has not before been figured. ® Biologia, p. 433, September, 1899. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 781 Amnicola panamensis Tryon. PI. LII, fig. 11. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 146. The type of this species is a single specimen from Panama, collected by Capt. Field, U.S. N. It is of the whitish-corneous color of A. cincinnatiensis Anth., has 44 whorls which are very convex below the sutures, and the axis is perforate. It is extremely similar to A. cin- cinnatiensis, but differs in being only about half the size of well-grown examples of that species. Length 3.4, diam. 2.7, longest axis of aper- ture 1.8 mm.’ An entirely different species collected by Prof. Ralph Tate in Nica- ragua was subsequently referred to A. panamensis, and this erroneous extension of the range of the species has naturally been repeated in the Biologia. Amnicola tryoni n. sp. Pl. LU, fig. 10. Amnicola panamensis Tryon, Tate, American Journal of Conchology, V, p. 153. Shell openly perforate, ovate-conic, thin, corneous and somewhat translucent, the surface smooth, scarcely showing growth strie. Spire conic, the apex slightly obtuse. Whorls 43, those of the spire very convex below the suture, the last whorl not swollen there. The aper- ture is of the usual ovate contour, subangular above; peristome adnate to the preceding whorl for a short distance above. Length 2.3, diam. 1.6, longest axis of aperture 1.2 mm. Nicaragua, at the roots of plants in a swampy pool near Javali, in the Chontales district, at an elevation of 1750 feet. Types No. 58,066, A. N.S. P., collected by Ralph Tate. The specimens are encrusted with a ferruginous deposit, so thick as to materially alter the shape of the shell. The one figured has been cleaned. It seems to be closely related to A. guatemalensis Crosse and Fischer,’ from ake Amatitlan; but A. tryonz is a smaller species, with more convex whorls, smoother surface and a more prominent spire. A. guatemalensis is not known to me by specimens. A. stolli Martens?® seems also to belong to the same group of species, but it is more conic than the others mentioned above, the last whorl being dilated periph- erally, according to Prof. von Martens’ figures. HELICINIDZA. Helicina turbinata Wiegm. Antigua, State of Vera Cruz. 7] have every reason to believe this specimen, marked in Tryon’s own hand, to be the original type, although it does not agree with the original measure- ments. 8 Miss. Scient. Mezx., Moll., II, p. 264. ® Biologia Centr. Amer., Moll., p. 645. 782 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee., Helicina succincta Martens. Texolo, V. C. Helicina orbiculata tropica Jan. Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon. Similar to Texan examples. Helicina fragilis Morel. Antigua, State of Vera Cruz. Helicina lirata Pfr. Antigua, V. C. Helicina sowerbyana Pfr. Pl. LIV, figs. 7, 8. Cafion 4 miles west of Victoria, Tamaulipas. Twelve specimens of this fine species, measuring 18 to 21 mm. diam., were taken, the first since the original lot many years ago. I am much inclined to doubt the locality ‘‘Guatemala”’ of the Cumingian type specimen, as the snails of that country are mainly of different species from those of Tamaulipas, and no specimens of this large and conspicuous species have been found in the intermediate territory, part of which is the most fully explored portion of Mexico. H. sowerbyana probably does not range south as far as the State of Vera Cruz. The rather con- spicuous spiral sculpture does not show in the photographic figures. Helicina zephyrina Ducl. Texolo, at the falls, State of Vera Cruz. Helicina zephyrina var. dientensis n. v. Similar to zephyrina, except that the body-whorl is more depressed and the base less convex. Alt. 14.5, diam. 11 mm. Alt. 12, diam. 9.5 mm. Alt. 14.3, diam. 11.4 mm. Diente, near Monterey, N. L. Types No. 77,238, A. N.S. P. Trochatella simpsoni Ancey. Pl. XLIX, fig. 4. Annales de Malacologie, II, p. 253. One of the original specimens, from the series of Utilla shells pre- sented by Mr. C. 'T. Simpson, is figured. This is the only Trochatella known from the mainland of Mexico or Central America or islands adjacent thereto. It was collected on Utilla Island, off the north coast of Honduras, by Mr. Simpson. The shell figured measures 2.6 mm. diam. and alt. Schasicheila fragilis Pilsbry. Pl. LI, figs. 7, 7a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 391. Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon. Types No. 77,237, Aa N.SaP- 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 783 Since the publication of my description I have obtained specimens of S. minuscula (Pfr.), one-of which is figured for comparison (PI. LI, fig. 3). SS. fragilis is much more depressed than minuscula, with more distinct spiral lines when the hairs are rubbed off. The two species are quite distinct. Schasicheila vanattai Pils. Pl. LI, figs. 5, 5a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 391. Same locality as the preceding, with which it occurred. Readily distinguished by the strong peripheral angle. The sinus is slightly deeper than in S. fragilis. Schasicheila vanattai tricostata subsp. nov. PI. LI, fig. 4. Last whorl with three large obtuse rounded carinz or spiral ribs, the surface concave between them and below the lower one; cuticular spirals weakly developed. Pale yellowish-corneous. Whorls 34. Alt. 3.7, diam. 4.5 mm. Cafion 4 miles west of Victoria, Tamaulipas. Type No. 85,908, ON. SeP? One adult and one immature specimen collected. In the absence of a series sufficient to show whether the remarkable features above de- scribed are constant, I prefer to rank this as a variety of S. vanattat. No other known Schasicheila has spiral ridges and sulci of this kind. Schasicheila hidalgoana Dall. PI. LI, figs. 8, Sa. Schazicheila hidalgoana Dall., Nautilus, XI, p. 62. Shell depressed, conoidal above, convex beneath, strongly angular at the periphery. Yellowish-corneous, usually pink toward the apex, under a thin brown cuticle, which is very densely and minutely rough- ened by close cuticular spiral threads, conspicuously longer ones fring- ing the periphery. These cuticular processes hold sufficient dirt to make the whole surface of fresh shells blackish. Under the cuticle the surface is glossy, striatulate obliquely, and densely striate spirally, Whorls 43, slightly convex, the intermediate ones with an impression above the suture. Last whorl wide, strongly angular peripherally, a little impressed in the middle of the base. Aperture of the usual half-rotund shape, the outer lip narrowly expanded, with a deep tri- angular excision or notch above. Umbilical pad small and somewhat sunken. Operculum with processes projecting beyond the lip at both base and upper sinus; bluish gray, indistinetly roughened externally. Alt. 9, diam. 14 mm. Alt. 8.7, diam. 12.3 mm. Cafion 4 miles west of Victoria, State of Tamaulipas. No. 85,919, A. N.S. P., collected by S. N. Rhoads, 1903. 784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. A large series was collected. It resembles S. vanattai in shape, but is about double the linear dimensions of that species, and has a propor- tionally larger lip notch or sinus. In S. nicolett the periphery is less strongly angular, the spiral lire more widely spaced and the operculum sharply granulose externally. The specimens have been compared by Prof. W. H. Dall with the unique type of his S. hidalgoana from Encar- nacion, Hidalgo, and pronounced to be identical. Since that species was described from a dead, bleached specimen, I have given a new description of a fresh shell, and figures of a specimen from near Victoria. SPHASRIIDA. Crosse and Fischer have shown that the species of Spharium known from Mexico fall into three subgenera: Spherium s. str., Musculium Link (Calyculina Cless.), and Eupera Bgt. The third group has been raised by von Martens to generic rank. Nospecies of Hwpera was taken by Mr. Rhoads, but the other groups mentioned are represented in his collection by numerous forms, the study of which necessitates some revision of the group. The following Mexican and Central American species have been admitted in the Biologia Centrali Americana: S. triangulare Say. S. subtransversum Pme. S. martensi Pils. S. luridum Marts. S. costaricanum Marts. The last-mentioned species is not known to me by specimens. From the description and figures it seems to be very different from the others, and a good deal like a Pisidium. The other Mexican species are very well characterized and readily distinguishable. They may be tabulated as follows: a.—Shell very thin and fragile, delicately striate; beaks usually showing a distinctly defined prodissoconch. b.—Shell oblong, the alt. about three-fourths the length, diam. half the length OF JESS aie . . SS. subtransversum. b’.—Shell subr otund, the alte exceeding three-fourths the length, diam. more than half the leneth, . .©. . S. novoleonis. a’.—Shell varying from thin to moderately strong, striate or costulate, without distinet prodissoconch. b.—Beaks regularly costulate. Alt. more than three-fourths the length; diam. decidedly over half the length ; hinge-line more arcuate than the basal margin; solid, with stout lateral teeth and rather coarse sculpture, . . . S. triangulare. 1903 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 785 b’.—Beaks nearly smooth; alt. about three-quarters and diam. about one-half the length of the shell; basal and hinge margins about equally arcuate; finely striate. c.—Subequilateral, the two ends almost equally rounded; olivaceous-gray, with chestnut beaks and usually yel- low basal margin, . . . S. jalapensis. c’.—Inequilateral, the. posterior end noticeably wider; yellow, becoming fleshy-gray at the beaks; thinner, S. martensi. Spherium triangulare (Say). Pl. LIII, figs. 4, 4a. Figures are here given of one of the two type specimens of this species (Pl. LILI, figs. 4, 4a). It measures, length 13, alt. 10.3 mm., agree- ing with Say’s measurements.” The sculpture of concentric ridges or coarse striz is strong and a little irregular. The beaks are strongly, regularly sculptured, as in S. striatinum. This is a very characteristic feature of the species. The beaks are nearly median; the dorsal mar- gin of the valve is much more arcuate than the ventral, and the anterior end tapers somewhat, the posterior being broadly rounded. The anterior and posterior lateral teeth are of about equal length, single in the left, double in the right valve. The anterior pair is decidedly heavier than the posterior, the latter being finely crenulated. The types are both dead, and have lost the cuticle, but are otherwise well preserved. They are probably from one of the lakes near the City of Mexico, as there is a tray of specimens in the collection exactly like them and in the same condition, from Lake Texcoco. In Lake Patzcuaro, Michoacan, the shells are smaller but somewhat thicker (Pl. LIII, figs. 3, 3a; Pl. LIV, fig. 2). The cuticle is very glossy, bright greenish-yellow with some gray streaks, or gray-brown with or without a yellow zone below. Sculpture as already described, but in these fresh shells some indistinct radii are visible. The beaks are large and full. The ligament, though largely immersed, is conspicu- ous externally. There is a narrow, slightly sunken escutcheon and a wide, short, lunule bounded by faintly impressed lines. The teeth (Pl. LI, fig. 3, right valve) of this form are a trifle heavier than in typical S. triangulare, but otherwise similar. On the right valve the lower laterals seem to be borne on ridges running out from under the hinge-plate. They are very short, high and triangular. Length 11.5, alt. 9, diam. 7 mm. iaeeine Lee aeube Aye he specific acne a ne two specimens given to the Academy by Mrs. Say after Say’s death, solely because the shell is not especially triangular; but since these specimens agree completely with the original description and measurements, and were labeled by Say, there seems to be no good reason for doubting their authenticity. 50 786 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Specimens from Acambaro, State of Guanajuato, are similar, two measuring: length 12, alt. 9, diam. 7 mm., and 10.2, 8, 6 mm. The species described from Ameca, Jalisco, under the name S. luridum Marts." seems to be very near S. triangulare, if not actually identical therewith. 5 Spherium martensi Pilsbry. Pl. LIII, figs. 2, 2a; Pl. LIV, fig. 4. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 401, 1899. Biologia, p. 552. When cleaned of the ferrous deposit which coats this shell, it is hght yellow, becoming pinkish-gray in the neighborhood of the beaks. The sculpture is a very fine, sharp striation over the lower two-thirds, the beaks being nearly smooth, with minute, glossy tips, sometimes slightly marked off by a barely perceptible depression. The differ- entiation of the prodissoconch seems hardly tangible enough to war- rant a reference of the species to the subgenus Musculiwm, and, moreover, the shell while thin is not fragile as in Musculiwm. The cardinals are double in the right valve (Pl. LII, fig. 2), as well as the laterals. The latter are rather small and low, and not crenulate. In the left valve the lateral teeth are single. The shell is less solid than S. triangulare, but decidedly stronger than S. sub- transversum. It does not seem very closely related to any other species. Length 15.6, alt. 11, diam. 7.7 mm. Known only from the type locality, Tzintzuntzan, Lake Patzcuaro, State of Michoacan. Spherium jalapensis n. sp. Pl. LIII, figs. 1, 1a; Pl. LIV, fig. 3. Shell oval, somewhat compressed, the diameter about half the length; ends almost equally rounded, but the anterior is a little more narrowly so; upper and basal margins equally arcuate; beaks pro- jecting but slightly above the dorsal margin; glossy, finely, irregularly striate, and very minutely rugose or subgranulate. There are also obscure radii visible in a suitable light. Olivaceous-gray with a yellow border, and fully adult shells are bright chestnut-colored toward the eroded apices. Escutcheon narrow, lanceolate and perceptibly flat- tened or excavated; lunule indistinct. Interior bluish-white. Right valve (Pl. LII, fig. 1a) with a small, oblique, bifid anterior and minute posterior cardinal tooth; anterior laterals double, strong, elevated and triangular; posterior laterals double, more slender and erenulate. Left valve (Pl. LII, fig. 1) with a bifid posterior and small simple anterior cardinal; laterals single, the anterior short, high and triangular; posterior lateral single, more compressed. 1 Biologia Centr. Amer., Moll., p. 552. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 787 Length 14.5, alt. 11, diam. 7.2 mm. Length 13.2, alt. 10, diam. 6.4 mm. Pond at Jalapa, State of Vera Cruz. Types No. 77,191, A. N.S. P., collected by 8. N. Rhoads, 1899. This species is most nearly related to S. sulcatum (Lam.), but it differs in the following respects. S. jalapensis is more compressed and greater in altitude; it is more finely sculptured and more glossy. The lateral teeth are less elevated. The outline of S. jalapensis is less angular than that of S. rhomboideum. SS. luridum Martens, from the State of Jalisco, is much smaller, about the size of a half-grown speci- men of this species. The teeth are figured as very stout, but from the description they would seem to be not very unlike those of S. jalapensis. S. jabale is at once distinguished from all these species by its broad, peculiarly compressed shape. In the specimen figured (Pl. LII, figs. 1, la) the anterior lateral teeth are reversed. In all others examined they are as described above. Spherium (Musculium) subtransversum Prime. PI. LIII, figs. 6, 6a, 6b; Pl. LIV, fig. 5. Prime, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1860, p. 322; Monogr. Am. Corbiculide, p. 62; Sowerby, in Conch. Icon., XX, f. 38. Not S. subtransversum Crosse and Fischer, Moll. Mex., II, 652. Tlalpam, State of Mexico; Morelia, Michoacan (Rhoads). This is an elongate, fragile species with distinctly “calyculate” beaks; gray, with a yellow zone below. The surface is shining and very finely delicately striate. The upper and lower margins are about equally ar- cuate, and the anterior end is more tapering than the wider posterior end. The right valve has two diverging cardinal teeth and double laterals (fig. 6a); the left valve has a single cardinal and single laterals. The large specimen figured, from Tlalpam, measures: length 15, alt. 10.8, diam. 7.5 mm., but most of the lot are smaller, length about 11 mm. An average shell from Morelia measures: length 9.35, alt. 7, diam. 4.2 mm. In my opinion the figures given by Crosse and Fischer do not repre- sent this species. The dimensions given by Prime are: length .30, alt. .20, diam. .10 inch. These must have been taken from a quite young shell, but certainly it was lower and more compressed than Crosse and Fischer’s subtransversum, which measured: length 10.5, alt. 8.5, diam.6 mm. The figure given by Sowerby, while too small to show any details, yet agrees with Prime’s description in contour. Spherium (Musculium) novoleonis n. sp. PI. LIII, figs. 5, 5a, 5b; Pl. LIV, fig. 6. Shell fragile, short and rather globose, the diameter slightly more than half the length; thin; anterior end rounded, posterior end wider, 788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., obliquely subtruncate; upper and lower margins subequally arcuate; beaks full and prominent, with rather indistinct “‘caps’”’; lunule and escutcheon are not differentiated. Surface glossy, finely and rather obsoletely striate. Yellowish-gray. Interior bluish-white. Right valve (Pl. LIII, fig. 5), with two small diverging cardinal teeth, and double anterior and posterior laterals, the former stouter. Left valve with the cardinal tooth small, the laterals single. Length 11, alt. 9, diam. 6 mm. Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon. Types No. 77,190, A. N.S. P., col- lected by S. N. Rhoads, 1899. This species is similar to S. partwmevum im general characters. The beaks are not distinctly capped as in that species, and the anterior lateral teeth are shorter and much closer to the cardinal. In my opinion the shells figured by Crosse and Fischer as S. sub- transversum belong to this species. Pisidium abditum Hald. : Lake Prassa, near Uruapam, and Tlalpam, State of Mexico; Texolo, State of Vera Cruz (Rhoads); also Orizaba, V. C. (Heilprin expedi- tion). These localities go far to connect the Central American range given by v. Martens with the range of the species in the United States. UNIONID As. Unio plexus Conrad. Vera Cruz, State of Vera Cruz. Lampsilis umbrosus (Lea). Vera Cruz, V. C. Lampsilis rovirosai Pils. Pl. LIV, figs. 1, 1a. Nautilus, XIII, p. 140 (April, 1900). Laguna de Atasta, near San Juan Bautista, State of Tabasco, col- lected by Sr. Ing. D. José N. Rovirosa, a naturalist of Tabasco, espe- cially interested in botany, whose death, December 23, 1901, I regret to record. The figures are natural size, from photographs of the type. No. 58,916, A. N.S. P- REFERENCE TO Puates XLVII-LIV. Plates XLVII to LIII were drawn with camera lucida by Miss Helen Winchester; plate LIV was repro- duced from photographs. Puate XLVII, Figs. 1, la —Glandina michoacanensis Pils. Fig. 1b.—New-born young of the same. Figs. 2, 2a, 2b —Glandina huingensis Pils. Figs. 3, 3a, 3b.—Glandina rhoadsi Pils. Figs. 4, 4a, 46 —Glandina victoriana Pils. Figs. 5, 5a.—Glandina dalli Pils. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Fig. 6.—Glandina oblonga tamaulipensis Pils., young shell. Figs. 6a, 6b.—Glandina oblonga tamaulipensis Pils. Puate XLVIII, Figs. 1, 1a, 1b.—Glandina delicata Pils. Fig. 2—Glandina delicata alticola Pils. Figs. 3, 3a.—Streptostyla novoleonis Pils. Figs. 4, 4a.—Succinea tlalpamensis Pils. Figs. 5, 5a, 5b.—Omphalina montereyensis victoriana Pils. Figs. 6, 6a, 6b6.—Omphalina montereyensis Pils. Figs. 7, 7a, 7b.—Omphalina martensiana Pils. Puate XLIX, Figs. 1, la, 1b.—Pyramidula victoriana Pils. Figs. 2, 2a.—Thysanophora proxima Pils. Figs. 3, 3a, 3b.—Thysanophora tater Pils. Fig. 4.—Trochatella simpsoni Anc. 'Topotype. Figs. 5, 5a, 5b.—Guppya micra Pils. Figs. 6, 6a.—Thysanophora fischeri Pils. Puate L, Fig. 1.—Pseudosubulina occidentalis Pils. Fig. ’2.—Pseudosubulina texoloensis Pils. Fig. 3.—Opeas odiosum Pils. Fig. 4.—Opeas rhoadse Pils. Fig. 5.—Opeas patzcuarense Pils. Figs. 6, 64.—Spirazis(?) borealis Pils. Figs. 7, 7a.—Bifidaria prototypus Pils. Fig. 8.—Leptinaria tamaulipensis Pils. Figs. 9, 9a.—Spiraxis uruapamensis Pils. Figs. 10, 10a.—Epirobia mirabilis Pils. Puate LI, Figs. 1, la, 1b.—Polygyra suprazonata Pils. Figs. 2, 2a, 2b.—Polygyra rhoadsi Pils Fig. 3.—Schasicheila minuscula Pfr. Fig. 4.—Schasicheila vanattar tricostata Pils. Figs. 5, 5a.—Schasicheila vanattar Pils. Figs. 6, 64.—Praticolella strebeliana Pils. Figs. 7, 7a.—Schasicheila fragilis Pils. Figs. 8, 8a.—Schasicheila hidalgoana Dall. Prats LII, Fig. 1.—Spherium jalapense Pils., left valve; 1a, right valve. terior teeth are reversed in this specimen. Fig. 2.—Spherium martensi Pils. Right valve. Fig. 3.—Spherium triangulare Say. Right valve. Lake Patzcuaro. Figs. 4, 4a.—Chondropoma martensianum Pils. Figs. 5, 5a.—Valvata humeralis pilsbryi Marts. Figs. 6, 7, 8.—Pyrgulopsis patzcuarensis Pils. Fig. 9.—Valvata humeralis. Lake Xochimilco. Fig. 10.—Amanicola tryoni Pils. Fig. 11.—Amanicola panamensis Tryon. Type specimen. Fig. 12, 12a.—Valvata humeralis Say. Type specimen. Puare LIII, Figs. 1, la.—Spheriwm jalapense Pils. Figs. 2, 2a.—Spherium martensi Pils. Figs. 3, 3a.—Spherium triangulare Say. Lake Patzcuaro. Figs. 4, 4a.—Spherium triangulare Say. Type specimen. Figs. 5, 5a, 5b.— Spherium novoleonis Pils. Figs. 6, 6a, 6b.— Spherium subtransversum Prime, Prats LIV.—Figs. 1, la. —Lampsilis rovirosai Pils. Fig. 2—Spherium triangulare Say. Lake Patzcuaro. Fig. 3.—Spherium jalapensis Pils. Fig. 4.—Spherium martensi Pils. Fig. 5.—Spherium subtransversum Pme. Fig. 6.—Spherium novoleonis Pils. Figs. 7, 8.—Helicina sowerbyana Pfr. 789 J ideo} (eo) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., A NEW HAWAIIAN LIMNZEA. BY. HENRY A. PILSBRY. Limneza hawaiensis n. sp. The shell is dextral, very narrowly rimate, obliquely ovate, thin and light brown; surface very closely, finely and distinctly striate longi- tudinally. The spire is extremely short and obtuse, there being scarcely three whorls in all, separated by a deeply impressed suture. The last whorl is convex below the suture, then slopes outward, and is full and sack-like at the periphery and base. The broad, ovate aperture is oblique and nearly as long as the shell. The columel- lar lip is reflexed, and indistinctly folded above. Length 6.5, diam. 5.3, length of aperture 5.5 mm. Hawaii, in small streams in the mountains on the Hilo side. Types No. 85,380, A. N. 8. P., collected by R. C. McGregor in 1900. The shell of this species approaches Hrinna newcombi H. and A. Ad.,} described from Hanalei river, Kauai, in contour, but it is evidently more closely related to Limnea affinis Souleyet.2, That species was described from streams on the island of Oahu, and is said to be ‘‘tou- jours sénestre,’”’ while every one of the 30 or 40 examples of L. hawaien- sis taken is dextral. Although Pease claims that some of the Hawaiian species are indifferently sinistral or dextral, it seems to me that the alleged constant sinistral coiling of the Oahu form, and the equally in- variable dextral convolution of this form from Hawaii, indicate that the two islands are peopled by separate species of these short-spired Limneas. Pease includes L. affinis Soul. and L. “‘sandwichensis”’ Phil. (=sand- wicensis Phil.) under L. oahuensis Soul. as synonyms.’ It is evident that he had never seen Souleyet’s L. affinis, or even the figures of it, for it is as remote as possible from oahuensis. L. sandwicensis Phil. is a much more lengthened species than L. hawaiensis. None of the species described by Pease* and by Gould? are closely related to L. affinis and L. hawatensis. 1 Genera of Recent Mollusca, I1, p. 644. * Voy. Bonite, Zool., II, p. 528, Pl. 29, figs. 42-44. 3 American Journal of Conchology, VI, p. 5. 4 Pease, t.c., pp. 5, 6. 5 U.S. Exploring Expedition, Mollusca, Atlas, figs. 140, 142. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 791 The radula has about 15.8.1.8.15 teeth. The central tooth in each row is small and unicuspid. ‘The laterals are bicuspid; the inner ones have the inner cusp wide and obtuse or slightly emarginate, evidently composed of entocone + mesocone. The two cusps become subequal on the outer lateral teeth. The inner marginal teeth have three cusps, the outer ones four, by splitting of the entocone. The jaw is arcuate, with small lateral appendages as usual in Limnea. It is smooth. The teeth of this snail differ from those of Holarctic species of Lim- mea in the structure of the laterals, but the radula is not that of the Planorbine. The dentition is known in so few Limneid species out- side of Europe and the United States that no useful comparisons of this peculiar, Hawaiian type can be made. The animals as contracted in formalin resemble Limnea externally, having short, wide tentacles and a short foot. 792 ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee., DECEMBER 15. The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Thirty-four persons present. . The death of Samuel B. Howell, M.D., December 12, 1903, was announced. He was elected a member in 1855, and held the office of Recording Secretary from February, 1867, to December, 1874. — _ The following was accepted for publication: 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 793 SOME PELAGIC POLYCHATA NEW TO THE WOODS HOLE FAUNA. BY J. PERCY MOORE. The pelagic annelid fauna of southern New England has received but little attention and, with the exception of larval forms, some Sillidz and the epitokous phases of some nereids, ete., practically noth- ing relating to it has been recorded. With the exception of Tomopteris all of the genera discussed in the following pages are new to the region. Amphinome pallasii Quatrefages. From several logs covered with goose barnacles (Lepas anatifera) which came ashore in Vineyard Sound on August 4 and 5, 1903, a large number of examples of this species were taken. Most of them meas- ured from 2 to 24 inches in length, and their size and peculiar bluish- brown color served to conceal them admirably among the stalks of the barnacles and in the crevices to which they clung. Several were observed to squeeze between the valves of barnacles and to feed on their soft parts, and the digestive tracts of others were filled with a soft pasty substance apparently composed of the tissues of those animals. There can be no doubt that these specimens are of the species de- scribed and figured under the above name by Ehlers in his Florida Anneliden, and which is probably a regular Gulf Stream waif. Under the name of A. rostrata (Pallas) McIntosh! describes an Amphinome taken from a floating log near the Bermudas. From his description the Woods Hole specimens differ most obviously in having the short notopodial sets with serrated tips more slender instead of stouter than the longer notopodial sete, and in the different form of the ter- minal knobs of the very short spines. The shape of the cephalic carun- cle and the arrangement of the sete also present slight divergences, but in all other respects the resemblance is very close. Prof. McIntosh apparently considers the two species identical. Hipponoe gaudichaudi Aud. and M. E. On the same floating logs that yielded the Amphinome were found many fine examples of this species, which agree perfectly with the original description and with McIntosh’s ? detailed account and figures. u Challenger Reports, XII, p. 21, 2 Challenger Reports, XII, p. 30 794 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Unlike the Amphinome, most of these were found on the under side of the logs away from the light, associated with crabs and nudibranches, and less frequently among the barnacles on the sides and upper surface. By means of their strong neuropodial hooks they cling most tenaciously and move very sluggishly. The larger ones were of a deep orange- red color, due to the great number of small spherical ova with which the body wall was distended, and the expulsion of which caused the color to quickly fade. Again, unlike the Amphinome, which is a common annelid in the littoral zone of the West Indies, this species probably finds its normal habitat on floating objects. The original examples of Audouin and Milne-Edwards? came from Port Jackson, while the Challenger took the species in the Atlantic Ocean, 100 miles north of Bermuda, and also in the North Pacific, in one case attached to a log and in the other among masses of Lepas jascicularis floating at the surface. Baird‘ also notes that the British Museum contains specimens taken amongst barnacles on a floating log near Madeira, and others from within the valves of Lepas fascicularis from near St. Helena. Drieschia pellucida n. sp. This is a slender species, the single representative of which has a total length, including the protruded proboscis, of 14 mm., a maximum breadth of body of about 1 mm., a width between the tips of the para- podia of 2.8 mm. and between the ends of the longest setae of 6 mm. The prostomium (Pl. LV, fig. 1) is of the Lepidonotus type, is # as long as broad, regularly convex laterally, slightly concave posteriorly and deeply cleft anteriorly to accommodate the ceratophore of the median tentacle, on each side of which the frontal prolongations reach nearly to the same distal level; a broad shallow median depression reaches almost to the posterior margin. The eyes are rather small, cir- cular and black, and because of the beautifully transparent tissues very conspicuous; they are well separated on the sides of the head, the ante- rior pair at the place of its greatest width and the posterior close to the postero-lateral angles and about twice their own diameter from the anterior eyes. The style of the median tentacle is lost. As in Lepi- donotus, the lateral tentacles arise directly from the frontal processes without any distinct ceratophores; they are about 14 times the length of the head, very slender and taper regularly to acute points without any subterminal enlargement or terminal filament. The palpi are widely separated at their origin beneath the sides of the prostomium, 5 Ann. Sci. Nat. (1), XX (1830), p. 159. * Jour. Linn. Soc. Lon., X (1868), p. 239. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 795 rather stout at the base, tapered gradually to the terminal fourth and then rapidly to a short filamentous tip; they are about twice the length of the head, and the dorsal surface is marked by two longitudinal ciliated lines. No sete occur on the buccal parapodium. The cerato- phores of the tentacular cirri reach beyond the prostomium; their styles are subequal, more than 4 times the length of the head, slender and regularly tapering to fine tips. Crowded between the bases of the tentacular cirri, the prostomium and first elytrophore on each side is a small ovate lobe. The protruded proboscis measures 1.5 mm. long and .7 mm. wide, is nearly terete and bears 13 acute ovate papille (fig. 6) above and a like number below. Just proximad of these is a circular ridge, terminating on each side in a small prominence. No peculiarities are presented by the interlocking fang-like jaws. Besides the peristomium and pygidium there are 25 very distinet setigerous somites in the slender elongated body (fig. 1), which tapers very gently both ways but quite rapidly near the pygidium. Owing to the very delicate musculature the body walls are thin and inflated and so transparent that even in the alcoholic specimen the entire arrangement of the parapodial muscles is distinctly visible. Except a few at each end, all of the somites are partially biannulate through a cross-furrow just anterior of the parapodia. No nephridial papille are visible. The small truncated pygidium is slightly annulated, as though composed of several somites, and bears a pair of minute caudal styles above the somewhat dorsally directed anus. All of the 25 pairs of setigerous parapodia (figs. 2-5) are uniramal, consisting of neuropodia alone. They are elongated and prominent, those of the middle region very nearly equaling the width of the body. Of a nearly cylindrical form, they are somewhat enlarged at the end, where they terminate in a longer, more pointed presetal pro- cess and a shorter, thicker postsetal process, which is rendered slightly less transparent than the rest of the organ by a small aggregation of gland cells. Toward the ends of the body the parapodia diminish in size, and the last one is a mere short, cylindrical tubercle. Ventral cirri occur on all parapodia. They arise from the middle of the ventral surface and are always slender and regularly tapered; on a few of the anterior somites they reach to the tip of the parapodia, but typically are only 4 as long as their parapodium. The dorsal cirri (Pl. LV, figs. 1, 2, 5) are borne on all parapodia not occupied by elytra, and because of their unequal development are very characteristic. Each springs from a slight elevation of the body wall above and slightly caudad of the parapodium. ‘The ceratophores 796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., are subcylindrical, but are somewhat constricted at the base and tapered more or less distally, thin-walled and hollow, with less trans- parent integuments than the body. Typically they are of large size, many of them much exceeding their parapodia, which they may totally conceal from above. The second (on somite VI) is the largest, being twice as long and much thicker than the corresponding para- podium. The next two are successively slightly shorter; and from this point to near the posterior end large and small cirri regularly alter- nate, short ones whose ceratophores barely equal the parapodia occur- ring on XII, XVI and XX, long ones with ceratophores much exceed- ing the parapodia on XIV and XVIII, that of XXII, though of reduced size, also belonging to the latter group by reason of its long style. On XXIV the dorsal cirri are greatly reduced. The styles are slender and tapering to the ends, those of the larger cirri being whip- lash-like and from 14 times to twice the length of the ceratophores, and the smaller ones little exceeding their ceratophores and apparently more rigid. The style on XXIV is conical, that of X XV short ovate. Whether somite X XVI bears a cirrus or an elytron is uncertain, as only a small tubercle is present. Twelve pairs of elytrophores occur on somites II, IV, V, and then on every alternate somite to XXIII inclusive, and the small tubercle on XXVI may possibly indicate a thirteenth. The elytrophores are remarkable for their length and slenderness (figs. 3 and 4). In the alcoholic specimen they are much contracted, as indicated by the wrinkles, furrows and nodules upon their surfaces, particularly of the last two. When the specimen was first taken they were extended, and the parapodia were raised high above the body. The elytra are attached near the middle by a very limited area, and are readily detached. They are perfectly plain and smooth, without papille, cilia or processes of any kind, or any pigment. Instead of having the usual scale-like form, the elytra, when the specimen was taken from the tow-net and still alive, were inflated and spherical, being mere thin- walled vesicles filled with fluid, but certainly entirely closed and without any communication with the eccelom. That this condition may have resulted from rough handling in the net is possible, but seems improb- able from the fact that every elytron is in the same condition. An area surrounding the scar of attachment is finely granular; elsewhere the elytron is perfectly transparent. A large part of the back is exposed, the elytra having the aspect of a series of floats attached along its sides. Typical parapodia bear setee of two kinds, the one elongated and 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 797 slender, the other short and stout, but both are essentially of the type found in the neuropodium of Lepidonotus and its allies, though the slender ones superficially resemble the notopodial form. Both kinds are colorless and vitreous. The former kind (fig. 7) are arranged in a spreading fan-shaped fascicle, and many of them are exceedingly long and slender, their total length equaling or exceeding the entire transverse distance between the tips of the parapodia. Very fre- quently the inner ends of those of the two sides of the body touch or even overlap in the ccelom beneath the intestine, and their protruded portions reach beyond the parapodia to a distance equal to or even twice its length. For the greater part of their length they are smooth and of an even diameter, but at a point on the exposed part a variable distance from the end a more or less distinct enlargement occurs, beyond which the seta tapers very gradually into a fine, usually slightly curved tip, the convex margin of which is marked by a series of minute appressed scales. The length of this tip varies greatly even in sete which are contiguous in the bundle. The shortest sete of this kind occur in the ventral portion of the anterior bundles and the longest in the middle portion of the posterior bundles. The number is greatest in the middle somites and diminishes each way, the last parapodium having but one in this specimen. The stout sete (figs. 9 to 12) recall the form of those of Scalesetosus. They are 2 or 3 times as thick as the slender ones and very much shorter. Near the end is a rather abrupt enlargement, beyond which they taper somewhat irregularly into a short, somewhat hooked tip pro- vided in newly formed setz with a flexible appendage, which in most instances is quickly worn away. On the dorsal side of the thickening is a short transverse fringe, followed along the same or concave side of the tip by 4 or 5 pairs of delicate combs reaching about half-way to the tip. Almost invariably 3 stout setz are found in the ventral part of the parapodium, and the dorsalmost one only is accompanied by a slender seta. On the first parapodium (II) are a few setze of an inter- mediate type (fig. 8); the ventralmost one is the stoutest, the dorsal one most attenuated. The two kinds are well differentiated on III. The alimentary canal is slender and thin-walled, with regular enlarge- ments at the septa. A few degenerating ova in the ccelom establish the sex. As indicated above the specimen is colorless and pellucid, with distinct pigment in the eyes only. The only known specimen was taken in the surface tow-net, 70 miles southeast of Nomans Land, Massachusetts, on the border of the Gulf Stream, on July 31, 1902, along with Salpex, several species of pteropods 798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., and meduse and other constituents of that strictly pelagic fauna. Though this locality is not strictly within the limits of the Woods Hole region it is frequently visited by expeditions sent out from Woods Hole by the U. S. Fish Commission, and members of its fauna are every summer carried into Vineyard Sound by favorable winds. The discovery of a species of Drieschia in our waters is of exceptional interest, as the type and hitherto only known species of the genus was described by Michaelsen® from the neighborhood of Ceylon, and has not been found since. Like the new species, it is pelagic and pellucid, but differs decidedly in specific characters. D. pelagica has 28 somites and 13 pairs of elytra; the palpi are as long as the tentacular cirri and 2} times the antenne; the dorsal cirri are all alike and have very thick but short ovate ceratophores, and the stout sete are strongly curved and of a quite different shape. The elytra have the same peculiar inflated character described for D. pellucida, though apparently less pronounced. Tomopteris helgolandica Greef. ? Several specimens of a perfectly limpid species of Tomopteris were taken in the tow-net, lowered nearly to the bottom in 17 fathoms, at Crab Ledge, east of Chatham, Massachusetts, on August 19, and again on August 22, 1902. The same species was also taken at the surface at Woods Hole in July, 1903. Prof. Verrill has recorded the ocecur- rence of the young of Tomopteris in Vineyard Sound,’ and an unidenti- fied species of the genus from the Gulf Stream material collected by the Albatross in 1883.7. These appear to be the only published records of the capture of this interesting annelid in this region. Miss Katharine Bush has kindly compared one of my specimens with those from the Gulf Stream in the Yale Museum, and states that they are of the same species, a conclusion which I am enabled to confirm through Prof. Verrill’s courtesy in sending to me an unpublished drawing of his species. After a careful examination of the very considerable literature of the genus I am still in doubt concerning the identity of the Massachu- setts examples. Notwithstanding Apstein’s excellent monographic work,’ there are still wanted careful descriptions of the changes under- gone by many of the species during growth and of the very considerable variations which occur among the mature worms, of the limits of which 5 Mitteilungen Naturhis. Mus. Hamburg, 1X (1891), p. 6. 6 Invertebrates of Vineyard Sound, p. 332 (626). 7 Rep. U.S. Fish Commission jor 1883 (1885), p. 594. 8 Alciopiden und Tomopteriden der Plankton Expedition, oe «. Cawa 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 799 but little is known. From all of the species which have been accurately described, with the single exception of that to which Greeff has given the name of 7. helgolandica, the Massachusetts form is clearly differ- entiated. TT. helgolandica it resembles closely in all of those technical characters, such as the distribution of rosette-organs and parapodial fin glands, the form of the parapodia, relative length of the cirri, etc., which have been most relied upon for the discrimination of species by the best students of this group—Apstein, Greeff and Vejdovsky. On the other hand there are many minor points of difference, most of which are constant in the 8 specimens at hand, but which are of such a nature that they may be temporary or local, and not specific. The specimens vary in length from 6 mm., in one having 10 pairs of para- podia, to 18 mm., in one having 16 pairs of parapodia besides a caudal appendage of 3 mm. on which occur 8 additional pairs. These and the intermediate growth stages exhibit the changes in the proportions of cirri, ete., which have been described by Carpenter and others. In all except the largest example the rosette-organs are limited to a single one situated in the broad fin membrane near the apex of each ramus of the foot, exactly as in T. helgolandica, but the largest specimen only possesses the third one on the anterior side of the base of the neuropodia of the first and second feet, generally present in that species. In these the dorsal ramus of the parapodia (fig. 13) is the longer, while 7. helgolandica is always figured as having the ventral ramus longer. The fin membranes and the neuropodial gland exhibit no differences. The 4th and 5th parapodia are the longest, and all except the first two have their finned ends turned sharply caudad. Differences in the shape of the prostomium, which has a more slender median part and longer horns, in the shape of the base of the second pair of cirri, which has an anterior shoulder, and a longer interval between the second pair of cirri and the first parapodia may be due to a different state of con- traction of the preserved specimens. In all, excepting the second, of these respects the resemblance to the figures of 7’. rolasi Greeff is closer. The Woods Hole specimens were collected by Mr. Edwards, and were studied only after preservation in formaline, but no red or yellow pigment was apparent. The Crab Ledge specimens while alive had no red pigment, and the central body of the rosette-organs was brown and not yellow; moreover, these organs appear to have a less regular structure than in 7. helgolandica, but for the study of these, as well as the lenses of the black-pigmented cyes, and the brain, fresh material is required. In all of the specimens the alimentary canal largely fills the ccelom, 800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., the muscular pharynx reaches nearly or quite to the first parapodium and, except in two or three, the proboscis is everted and has the shape of an elliptical dish. Ovaries are present in both rami of developed parapodia, arising from near the apex of the outer wall, and are actively proliferating spherical groups of ova and nurse-cells, many of which float freely in the cceelom. There is little indication of the predomi- nance of one cell in each of these groups, so that none of the specimens shows evidence of approaching maturity. From the foregoing it is evident that the specific identity of our species with that so well known from northern European waters under the name of 7’. onisciformis Eschscholtz is by no means certain. Greefi’s name is employed in the belief that future more thorough knowledge of the species of this genus will probably justify it, though the grounds® upon which he splits Eschscholtz’s species into two and altogether abandons the latter’s much earlier name” are quite insuffi- cient. Southern New England is within the already known geographi- cal range of 7’. helgolandica. In the western Atlantic Apstein found it abundantly in the plankton taken off Newfoundland, and records it from as far south as the mouth of the Amazon river. 7’. smithii Ver- rill” from Eastport, Maine, is probably founded on adult examples of this species, and if the black spots shown at the bases of the parapodia of the West Indian Tomopteris figured by Agassiz represent the nephri- dial pores, there is no apparent reason for considering that to be any other species. By far the most generally distributed species in the warmer parts of the western Atlantic, according to the records of the German Plankton Expedition, is 7. kejerstinii, but no American plank- tologist has recorded this from the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream. Andrews” states that immature individuals of a Tomopteris resembling T. rolast occur at Beaufort, North Carolina, but no description of them has been published. 9 Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., XXXII, p. 264. © Tsis, 1825, column 736, Pl. 5, fig. 5. 1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11 (1879), p. 182. * Three Voyages of the Blake, Vol. I, p. 192. 8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV (1891), p. 300. 1$03.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801 EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV. Figs. 1 to 12.—Drieschia pellucida. Fig. 1.—Dorsal view of entire worm with the elytra removed. 11. Figs. 2 to 5.—Parapodia of somites X, IV, [X and XIV respectively, viewed from the posterior face, XIV only with the sete. X 24. Fig. 6.—Front view of the proboscis, showing jaws and papille. X 56. Fig. 7—One of the shortest of the slender sete from the ventral margin of - somite XIV. »X 250. a, a small portion of the same. X 440. Fig. 8—Face view of a seta from the middle of the first parapodium (II). xX 360. Figs. 9 to 11.—The tips of three stout sete from somite X, 9 having the pennant-like tip, 10 the most ventral and 11 the most dorsal of the group. X 360. Fig. 12.—Face view of a stout seta with tip intact from somite XIV. X 360. Fig. 13.—Outline of a typical parapodium (V) of a medium-sized Tomopteris from Crab Ledge, showing the rosette-organs, dr and vr, the fin gland, gl, and the ovaries, 0, the latter being represented diagrammatically. X 24. 802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., The following reports were ordered to be printed: REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. Twenty-eight meetings of the Academy were held since the begin- ning of last December with an average attendance of thirty. Verbal communications were made by Messrs. Woolman, Harshberger, Palmer, Davis, J. C. Morris, Hamilton, Chapman, Pilsbry, Keeley, Montgomery, Calvert, A. E. Brown, Strong, Taylor, Kennedy, Hopper, Dixon, Sharp, Conklin, DuBois, Philips, Fowler, Strong, and Stone. Without attempting to estimate the comparative importance of these, it may be noted that the remarks of Messrs. Chapman and Brown, made at the meeting of November 3, on the fine collection of anthropoids presented by Dr. Thomas Biddle, attracted the largest assembly of the year. Fifty-five papers have been presented for publication, as follows: Henry W. Fowler, 7, Henry A. Pilsbry, 5; John W. Harshberger, 4; James A. G. Rehn, 4; T. D. A. Cockereil, 3; Howard Crawley, 3; Ralph V. Chamberlain, 2; Thomas L. Casey, 2; Arthur Erwin Brown, 2; Clarence B. Moore, 2; Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., 2; J. Percy Moore, 2; Adele M. Fielde, 2; T. Chalkley Palmer, 1; Witmer Stone, 1; Wit- mer Stone and J. A. G. Rehn, 1; William Morton Wheeler, 1; Henry Skinner, 1; Edw. B. Meigs, 1; Frederick W. True, 1; Nathan Banks, 1; Persifor Frazer, 1; Carl H. Eigenmann and C. H. Kennedy, 1; E. G. Conklin, 1; Dana B. Costeel, 1; J. A. G. Rehn and T. D. A. Cockerell, 1, and E. G. Vanatta, 1. Three of these (one as yet presented only by title) belong to the Journal. Two of those intended for publication in the Proceedings have been withdrawn, three have been returned to the authors, one was transferred to the Entomological Section and one has been held for the next volume. The others will constitute the volume for the current year. Nine hundred and twelve pages of the Proceedings for 1903, illus- trated by 44 plates, 340 pages and 15 plates of the Entomological News, 472 pages and 8 plates of the Transactions of the American Entomo- logical Society (Entomological Section ef the Academy) and 322 pages accompanied by 62 plates of the Manual of Conchology, published by ol as. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 803 the Conchological Section, have been issued. In addition we are in- debted to Mr. Clarence B. Moore for the publication of No. 3 of Vol. XII of the Journal, consisting of 136 pages, profusely illustrated with text engravings. Under the auspices of the Academy, therefore, there have been issued during the year 2182 pages and 129 plates of scientific matter. The statistics of distribution are as follows: Peoeernmes, delivercd to.members, . « - . «© = - »- = - 5 © & 518 exchanged, . 587 ig tosnuseribers: ae me fee ae cos SN, Ape ees 1,150 Tonnreiraegeeas ite a ny ee ee eee ee oc re to subscribers, 34 104 Thirteen members and five correspondents have been elected. The deaths of seven members and three correspondents have been an- nounced, and the following members have resigned: William H. Roberts, Thomas G. Morton, Charles D. Lippincott, E. Shirley Borden and Miss Ethel Smith. The most notable event in the year’s history was the adoption, May 5, of a revised code of By-Laws, providing for several changes in adminis- tration. The most important of these relate to the meetings of the Academy and the duties of the Committee on Publication. Instead of a meeting every Tuesday evening throughout the year, sessions are now held on the first and third Tuesdays from October to May inclusive, thus decreasing the number from fifty-two to sixteen. It was held that the constantly increasing tendency to the division of scientific interests into specialties and the consequent organization of sections and special societies interfered with attendance on general meetings, and that all interests involved would be better secured by meeting less frequently. It is, perhaps, premature to pronounce an opinion on the results of this important change, but it is quite apparent that the interest of the meetings held since last October has been better sustained than for some years previous. The reference of papers direct to the Publication Committee instead of indirectly to the Academy, a change unavoidable in view of the decrease in the number of meetings if promptness of publication were to be secured, has been found in practice to be desirable, as the interval between the reception of a paper and its appearance in print has been much reduced—has been, in fact, reduced as far as seems to be at present practicable, while it is con- 804 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee:, sidered essential that authors should examine, when possible, one proof and frequently arevise. This rule, of course, sometimes involves delay over which the Committee can have only indirect control, but results in such good that there can be no question of its advisability. A resolution was adopted February 24 requesting the Pennsylvania Topographic and Geologic Survey Commission to survey and prepare maps at an early date of the quadrangles of Coatesville, Phoenixville, Supplee, Oxford and New Holland. An invitation to meet in Philadelphia during the approaching Christmas vacation has been accepted by the Society of American Zoologists, the American Physiological Society, the Society of Plant Morphologists and Physiologists, the Society of Bacteriologists and the Eastern Branch of the American Society of Naturalists. A number of the smaller related societies continue to avail them- selves of permission to meet in the rooms of the Academy. The resignation of Dr. Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., has created a vacancy in the Committee on Instruction and Lectures, and the death of Dr. Charles Schaeffer one in the Committee on Library. EpwarpD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. Continuing the inquiries begun last year concerning Correspondents whom the postal authorities reported as removed from the recorded addresses, the whereabouts of several have been ascertained during the year. In many cases the reported decease of Correspondents has been authenticated. The assistance of the many persons who furn- ished biographical and other data in connection with this work is grate- fully acknowledged, and especial mention should be made of the War and Navy Departments. During the year the deaths have been regretfully announced of Augustus Radcliffe Grote, the American entomologist, who had resided for many years in Germany; Carl Gegenbaur, the eminent compara- tive anatomist, and Julius Victor Carus, the zoologist and bibliographer, Correspondents of the Academy. On the other hand, the luster of our rolls has been increased by the addition of the names of Theodor Boveri, William Morton Wheeler, Nestor Grehant, Eduard Strasburger and Hugo de Vries, who have been awarded the Academy’s diploma in recognition of their distinguished services in the field of scientific research. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 805 A marked increase in the interest manifested by its Correspondents in the affairs of the Academy has been evident. Twwenty-six’photographs and twenty-three biographical sketches of living Correspondents were received during the year, but a number have still failed to contribute to this record. Copies of the Annual Reports were sent to 243 Corre- spondents, some of whom, in returning acknowledgments, took occa- sion to congratulate the Academy on its work. Letters of felicitation were forwarded to the Roumanian Geographi- cal Society upon the receipt of a medal commemorating the twenty- fifth anniversary of its founding, and to the Silesian Society for National Culture upon the completion of the first century of its existence. To the Entomological Society of Belgium a letter of sympathy was sent upon the announcement of the death of its President, Pierre-Jules Tosquinet. Other correspondence with foreign societies was chiefly of a routine nature. Following is a summary of the correspondence for the fiscal year: COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVED. Acknowledging the Academy’s publications, . ...... 4... 198 Transmitting publications, . . Sat, Saae ae ee AAS Requesting exchanges and the ssnyyalle ‘a fgeaerencicg 5 Invitations to participate in meetings, ete., . . . : 3 Circulars concerning the administration be scientific eetione! peat HULSE OW, eG c pees do Te Se eh eee me i Notice of dean of veut man, dees ot a) eee fe een 1 Bhotosraphsrom@orrespondents, & alee Bien. .) 5 sk secs 26 Meiners erount Correspondentcy ..t. ayeh fo se. & 3 Shee oe. E82 RE Secllneciseletieron we eee a heidi ees PS re eae PUGTHESREECIVEC NE. ty WAR MIALNT Mel ok se wy FS eo se ete SOK COMMUNICATIONS FORWARDED. Acknowledgments of gifts tothe Library,. . .... 4... . .. 748 Acknowledgments of gifts to the Museum, .......... .. 118 Acknowledaments of photographs, <3. . . . . . «© - »« - «.s.- 26 Requests for the supply of. deficiencies, 7.7... wk ee «CD Copies of Annual Reports, . . . yea. een) ae en eS Correspondents’ diplomas and monies a Bieccon Fey ab Geek Pe ee Letters of congratulation and sympathy, . .......4.4.4.~. 3 ehiers LOC OEECHPOUGCMUS. 2.08 ay ew ae gt ce ee ws ES MiScellancousmlchlClS Mme cis WE ea ace Ws) tok Pre Pert sh ee he GY Gudionwarced um. Arty Vt oe Soll bua gekes wy fee Fo eso Respectfully submitted, J. Percy Moorn, Corresponding Secretary. 806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. [Dec., The growth of the Library during the past year is represented by 6,737 additions. This is an increase of 651 over the accessions of last year, and is believed to be more than the receipts of any other year except when entire private libraries have been added by gift or bequest. Of these additions 5,512 were pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 1,017 were volumes and 208 were maps and sheets. They were derived from the following sources: Societiesig.n4t eo eae eee 2,490 L.W..Willtamson Bund: 2.5... 1,285 General Appropriation.................. - 874 IBIGU CONS occ seesecenne teers estas cee coun 828 United States Department of the Tiiteriors ee ee ee 279 AvthOTs scceee See eee eee 277 Meigs Bia dee eee eee 130 Wilson Wan secs cae enceras 97 United States Department of Agricultne eis soeee eee 89 University Oli ChichvOre ee 74 East Indian Government.............. 36 Geological Survey of Sweden........ 22 George de Schweinitz, M.D.......... 19 Department of Agriculture, Cape of Good! Hopekos. see: ied Comité Géologique Russe.............. 17 State of Pennsylvania...........:........ 16 Ebrary of Compress: ccc-c---2c seo 15 United States Department of Shae, Gaeta eee eee 13 Department of Mines, Victoria.... 13 Minister of Public Works, France 12 Henry C. Chapman, M.D............... 12 Mexican Government.................. 8 Conchological Section of the Academy 2.2.02 see 7 Geological Survey of India............ 6 Samuel iG. Dison: sis) eee eee 6. Wisconsin Geological Survey........ : Geological Survey of New Jersey.. Maryland Geological Survey........ United States War Department.. Bureau of American Ethnology... 5 5 5 Philips Calvert, Photo soe 5 | 4 4 Trustees of the British Museum.... Geological Survey of Canada........ Geological Survey of Georgia........ Monsieur le Duc de Loubat.......... Philippine Exposition Board........ Department of Mines, New South Wrales.248 se eee Joseph MacFarland, M.D............. Department of Mines, Nova Sco- LF eae i eeu Comission Internacional de Lim- ites entre Mexico y los Estados WWinid Os pes tetera Paes cereee United States Commission of Rrshsandebisheniese..se- seers United States Coast and Geodetic SULVEY: 22k cere tae eee eee ee Department of Marine and Fish- enies; (Canada-.. 2.1. eee William). Box an. ee Ministry of Works, Peru................ Commission des Travaux Géo- logique, Portugal. .....2....-.2.-.0.-+<- Queensland Government.............. Imperial Geological Survey, Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum.. | Messrs. Schaeffer & Koradi........... Walliamky Mecham es eee JohniGrexrarelibratye se William L. Abbott, M.D............... Massachusetts Commissioners of Inland Fisheries................ poorer Library Association of Australia.. | Rev. H.C: McCook) DID... | Geological Survey of Alabama...... | | He HR BS bo bo bw bo bo Se He bd DOD ill el 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 807 Geological Survey of Minnesota.. 1 | Stewardson Brown..................:0+5 ft Philadelphia Commercial Mu- | Department of Geology and Nat- STE TLC1C A ade Bate ahaa ant Pon 1 | ural! History, Indiana:...2.-. 1 Geological Survey of Michigan... 1|\ Thomas Biddle; NM-D2a. 2h. i Trustees of the Indian Museum... tk) Joseph Willcox: 225.20. eee 1 Geological Survey of Iowa............ 1 | They have been classified, catalogued and arranged in the Library under the following heads: sperma oe Ses Sas A te ees Won ¢Manamalogry: 3:2. sc..éc..sese.0s-ccenecoureoess 43 SOMO eich ee sa sean once tes AGS MBIDMOPTADIY. <.-.2.::-ccecereens-ezsceee eee 42 LEO IE 53a ate alle ea eS 2A6sieWonchology <.:.:08 4cckrontietee 41 General Natural History.............. Gia Gleb y OLOR Yr x: . . : : : : Philip Laurent. Vice-Director, . A 4 , H. W. Wenzel. Treasurer, . ; 4 . Ezra T. Cresson. Recorder and Conservator, . Henry Skinner. Secretary, . : : ; : Frank Haimbach. HENRY SKINNER, Recorder. Tue BOTANICAL SECTION. The Botanical Section reports that its meetings have been held regu- larly during the year, with a fair attendance of members. A number of interesting and valuable communications have been made, many of which have been repeated before the general meetings of the Academy. ‘ The Conservator reports that during the year considerable progress has been made on the work of arranging the collections. Special effort being directed to put in order the unmounted material which has accu- mulated in recent years, resulting in the poisoning of about 15,000 sheets, which have been mounted, numbered, catalogued and dis- tributed in their proper places through the Herbarium. Early in the summer new cases were erected in the center of the north room on the library floor. They are so arranged that their tops form two tables, each eighteen feet long by three feet broad. This has added twenty-eight closets of twelve compartments each to the Herbarium space, which has resulted in relieving the overcrowded condition of a considerable portion of the collection. During the year all of the Authophytes have been rearranged to conform to the family sequence of Engler and Prantl, commencing in the new cases above referred to, sufficient space being left to allow for additions to the families arranged in this room for some time to come. The cases in the south room are, however, still much crowded, and will require additional cases for their relief. Dr. Krout began, during the summer, the arrangement of the Mosses and Hepatics in the Academy’s Herbarium. Thus far about 1,500 specimens having been put into pockets and mounted on sheets; these have been placed in cases in the south gallery room. 816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., It is hoped to complete the arrangement of this portion of the col- lection during the coming year, so that it may be rendered available for study. The additions to the Herbarium during the year have amounted to over 3,000 specimens; of these the Botanical Section has purchased from the income of the Redfield Fund 951—693 of these from Mr. A. A. Heller, collected by him in California during the past year, and containing a number of valuable additions in cotypes and specimens from original type localities. The remaining 258 specimens were pur- chased from Mr. Charles L. Pollard, collected by himself and Messrs. William and Dr. Edward Palmer, in the Province of Santiago, Cuba, during the early part of 1902; this collection also adds much of interest to the Herbarium in the way of new material. The Academy has purchased 280 specimens of Mexican plants, collected by Mr: C. G. Pringle for 1901 and 1902. The Academy’s expedition to Arkansas, Indian Territory and west- ern Texas early in the year, under Dr. Pilsbry, brought back about 300 sheets of plants, which will form an interesting collection from this region. The balance of the additions have been received as dona- tions from sundry individuals, the most noteworthy being collections from Washington and Idaho, presented by Mr. C. V. Piper; from Cali- fornia and New Mexico, presented by Mr. C. F. Saunders; from the northwestern United States and British Columbia, presented by Dr. James Darrach, and a collection of Mosses from various parts of the United States, presented by Mrs. Anne Morrill Smith, with others, a detailed list of which will be found in the additions to the Museum. The Conservator wishes to acknowledge assistance received in the arranging of the collections from Miss Ada Allen, assistant in the Herbarium, and Mr. Raymond Winter, a Jessup Fund beneficiary. The Philadelphia Botanical Club has continued to hold its meetings in the Academy, its members having added about 300 specimens to the local Herbarium during the year. At the meeting of the Section held Monday December 14, the following were elected as its officers to serve for the ensuing year: Director, . : f : : Benjamin H. Smith. Vice-Director, . : 3 3 : Joseph Crawford. Recorder, .. «: ; ; , ; Dr. Ida A. Keller. Treasurer and Conservator, . : F Stewardson Brown. STEWARDSON Brown, Conservator. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. : 817 THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. During the past year the Conservator has completed the arrange- ment of the mounted collection of water birds and Gallinacez in the new Ornithological gallery, four additional cases having been provided for their accommodation. Three other cases now about finished will permit of the transference of the Ostriches and Birds of Prey early in the coming year. The gallery was opened to the public on November 12, and has attracted much attention, as the specimens are dis- played to far better advantage than formerly. Beside the labelling of the individual specimens, large explanatory cards have been pre- pared for the various families, giving their geographic distribution, number of species and some of the most striking characteristics.. The further systematic arrangement of the study collection of skins has been facilitated by the provision of five tin cases and two large wooden cases, so that the entire series is now preserved in modern moth-proof cases, except the Anatide, Tyrannide, Cuculidze and Birds of Prey. The overcrowded condition of several of the cases has also been relieved. A fine series of California skins numbering about 700 specimens was _ purchased by the Academy early in the year. The collection illus- trates many of the plumages of our Western birds not hitherto repre- sented, and contains quite a number of geographic races new to the cabinet. In return for aid in identifying the collection of birds in the Philadel- phia Commercial Museums, the Conservator obtained a fine series of specimens from South America and Africa, of which the Academy was much in need. Another valuable collection was presented by Mr. Adolf van der Wielen, and a fine collection of eggs of North Dakota birds was received from Dr. William E. Hughes. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has added several speci- mens of the now nearly complete collection of local birds and nests presented some years ago. All the material received during the year has been catalogued and labelled, making an addition of about 1,100 specimens. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and the Pennsylvania Audubon Society have held their meetings in the building during the year, and on November 16-19 the American Ornithologists’ Union 52 818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., held their Annual Congress at the Academy, the meeting proving the largest in the history of the organization. Much aid has been given during the year to ornithologists of other institutions, both by loan and by placing our material at the disposal of visiting students. In the work of the department the Conservator is much indebted to Mr. J. A. G. Rehn for valuable assistance. The officers elected for the ensuing year are: Director, Spencer Trotter, M.D. Vice-Director, George Spencer Morris. Secretary, William A. Shryock. Recorder, . : 4 Stewardson Brown. Treasurer and Conservator, . ; 3 Witmer Stone. Respectfully submitted, WITMER STONE, Conservator. The election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Committee on Accounts to serve during 1904 was held with the following result: PRESIDENT, . : : Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. VicE-PRESIDENTS, . ; : , : Arthur Erwin Brown, E. G. Conklin, Ph.D. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. J. Percy Moore, Ph.D. RECORDING SECRETARY, CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, TREASURER, . : 4 : : : George Vaux, Jr. LIBRARIAN, . : : : Edward J. Nolan, M.D. CURATORS, . : E . : . ° Henry C. Chapman, M.D. Arthur Erwin Brown, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. Henry A. Pilsbry, D.Sc. COUNCILLORS TO SERVE THREE YEARS, . —-— —-! C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Pho: Thomas Biddle, M.D. CoMMITTEE ON ACCOUNTS, . 3 ; Charles Morris, Harold Wingate, Samuel N. Rhoads, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D. ul 1 Vacancies unfilled out of respect to the memory of Dr. Charles Schaeffer, who was nominated for these offices. 1903.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 819 COUNCIL FOR 1904. Exz-officio.—Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Arthur Erwin Brown, Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Perey Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, D.Se., and Henry C. Chapman, M.D. To serve Three Y ears.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D. To serve Two Years.—Thomas A. Robinson, Charles Cramp, Charles Morris and Isaac J. Wistar. To serve One Year.—Thomas Fenton, M.D., Edwin 8. Dixon, John Cadwalader and William Sellers. CurATOR OF MoLLusca, : . ; Henry A. Pilsbry, D.Sc. ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN, : u : William J. Fox. ASSISTANTS TO THE CURATORS, . A Witmer Stone, Henry Skinner, M.D., Stewardson Brown, J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., Edward G. Vanatta, Henry W. Fowler, Jp aenG. Rehm. TAXIDERMIST, : : : , : David McCadden. Jessup Fund Students, . ; : : J. A. G. Rehn, Harriet Newell Wardle. Janitors, ; : ; 4 2 : Charles Clappier, Daniel Heckler, James Tague, Jacob Aebley. 820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., ELECTIONS DURING 1903. MEMBERS. January 27.—James Spear, Jr., Edward B. Meigs, Henry A. Lang. February 24.—Lucy H. Baird. March 31.—Charles Z. Tryon. April 28.—John V. Shoemaker, M.D. October 20.—Edward G. Vanatta, Thomas Barbour, Frederick L. Lewton, Allen J. Smith, M.D., Theodore Brooks. November 17.—Morgan Hebard, Henry W. Fowler. CORRESPONDENTS. January 27.—William Morton Wheeler, of Austin, Texas; Theodore Bovari, of Wiirzburg. November 17.—Nestor Gréhant, of Paris; Eduard Strasburger, of Bonn; Hugo de Vries, of Amsterdam. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 821 ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM. ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY. Cot. GrorcEe 8, ANDERSON. Implements for collecting sap, Luzon, Philip- pines. B. F. Donatpson. Arrow points and flint implements, San Marcos, Texas. CLARENCE B. Moorr. Many Indian antiquities from Florida, additions to the Clarence B. Moore Collection. Casts of the skulls and bones from Spy. Lr. Hueu L. WittoucHBy. Seminole canoe from the Florida Everglades. MAMMALS. THomAS BrppLe, M.D. Mounted specimens and skeletons of the Gorilla (An- thropopithecus gorilla), Chimpanzee (A. niger), Bald Chimpanzee (A. calvus), Chimpanzee (A. calvus?), Orang Utan (Simia satyrus); also skeletons of a young Orang Utan (S. satyrus) and Man. STEWARDSON Brown. One Brown Bat, Eptesicus fuscus. P. P. Catvert, Ph.D. Brown Bat, Eptesicus fuscus. C. N. B. Camac, M.D. Skeleton of well-formed Negro, deposited in the Museum by the late Dr. Camac. H. C. Coapman, M.D. Brain of Chimpanzee and Orang Utan and articulated cranium of young Lion, placenta of Dasypus sexcinctus. W. E. Cram. Marmot skin (Arctomys), New Hampshire. W.H. Fuck. Ten Bats, Nicaragua. GEOGRAPHICAL CLUB OF PHILADELPHIA. Whale skull, Nome, Alaska, collected by Prof. Angelo Heilprin. H. C. Kirxpatrick. Two skins, Blarina brevicauda. Davip McCappen. Albino Muskrat skin (Fiber zibethecus), four Bear skulls, British Columbia. H. A. Pruspry, Sc.D. Two Bats, Texas and Arkansas. PurcHAsEeD. Three Buffaloes (Bison bison), 325 skins and skulls of California mammals, two Alaskan Sheep (OQvis dalli), skulls of Melursus labiatus and Felis couguar hippolestes, 50 skins and skulls from Tamaulipas, Mexico, 3 Odocoileus, Chihuahua. Samuret N. Ruoaps. Several small mammals from Delaware, skins and alcoholic. S. L. Scoumo. Five immature Opossums, Coban, Nicaragua. W. WernnricH, Jk. Human feetus and feetus of Pig. ZooLocicaL Society OF PHILADELPHIA. Specimens prepared as indicated: Mounted: Binturong, Arctictis binturong; two Coquerel’s Dwarf Lemurs, Microcebus coquereli. To be mounted: Tenrec, Centetes ecaudatus; two Javan Cats, Felis javanensis; Grison, Grison vittata; Dasyure, Dasyurus viverrinus. Skins and skulls: two Kangaroo Rats, Dipodomys spectabilis; two Peromyscus truei?; Wood Rat, Neotoma micropus canescens; Raccoon, Procyon hernandezi; 822 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., two Indian Civets, Vivericula malaccensis; Azara’s Fox, Canis azare; Corsac Fox, Vulpes corsac; Black-footed Ferret, Putorius nigripes; Red Howling Mon- key, Alouatta senicula; Sooty Mangaby, Cercocebus fuliginosus; two Doguera Baboons, Papio doguera. Skin and Skeleton: Tenrec, Centetes ecaudatus; Sloth, Bradypus sp. Skulls: Prong-horned Antelope, Antilocapra americana; Himal- ayan Bear, Ursus thibetanus; Japanese Macaque, Macacus fuscatus. Alcoholic: Nyctinomus mexicanus; Papio cynocephalus juv.; Tatu novemcinctum. Brirps. Lt.-Cot. GEorcE S. ANDERSON. Three bird skins, Philippines. Tuomas BippteE, M.D. Mounted Gallus sonerati. J.G. Dm.en. Skin of Hawk Owl, Parry Sound. J.D. Gorpon. Barn Owl, Strix pratincola. B. T. Gress, Jk. Two Reed Birds, Dolichonyzx oryzivorus (skins). Wiuu1am E. HucuHes, M.D. Collection of eggs, North Dakota. H. W. Hann. Short-eared Owl, Asio accipitrinus. DELAWARE VALLEY ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Mounted specimen Least Bittern, Ardetta exilis; Two Turkey Vultures, Cathartes aura; Little Blue Heron, Ardea cerulea. J.P. Norris, Jr. Nest, eggs and skin of Dendroica auduboni nigrijrons. CuarLes B. Penrose, M.D. Hybrid Duck, Anas boschas xX Nettion carolinen- sis (skin). SamueL N. Ruoaps. Ten bird skins, Delaware. Mrs. CHARLES SCHAEFFER. Red-tailed Hawk, Buteo borealis (skin). JaMEsS SPEAR, JR. Skins of White Ibis and Florida Cormorant. Wriu1am D. Winsor. Two skins of Great Blue Heron, Ardea herodias. ADOLF VAN DER WIELEN. A collection of skins from Pennsylvania, California and Maine. PurcHASED. Four mounted Flamingos, Phenicopterus ruber; seven hundred Californian bird skins. PHILADELPHIA COMMERCIAL MusEeums. Collection of bird skins from South America and Africa, received in return for identifications. ZOOLOGICAL SoclETY OF PHILADELPHIA. Specimens prepared as follows: Skins: Gray Struthidea, Struthidea cinerea; Red-shafted Flicker, Colaptes cafer; two Meadow Larks, Sturnella magna hoopesi; Crested Hangnest, Ostinops decumanus; two Parrots, Callocephalon galeatum; Lorius garrulus; Coturniz pectoralis; Myadestes unicolor; Passer luteus; Bare-throated Francolin, Pternistes leucoscepus; Chrysotis vinacea; Paleornis longicauda; Aprosmictus erythrop- terus; two Hanging Parakeets,.Loriculus stigmatus; Sordid Parrot, Pionus sordidus. Skull and sternum: Mexican Black Hawk, Hawk-headed Parrot. Several birds’ nests from Pecos, Texas. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. _ Miss Fanny Batten. Two specimens of Phrynosoma cornutum, Texas. C. R. BreperMan. Lublepharis variegatus, Arizona. CHARLES CLAPPIER. Several specimens of Plethodon erythronotus. Miss L. Fett. Two Phrynosoma cornutum. | | | | | ) | 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 823 . W. H. Frucrc. Collection of reptiles from Nicaragua. Joun A. Leary. Several Typhlomolge rathbuni, San Marcos, Texas. Miss JoserHINE McMenamin. Young Alligator. Epw. A. McInuenny. A series of three-toed Box Tortoises, Terrapene triun- guis. H. A. Pmssry. A collection of reptiles and batrachians from Missouri, Arkansas, Indian Territory and Texas. J.A.G. Renn. Ophibolus rhombomaculatus, Maryland, and Agkistrodon con- tortrix, Lehigh county, Pennsylvania. S.N. Ruoaps. Two batrachians and several reptiles from Delaware. C.T.Sanps. A collection of Ophidia from Fairfax county, Virginia, and four specimens from Mt. Pocono, Pennsylvania. Witmer Stone. Storeria occipitomaculata, New Jersey; several Salamanders, Delaware. S. L. Scnumo. Diadophis punctatus, Philadelphia. H. L. Viereck. Thirteen reptiles and batrachians, southern New Jersey. ZOOLOGICAL SociETY OF PHILADELPHIA. Rattlesnake, Crotalus sp.; Testudo calearata, Abyssinia; Sternothrenis nigricans; Tumpinambis tequexin. FISHES. H. C. Coapman, M.D. Seven species of fish. ExcuHaNnce. With-Stanford University, a large series of Japanese fishes. G. J. Ent. Chetodipterus jaber, Anglesea, New Jersey. W.H. Frucx. A series of fishes from Nicaragua. H. W. Fowter. Six Porgies, a Mullet and specimen of Pomolobus; collection of small fishes from Trenton, New Jersey. A. Guuick. Two Lanceolets, Bermuda. H. Watker Hanp. Two Squalus acanthus, Cape May, New Jersey. J.P. Moore. Three Gymnosarda alliterata, Woods Hole, Mass. J.L. Nicnotson. Specimen of Lopholatilus chameleonticeps. Gulf Stream. H. A. Pruspry, Se.D. Small collection of fish from Texas. Purcuasep. Small series of Mexican fishes. S. N. Rwoaps. Achirus fasciatus and Eupomotis gibbosus, Sussex county, Delaware; also dried head of Lepisosteus osseus. BENJAMIN SHARP, M.D. Twenty-two species of fish from Nantucket, Massa- chusetts. JAMES SPEAR, JR. A collection of fishes from the coast of Florida. U.S. Fish Commission. Collection of fishes from Hawaiian Islands. H. L. Vrerecx. Mugil curema and Ammodytes americanus, Cape May, New Jersey. H.T. Wor. Asmall collection of fishes from Dingman’s Ferry, Pennsylvania. : MOLLUSKS. Joun A. AtLEN. Eleven species of American shells. C. F. ANcry. Ten species of land and fresh-water shells. Paut Bartscu. Sonorella walcottiana Bartsch from California. Cartes Baum, M.D. Polygyra albolabris Say from Morristown, New Jersey. 824 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dees C. R. BrepERMAN. Two species of land shells from Reef, Arizona. A.C. Brxtuprs. Polygyra barbigera Redf. from South Carolina. A. C. Boyer and J. A. Sautze. Five species of fresh-water shells from South America. F. H. Brown. Four species of land and marine shells from New Jersey and Pennsylvania. L. B. Brown. Thirty-three species of land and fresh-water shells from Barbados. STEWARDSON Brown. Four species of land shells from Lancaster county, Pennsylvania. Owen Bryant. Seven species of shells from Bermuda. Frep L. Burton. Six species of American shells. P. P. Catvert, Ph.D. Two species of marine shells from Nahant, Massachu- setts. A. J. Carson. Mya arenaria I.. from San Francisco county, California. H. C. CHapmMan, M.D. Twenty-nine species of mollusca in alcohol from Naples and Bar Harbor, Maine. GrorGE H. Cuapp. Types of Punctum clappi Pils. and two species of Ampullaria. J.M. CuarKxe. Helix hortensis Mill. from Canada. T. D. A. CockEerELL. Thirty-one species of land shells from Mexico and New Mexico. ; H.S. Cotton. Sixty-five trays of land and marine shells from Maine and Pennsylvania. CHARLES H. ConNNER. Nine species of Unionide from the Delaware river, New Jersey. Miss Mary Cooper. Twenty-two species of land-shells from New Mexico in exchange. Pror. W. H. Datu. Anodonta coarctata Ant. from Mexico. L. E. Dantets. Four trays of land shells from Indiana. Epw. Drerricu. Five species of land and marine shells from Siquijor. H. E. Dorn. Vitrea cellaria Mill. from Portland, Oregon. Pror. ArtHUR M. Epwarps. Five species of land shells from Bermuda. V. N. Epwarps. Sixteen jars of New England Nudibranchs. Str CHARLES Extot. Forty-three lots of shells from Zanzibar and East Africa. Capt. F. Ertcksen. Three species of marine shells from New Caledonia. JOHN Forp. Cyprea caurica oblongata Melv. L. S. Frierson. Five specimens of Unionidz from Alabama and Louisiana. Mrs. M.S. Goopman. Epiphragmophora fidelis Gray from Portland, Oregon. A. Guiick. One hundred and twenty-four species of land and marine shells from Bermuda and Japan. S. H. Hamitron. Polygyra albolabris Say from Bucks county, Pennsylvania. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hituer. Sixteen species of Sumatran shells. CHARLES HepLey. Nine species of marine shells from New South Wales. J. B. HENDERSON, Jr. Archegocoptis crenata from Haiti. Henry Hempuity. Collection of land snails from the islands off California. Dr. H.M. Hititer. Eight species of Cuban land shells. Y.Hirase. Two hundred and seventy lots of Japanese land shells. P. W. Jarvis. Seven species of Jamaican land shells. 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 825 Howarp Jones. Eight Atlantic City marine shells. W.4H. Jones. Ten lots of marine shells from Peru. Dr. Ina A. Ketter. Two species of marine shells from Sea Isle City, New Jersey. GrorRGE F. Kunz. Five species of land and fresh-water shells from Hartman’s Cave, Pennsylvania. Epwin H. H. Lewis. Twelve lots of American shells. J. G. Matone. Twenty-three species of marine and fresh-water shells from Bahia, Brazil, and Seattle, Washington. ALBERT G. May. Bythinia tentaculata L. from Syracuse, New York. R.C. McGregor. Twenty-two lots of Hawaiian land and fresh-water shells. E. A. McInHEenny. Thirty-nine lots of Alaskan shells. MILWAKUEE Pusiic Museum. One hundred and twenty lots of fresh-water shells. CLARENCE B. Moore. Twenty-one lots of marine shells from Florida. O. A. NyLANDER. Three species of fresh-water shells from Maine. PHILADELPHIA COMMERCIAL Museums. Ninety-nine lots of shells. H. A. Pinsspry,Se.D. Six hundred and sixty lots of land and fresh-water shells. PurcHASED. Seventy-six lots of shells from S$. N. Rhoads, and Sowerby and Fulton. J.A.G. Rexn. Three trays of land shells from Pennsylvania. S. N. Raoaps. Ninety-four lots of land and fresh-water shells from eastern United States and Mexico. J. Rircure, Jr. One Plectotropis from Assam. W.H. Rusu, M.D. Thirty-nine lots of shells from the Philippine Islands. H. E. Sareent. Four lots of American land shells. Simas L. Scpumo. One hundred and thirty-one lots of marine shells from the West Indies. C. T. Stimpson. Thirteen species of land and fresh-water shells from Haiti and Jamaica. Bensamin H. Suiru. Planorbis dilatatus Gld. from McCall’s Ferry, Pa. Burnet Smits. Fulgur canaliculata from Atlantic City, New Jersey. V.C.Smira. Two species of marine shells from Florida. R. E. SNopGrass. Thirteen lots of land and fresh-water shells from Wash- ington. James Spear, Jr. Fourteen lots of marine shells from Florida. Witmer Stone. Two species of land shells from Essington, Pennsylvania. H. Stupaxorr. Four lots of land shells from Swissvale, Pennsylvania. D. THaanum. Twenty-three lots of marine shells from Hawaii, New Guinea and Queensland. Max Unter. Conus fergusoni Sowb., from Peru. H. L. Viereck. Three species of fresh-water and marine shells from eastern United States. Bryant WaLKErR. Fifteen lots of American land and fresh-water shells. Pror. H. Warp. Three lots of American fresh-water shells. JosepH Witicox. Nine species of land and fresh-water shells from Kis- simmee river, Florida. H.T. Wotr. Two species of American Neritina. B. B. Woopwarp. Four lots of European Jiirea. 826 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.. L. WootMAN. Four trays of New Jersey marine shells. Pror. A. A. Wricut. Mactra plicataria L. INSECTS. R. Lewis Benver. Citheronia regalis, New Jersey. WILLIAM BrEUTENMULLER. Sixteen Coleoptera, North Carolina C. A. Brake (Heres or). Six thousand Lepidoptera. J.C. Braptey. Nine Orthoptera, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. A. E. Brown. Nests of Polistes texranus, Pecos, Texas. D. M. Castie. Thirty-four Coleoptera, Florida; seventy Hemiptera, Florida: twenty-five miscellaneous, Florida. T. D. A. CockrrEeLL. Five hundred and ninety-six Hymenoptera, New Mex- ico; twenty-one Orthoptera, Aleyrodes vitrinellus (type), Mexico. J.C. Crawrorp. Eight Hymenoptera, Costa Rica. E. T. Cresson. Thirty Hymenoptera, Utah. E. Darcxre. One Moth. A. Fenyes. Three Coleoptera, southern California (exch.). W. J. Fox. One Coleoptera, Pennsylvania. W.H. Furocx. Twenty-six vials of insects, Nicaragua. G. Franck. Three Heterocera, Florida. C. B. HarpENBURG. Eight Coleoptera, Mexico. MorGan Hesparp. Four Coleoptera, Georgia; one thousand and six Orthop- tera, Michigan; ninety-two Orthoptera, Pennsylvania; one hundred and twenty- seven butterflies, Japan. H. M. Hitter. Seventy-two insects from Cuba. N. W. JANNEY. Seven hundred and ten Coleoptera, Pennsylvania. W.D. Kearrorr. Eight Lepidoptera, U.S. Puruip LAURENT. Four Heterocera, Florida. L. W. Meneex. Eleven Heterocera, Asia. H. A. Piuspry. One hundred insects, Indian Territory. Epw. Ports. Three insects, U.S. F. L. Rean. One Orthoptera, one Hymenoptera, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania. : J. A. G. Renn. One hundred and thirty-six Orthoptera, Ocean county, New Jersey; one hundred and nineteen Orthoptera, Tinicum, Delaware county, Penn- sylvania; two Orthoptera, Maryland. S.N. Ruoaps. Fifteen Odonata, Mexico; forty Odonata, Delaware. CHARLES Ropertson. Three Hymenoptera, Illinois. C. T. Sanps. Two Coleoptera, Virginia. F. G. Scoaupp. Collection Orthoptera and Odonata from Texas, sixty-two specimens. Burnett Smita. Three Ticks, Pennsylvania. THomMAs SpaLpine. Eight Myrmeleons, Utah. WiTMeR STONE. Sixteen Orthoptera and Diptera, Pennsylvania. U.S. Nationat Museum. Sixty-three exotic Orthoptera (exch.). E. C. Van Dyxe. Forty-eight Coleoptera, California. H. L. Viereck. One thousand five hundred and fifty-four Hymenoptera, one hundred Orthoptera, one hundred and seventy-five Lepidoptera, one hundred and a 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 827 thirty-seven Neuroptera, seventy-five Coleoptera, eight hundred and thirty-eight miscellaneous, United States. E.M. Wavxer. Four Orthoptera, Canada. H. W. WenzeL. One Coleoptera, New Jersey. JosepH Wittcox. Fifty insects, Florida. H. F. Woutr. One specimen, Pennsylvania. W.M. WaeEELER. Small collection of Orthoptera. The following were purchased: J.C. Braptey. Two hundred and fifty Hymenoptera, Japan. LL. Bruner. One hundred and ninety-five Orthoptera, Argentina. Y. Hrrase. Three hundred and fifty-three Orthoptera, Japan. J. F. McCtenpon. Two hundred and ninety Orthoptera, Mexico. C.F. Unperwoop. Eight hundred and forty-seven Hymenoptera, Costa Rica. C. R. BrepERMAN. Two thousand five hundred insects, Arizona. Worms. JoHN ALLEN. Bipalium Kewense. H. C. Coapman, M.D. Six bottles of Polycheta and Tearnica branchialis. J. Percy Moors, Ph.D. Eleven bottles of Polycheta, Woods Hole, Massachu- setts, and two of Tomopteris, Mermis, Woodbury, New Jersey. H. A. Prrssry. Two earthworms, Arkansas and Missouri. S.N. Ruoaps. Filaria from Dendroica cerulea and earthworms from Mexico. Witmer Stone. Placobdella, New Jersey. U. S. Fish Commission. One hundred and twenty-one bottles of Polycheta (cotypes), Japan. E.G. Vanatta. LHisenia fetida, Maryland. JosepH Witicox. Four earthworms, Florida and Georgia. Ascaris and Meroscolea. OTHER INVERTEBRATES. CuarLes W. Buvincrer. Two Crabs, Atlantic City, New Jersey. H.C. Cuapman, M.D. Forty-two jars of invertebrates from Naples. E. A. Dantets, M.D. Crossaster papposus, Dark Harbor, Maine. Epw. DietricH. Two Sponges from Siquijor. Sir CuHaries Extot. Four jars of Echinoderms and seven Crabs, Zanzibar. Capt. F. Ericksen. Lysiosquilla maculata, New Caledonia. Rev. W. H. Fiucx. Several invertebrates, Nicaragua. Mrs. T. C. Henry. Lepas sp. from Spring Lake, New Jersey. Mrs. E. M. Gaytorp. Waldheimia gray. H. M. Hitter, M.D. Hermit Crab, Cuba. H. A. Pruspry, Se.D. Palemon jamaicensis, Del Rio, Texas. J.G.Matone. Two species of Terebratella, Mary Island, Alaska. S.N. Ruoaps. Several invertebrates from Monterey, Mexico. James Spear, Jr. A collection of Crustacea, etc., Florida. H. L. Viereck. Balanus eburneus, from Seaside Park, New Jersey. JosEPH Witicox. Sponge and Cambarus from Florida. 828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., VERTEBRATE FOSSILS. GRAND [LopGE OF PENNSYLVANIA, F. anp A. M. (ComMiITTEE on LIBRARY). A collection of mammalian fossils and several Turtles from Nebraska. INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS. DanteL Bauau. Clypeaster egypticus and Nummulites gizehensis, Egypt. Tuomas L. Casry. Fourteen trays of fossils, Vicksburg, Mississippi. GRAND LopGE oF PENNSYLVANIA, F. AND A. M. (ComMITTEE ON LIBRARY). A number of specimens from Nebraska. Henry Merrinew. Several specimens of fossils. H. A. Pisspry, Sc.D. Three Exogyra arietina and twelve other fossils from southwestern United States. JoHN Ross. Six Echinoderms and mollusks collected by Fraser Cristie. Rev. C. H. B. Turner. Collection of fossiliferous pebbles, Lewes, Delaware. H. A. Watters. Two fossils from British Columbia. JosEepH Wi.icox, Arca idonea from St. Mary’s, Maryland, and a series of fossil mollusks from Florida. MINERALS, ETC. C. R. BrepERMAN. Ten double-terminated quartz crystals and specimen of Alunite, New Mexico; Gold quartz, Copper river, Alaska. Capt. F. ErtcKsEN. Chrome ore with silver and nickel. JosePpH Finney. Chalcopyrite, Pyrrhotite and Cuprite, Holland, Pennsyl- vania. ArieL Harrison. Fulgurite, Malaga, New Jersey. E. S. Lemmon. Collection of minerals and rock specimens. JoHN Ross. Small collection of minerals. S. L. Scxumo. Bottle of voleanic dust from Mt. Pélee eruption. JosEPH Wriucox. Selenite, St. Mary’s, Florida. PLANTS. StewarDson Brown. Two hundred and fifty Pennsylvania and New Jersey plants. BoranicaL Section. Three hundred and twenty-five species from Porto Rico, six hundred and ninety-three species from California, two hundred and fifty- eight from Cuba. WitiraM M. Cansy. Twenty-nine sheets of Crategus. JosEPH CRAWFORD. One hundred and fifty sheets of Carices. JAMES DarracH, M.D. Fifty sheets of plants from northwestern United States and British Columbia. J. W. Ecxreitpt, M.D. Fifty-seven species of Lichens. J. H. Ferriss. Collection of Ferns and flowering plants, Texas. J. W. HarsHpercer,Ph.D. Fifty-five plants, North Carolina mountains. A. A. Jones, M.D. Phyllanthus vallidifolius. A. F. K. Kraut. Twenty-seven species of Mosses. Sear el 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 829 Ipa A. Ketter, Ph.D. Two specimens of Azalea. C. V. Piprr. Collection of Washington plants, one hundred and ninety-eight species. H. A. Prussry. Collection of plants from Indian Territory and Texas. Epw. Ports. Jinaria vulgaris. PurRcHASED. Two hundred and eighty plants from Mexico. S. N. Raoaps. Fifty species from Mexico. S. L. Scuumo. Fruit of Mahogany, Antigua, and specimen of Tillandsia recurvata, St. Kitts, and two West Indian plants. Mrs. A.M. SmiraH. One hundred and seven species of Mosses. C. F.SaunpERs. One hundred and twenty plants, New Mexico and California. WitmMeErR Stone. One hundred Pennsylvania and New Jersey plants. Wiuu1AmM TRIMBLE, M.D. Hybrid Walnut, leaf and fruit. C. S. Witiramson. One hundred and thirty-one species of plants, Catskill Mountains. U.S. Natronat Museum. Ten species Violets. 830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1903. Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by italic numerals. Alpastorsic..:c:sccctsretestee: peseascce eee 557 Abies concolor lowiana.................... 6 magnifica shastensis................ 5 | Arai .5: oscescte tee evee oct eee 262 QU Als 2225. f ce eho ioces eases 757 MISSISSIPPIEDSIS ...........-.20220000- 262 TOELON IIE), caneceerssenss ooo ssaccrosccado sce 262 | PTO GES Ged nee. cee steers nena 262 VA Capri kan ell ipeseees eases eeeeee ss cecesssmmceranese 764 IN CATING Scoiocazs eectenecccessereneeseceees 138, 367 | JANG G0) OTIS oc cenee sacnaccaconsocosoemcecassdace 532 Acer macrophyllum.......................: 5 Acestrorhamphu6.................sss00s00 527 IM PSObUIS qe seeterete es msn ce snesee caverns 527 AcestrorbiymGlus ccc ees -noaness-ssescus> 527 bE Crs = Ree eS sea 527 IN Ch abil dae se a oeecene sees reenee saves se cvsees 204 Achetia abbreviataisc...-.:s2-cesee-----7-7- 45 ALCHITUS 5225s ceckecSen ce noctessecceaeessstetenede 350 J@NVNSII css eet onaieecar 535 | Aeris isu cariuisteceererneee ese sreseeenes 54 ACOB GIG a Se Ui ek Sonsceee tree teestecosnneess 423 AGOMUSE. eerie otter reco ee 82 BNO) igo ecw pee ericeccrecaee cadence bo OOee 82 Merisiot ys cera cases scenes eee nee 539 JA. GROSOWIA<.scc5-csoreneseeceeee se oereeeentsee tee 60 ATTY AUG UN ceeeee eee eee rere ence 341 PTAC Te eee 119, 129, 132 Aetinoceplialli dee. eeeseesereneese coe 640 Actinocephalus americanus......636, 640 | th arc nies 44, 55, 640-642 | hanpali ee eee 637, 640-642 INCLINIO]IDE . porrcorceeceeee ee 397 | GN CUUL ISD OF Bisse: cecaec eee 632, 643 macrocephala.............. 652, 640-642 | PANG VIGIUIS: So sesecoes Size c sha cnceuseesteeee eee eee 390 JA Dio [66 (es asim aeeeeer rete perm repens acres 532 GOTSICGD AAS F208 :J2 tees eee 534 DATACUAY CNSIS. 0.2... eee tees Do | SV SMU Seo -s.... o-ves-ces ee eee 534 GEURAMICLUS 4240... 005e eee 534 | Aéronautes melanoleucus................ 27 INES Chima tesa rse te. tec 2. cet one) cee ee 760 | | pApaleninc 54 cectt asters 60, 139 labyrinthica ....... 128, 129, 133, 136 IVES VA teers ee 97, 129, 133 Simnilis wee es 128 129, 133, 136 Agalenide .2i::5.c-0.c..00-- 60, 130, 140, 142 Agkistrodon contortrix .................+ 542 Agonostoma percoides............::000 748 Agonostomus monticola ................. 748 Agriolimax campestris..................-. 626 Agrioposphyrena.... Ne ee Aimophila ruficeps SCOCEH sesecooncnsee 28 Aleimosphenus licinus..................+- 341 IAM ALOT js ses ho. kssecccorssousrecssdarsceeseeeee 557 MISSISSIPPIENSIS ......-.-...0--c0scseess 553 BW bab leer pe eree pester er cre Peer ns acoseba cs 353 PIIGINOS Bi -s-t esac cee eee eee 353 IVC ATID: 1 ios seconde se-ctcasencccntsscreoteoee 353 Serrulatay science ees 353 BPs Gokerestdedstetecsecsencasvocs toeseeeeeeeee 5 undulatasc eee 353 PG COC TING eierrenny eer cerncaereed eco a ecco 626 JAnmveliavall asta. 55226 eens cen oe ees 703 decolor......:2Ne aaa eee 703 Spallamzamiayjces-c--esestece ese eee 703 AamMel eS): «. cccsesicg Seva ossrzevetene ce oseeeeeroee 702 ADOC 2.4... A. secsen carson 703 Buran ba Ca c....cc.2 neeaee eee 702 iE KeSLSY 64H: Yanan ce ececneceeareere Coes 702 malaccanay. eee 703 jag AUB Oar peat eech Aine seca snoroa see 702, 703 TVD 8 LS ee ee 702 Ammophila arenaria ...............-- 355, 356 ATTATC OVA .ie.5 cisco esate ee ee 780 coronata var. unicarinata........ 780 = SUDLEMALEMSIS s-.esae-eoee eee eee 781 DANAMENSIS Cee ee sec ee een 781 Blo et ee 781 EY OMS! 4 Siok one 781 Armnmieoli dee... 5..25:.0 Sows see ee 780 Ampelopsis.-. 205 2.:-5-csscst- cee 99 Ampharetid 2). .0.).....0e esos tee 478 Amphiardis -.2:.3)55.. 220 eee 556 IMOTM AGUS > acheive cesses ss nee 553 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 831 Aypsils) VOraxe sie neces 365, 366 Aptery Sida. sicec..ctake ener 310 lineariss.s 8c a ee 310, 311 Californicale.c cee eens 310 Arr UGUS) MMCMZI CSItretces- se oneseterweteese== 5 Area: Cari pechiensis..c.c-sscsteeersnen 756 delicstula, 2.28 eee 265 1A COW OE eesece se isest oe ceee ee eeceee 756 UIAWACTOS Seton esas erento 264, 265 leswWeurite siti ie ees 265 HISSISSIP PICMSIS: pac o-ts- tee seers 265 DONGELOSA.:, 2.115: /c ta. ceerr tee 756 rhomboidella......................-.264, 266 SOUT OCH I pee etesrecesc occa acosoc0 756 AMS VCESAe.ccsessccsh see ees eeecene eee 756 SViSAUT CRIT eATON eset ae ene cence 265, 266 ATCO CEMERUSH es mec ttateceesece ose nee 533 Ardea herodias herodias................ 6 PRE OTARNCENT Boe sess asthe sossvertecnonepes 181, 185 Jb Seige a5 a epee ae eA eer tet oer trere 129 /NTRETIG) Ol eth cee ea aaee een eeepc oecONSOOCOD 130 Argyrodes argyrodes:....2.....00....0e0 340 GENGUIO CE CUI eNbUS eee eee eee ees 340 | Argyroepelra APZyTA..............cscceee 340 [Von bOSa sete eeree cee eee 341 Argyroneta aquatica................000 129 JAE Ory LONE UGGS: <.2.45.ce00sseaesseaeteawaeectane 130 / SG afKEIEE SHE 01 C212 RR RP ER POE CN 464 Ag (OTC Cae ee RE PPBE Rc Pee ALE 464 PATO NIMT A. CIT EGS eters eas-.oene esse seeesseces: 628 ATA KOT ONG Ee Seka seneenetEn eer eeasereEn ae CecorO- CEES 628 of TRI CIING eet eect PERC a enen eA 556 Cle ganiat we antes 549, 553 Aromochelys carinatus.............0 554 OU OVALS seco netomat e eat ness 540 GTS tay G hiaieeee een esecroae een ee 540 Asagena SeIrratipes............0....000. 130, 133 Ate inmate aia ses-s-cces-cceecwsctessenseose 615, 616 ASIN UTS va eetase lat cet en Nee Sel eraooees 616 PE COSCUS IG. sc1scnt caste eeneesereasnnaee 616 CHOTMSOMIAT As rece eeaceacesesesecesees 615 PAC OOWEREe: Mave saateesncaneneesee: 615, 616 A POELEU COs e aeeahnersecccqess san 615, 616 Aspidonectes CEMOTY1............:cecceeee 553 Teepe Rant wee, rg By ee 553 Aspidontus tzeniatus..............6. 170, 172 SEATS! 0:8) Lbcl scab vece naar eee 7 170 PASO ATMCHIUG ERs. iie te cdeettetsacese¥ ston deemes 365 Asterophora cratoparis...............- 54, 640 [2 SUC ee eee nee eee eatery: 53, 640 INGSTITEMOLOMM sree crtstetcr eet Seseeeee cee ce 276 Astragalinus psaltria...:.......0:....ccc08 27 jag guste ha BAe ea ieee aa PEER 10 ING ENON OMU Siete trcccerceceacee ene tenstence 532 WAG GIT) Ai SANG aessuecessiantte-c.tss.cscasseas 730 JATIN OTT Ds zpeusss eos eeas tec cereteeseesenase 727, 731 CELT HOY 20 Fe) ase cee bec neee PRE EERR at 730 MEPSEUUGiaeretesct-ss tere cc eccsecenacenneses 727 JAGCHISIRIS ee ere ore ae ee 727, 728 VAG CEP Siestecmntn nests eoesteessaceeneaseacs 730 Amphicteis japonica.................0005 478 PATIO TNT CLOT ES ee secsensseces sassceeeeneceeta sees 479 BMENTPOMNTM OWN Ce siscscescsacnesesseessccess ee 793, 794 PAULASTNeesecetvssecosscevecacestesececsoes: 793 MOS GLAbA sc ccee-cateces sosnsccsexs oven sneees 793 Asm plnin omni dey ee. ses. ae. 1903.]. NATURAL SCIENCES PRT S US ATAU Seecten ces coon chcnss ose cregectcecs 279 VICKS OUTS OUSIS i scacessapt sissssee tees 267 CG yilkeyoyo ee ae eS a ereeceeceee By, Us (Gralenitign ico) onsersees. eat ease: 636 ar Oe a ce 262 | MMISSISSUPPICMSIS'.......--0ese-Fes0-0s=¥- 262 | (TET ee ee ae 397 | Gasteracantha cancriformis............ 341 | BEXSONT ALA. (DAEs deesenesdocnsayenttnne 341 | GCObLAGAIG HN ASS eecer.c secteur 341 Gasteropelecus stellatus.................. 524 | AS CORO P DCEOS ea: oes cc02 sc cessds ereenene est 738 | EHS) NE SUS ie ae eee ee erect 738, 739 Gasterosteus spinarella.................... 169 | GAStROU OMA ccs...c0 cscs oseces se DUD, 200 BUI GL CW SHO Sess ash acdsee hee wy 209 | SNE HGS TUS Sener pera eset Ce cer 213 OMEN Bic cok ote, tier ca cesta hore sbes 207 GORLAMIS 5. che. al othe Measesctossancesse nin 206 eollisellcins se een. cise basco 206 GEMISS 825.2 eee &. oer 193, 194, 213 Gl Slovene) eee ocr act oee eee reer 213 dilamellatiaec ec a. 2 cacteeoes 194, 213 Hem ella dens oeccscc case seec terse tiscacose 208 ST OMEGA Sys wees eae ares 211 NCES ce Te ee eee 209 SANA OC WAERSS 600 002 Bee eee ee 759 FRAO UTP UL CA sects cee. zea sudo cove -etes =k 757 "CS THETA SETLIST ann se eee 24 | ( CRaGy oll Meza eee eeeeeeene aoe coe eres 533 duodecimspinosum...............06 535 Dap PAteLrraie ce ceer ns cesscstctscdiee 535 (E270) 6) 00 eer 44, 337, 338, 445 BGOWOG OMRs ese eeis code aiee he heees 37 SPs eet eee ce onc son ds okentasttbepmvestes 42 Cerin Onl © DU Siees ee eane te accent eee 556 IGE DN ALUS s wavhedteccassed pa neasy tee peep ere yrrieet 457 (Goma thorascetynce ss cose 220 Gonypeta (Iridopteryx) infumata. 702 838 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Haplosternum pectoralis................ 504). Buppoplarsiss. 51.0 eee ee 354 Rar Oth OG ices eneeeeeoseseercesseestes eee 402 rhamnoides-hac.- oe ee 353 imbricata ::..::...seteeee ee 402 | Hirmocystis ovallis.....................-- 50, 640 Harpagines cs. eee eee 714 | Hirundo erythrogastra...................+. 28 Harpalus caliginosus.............. #250634) Tiolbrookia.) os one ee 556, 557 Heleodytes brunneicapillus couesi. 29 maculata soe 545, 546, 552 Helicidst::22:.--3)-te ken 761, 762 I. MACulata:s;...02) ssecee ee 4 Helicina fragilis;...2.20:2. eee 558 | monticolor 1/0 os eee 129 Literale: 4c eer Set ee 541, 554 | nidicola..3 2 Se ee 76, 647 Liopeltis vernalis....................... 554, 556 | TST AUT AGA eects e ese eee 651 Erthobins pss ee meet ee 637 | ocréata, 22.2.4. 44e oe ee 143 Lithobius angelus......................- 152, 155 o. pulchra, 62, 68, 128, 129, 132, bellulugiete sss her ce 152, 155 136, 139, 145, 645 BES Ur se eet eee oe ne eee 36 | pratensis#:.4.2 2s oe 650, 651 Casbellopes!s..:.2..i2.esnce ot 153, 158 punetulata..cc22272 eee 77, 139 Sela VIG ETeNS 20. 2):o5 encores 153, ~ purcalli 2 bee eee 649 es Fq SIN OPH 81 AUB yeep me caennces eee puliventrigi: 22405 651 forcipatus.......... 42, 44, 52, 633, 649 PULESUTISH ee eee ees 129, 132 gly ptocephalus .. 22.2255: 30 | scutulata, 72, 129, 132, 141, 144, HG WL eer eee eaten ea 36 647 THESE CHINUS 2-253 reer 153,158 | sepulehralis:s25):.0. 2 te 645, 647 GHESUBS Fei ict nes Noemie a 153 stonei, 61, 67, 128, 129, 132, 136, pitopuwtus-<.. Soe 153, 157 | 139, 141, 143, 647 TOMIOR iis Oe eee eee 153, 156 | VETISUNMIS) heer a eee 81, 647 SAS (AMIS 27 eee eee eee ees 153, 157 | Lycoside................ 60, 130, 136, 140, 141 utahensis25 es wees 37, 153 | Tsyria costata.2022:..7).n1a eee 282 iPorina Me OTe pase ener eee 758 | MiSSISSIPPIEMNSIS ............-....00002+ 282 ii) Beemer CNRSRN ects cetyl As: 746 | HOSEOR . 51.2 ts es cee eee 282 alosoides. 3) 2 see eee 746 Lysince humboldtiana buffoniana.. 762 BAITIGS cp. sae eee 746 | Lysiopetalum lactarium, 42, 43, 48, 635 caldwelli..is.1:.51 08235 Cee ae 147 | Taysoptietis.2.:13 0 fica 556 CASCASIA. ..25t eee 746 Sateralis: tient eee 553 Ja beOs eR eee 748 | Lyssomanes antillianus.................... 341 provensalis:.::!.2. 4.5. 2..eeeee 748 WALT cis.) Ve 341 TPZ A0 TZ OF: Vane OR Perey Ser 746 | Macoma breviinons......:....-..22--- 757 BAGS 5-2 sine oe eee 746 constricta: Aes ee 757 senlegelis shit eee 747 tentaste tee 757 Mhomiyarboreas 0). eee 475 | Macrochelys lacertina..................4.. 552 “Fin 1) Ea RRR Pi Ss (20 4) Weta, eas 2 eee ee 261, 282 viridis... Be ier kar V3) funerata W222 ee 261 Loricaria bias: ee 501 | insequilateralis. .). 2.04 261 A SALT Ses ees okie: RL Re 501.) Magnetite:o..5 eee 397 1903.] May dane COTON ALAN cs .:22..b. sc. see-ncese 483 SEARS Lo re eee ees Me Se. 483 1 G1 EW a be Se RE aa Aen 479 AYU sain peal sh ase oe Pe eer seas! See ee Le 276 CETL a ree eS rn ee 757 WPPSCELIN CSE is has Secor shy eet th PsP: 332, 701 [IG TE Hira ane ee Oa enon a 702 SWIG IT siege aa EE he sae le ee ee AN ia2 SUI Calli Steves teeter erences 704 Gils hs TVG IG ae. awe ee eee re ee 705 (Mienaits)ibasaliseery sare 2 710 io culleigee secret en rere ees care 708 (Deroplatys) desiccata............ 714 GOmMIMPeNSISe ee ek eee 706 EME ULUU Ae eee ates sce nee. ee ceccsee 713 DOS URLGAM tere Nea ELMO LE oy 708 POAC ELD LC FI ek Pe pee Saati ee 7O4 preccelliveras or 8s eee he 709 THD NPETCOSSAT T= Veloce ee Bie ue SEL Vil oie ts mere a ete Seine 2, 702 SUT rere cena aa eee ree ener 706 SUPeTStitiOSa...........---eceesceeeeseees 705 GLISUIS 0s octets ban ee aed 706 TUES FER PER Ei ta eee es CME ELS: PML St 7 ngs eR Meee Ken Coe Bonn aie 709 Moaromells apicina...8..c0.-.---. a8. 2ee 757 Mestisopltora. 2st ee ode te: 384 MICIOCEEAS Titian yr ae 758 Melampus coffea gundlachi.............. 757 Melanerpes torquatus Sree ee SADT oe 9 Peehnonomads usc she vie 587 Melanophora nocturna............... 129, 133 Meloneens, COLOWA: .cs..:.8c tent (OT MPECRONPILZae. coecromee ts ir ENS TS os 658 CINlenea MENU, 4... 1b Wa fy ERROTEPU ENA 5 ess teeta EELS Menidia guatemalensis.................... 736 MPEHOR ORCS oe At IR EP dae 640 Meretrix conradiana.................:...... 757 ETC TNNELUS co oncee teehee ts eee sens aes 757 STD) O/S.0) 01 Seer sh, Se ener 757 ERCASTAM Cs Aken Se ee tes chy teas 757 11 (EETILI SORE RA A | SOUS De er eee ga 90 1 LETT SR LEER SPs ee 658 migratoria propinqua............... 14 2s GITTLTTT HM Se aie Wee ae 333 pA Ue an Be EB an AM ea 336 CANOUTUS emer ees ee 336 TROIS(EL IS Ae aA Ai, Siar Reaper bor 336 SaMMOMICOLOT hae) seve ek 38 SCG ease nes ee 336 Mesodon albolabris.......................06+ 197 FSi Riga rs S Lana dace elena aa 197 Ete AAD 2aG DONO) Chere Mia nate ete Laer, 197 “LEED UETETT Rg a 533 11 2] .0 0 a Re ae Ee 535 EEC OS Af No SARE RE aR A 533 Meta segmentata....................00 130, 132 Metacyba pictipes...................... 541, 343 DECTUMOM As. oss. se vecesscsstcdoce es OFS OFF JOR S TICE dC: i a ei 757 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. S41 Metostracon mima.....:..........0...... 761, 762 Metula fastidiosanc2n. cnn 280, 281 fragilis;.::\ Jt} Sa aiee eat eee 281 Svacilig! 2.1.0 cee ee eee 280 Metynnis lippincotti pts Rie ae 529 mola hn ei eee eee 028 Misgrammopes sp-aecueen ee 340 DP Witoperiand asic css ek si Oe 139 Microceramus concisus.................--- 765 TNE CANIS. 2 eo, ee 765 Blicrodrillia. * 22): Pe eae 275, 276, 279 aldric hell: Sesto) A ee 278 biplaca tile. 5 cs eee 278 COSSMAINM +3 A7)32:siel he eee ee 276 [Pleurotoma] cossmanni.......... 276 elongatularic ese een 278 IEBTISs cet cok alec A 276 [Glyphostoma] harrisi.............. 278 BUENAS 2h sete ohh he oaks 276 [Pleurotoma] infans.................. 277 [Pleurotoma] lerchice) oem 277 [Pleurotoma] meyeri................. 276 PRELENLS GI SOLEMN: a5. 5- ae ee ee 277 MOUS Guiles ois, ose end See eee 277 TOS UreUGU as. A wee ee 277 Solidulaw2.90..0 Uke eae heee 276 wicksburaellaye sites eee 277, 278 IV Cromiamibig:r: si... e eee 702 Micrommata virescens, 1 28, 129, big 13 Micronomadia............... 564, 604, 608, 610 Micryphantes rurestris..................... 130 Mimus polyglottos leucopterus...... 29 Minin tis eo ee ee 713 PETIOS LAGE: sre eee: 713 1pOVS) OV Ce STIR os ep a ecsh etl ga {ils SHMISSUTCIS 5 eee ee ees 713 Misumena asperatu,................00006+ 341 Sener eesersescecute ee eee cea 341 SMELL EI: wee ten AE ee ee CoRR 129 Mitra millinetoni: 2.0... nsat 283 MUISSISSIPPICUSIS --..heceeteesceeeeetee 283 Sua Galea ee enenes 282, 283 VLC KSUTLEMSIS! wane 283 Mobulidsekenec coe eee 332 Modiolus demissus.........................2++ 756 GUREPUEL 5a Sse ee 756 Mogrus cephalotes.............-.....0:0+- 341 Molossus mexicanuse..- rece 26 Monomorium minutuim var. mini- TODD Sse oe eae 258, 259 Monotropas se oe eee 355 Mircilibrasiliensisn crac eee 743 caldwellit te enue eee 747, 748 CASCASION PO sence wee ee 746 cephalug weeny where 743 CIDCLECUIS AH ee eR eee 332 GUTOMI Die. cnstrrerence tities ak eee 744 Fea SNS CTS) opted Magee el fee 746 ICH Ses AA eee es connate ee 744 Kelaartitss esc tte ecw: 743, 744 842 Miiod labeo:... 2.20 eee 748 monticola..i2). eee 748 | TAMIAO Rey oe ee eee 746 Mugilids::.... 32437 ee 737, 738, 743 Mulinia lateralis: 3322 eee 757 Murex fulvesegns 2022 eee 798 Musculttaminnn eee ee 784, 786 Mustela vison 2.2 eee 25 Myctophidte <8 22k eee 754 Myctophum coruscane.................... 755 Myiarchus cinerascens................--.+- 27 Myletes albiscopus.............-:--..-.-:-2+-+ 530 OGUIMS sae een eee 530 | Myleus:tietese Sec e ee 529 Mylossomidsie. scsi 530 albiscopus.............. Meee ears 530 My otisievotust ts. ee ee 25 | Miyricaicerifera aioe. cc.ssccnesnt 2 352-362 LEE (5 RE a a nee MS PURE 3 353, 304 Miyriopliy ilu nt eee, Aen 732 Phrurolithus festivus.................. 1295133 BPAY MOSOUA G3 odes c sacks sacneyte kes 556, 557 cornutum......... 30, 32, 540, 546, 552 douglassi hernandesi.........--...-. 32 ENO GES GUT eee teers eee 546, 556 Phyllocrania westwoodi................... 715 Phyllodoce greenlandica.................. 428 TRU ove Cotes Piero 58 ee eae eee 426 VEO PGI YS oseep ceca ctens.... .2.t2.2ee ee 769 Sphiymeena tek. akon eee ee 750 bauracuda::..: co. ste ee ee 749 borealish 2s. ae 750 COMMETSODT yee 749 ensigave ss EO ee BEE tn Aaa 750 guachanchos3..<..047 eee 750 picudilla. 2. eee 730, 752 SNOGOTASS) eens ee 749 Splty tionary secce eeeeeeee 752 GOME 5.2) a ree meee 750 VUlGATIS. 5. iieee ee eee 152 Sphyreenides......c.nnoe eee 749 Sphyrapicus thyroideus .................. 8,15 VAIS MU ly CT:issst-. sssyeee 342 SDieeacee asco h soars tacace seeacenseneerasernen 340 Stylaroides borealis................:0:.c000+ 487 | Tetragonopterus chalceus................ 523 Stylophora concolor..............c000 133 AVIVEREUPUUS...20.-.asnnscctan ciate 519 BE LOPMYHEDUS. 0! 2.0.c.5ccazcnscraentseeeonens 643 OrbiCu Aris. .-..i-sascssnsseccecemaeens 523 MGCUMEH DVALG I etc eectstcct ce secee: 213, 616 PEL GECLENS 85 nv csccesesorscecsmenee eee 522 la PAIN CHSIS:<..5i.¢ccc2coee memes vans: 776 rivularis interrupta................+. 519 GS CULLSCAM A>. t....2ssacaehetes sactece 776 11) 0) =< PR TE NE 523 VILE UDI cos secce ss snes ionccsteeecnecenscceees 776 | Tetramorium ceespitum...........00...... 217 SIUC LYS) Cs (22 ee ae eee 213,776 | Tetraodon erostaticus........0.....00. 164 Symbranchus marmoratu............... 530 MMIC UL AGUS... coast. -sssecs eee eee 165 Po 21 0) Pig 220) 8 (0) 0 Ree ee 533 testuC ines... acres. Aeron 333 EG) GG 0 A ae eee eee 341 | Tetraodontide...........:...:.... 164, 333, 350 Tachycineta thalassina.................... 28 | Tetrodon astrotenia...................00005 164 FRAP PLUG GUVISUS . 758 _ Turdus cinereus peltatus.......-- 332 | "TULSIOPS.....---..20---ecereerssereeessree a 314 LTUNCATUS .......----eee eter 313, 314 GUTS1O...0-2.0-eccceseceesrnsstereeseeeneeeeers 313 _ Tylosurus AMAZONICUG.......--.e-eeee es 531 Typhlomolge rathbumil ...-..-.-.-.--<----- 538 | Tyrannopheedusa.........-.-.-e 318 | Tyrannus verticalis.........--.:-:s00 27 | (UaruL!-.--- Hie i AN eel ener 532 - Uloborus geniculatus......--..---- 340 | Unio plexus........--.-::--ecert 788 | Unionidae .......-- eset 788 | Urocoptider..........----.-1-se- ert 765 | Urocoptis........--..--tee esr 194 TGS ccs ii ne ech esess eae cane eeeerereenS 556 OTM AGA. .sacs---en se -nnreceesemnes 34, 546, 552 stansburyana..30, 31, 546, 552, 556 SVIMMECTICA.§.... eer eereseerer settee 546 _ Vallonia cyclophorella............--.>- 616 Valvata humeralis.........--.--.-+- 7178, (19 b. var. patzcuarensis ....-...-.--- 779 h. pilsbryi «....--------eeeere ee 779 TUMEL OSD. .....-eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeetteee 778 SINCOL A... ---sceeeceececereeeeeeeeeeee rete 779 | Strebel --.21.c-s0c0--se-te--e oes 778, 779 Walvatid2e.......-------:--ccceecctereseectenee heh | Vates wahlberl.........------:-e0 718 a VCR Shits eee career eee eo (Git! Venericardia diversidentata...........- 264 TO EUTIC Asoo ocescsesccceeeee- snes sseoneraeas 264 vicksburgensis.......-.--::.-+s12- 264 | Venus cancellatus .........---- EY CTIDTATIA ......-----ceeeeeeeereeeee terete on CUNEIMETIS.....--.---20-2-eeeeeeeeete 757 MELCENALIA......--..00e2eeeeeeeee 57 132, 135, 139, 144 | triangulifer.........-.-:rer re 139 | Theridula spheerula........--.-1--see 340 triangularis.......-...---1ee re 340 MP PIS. seta coceesescawe-ec-e-nacemenrser nares 355 Thomiside..........--e+++ 60, 130, 140, 142 MPVIQWNISUS -...-0--22=-+2--eee-ensceetee sarees 140 Thomomys fOSsOl......-.---11:--0e7? 24 LULVUS ....-eeceeceeceeeeeeeeteeeereeenete 24 Thryomanes bewickii leucogaster.. _29 Wah gst Ree eae es 736 guatemalensis........----+----- 736 Thysanophora.......-.-sessse 764 Par ay Gis a eee eee ieee tg obo eee 763 @OlO aa. abhese 2 seesesgeee ee 763 conspurcatella...........-2-+ 763, 764 a 3 ea 763 QTANNUM.......002n2---neeseneerenee sects 763 HOTT cclsseoeeceec coceeesereseceeeranrc sae 763 TIMPULA., .2cecece neon even seneenerenn sts 763 PTOXUIMNA. ..s0ne02---nceceenecearcecsna eto 763 AT as gener ece sare pone 764 A bs eee a eee Stes 262 Tomognathus americanus.......-.------- 216 SUDIEeVIS ...-------eeeeeer ere 216 Tomopte?is......-.---2-000-0 793, 798, 800 helgolandica.........-.----- 798, 799, 800 keferstimil..........2.--::::e-eette 800 oniscif{OrMis ..........-- so0 TOLAS Tees eects peeedosse eens 799, 800 STULL EET scecte sone ot ees seer cae 800 Tomatina candéi..........-2:---e 757 Toxostoma crissalis.........--:--:-sss07 29 Trachelas bicolor........-.:-:-::-:crtt 340 Trachycorystes striatulus..........-.---- 501 Trachymyrmex terrifex .......------- 256 Trichobranchus bibranchiatus........ 477 glaciallis...........-.:-::seere 478 Trichodiscina cordovana.............---- 762 Trichorhynchus lithoboli.......... 637, 640 pulcher........---.-eee 44,52, 640 Trigla carolima..........-..--ee 333 GIANTS sors noses res 336 Prighidse...........--r-sceeeeceeetreceeee 333 - 1903.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 851 Menus m1. MoOrtoni........0..2 sce es (5@ | Viola, elerantula.....:......:.ce eee 693 DY SM eal cence ys. ede oes 757 emarginata, 662, 663, 665, 666, WVespertilio evotls.........:2.:+---cs.s-s0+s-- 25 680, 684, 685, 692, 693, 697 ileal ere RIM, Fetes castes 656-698 eriGGarpOns. ,..gAck= ee eee 693 AD CET AIMS: 2S ee. .ccs ae ctetees setae? 683 | esculentars 0.5) 15. eee ee 693 SGU Een se coe odes eos ne cesses seein 690 euny bicfolia: cae 693 affinis, 663, 665, 671, 672, 675, 690, haleatai.<. 2 a He eee 693 694, 695 fimbriatula, 662-666, 675, 682- alalpaIMmensise sees cn eke cece se 690 685, 692, 693, 696, 697 SU athe orc meen Rae eS 691 i. ADERPANS #s Scans een 665, 683 Plo uhloraerene eee tene. sec Pee ee 691 | Aaipellitolia cy. -ce.+ eee eee 694 alleohanvensis: «......:.c ey Orne oe FCOnC CCM Safa cen, pa e) i ° B) 'p 2 Bee. CRAWLEY ON GREGARINES. PLATE II. ZO 28 © he j ead ar! Ey aT ter Len ciS re * Oar p het ene < cree eee eae Ei larera Ker Me SO SES ene coe i ¢ $3500 3 sees ESO eS ae bgt e589 rewlent ) Ay inked ac as oe, Ch AGE oO J oa Slay 7% ¢ > oe Meee ee oe OUD ned ed n B ae Leceegeike FES Pee M once en seared? c : f 4 ee 26 tr o%. fy > C ra CASE Er eee AsS MOL CEN a tae OL 0 TY ies GC NM Cec Teen er BELLE KE Oe 39 nd biee> nen Bers re eae, ete OLR Meet Re BEC e AIMEE EES OER 2g Cue eete § MOTE CeO Ener sul eC dese he CET ee Se eC OF E OOK OF Ad O90 mie Caer OY F976 OCI 20,2590 8 OPC E G9 © RCRA ORLY EARP IE ES Pee Re aen bees SOT EE BUR Ces aS ok Pesta. GRE ORS FO SSR Fela reece CrStar Sa,ry fe Ae KE Tete ces OF Fate — Aces A WP SaY atl eS rtrd LES SE a = ra G cy ¥ ch ¢ PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. CRAWLEY ON GREGARINES. CRAWLEY ON GREGARINES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE IV. MONTGOMERY ON HABITS OF SPIDERS. PLATE V. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. MONTGOMERY ON HABITS OF SPIDERS. THOS Val NIG SlOu aac! G06} ‘WIIHd ‘10S “LYN ‘dvov OOud SANS et ny) elicl PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE VIL. ASPIDONTUS TRACTUS FOWLER. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE VIII. ——— et ANTENNARIUS ARGUS FOWLER. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE IX. an Cary PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF WESTERN ARKANSAS, ETC. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE X. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF WESTERN ARKANSAS, ETC. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XI. 11 fic hi) Sa PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF WESTERN ARKANSAS, ETC. WHEELER ON LEPTOTHORAX. mh - PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XIII. PLATE XIV. PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 4903 PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. PLATE XV. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. BANKS. ARACHNIDA OF HAYTI. am, PLATE XVI. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. HARSHBERGER. MYCODOMATIA OF MYRICA CERIFERA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. scr. PHILA. 1903. HARSHBERGER. MYCODOMATIA OF PLATE XvIi. MYRICA CERIFERA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XVIII. aa / ee Vif c\\) ” sphtr De FL Gd seam: A fae, OA %a'\ d.tr3 — F wd oy MONTGOMERY. MORPHOLOGY OF FLOSGULARIID42 PLATE XIX PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903 15 ul WWW ML fy i 103 FAR CL 4 Fl ie oT = ff 3 DSens 0.7 * | 1) ao { Cent : Hye ae M E. \\\ i Sail 1 i OF FLOSCULARIID.© MONTGOMERY MORPHOLOGY PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903 PLATE XX. Nit WAN MONTGOMERY. MORPHOLOGY OF FLOSCULARIID. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXI. £ amet ) | - MONTGOMERY. MORPHOLOGY OF FLOSCULARIIDA2. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XXII. PLEUROTOMARIA HIRASEI PILSBRY. —_ Pas a (aie ae At MOORE ON POLYCHAETA. MOORE ON POLYCHAETA. SS SSS SSS 4 72 MOORE ON POLYCHAETA. = ~— WSNSS See Ree MOORE ON POLYCHAETA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXVIII. NY f Nth WO ICs CER me xX ; 25 te 10. PILSBRY. A NEW AMERICAN ARIONID. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXIxX. MONTGOMERY. SPIDERS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XXX. CRAWLEY ON GREGARINES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXXI. STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. ~~ PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 4903. PLATE XXXII. STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXXIII. STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXXIV STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXXV STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXXVI. STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XXXVII. \hy wy 7 yi 7 Da STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19038. PLATE XXXVIII. w+ » \DVE STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PLATE XXXIX. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. * y STONE. VARIATION IN VIOLETS. PLATE XL. ee ae ema PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. Se = ne ( KG i on \ 14 MOORE. NEW POLYCH4ASTA. ASS SS 13 12 6 PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903: PLATE XLI. Re \ uni .) jee: soe cc. ne Ye nas Ws\r ie 2 ‘ Sy) wy) ) ae Re ay yy Ky « me fmannon ATHERINA SARDINELLA FOWLER. PHOXARGYREA DAYI FOWLER. 1 “hy PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. iss ISCHNOMBEMBRAS GABUNENSIS FOWLER. ATHERINOPS MAGDALENA# FOWLER. PLATE XLII ‘ , / geese?” f (YEHLNND) SISNHIVNA.LVND VNIYAHL SNH HOUV SNA LdOUALsV) ‘adoOo <2 —s8 ‘SO6} ‘WIIHd ‘IOS “LYN ‘AVOV ‘00d ‘WITX GALWTd ‘dd0O SNTILLONAS SNILSILOud ‘SO6} ‘WIIHd ‘10S “LYN ‘GVOV ‘00d “AITX ALVId te “MOOONVH SITTIIONI “IIDNW UMATMOA SHCIOSOIV VZI'I ‘SO6} ‘VIIHd ‘IOS “LVN ‘CVOV ‘OOUd “ATX ALVITd PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XLVI, sit eae hana ties : i , suis es or . ‘ 4 ; shui alias : si : howees . Py went MENA no 8 if i ee 7 mahal tele re SS. ~ Re — “ee SS >> SPHYRAANA TOME FOWLER. SPHYRAANA PICUDILLA POEY,. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XLVII PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XLVIII. PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE XLIX. on, a uy ee v -—= ; PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE LE. PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. ——&<=—_—x- PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. SSULe AS hdd SEAS PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. PLATE LI. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE LII. 12a PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. PLATE LIII. PILSBRY. NEW MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. PLATE, ELV: PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. MEXICAN MOLLUSCA. ; at | Re 4 . 7 s : a “5 = a . => a . a j é & ' ‘ =— ' fd i“ i 7 i . +” _ 7 * i 2 7 ; é - ’ ! a + A ; ’ ' e a . ‘ * i 7” ‘ = a i 1 PLATE LV. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1903. vy (RS hl eh PO 3 L/ oe \\ hie li " wee == ai Gp . | \ \ os at eG at ie Hey S 12 8 11 — 7 <> Pesos TTL» \ Se aa S AN se / . ol Niger MOORE. PELAGIC POLYCHA®TA. ‘ 4 ' s y aT | Academy of Natural Sciences QH z. of Philadelphia Ae Proceedings v.55 Biological a0 4 & Medical | ‘ Seriale PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE © ; SSS Set eae eer EERE Se eaceeme 3 Soe eeont ne pete 2 Bee eecceete rasta eeetaes meee oer = 3 aereee 3 eee aire Es I ac eee nen teoa pees Sra x Era IR PIE IE ere ia